wricaplogo

Overview: Fri, April 26

Ben Bernanke

Mon, July 29, 2002
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

Allowing for the upward biases in inflation measurement and a zone of safety to avoid accidental deflation in prices, an inflation target in the range of 1-2% per annum for the core PCE deflator might be a good initial choice, although some might reasonably disagree about either the number or the choice of index.

Mon, October 14, 2002
NABE New York Chapter

My suggested framework for Fed policy regarding asset-market instability can be summarized by the adage, Use the right tool for the job.

As you know, the Fed has two broad sets of responsibilities. First, the Fed has a mandate from the Congress to promote a healthy economy--specifically, maximum sustainable employment, stable prices, and moderate long-term interest rates. Second, since its founding the Fed has been entrusted with the responsibility of helping to ensure the stability of the financial system. The Fed likewise has two broad sets of policy tools: It makes monetary policy, which today we think of primarily in terms of the setting of the overnight interest rate, the federal funds rate. And, second, the Fed has a range of powers with respect to financial institutions, including rule-making powers, supervisory oversight, and a lender-of-last resort function made operational by the Fed's ability to lend through its discount window. By using the right tool for the job, I mean that, as a general rule, the Fed will do best by focusing its monetary policy instruments on achieving its macro goals--price stability and maximum sustainable employment--while using its regulatory, supervisory, and lender-of-last resort powers to help ensure financial stability.

Thu, November 07, 2002
University of Chicago

What I take from their work is the idea that monetary forces, particularly if unleashed in a destabilizing direction, can be extremely powerful. The best thing that central bankers can do for the world is to avoid such crises by providing the economy with, in Milton Friedman's words, a "stable monetary background"--for example as reflected in low and stable inflation.

Thu, November 07, 2002
University of Chicago

Let me end my talk by abusing slightly my status as an official representative of the Federal Reserve. I would like to say to Milton and Anna: Regarding the Great Depression. You're right, we did it. We're very sorry. But thanks to you, we won't do it again.

Wed, November 20, 2002
National Economists Club

The Fed should try to preserve a buffer zone for the inflation rate, that is, during normal times it should not try to push inflation down all the way to zero. Most central banks seem to understand the need for a buffer zone.

Wed, November 20, 2002
National Economists Club

To stimulate aggregate spending when short-term interest rates have reached zero, the Fed must expand the scale of its asset purchases or, possibly, expand the menu of assets that it buys. Alternatively, the Fed could find other ways of injecting money into the system--for example, by making low-interest-rate loans to banks or cooperating with the fiscal authorities.

Wed, November 20, 2002
National Economists Club

Because central banks conventionally conduct monetary policy by manipulating the short-term nominal interest rate, some observers have concluded that when that key rate stands at or near zero, the central bank has "run out of ammunition"--that is, it no longer has the power to expand aggregate demand and hence economic activity. It is true that once the policy rate has been driven down to zero, a central bank can no longer use its traditional means of stimulating aggregate demand and thus will be operating in less familiar territory. The central bank's inability to use its traditional methods may complicate the policymaking process and introduce uncertainty in the size and timing of the economy's response to policy actions. Hence I agree that the situation is one to be avoided if possible.

Wed, November 20, 2002
National Economists Club

As I have stressed already, prevention of deflation remains preferable to having to cure it. If we do fall into deflation, however, we can take comfort that the logic of the printing press example must assert itself, and sufficient injections of money will ultimately always reverse a deflation.

Wed, November 20, 2002
National Economists Club

So what then might the Fed do if its target interest rate, the overnight federal funds rate, fell to zero? One relatively straightforward extension of current procedures would be to try to stimulate spending by lowering rates further out along the Treasury term structure...One approach...would be for the Fed to commit to holding the overnight rate at zero for some specified period...A more direct method, which I personally prefer, would be for the Fed to begin announcing explicit ceilings for yields on longer-maturity Treasury debt (say, bonds maturing within the next two years)...Of course, if operating in relatively short-dated Treasury debt proved insufficient, the Fed could also attempt to cap yields of Treasury securities at still longer maturities, say three to six years. Yet another option would be for the Fed to use its existing authority to operate in the markets for agency debt. (for example, mortgage-backed securities issued by Ginnie Mae, the Government National Mortgage Association).

Historical experience tends to support the proposition that a sufficiently determined Fed can peg or cap Treasury bond prices and yields at other than the shortest maturities. The most striking episode of bond-price pegging occurred during the years before the Federal Reserve-Treasury Accord of 1951.10 Prior to that agreement, which freed the Fed from its responsibility to fix yields on government debt, the Fed maintained a ceiling of 2-1/2 percent on long-term Treasury bonds for nearly a decade. Moreover, it simultaneously established a ceiling on the twelve-month Treasury certificate of between 7/8 percent to 1-1/4 percent and, during the first half of that period, a rate of 3/8 percent on the 90-day Treasury bill. The Fed was able to achieve these low interest rates despite a level of outstanding government debt (relative to GDP) significantly greater than we have today, as well as inflation rates substantially more variable. At times, in order to enforce these low rates, the Fed had actually to purchase the bulk of outstanding 90-day bills. Interestingly, though, the Fed enforced the 2-1/2 percent ceiling on long-term bond yields for nearly a decade without ever holding a substantial share of long-maturity bonds outstanding.11 For example, the Fed held 7.0 percent of outstanding Treasury securities in 1945 and 9.2 percent in 1951 (the year of the Accord), almost entirely in the form of 90-day bills. For comparison, in 2001 the Fed held 9.7 percent of the stock of outstanding Treasury debt.

__________________________________

11. See Eichengreen and Garber (1991) and Toma (1992) for descriptions and analyses of the pre-Accord period. Both articles conclude that the Fed's commitment to low inflation helped convince investors to hold long-term bonds at low rates in the 1940s and 1950s. (A similar dynamic would work in the Fed's favor today.) The rate-pegging policy finally collapsed because the money creation associated with buying Treasury securities was generating inflationary pressures. Of course, in a deflationary situation, generating inflationary pressure is precisely what the policy is trying to accomplish.

An episode apparently less favorable to the view that the Fed can manipulate Treasury yields was the so-called Operation Twist of the 1960s, during which an attempt was made to raise short-term yields and lower long-term yields simultaneously by selling at the short end and buying at the long end. Academic opinion on the effectiveness of Operation Twist is divided. In any case, this episode was rather small in scale, did not involve explicit announcement of target rates, and occurred when interest rates were not close to zero.

Wed, November 20, 2002
National Economists Club

When inflation is already low and the fundamentals of the economy suddenly deteriorate, the central bank should act more preemptively and more aggressively than usual in cutting rates.  By moving decisively and early, the Fed may be able to prevent the economy from slipping into deflation, with the special problems that entails.

Wed, November 20, 2002
National Economists Club

I believe that the chance of significant deflation in the United States in the foreseeable future is extremely small, for two principal reasons. The first is the resilience and structural stability of the U.S. economy itself...The second bulwark...is the Federal Reserve System itself.

Wed, November 20, 2002
National Economists Club

So, is deflation a threat to the economic health of the United States? Not to leave you in suspense, I believe that the chance of significant deflation in the United States in the foreseeable future is extremely small, for two principal reasons. The first is the resilience and structural stability of the U.S. economy itself...The second bulwark against deflation in the United States...is the Federal Reserve System itself...I am confident that the Fed would take whatever means necessary to prevent significant deflation in the United States and, moreover, that the U.S. central bank, in cooperation with other parts of the government as needed, has sufficient policy instruments to ensure that any deflation that might occur would be both mild and brief...Having said that deflation in the United States is highly unlikely, I would be imprudent to rule out the possibility altogether.

Wed, November 20, 2002
National Economists Club

A money-financed tax cut is essentially equivalent to Milton Friedman's famous "helicopter drop" of money.  [18]

[18] A tax cut financed by money creation is the equivalent of a bond-financed tax cut plus an open-market operation in bonds by the Fed, and so arguably no explicit coordination is needed. However, a pledge by the Fed to keep the Treasury's borrowing costs low, as would be the case under my preferred alternative of fixing portions of the Treasury yield curve, might increase the willingness of the fiscal authorities to cut taxes.

Wed, November 20, 2002
National Economists Club

U.S. dollars have value only to the extent that they are strictly limited in supply. But the U.S. government has a technology, called a printing press (or, today, its electronic equivalent), that allows it to produce as many U.S. dollars as it wishes at essentially no cost. By increasing the number of U.S. dollars in circulation, or even by credibly threatening to do so, the U.S. government can also reduce the value of a dollar in terms of goods and services, which is equivalent to raising the prices in dollars of those goods and services. We conclude that, under a paper-money system, a determined government can always generate higher spending and hence positive inflation.

Sun, February 02, 2003
Money Marketeers of NYU

Is there then no middle ground for policymakers between the inflexibility of ironclad rules and the instability of unfettered discretion? My thesis today is that there is such a middle ground--an approach that I will refer to as constrained discretion--and that it is fast becoming the standard approach to monetary policy around the world, including in the United States. As I will explain, constrained discretion is an approach that allows monetary policymakers considerable leeway in responding to economic shocks, financial disturbances, and other unforeseen developments. Importantly, however, this discretion of policymakers is constrained by a strong commitment to keeping inflation low and stable.

Thu, February 20, 2003
Annual Winter Institute, St. Cloud State University

What then about the rise in bankruptcy rates and similar indicators?  Bankruptcy rates are hard to forecast, as they vary over time with changes in law and financial practice; moreover, they themselves do not tend to forecast broad economic conditions very well. One partial explanation for their recent increase, as I intimated earlier, may be the expansion earlier in the decade of the so-called subprime lending market, in which lenders sought to make loans to households whose credit histories excluded them from the mainstream market.  Although some legitimate concerns have been raised about lending abuses in this market, overall the expansion of the subprime market is a positive development, opening up as it does new opportunities for borrowers previously excluded from credit markets.  Not unexpectedly, however, lenders, borrowers, and regulators have faced a significant learning curve as this market has developed, and perhaps we should not be surprised that some of the loans made in this market in a period of strong economic growth have become distressed in a period of recession and rising unemployment.

Mon, March 24, 2003
NABE Annual Policy Conference 2003

The publication of medium-term forecasts does not raise nearly the same difficult political and communication issues that quantification of price stability may, in my view, and so I propose it here as a more feasible short-term step. The FOMC already releases (and has released since 1979) a range and a "central tendency" of its projections for nominal GDP growth, real GDP growth, PCE inflation, and the civilian unemployment rate twice each year, publishing them as part of the semiannual Monetary Policy Report to the Congress.  These projections are actually quite interesting, as they represent the views of Fed policymakers of the future evolution of the economy, conditional on what each policymaker views as the best path for future policy. Two drawbacks of these projections as they now stand are that (1) they are sometimes not released for a number of weeks (the time between the FOMC meeting at which they are assembled and the Chairman's testimony to the Congress), and (2) the January projections cover only the remainder of the current year (the July projections cover the remainder of the current year and all of the subsequent year).

I think it would be very useful to detach these projections from the Monetary Policy Report and instead release them shortly after the meetings (in January and July) at which they are compiled. I would also suggest adding a second year of forecast to the January projection, to make it more parallel to the July projection as well as to the forecasts in the staff-prepared Greenbook. By releasing the projections in a more timely manner, and by adding a year to the January projection, the FOMC could provide quite useful information to the public. In particular, the FOMC projections would convey the policymakers' sense of the medium-term evolution of the economy, providing insight into both the Fed's diagnosis of economic conditions and its policy objectives.   Ideally, the release of these projections also would provide occasions for Governors and regional Bank Presidents, drawing on the expertise of their respective staffs, to convey their individual views on the prospects for the economy and the objectives of monetary policy.

Mon, March 24, 2003
NABE Annual Policy Conference 2003

To move substantially further in the direction of inflation targeting, should it choose to do so, the Fed would have to take two principal steps: first, to quantify (numerically, and in terms of a specific price index) what the Federal Open Market Committee means by "price stability", and second, to publish regular medium-term projections or forecasts of the economic outlook, analogous to the Inflation Reports published by both inflation-targeting central banks.

Mon, March 24, 2003
NABE Annual Policy Conference 2003

Monetary policy contributed to the oil price increases in the first place by creating an inflationary environment in which excess nominal demand existed for a wide range of goods and services. For example, in an important paper, Barsky and Kilian (2001) noted that the prices of many industrial commodities and raw materials rose in the 1970s about the same time as oil prices, reflecting broad-based inflationary pressures. Without these general inflationary pressures, it is unlikely that the oil producers would have been able to make the large increases in oil prices "stick" for any length of time.

Mon, March 24, 2003
NABE Annual Policy Conference 2003

In an earlier speech, I referred to the policy framework that describes what I consider to be best-practice inflation targeting as constrained discretion.  Constrained discretion attempts to strike a balance between the inflexibility of strict policy rules and the potential lack of discipline and structure inherent in unfettered policymaker discretion. Under constrained discretion, the central bank is free to do its best to stabilize output and employment in the face of short-run disturbances, with the appropriate caution born of our imperfect knowledge of the economy and of the effects of policy (this is the "discretion" part of constrained discretion). However, a crucial proviso is that, in conducting stabilization policy, the central bank must also maintain a strong commitment to keeping inflation--and, hence, public expectations of inflation--firmly under control (the "constrained" part of constrained discretion). Because monetary policy influences inflation with a lag, keeping inflation under control may require the central bank to anticipate future movements in inflation and move preemptively. Hence constrained discretion is an inherently forward-looking policy approach.

Wed, April 02, 2003
Monetary Policy in a Data Rich Environment

We don’t mean to suggest seriously that machine will replace human in monetary policy-making. But having such a system would have several advantages. First, like the automatic pilot in an airplane or an AI diagnostic system in medicine, an expert system for monetary policy would provide a useful information aggregator and benchmark for human decision-making. Second, because private forecasters or research institutes could replicate expert system results, such systems might enhance transparency and credibility of the central bank by providing objective information about forecasts and the implied policy settings.

Fri, May 30, 2003
Japan Society of Monetary Economics

What I have in mind is that the Bank of Japan would announce its intention to restore the price level (as measured by some standard index of prices, such as the consumer price index excluding fresh food) to the value it would have reached if, instead of the deflation of the past five years, a moderate inflation of, say, 1 percent per year had occurred.

...

Reflation--that is, a period of inflation above the long-run preferred rate in order to restore the earlier price level--proved highly beneficial following the deflations of the 1930s in both Japan and the United States. Finance Minister Korekiyo Takahashi brilliantly rescued Japan from the Great Depression through reflationary policies in the early 1930s, while President Franklin D. Roosevelt's reflationary monetary and banking policies did the same for the United States in 1933 and subsequent years.

...

Eggertsson and Woodford (2003) have advanced a second argument for a price-level target for Japan in an important recent paper on monetary policy at the zero bound. These authors point out (as have many others) that, when nominal interest rates are at or near zero, the central bank can lower the real rate of interest only by creating expectations of inflation on the part of the public. Eggertsson and Woodford argue that a publicly announced price-level target of the type just described is more conducive to raising near-term inflation expectations than is an inflation target.

Fri, May 30, 2003
Japan Society of Monetary Economics

[T]he BOJ's most recent financial statement showed that of the 68 percent of its assets held in the form of government securities, about two-thirds are long-term Japanese government bonds (JGBs)... If the Bank of Japan were to succeed in replacing deflation with a low but positive rate of inflation, its reward would likely be substantial capital losses in the value of its government bond holdings arising from the resulting increase in long-term nominal interest rates.

With such concerns in mind, BOJ officials have said that a strengthening of the Bank's capital base is needed to allow it to pursue more aggressive monetary policy easing. In fact, the BOJ recently requested that it be allowed to retain 15 percent (rather than 5 percent) of the surplus for the 2002 fiscal year that just ended to increase its capital, and the Ministry of Finance has indicated that it will approve the request. Even with this additional cushion, however, concerns on the part of the BOJ about its balance sheet are likely to remain.

The public debate over the BOJ's capital should not distract us from the underlying economics of the situation... Indeed, putting aside psychological and symbolic reasons, important as these may be in some circumstances, there appear to be only two conceivable effects of the BOJ's balance sheet position on its ability to conduct normal operations. First, if the BOJ's income were too low to support its current expenditure budget, the Bank might be forced to ask the MOF for supplemental funds, which the BOJ might fear would put its independence at risk... Second, an imaginable, though quite unlikely, possibility is that the Bank could suffer sufficient capital losses on its assets to make it unable to conduct open-market sales of securities on a scale large enough to meet its monetary policy objectives.

In short, one could make an economic case that the balance sheet of the central bank should be of marginal relevance at best to the determination of monetary policy. Rather than engage in what would probably be a heated and unproductive debate over the issue, however, I would propose instead that the Japanese government just fix the problem... I am intrigued by a simple proposal that I understand has been suggested by the Japanese Business Federation, the Nippon Keidanren. Under this proposal the Ministry of Finance would convert the fixed interest rates of the Japanese government bonds held by the Bank of Japan into floating interest rates. This "bond conversion"--actually, a fixed-floating interest rate swap--would protect the capital position of the Bank of Japan from increases in long-term interest rates and remove much of the balance sheet risk associated with open-market operations in government securities.

Tue, June 24, 2003
FOMC Meeting Transcript

Ambiguity has its uses but mostly in noncooperative games like poker. Monetary policy is a cooperative game. The whole point is to get financial markets on our side and for them to do some of our work for us. In an environment of low inflation and low interest rates, we need to seek ever greater clarity of communication to the markets and to the public.

Tue, July 22, 2003
University of California at San Diego

Where is inflation likely to go over the foreseeable future? Medium-term inflation forecasting is highly contentious--not least because the underlying theory of the determination of inflation continues to divide macroeconomic schools of thought--and I cannot begin to do justice to the topic in a short talk. The Board staff, for example, uses an eclectic approach that includes a number of components, including data analysis, statistical techniques, a suite of econometric models, and judgment.

Wed, July 23, 2003
University of California at San Diego

Today I would like to share my own thoughts on the prospect of an "unwelcome substantial fall in inflation"--in particular, why a substantial fall in inflation going forward would indeed be unwelcome; why some risk of further disinflation, though "minor," should not be ignored; and what such a fall would imply for the conduct of monetary policy...

Let's first be clear what we are talking about. Some in the media apparently interpreted the May 6 statement as saying that the Federal Reserve anticipated imminent deflation in the United States and informed the public accordingly. In my view, such an interpretation substantially overstates the concerns that the FOMC intended to communicate with its statement. First, we have no reason to think that a drastic change in the inflation rate is imminent...

This distinction between inflation that is positive yet too low and deflation is worth exploring for a moment. Although the Federal Reserve does not have an explicit numerical target range for measured inflation, FOMC behavior and rhetoric have suggested to many observers that the Committee does have an implicit preferred range for inflation. Most relevant here, the bottom of that preferred range clearly seems to be a value greater than zero measured inflation, at least 1 percent per year or so.

Wed, July 23, 2003
University of California at San Diego

Part of the reason that core PCE inflation fell less than CPI inflation is that the PCE index includes so-called nonmarket prices--prices that are imputed by the Bureau of Economic Analysis because reliable market data are not available--and nonmarket prices have been trending upward lately. Indeed, the market-based portion of core PCE inflation for the year ending in May was only 0.7 percent.

Wed, September 03, 2003
Bloomberg Panel

Because of differences in the construction of this index and the CPI, an upward adjustment of 0.2 to 0.4 percentage point is probably necessary to make PCE inflation comparable to CPI inflation.

Thu, October 16, 2003
Annual St. Louis Fed Policy Conference

As a preliminary, I need to introduce the idea of the optimal long-run inflation rate, or OLIR for short. (Suggestions for a catchier name are welcome.) The OLIR is the long-run (or steady-state) inflation rate that achieves the best average economic performance over time with respect to both the inflation and output objectives.

Note that the OLIR is the relevant concept for dual-mandate central banks, like the Federal Reserve. Thus it is not necessarily equivalent to literal price stability, or zero inflation adjusted for the usual measurement error bias. Rather, under a dual mandate, a strong case can be made that, below a certain inflation rate, the benefits of reduced microeconomic distortions gained from price stability are outweighed by the costs of toofrequent encounters of the funds rate with the zero-lower-bound on nominal interest rates. (This argument underlies the common view that there should be a “buffer zone” against deflation.)  Hence, in general, the OLIR will be greater than zero inflation, correctly measured. Note also that the OLIR is an average long-run rate; variation of actual inflation around the OLIR over the business cycle would be expected and acceptable (Meyer, 2003).

Thu, October 16, 2003
Annual St. Louis Fed Policy Conference

To reassure those worried about possible loss of short-run flexibility, my proposal is that the FOMC announce its value for the OLIR {Optimal Long-run Inflation Rate} to the public with the following provisos (not necessarily in these exact words):

(i) The FOMC believes that the stated inflation rate is the one that best promotes its output, employment, and price stability goals in the long run. Hence, in the long run, the FOMC will try to guide the inflation rate toward the stated value and maintain it near that value on average over the business cycle.

(ii) However, the FOMC regards this inflation rate as a long-run objective only and sets no fixed time frame for reaching it. In particular, in deciding how quickly to move toward the long-run inflation objective, the FOMC will always take into account the implications for near-term economic and financial stability.

As you can see, stating the OLIR with these provisos places no unwanted constraints on short-run monetary policy, leaving the Committee free to deal with current financial and cyclical conditions as the Committee sees fit. In this respect, the proposal is very similar to one recently advanced by Governor Gramlich (2003).

Thu, October 23, 2003
Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas

In my view, the most fundamental policy recommendation put forth by Milton Friedman is the injunction to policymakers to provide a stable monetary background for the economy. I take this to be a stronger statement than the Hippocratic injunction to avoid major disasters; rather, there is a positive argument here that monetary stability actively promotes efficiency and growth. (Hence Friedman's suggestion that the long-run Phillips curve, rather than vertical, might be positively sloped.) Also implicit in Friedman's focus on nominal stability is the view that central banks should avoid excessively ambitious attempts to manage the real economy, which in practice may exacerbate both nominal and real volatility. In Friedman's classic 1960 work, A Program for Monetary Stability, he suggested that monetary stability might be attained by literally keeping money stable: that is, by fixing the rate of growth of a specific monetary aggregate and forswearing the use of monetary policy to "fine-tune" the economy.

Fri, January 02, 2004
American Economic Association

The use of "fan charts" to indicate the range of uncertainty would be helpful in this regard[forecasting future Fed policy]; and indeed, providing more information about uncertainty for all FOMC forecasts would be a useful innovation.

Fri, January 02, 2004
American Economic Association

[T]he direct effects of commodity price inflation on consumer inflation are empirically minuscule, both because raw materials costs are a small portion of total cost and because part of any increase in the cost of materials tends to be absorbed in the margins of final goods producers and distributors. Accelerations in commodity prices comparable to or larger than the most recent one occurred following the 1981-82 and 1990-91 recessions, as well as in 1986-87 and 1999, with no noticeable impact on inflation at the consumer level. A reasonable rule of thumb is that a permanent 10 percent increase in raw materials prices will lead to perhaps a 0.7 percent increase in the price of intermediate goods and to less than a 0.1 percent increase in consumer prices. Thus the recent acceleration in commodity prices, even if it were to persist (and futures prices suggest that it will not), would likely add only a tenth or two to the core inflation rate. In short, rising commodity prices are a better signal of strengthening economic activity than of inflation at the consumer level.

Fri, January 02, 2004
American Economic Association

More controversially, the FOMC might consider forecasting future values of the short-term interest rate, as is currently done by the Reserve Bank of New Zealand. The difficulty would be to make clear that an interest-rate forecast is not the same as a policy commitment. The use of "fan charts" to indicate the range of uncertainty would be helpful in this regard; and indeed, providing more information about the range of uncertainty for all FOMC forecasts would be a useful innovation.

Fri, January 02, 2004
American Economic Association

Can central bank talk--Fedspeak, in the vernacular of the U.S. media and financial markets--make monetary policy more effective and improve economic outcomes? To see why communication may be an integral part of good monetary policymaking, recall that the Federal Reserve directly controls only a single short-term interest rate, the overnight federal funds rate. Relative to the enormous size of global financial markets, the market for federal funds--the market in which commercial banks borrow and lend reserves on a short-term basis--is insignificant. Control of the federal funds rate is therefore useful only to the extent that it can be used as a lever to influence more important asset prices and yields--stock prices, government and corporate bond yields, mortgage rates--which in turn allow the Fed to affect the overall course of the economy.

Fri, January 02, 2004
American Economic Association

In the United States, the August 2003 statement of the Federal Open Market Committee that "policy accommodation can be maintained for a considerable period" is another example of commitment. The close association of this statement with the Committee's expressed concerns about "unwelcome disinflation" implied that this commitment was conditioned on the assessment of the economy. The conditional nature of the commitment was sharpened in the Committee's December statement, which explicitly linked continuing policy accommodation to the low level of inflation and the slack in resource use.

Thu, February 19, 2004
Eastern Economic Association

Certainly, stability-enhancing changes in the economic environment have occurred in the past two decades. However, an intriguing possibility is that some of these changes, rather than being truly exogenous, may have been induced by improved monetary policies. That is, better monetary policies may have resulted in what appear to be (but only appear to be) favorable shifts in the economy's Taylor curve.

Thu, February 19, 2004
Eastern Economic Association

Whether the dominant cause of the Great Moderation is structural change, improved monetary policy, or simply good luck is an important question about which no consensus has yet formed. I have argued today that improved monetary policy has likely made an important contribution not only to the reduced volatility of inflation (which is not particularly controversial) but to the reduced volatility of output as well. Moreover, because a change in the monetary policy regime has pervasive effects, I have suggested that some of the effects of improved monetary policies may have been misidentified as exogenous changes in economic structure or in the distribution of economic shocks.

Wed, March 03, 2004
H. Parker Willis Lecture in Economic Policy

Finally, perhaps the most important lesson of all is that price stability should be a key objective of monetary policy. By allowing persistent declines in the money supply and in the price level, the Federal Reserve of the late 1920s and 1930s greatly destabilized the U.S. economy and, through the workings of the gold standard, the economies of many other nations as well.

Wed, April 14, 2004
Investment Analysts Society of Chicago

Unfortunately, as a measure of market participants' expected inflation, breakeven inflation has a number of problems (Sack, 2000; Shen and Corning, 2001). First, and probably the most important, breakeven inflation includes a return to investors for bearing inflation risk, implying that the breakeven rate likely overstates the market's expected rate of inflation. Estimates of the inflation risk premium for bonds maturing during the next five to ten years are surprisingly large, generally in a range between 35 and 100 basis points, depending on the time period studied (Ang and Bekaert, 2003; Goto and Torous, 2003; Buraschi and Jiltsov, 2004). If the inflation risk premium averages 50 basis points, for example, then breakeven inflation will overstate the market's true expectation of inflation by half a percentage point, a substantial amount. A further complication is that inflation risk premiums are not constant but instead appear to vary over time as economic circumstances change.

Second, although the issuance of inflation-protected securities has risen significantly, the outstanding quantities of these securities remain much smaller than those of conventional Treasury securities. Moreover, TIPS are attractive to buy-and-hold investors, in contrast to nominal Treasury securities, which are extensively used for trading and hedging (Sack and Elsasser, 2004). For both reasons, the market for TIPS remains significantly less liquid than those for most Treasury securities. All else equal, the likely presence of a liquidity premium in the TIPS return tends to make breakeven inflation an underestimate of expected inflation, thus offsetting to some degree the effect of the inflation risk premium. Like inflation risk premiums, liquidity premiums on TIPS appear to vary over time, further complicating the interpretation of breakeven inflation.

A third issue is that the real values of the coupon payments on an indexed security are fixed by construction, while the real coupons of a nominal bond usually decline over its life. Hence, an indexed security typically has a longer duration with respect to real interest rate changes than does the nominal security, a difference that affects the relative riskiness of real and nominal securities.4 More generally, because TIPS returns are imperfectly correlated with the yields on both nominal Treasuries and stocks, some investors demand TIPS for general diversification purposes--a demand that appears to have increased significantly as investors have become more familiar with this new type of asset. As the supply of TIPS has been fairly limited, the rise in demand by institutional investors and others may push down the equilibrium real return on TIPS and thus raise measures of breakeven inflation.5

A separate issue that bears on the relevance of breakeven inflation for policymaking is that TIPS returns depend on the overall consumer price index (CPI), whereas for many purposes policymakers are more interested in the behavior of core inflation, a measure of inflation that strips out volatile food and energy prices. In fact, TIPS returns appear sensitive to fluctuations in oil prices.

Wed, May 19, 2004
Economics Luncheon

Specifically, Brainard showed that when policymakers are unsure of the impact that their policy actions will have on the economy, it may be appropriate for them to adjust policy more cautiously and in smaller steps than they would if they had precise knowledge of the effects of their actions. An analogy may help to clarify the logic behind Brainard's argument. Imagine that you are playing in a miniature golf tournament and are leading on the final hole. You expect to win the tournament so long as you can finish the hole in a moderate number of strokes. However, for reasons I won't try to explain, you find yourself playing with an unfamiliar putter and hence are uncertain about how far a stroke of given force will send the ball. How should you play to maximize your chances of winning the tournament?

Wed, May 19, 2004
Economics Luncheon

How can the FOMC ensure that its policy actions feed into longer-term rates and thus influence the economy? An interesting result, noted in an early paper by Marvin Goodfriend (1991) of the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond and developed more formally by my Princeton colleague Michael Woodford (2000, 2003), is that gradualist policies may allow the Fed to gain greater influence over long-term interest rates.3 The reason is the effect of past episodes of gradualist behavior on market expectations. In a gradualist regime, an increase in the federal funds rate not only raises current short-term rates but also signals to the market that rates are likely to continue to rise for some time. Because they reflect the whole path of expected future short-term rates, under a gradualist regime long-term rates such as mortgage rates tend to be relatively sensitive to changes in the federal funds rate. Thus, gradualism helps to ensure that the FOMC will have an effective lever over economic activity and inflation.

 

Sun, June 20, 2004
European Economics and Finance Centre Seminar

The phrase "international role of the euro" covers a number of disparate possible functions of the currency. These functions include the use of euro-denominated assets as official reserves, the use of the euro as a vehicle currency in foreign-exchange transactions, the denomination in euros of financing instruments issued by borrowers not resident in the euro zone, the acceptance of euro-denominated or euro-linked assets in international investment portfolios, and the invoicing in euros of internationally traded goods and services. Of course, during the post-World War II period the U.S. dollar has been the dominant international currency with respect to each of these functions. It seems plausible that the euro, a low-inflation currency used by an economy comparable to that of the United States in size and sophistication, will, over time, increase its "market share" in each of these areas.

Sun, June 20, 2004
European Economics and Finance Centre Seminar

Although economists and financial market participants will observe the developing role of the euro in international transactions with interest, the direct benefits to euro-zone economies of having the euro play an international medium-of-exchange role are relatively modest. Arguably, the more significant aspects of the euro's international role arise from the strengthening and expansion of euro-denominated financial markets as these markets take on a greater international character.

Thu, October 07, 2004
Japan Society Corporate Luncheon

My own view is that we are approaching the limits of purely qualitative communication and should consider the inclusion of quantitative information presented in a clearly specified framework. For example, like policymakers at many other central banks, the FOMC could specify its long-term inflation objective and include explicit economic forecasts, conditioned on alternative assumptions, in its statements or in regular reports. That being said, one must recognize that the FOMC is not a "unitary actor," as the political scientists term it, but a committee of nineteen highly independent people. With the best will in the world, achieving a Committee consensus on a detailed forecast (for example) will always be difficult in the short time available. Some ambiguity in the FOMC's communications may therefore be unavoidable.

Thu, October 07, 2004
Japan Society Corporate Luncheon

This increase in transparency is highly welcome, for many reasons. Perhaps most important, as public servants whose decisions affect the lives of every citizen, central bankers have a responsibility to provide the public as much explanation of those decisions as possible, so long as doing so does not compromise the decisionmaking process itself. A more open policymaking process is also likely to lead to better policy decisions, because engagement with an informed public provides central bankers with useful feedback in the form of outside views and analyses.

Thu, October 07, 2004
Japan Society Corporate Luncheon

[O]pen and clear communication by the policy committee--which in practice includes speeches and congressional testimony by FOMC members, as well as official statements--makes monetary policy more effective in at least three distinct ways.

First, in the very short run, clear communication helps to increase the near-term predictability of FOMC rate decisions, which reduces risk and volatility in financial markets and allows for smoother adjustment of the economy to rate changes...

Second, in the long run, communicating the central bank's objectives and policy strategies can help to anchor the public's long-term expectations--most importantly, its expectations of inflation...

The third way in which clear and open communication enhances the effectiveness of monetary policy--the channel that will be the focus of my remarks today--is by helping to align financial-market participants' expectations about the future course of monetary policy more closely with the policy committee's own plans and projections. As I will discuss, to the extent that central bank talk provides useful guidance to markets about the likely future path of short-term interest rates, policymakers will exert greater influence over the longer-term interest rates that most matter for spending decisions. At the same time, expanding the information available to financial-market participants improves the efficiency and accuracy of asset pricing. Both of these factors enhance the effectiveness and precision of monetary policy.

Thu, October 07, 2004
Japan Society Corporate Luncheon

Most recently, the Committee has introduced additional commentary on the outlook for policy into its statement. For example, the August 2003 statement of the FOMC indicated that "policy accommodation can be maintained for a considerable period," a formulation replaced a few meetings later with the comment that the Committee could be "patient" in removing policy accommodation. These statements conveyed information to markets about the Committee's economic outlook as well as its policy approach. .. The language of the statement in August 2003 and subsequent meetings persuaded the markets that an autumn tightening was not in the cards, and market expectations adjusted accordingly. Crucially, this change in expectations resulted in lower interest rates at all maturities, a development that helped support the expansion in the latter part of last year.

Thu, October 07, 2004
Japan Society Corporate Luncheon

When the policy tightening cycle finally began earlier this year, the FOMC indicated that, with underlying inflation still relatively low, it would proceed "at a pace that is likely to be measured." As I discussed in a speech in May, the gradualist approach implied by this statement is often appropriate during a period of economic and financial uncertainty (Bernanke, 2004). At the same time that it provided information on its outlook and its expected policy path, however, the Committee properly insisted that its policies would be conditional on the arriving economic data. In particular, the Committee noted that it would respond as necessary to maintain price stability.

Thu, October 07, 2004
Japan Society Corporate Luncheon

To be absolutely clear, in pointing out the benefits of clear communication I am not asserting that central bank talk represents an independent tool of policy. Indeed, if the central bank's statements are not informative about the likely future course of the short-term interest rate, they will soon lose their ability to influence market expectations. Rather, the value of more-open communication is that it clarifies the central bank's views and intentions, thereby increasing the likelihood that financial-market participants' rate expectations will be similar to those of the policymakers themselves--or, if views differ, ensuring at least that the difference can not be attributed to the policymakers' failure to communicate their outlook, objectives, and strategy to the public and the markets.

Wed, October 20, 2004
Darton College

I should acknowledge that oil futures prices have a less-than-stellar record in forecasting oil price developments, but they are probably the best guide that we have. Chinn, LeBlanc, and Coibion (2001) find that futures quotes are unbiased predictors of future spot prices, though not very accurate ones.  

[Chinn, Menzie, Michael LeBlanc, and Olivier Coibion (2001). "The Predictive Characteristics of Energy Futures: Recent Evidence for Crude Oil, Natural Gas, Gasoline, and Heating Oil,"  (99KB PDF) unpublished paper, University of California, Santa Cruz.]

Wed, October 20, 2004
Darton College

Since the beginning of the year, the cost of oil imported into the United States has increased by about $75 billion (at an annual rate), or about 3/4 percent of the gross domestic product (GDP). Add to this the effects of the rise in natural gas prices, and the total increase in imported energy costs over a full year--the increase in the "tax" being paid to foreign energy producers--comes to almost $85 billion. The impact of this decline in net income on the U.S. GDP depends in large part on how the increase in the energy "tax" affects the spending of households and firms...A reasonable estimate is that the increased cost of imported energy has reduced the growth in U.S. aggregate spending and real output this year by something between half and three-quarters of a percentage point.

Wed, October 20, 2004
Darton College

Although traders expect the price of oil to decline somewhat from recent highs, they also believe that a significant part of the recent increase in prices will be long lived.

Wed, December 01, 2004
National Economists Club

[T]he term "rule" suggests a rigid and mechanistic policy prescription that leaves no room for discretion or judgment. However, the argument that monetary policy should adhere mechanically to a strict rule, made by some economists in the past, has fallen out of favor in recent years. Today most monetary economists use the term "rule" more loosely to describe a general policy strategy, one that may include substantial scope for policymaker discretion and judgment. Here I will use the term "policy" instead of "rule" to avoid the connotations of the latter.

Wed, December 01, 2004
National Economists Club

[U]nder a forecast-based policy regime, policymakers must predict how the economy is likely to respond in the medium term--say, over the next six to eight quarters--to alternative plans for monetary policy.

Wed, December 01, 2004
National Economists Club

The economic stimulus provided by monetary policy depends mostly on longer-term interest rates, which in turn are largely determined by the expectations of financial market participants about the future course of monetary policy. As a general matter, the more guidance the central bank can provide the public about how policy is likely to evolve (or about the principles on which policy decisions will be based), the greater the chance that market participants will make appropriate inferences--and thus the greater the probability that long-term interest rates will move in a manner consistent with the outlook and objectives of the monetary policy committee.

Wed, December 01, 2004
National Economists Club

Under the forecast-based approach, in contrast, the public will generally find inferring the likely course of policy to be a great deal more difficult. In that regime, policy plans depend in a complex way on policymakers' outlooks, risk assessments, and objectives, which the public is unlikely to deduce accurately without guidance. Clear communication thus appears to be especially important for central banks that employ a forecast-based approach to policy--a category that includes most contemporary central banks, including the Federal Reserve.

Wed, December 01, 2004
National Economists Club

Operationally, the risk-management approach differs from the forecast-based policies described in much of the monetary economics literature in only one important respect. For simplicity, researchers have generally analyzed forecast-based policies under the assumption that policymakers care only about average economic outcomes. However, in practice, policymakers are often concerned not only with the average or most likely outcomes but also with the risks to their objectives posed by relatively low-probability events.

Tue, February 01, 2005
FOMC Meeting Transcript

I think having a long-run inflation objective that is defined first of all not as price stability per se, but rather as the long-run inflation rate that best achieves our dual mandate, would be a major step forward.  And if we were to take that step—that is, if we were to establish a true north on the compass, so to speak, for long-run monetary policy—I would not push for any further steps in the direction of a short-term inflation targeting regime.

Mon, March 07, 2005
Executives' Club of Chicago

One caveat for the future is that the recent rapid escalation in house prices--11 percent in 2004, according to the repeat-transactions index constructed by the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight--is unlikely to continue. A plausible scenario is that house prices will either move sideways or rise more slowly during the next few years, eventually bringing the rate of return on housing in line with the relatively low prospective rates of return that we currently observe on virtually all assets, both real and financial. If the increases in house prices begin to moderate as expected, the resulting slowdown in household wealth accumulation should lead ultimately to somewhat slower growth in consumer spending.

Mon, March 07, 2005
Executives' Club of Chicago

The pace of hiring also strengthened toward the end of last year, following a summertime lull, and I expect healthy employment gains in the coming quarters, albeit with possibly large month-to-month variations. Despite the growth in employment, however, the unemployment rate should decline relatively slowly, as a strengthening job market attracts people back into the labor force...

Evidence that the labor market is not yet at its potential includes subdued wage growth, the failure thus far of labor participation rates to increase from cyclical lows, the relatively large number of people who say they are working part-time for economic reasons, and the impression gleaned from surveys and anecdotes that the supply of potential employees in most occupations remains plentiful.

Mon, March 07, 2005
Executives' Club of Chicago

My own guess is that core PCE inflation in 2005 will be slightly higher than its 2004 rate of 1.6 percent, though likely remaining within what I think of as the "comfort zone" of 1 to 2 percent.

Mon, March 07, 2005
Executives' Club of Chicago

The potential volatility of energy prices, commodity prices, and (to a lesser extent) import prices has been dramatically demonstrated in recent years and so unexpectedly rapid increases--or decreases, for that matter--in producers' nonwage costs can by no means be ruled out. Cost increases that are both large and sustained would, of course, create inflationary pressure. Lagged effects on inflation of the nonwage cost increases that occurred in 2004 are also possible, particularly if the firming of demand increases pricing power and the ability of producers to pass on their higher costs. I can assure you that the Federal Reserve will monitor closely any developments affecting producers' costs.

Mon, March 07, 2005
Executives' Club of Chicago

The natural rate of unemployment is probably better thought of as a zone rather than as a single number, however. In particular, inflation does not appear to rise sharply or discontinuously when the economy reaches a specific rate of unemployment or capacity utilization but instead responds more gradually to variations in the degree of resource utilization (in economics lingo, the Phillips curve is fairly flat).

Mon, March 07, 2005
Executives' Club of Chicago

One may reasonably ask when this process of removing policy accommodation will stop. This question is not straightforward to answer. In particular, it is not helpful, in my view, to imagine the existence of some fixed target for the funds rate toward which policy should inexorably march. Instead, the correct procedure for setting policy requires the FOMC to continually update its forecast for the economy, conditional on all relevant information and on a provisional future path for monetary policy. The funds rate will have reached an appropriate and sustainable level when, first, the outlook is consistent with the Committee's economic goals and, second, the slope of the term structure of interest rates is approximately normal, as best as can be determined. With this definition in mind, one can search for indications of where the "neutral" funds rate is likely to be at a given point in time. For example, the fact that far future short-term interest rates have recently declined fairly significantly suggests that, in the view of the markets at least, the neutral funds rate may be somewhat lower today than it was in the past.  The most important lesson, however, is that the neutral policy rate depends on both current and prospective economic conditions. Accordingly, the neutral rate is not a constant or a fixed objective but will change as the economy and economic forecasts evolve.

Wed, March 09, 2005
Virginia Association of Economics

The growth in export-oriented sectors such as manufacturing has been restrained by the U.S. trade imbalance (although the recent decline in the dollar has alleviated that pressure somewhat), while sectors producing nontraded goods and services, such as home construction, have grown rapidly. To repay foreign creditors, as it must someday, the United States will need large and healthy export industries. The relative shrinkage in those industries in the presence of current account deficits--a shrinkage that may well have to be reversed in the future--imposes real costs of adjustment on firms and workers in those industries.

Wed, March 09, 2005
Virginia Association of Economics

Higher home prices in turn have encouraged households to increase their consumption. Of course, increased rates of homeownership and household consumption are both good things. However, in the long run, productivity gains are more likely to be driven by nonresidential investment, such as business purchases of new machines.

Wed, March 09, 2005
Virginia Association of Economics

As U.S. business investment has recently begun a cyclical recovery while residential investment has remained strong, the domestic saving shortfall has continued to widen, implying a rise in the current account deficit and increasing dependence of the United States on capital inflows.

Wed, March 09, 2005
Virginia Association of Economics

I will argue that over the past decade a combination of diverse forces has created a significant increase in the global supply of saving--a global saving glut--which helps to explain both the increase in the U.S. current account deficit and the relatively low level of long-term real interest rates in the world today...The global saving glut has been a remarkable reversal in the flows of credit to developing and emerging-market economies, a shift that has transformed those economies from borrowers on international capital markets to large net lenders.

Wed, March 09, 2005
Virginia Association of Economics

The greater the extent to which capital inflows act to augment residential construction and especially current consumption spending, the greater the future economic burden of repaying the foreign debt is likely to be.

Tue, March 29, 2005
Redefining Investment Strategy Education Symposium

The FOMC controls very short-term interest rates fairly directly. However...the Committee's control over longer-term yields and over the prices of long-lived financial assets depends crucially on its ability to influence market expectations about the likely future course of policy.

Tue, March 29, 2005
Redefining Investment Strategy Education Symposium

The Fed has only very indirect control over long-term yields and asset prices...To affect long-term rates, the FOMC must somehow signal to the financial markets its plans for setting future short-term rates. The most direct method is through talk...FOMC talk probably has the greatest influence on expectations of short-term rates a year or so into the future, as beyond that point the FOMC has very little, if any, advantage over market participants in forecasting the economy or even its own policy actions.

Tue, March 29, 2005
Redefining Investment Strategy Education Symposium

In the past decade or so, the Federal Reserve has become substantially more transparent and open in its communication with the public. Growing appreciation of the fact that greater openness makes monetary policy more effective is, I believe, an important reason for this welcome trend.

Wed, April 13, 2005
Homer Jones Lecture

The large current account deficit of the United States, in particular, requires substantial flows of foreign financing...The underlying sources of the U.S. current account deficit appear to be medium-term or even long-term in nature, suggesting that the situation will eventually begin to improve, although a return to approximate balance may take some time. Fundamentally, I see no reason why the whole process should not proceed smoothly.

Thu, June 30, 2005
CNBC Interview

CNBC INTERVIEWER: Tell me, what is the worst-case scenario? We have so many economists coming on our air saying ‘Oh, this is a bubble, and it’s going to burst, and this is going to be a real issue for the economy.’ Some say it could even cause a recession at some point. What is the worst-case scenario if in fact we were to see prices come down substantially across the country?

BERNANKE: Well, I guess I don’t buy your premise. It’s a pretty unlikely possibility. We’ve never had a decline in house prices on a nationwide basis. So, what I think what is more likely is that house prices will slow, maybe stabilize, might slow consumption spending a bit. I don’t think it’s gonna drive the economy too far from its full employment path, though.

Mon, September 26, 2005
National Association for Business Economics

In the shorter term, the devastation wrought by hurricane Katrina, and to a lesser extent by Rita, will have a palpable effect on the national economy. In particular, the virtual shutting-down of the Gulf Coast economy will leave its imprint on the national rates of job creation and output growth, especially in the third quarter, while recovery and rebuilding should ultimately increase growth rates and rates of job creation, perhaps by the fourth quarter and certainly in the first half of next year.

Mon, September 26, 2005
National Association for Business Economics

The President remains committed to halving the federal budget deficit by 2009, and I believe that that goal remains feasible despite these added costs [from Hurricanes Rita and Katrina].

Mon, September 26, 2005
National Association for Business Economics

Thus far at least, the growth effects of energy price increases appear relatively modest. The economy is much more energy-efficient today than it was in the 1970s, when energy shocks contributed to sharp slowdowns, and real energy prices remain below the peaks attained in the 1970s and early 1980s. Well-controlled inflation and inflation expectations have also moderated the effects of energy price increases, since those increases no longer set off an inflation spiral and the associated increases in interest rates, as they did three decades ago.

Mon, November 14, 2005
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

In this prospective new role, I would bear the critical responsibility of preserving the independent and nonpartisan status of the Federal Reserve--a status that, in my view, is essential to that institution's ability to function effectively and achieve its mandated objectives. I assure this Committee that, if I am confirmed, I will be strictly independent of all political influences and will be guided solely by the Federal Reserve's mandate from Congress and by the public interest.  With respect to monetary policy, I will make continuity with the policies and policy strategies of the Greenspan Fed a top priority.

Mon, November 14, 2005
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

Monetary policy is most effective when it is as coherent, consistent, and predictable as possible, while at all times leaving full scope for flexibility and the use of judgment as conditions may require.

Mon, November 14, 2005
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

Under Chairman Greenspan, monetary policy has become increasingly transparent to the public and the financial markets, a trend that I strongly support...One possible step toward greater transparency would be for the FOMC to state explicitly the numerical inflation rate or range of inflation rates it considers to be consistent with the goal of long-term price stability...I view the explicit statement of a long-run inflation objective as fully consistent with the Federal Reserve's current policy approach, including its appropriate emphasis on the role of judgment and flexibility in policymaking.  Most important, this step would in no way reduce the importance of maximum employment as a policy goal. Indeed, a key justification for this action is its potential to contribute to stronger and more stable employment growth by further stabilizing inflation and inflation expectations. In any case...if I am confirmed, I will take no precipitate steps in the direction of quantifying the definition of long-run price stability. This matter requires further study at the Federal Reserve as well as extensive discussion and consultation.

Tue, November 15, 2005
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

It's important for the Federal Reserve to be aware of what's going on in the market, particularly working through the banks, which are the counter-parties of a lot of hedge funds to understand their strategies and their positions. Nevertheless, broadly speaking, my understanding is that the hedge fund industry has become more sophisticated, more diverse, less leveraged and more flexible in the years since LTCM. So, again, while it's very important to understand that industry and particularly to make sure that the banks are dealing in appropriate ways with hedge funds, my sense is that on net they are a positive force in the American financial system.

Tue, November 15, 2005
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

The Federal Reserve has important responsibilities for maintaining financial stability. That involves ensuring ex ante, that banks, for example, are managing their portfolios safely, that the clearing and settlement systems are well-designed and secure, that there are good arrangements in place for dealing with some kind of financial crisis, no matter what its source might be, and that, ex post, should there be a problem, that there be plenty of liquidity provided to the banking system and that the Fed would make sure that whatever problems arise be brought to some venue where they can be unwound and discussed and assistance be given.

Tue, November 15, 2005
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

Basel II or something like it appears necessary. The banking system has become financially extraordinarily sophisticated. Basel I is no longer sufficient as a means of determining adequate regulatory capital for the banking system.

The Federal Reserve, the other banking regulators, international counter-parties have worked for a number of years trying to determine an appropriate system that would appropriately account for the complexity of the banking system. Basel II tries to embody the notion that the amount of regulatory capital should be based on modern risk- management techniques, which try to evaluate the risks associated with different kinds of investments.

Tue, November 15, 2005
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

With respect to choosing a inflation objective in the medium term, there are many considerations one would want to take into account, familiarity by the public, for example. So that I think would be something that would need to be discussed by the Federal Open Market Committee and in our general consultations. To the extent that, say the CPI overstates inflation by an approximately known amount, one could simply adjust the range of inflation rates that define price stability to allow for that bias.

Tue, November 15, 2005
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

In 2003, there was an episode where there was clearly a miscommunication between the Federal Reserve and the bond markets, and it caused a significant fluctuation in the bond markets. This was over the issue of whether or not there was some risk of deflation coming forward. And clearly there was a misunderstanding about that risk. It impressed on me the importance of speaking clearly and communicating clearly and making sure that there's understanding on both sides about what the Fed is saying and what the Fed is intending to do.

Tue, November 15, 2005
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

The global savings glut idea attempts to point out that the current account deficit of the United States is not simply or entirely a product of U.S. economic policies. It is a global phenomenon created by global forces. Over the last 10 years or so the amount of savings being done around the world has exceeded desired investment in those same countries for various reasons, including the aging of some industrial economies, the oil revenues of crude producers, and most importantly, the fact that emerging market economies over the last 10 years have gone from being significant borrowers in international capital markets to large lenders, to having large current account surpluses. As a result, there's been enormous amounts of capital dumped into international capital markets, which helps to account for the fact that global interest rates are at record lows or at least at very low levels. The inflows of that capital into the United States, which is an attractive destination for this capital, and the resulting impact on asset price in the United States is, in my view, part of the reason why Americans have increased their consumption and reduced their savings, which has resulted in this current account deficit. Now...I don't view the current account deficit as desirable. I think there's a number of reasons to try and end it. But in order to end it or at least to wind it down over a period of time, it's going to require action both within the United States and also within our trading partners. On the part of the United States, we need to increase our own savings relative to investment. With respect to our trading partners, there needs to be, first, increased reliance on flexible exchange rates, as we've already discussed, and also more willingness on the part of our trading partners to rely on domestic spending, domestic government purchases or consumption, to drive their economies, as opposed purely to an export-led strategy.

Tue, November 15, 2005
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

Normally, you would expect to see capital flowing to emerging market economies, rather than out of emerging market economies. The proximate cause of the switch, I would argue, was the financial crises of the late 1990s which occurred in a variety of emerging market economies in East Asia and Latin America and elsewhere, and led them to be much more cautious about accepting capital inflows and to focus more on building up their reserves, building up their current accounts, and looking more to an export- oriented strategy. So I think it's the effects of the financial crises which over a period of time I expect will wane. But that was the main impetus, I believe, for this shift in strategy on the part of the emerging market countries.

Tue, November 15, 2005
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

I think it's very important to look at [option ARMs and other nontraditional mortgages]. And I believe that doing so would have on the margin some beneficial effects in reducing speculative activity in some local markets. However, overall, I think the main reason to look at these instruments is to make sure that banks are protected and that the consumers are protected against the potential risks of these instruments.

Tue, November 15, 2005
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

There's no perfect forecaster, no perfect indicator of inflation...Exchange rates reflect inflation pressures. They may also reflect the balance of trade and other factors. So there's no single optimal indicator of inflation. My personal strategy, therefore, is to be very eclectic and to look at a wide range of indicators. And among those is commodities, gold, exchange rates, the whole list. I think interest rates, real- side indicators, surveys, expectations, there's a whole list of variables which can be useful in forecasting inflation. And I think one has to be very open minded about using whatever information one has.

Tue, November 15, 2005
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

I draw two lessons from that late '90s experience [the changing view of productivity growth]. The first is that you don't just look at the conventional measures, you look at the data quite deeply and try to understand how the data are constructed and how they relate to each other, because there may be anomalies that'll be instructive. And that was the case in the late '90s. The other is that published government data is not the only source of information. It's also important to talk to people in the marketplace, to talk to business people.

Tue, November 15, 2005
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

And, with respect to their safety, derivatives, for the most part, are traded among very sophisticated financial institutions and individuals who have considerable incentive to understand them and to use them properly. The Federal Reserve's responsibility is to make sure that the institutions which it regulates have good systems and good procedures for ensuring that their derivatives portfolios are well-managed and don't create excessive risk in their institutions.

Tue, November 15, 2005
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

SEN. SARBANES: Warren Buffet has warned us that derivatives are time bombs, both for the parties that deal in them and the economic system. The Financial Times has said so far, there has been no explosion, but the risks of this fast growing market remain real. How do you respond to these concerns?

BERNANKE: I'm more sanguine about derivatives than the position you just suggested. I think, generally speaking, they are very valuable. They provide methods by which risks can be shared, sliced and diced and given to those most willing to bear it. They add, I believe, to the flexibility of the financial system in many different ways. And, with respect to their safety, derivatives, for the most part, are traded among very sophisticated financial institutions and individuals who have considerable incentive to understand them and to use them properly. The Federal Reserve's responsibility is to make sure that the institutions which it regulates have good systems and good procedures for ensuring that their derivatives portfolios are well-managed and don't create excessive risk in their institutions.

Tue, November 15, 2005
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

I do believe the current account deficit needs to come down over a period of time. I think there are a number of elements needed to do that. Part of it would be to increase United States national savings through both private savings and public savings.

I would also be useful for our trading partners to do a number of things, including allowing their exchange rates to float more freely and be determined by the market and to rely less on exports as a source of demand for their economies.

So we need to rebalance the global international system. I believe that can be done over a period of time. But it won't happen overnight.

Tue, November 15, 2005
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

Of course, this is ultimately Congress's decision. But from a purely technical perspective, I believe there are better measures of inflation than the CPIU. In that respect, one might want to consider alternatives.

Tue, November 15, 2005
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

Natural gas prices have been rising for some time. And it's proved a very heavy burden to chemical manufacturers, alumina, other manufacturers in the United States. That's a real problem. I don't want to understate that problem at all. But...monetary policy...can only try to avoid having those price increases spread into general inflation. Monetary policy can't create more energy. It can't really solve the energy problem.

Tue, November 15, 2005
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

Under Chairman Greenspan, talk and action were combined to ensure the markets that over a period of time -- not necessarily within a quarter or two-quarters, but over a period of time, perhaps lasting several years, the Fed would ensure that inflation was stabilized in a region that was consistent with the objective of price stability.
So that is the approach I would take. I would certainly not try to return inflation to a target within a short period of time. I would simply try to assure the markets that over a long period of time that the Federal Reserve was committed to price stability as a central part of its monetary strategy.

Tue, November 15, 2005
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

During the 1970s, inflation expectations were very poorly anchored. There was very little confidence that the Fed would keep inflation low and stable. When oil prices rose, those price increases fed through quickly into other prices and began to raise the general rate of inflation quite quickly.

The Fed responded somewhat in a panicked way by raising interest rates enormously, which then contributed to the deep recessions of 1975 and 1981-'82.

In a more recent episode, we've had extensive increases in energy prices, but outside of the energy sector, if you look at core inflation, core inflation remains very well controlled. And as a result, the Fed Reserve has been able to raise interest rates from its low accommodative level, but to only 4 percent at this point. And the economy is growing strongly.

So I think this is an enormously good illustration of why keeping inflation low, stable and keeping expectations well-anchored is of tremendous benefit, not just on the inflation side, but also on the employment and growth side.

From the Q&A session

Tue, November 15, 2005
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

Transparency has an important role in helping the public understand policy intentions and policy goals. However, transparency should not be allowed to interfere with the decision-making process itself...One extreme form of transparency would be simply to televise the meeting at which the discussion takes place. My concern about that suggestion is that it would inhibit discussion, that it would affect the decision process, that it would create volatility in financial markets. 

Tue, November 15, 2005
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

My views on inflation targeting now are that it represents a continuity with the existing approach of the Federal Reserve System.  The existing approach of the Federal Reserve System focuses on maintaining medium- and long-term inflation stability as the primary contribution that the Fed can make to maintaining stability of the general economy.  We've seen, for example, in the last 20 years, that the economy's become more stable, that employment growth and output growth have been stronger and more stable, that recessions have been less frequent. I attribute that to the maintenance of stable inflation and inflation expectations.  So in that respect, the inflation targeting ideas that I've espoused simply are an attempt to perhaps codify or strengthen this important commitment of the Federal Reserve to maintaining low inflation.  I also think of [inflation targeting] as a continuation of the Fed's recent progress toward greater transparency in policymaking.  Over the past 10 years, the Fed has become incredibly more open about its processes, about its decision-making.  And I believe this is just a single step, and indeed just an incremental step, that would add to that transparency.  But in particular, I'd like to emphasize to those who may be concerned that I do in no way intend to make any significant change in the overall approach to monetary policy that was developed under Chairman Greenspan.

Tue, November 15, 2005
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

Since this is not a change in objectives or a change in fundamental operating procedure, in my view, the kinds of suggestions I am making would not require a change in the law. If I thought they did, I think I believe I would not follow them through, because I'm not interested in changing the mandate of the Federal Reserve.

Tue, February 14, 2006
MPR Testimony to House

In the past, when the inverted yield curve presaged a slowdown in the economy, it was usually in a situation where both long-term and short-term interest rates were actually quite high in real terms, suggesting a good bit of drag on the economy.  Currently, the short-term real interest rate is close to its average level and the long-term real interest rate is actually relatively low compared to historical norms.  And so with real interest rate not creating a drag on economic activity, I don't anticipate that the term structure is signal of oncoming slowing of the economy.

Tue, February 14, 2006
MPR Testimony to House

Today, we see oil prices going up, but we see very little response in wages and prices. We see overall inflation relatively stable. We don't have to have the same aggressive monetary policy response we had in the '70s. And that's a direct benefit of the improvement in inflation expectations that we've gotten in the last 30, 35 years.

Tue, February 14, 2006
MPR Testimony to House

Our expectation is that if and when the housing market slows, that savings rates will tend to rise. So we have built into the forecast, so to speak, some increase in personal saving.  As home values grow more slowly, then consumers can rely less on the increase in equity as a source of wealth-building and therefore must save more out of their current income. And, again, that's to be expected.  As I've indicated, our current expectation is that process will be gradual and is consistent with continued strong growth in the economy.  However, as I also indicated, the housing market and the consumer response to any changes in the housing market is one of the risks to the forecast and one that we'll be monitoring closely as we try to assess the state of the economy in the coming year.

Tue, February 14, 2006
MPR Testimony to House

The issue is not so much the change in China's portfolio; the issue really is the fact that we are consuming more than we are producing domestically. That means that foreign debt is increasing. And there may come a period or a time when foreigners are not willing to continue to add to their holdings of U.S. dollar assets. And that will, in turn, lead to perhaps an uncomfortable adjustment in the current account.

Tue, February 14, 2006
MPR Testimony to House

The question is, why are we allowing the portfolios to exist when they have as much inherent risk as they do. The question is, how much of the portfolio is necessary to fulfill the mission.  That is something that may require some judgment and analysis, but it seems clear that at the much smaller number than currently being held by the large GSEs.

Tue, February 14, 2006
MPR Testimony to House

I think that the financial markets are really very deep and liquid for U.S. dollar assets. If you include not only U.S. government debt, GSE debt, but also highly rated corporate debt, for example, the size of the market for high-rated U.S. dollar credit instruments is perhaps $40 trillion or something along those lines - would mean that China is only holding a few percentage points of that debt...I think that realistic changes in China's portfolio are not going to have major impacts on U.S. asset prices or interest rates. 

Tue, February 14, 2006
MPR Testimony to House

Savings glut - perhaps the terminology was unfortunate. In fact, the issue is the amount of global savings relative to the amount of global investment opportunities.  The most striking change in the past 10 or 12 years has been in emerging markets, particularly East Asia, which 10 to 12 years ago were large net borrowers on international capita markets and now are even much larger net lenders. And if you try to take apart the reasons for that change it's partly their very high rate of saving, but the change itself is due more to declines in investment, outside of China.  So part of the cause of this so-called global savings glut, I believe, is the financial crises of the late '90s, which reduced inflows of investment capital expenditure in some of these emerging market economies.  The oil producers also are playing a role here, because they are receiving all this oil money. They don't have sufficient opportunities at home for investment and therefore they too are recycling funds into the global capita markets.

Tue, February 14, 2006
MPR Testimony to House

It seems to be the case - there are some straws in the wind that housing markets are cooling a bit. Our expectation is that the decline in activity or the slowing in activity will be moderate; that house prices will probably continue to rise but not at the pace that they had been rising.  So we expect the housing market to cool but not to change very sharply.  If the housing market does cool, more or less as expected, that would still be consistent with a strong economy. In 2006 and 2007, in particular, capital investment and other forms of demand would take up the slack left by residential investment.

Tue, February 14, 2006
MPR Testimony to House

But over a long period of time, a combination of higher national savings in the United States, increased demand by our trading partners and greater exchange rate flexibility - those three factors taken together will allow the current account deficit to come down in a way that I hope would not be disruptive to our economy.

Wed, February 15, 2006
MPR Testimony to House

On the minimum wage, it's actually a very controversial issue among economists. Clearly, if you raise the minimum wage, then those workers who retain their jobs will get higher income and therefore it helps them.  The concerns that some economists have raised about the minimum wage are first, is it as well targeted as it could be?  That is, how much of the increase is going to the teenage children of suburban families, for example?

And secondly, does it have any employment effects? That is, do higher wages lower employment of low-wage workers?

...The minimum wage affects a very small number of workers, actually, so I don't think it would affect a great majority of people that you're concerned about.

Wed, February 15, 2006
MPR Testimony to House

Inflation pressures increased in 2005. Steeply rising energy prices pushed up overall inflation, raised business costs, and squeezed household budgets. Nevertheless, the increase in prices for personal consumption expenditures excluding food and energy, at just below 2 percent, remained moderate, and longer-term inflation expectations appear to have been contained.

Wed, February 15, 2006
MPR Testimony to House

Rather, the Federal Reserve, together with all modern central banks, has found that the successful conduct of monetary policy requires painstaking examination of a broad range of economic and financial data, careful consideration of the implications of those data for the likely path of the economy and inflation, and prudent judgment regarding the effects of alternative courses of policy action on prospects for achieving our macroeconomic objectives. In that process, economic models can provide valuable guidance to policymakers, and over the years substantial progress has been made in developing formal models and forecasting techniques. But any model is by necessity a simplification of the real world, and sufficient data are seldom available to measure even the basic relationships with precision. Monetary policymakers must therefore strike a difficult balance--conducting rigorous analysis informed by sound economic theory and empirical methods while keeping an open mind about the many factors, including myriad global influences, at play in a dynamic modern economy like that of the United States.  Amid significant uncertainty, we must formulate a view of the most likely course of the economy under a given policy approach while giving due weight to the potential risks and associated costs to the economy should those judgments turn out to be wrong.

Wed, February 15, 2006
MPR Testimony to House

Similarly, the attainment of the statutory goal of moderate long-term interest rates requires price stability, because only then are the inflation premiums that investors demand for holding long-term instruments kept to a minimum.  In sum, achieving price stability is not only important in itself; it is also central to attaining the Federal Reserve's other mandated objectives of maximum sustainable employment and moderate long-term interest rates.

Wed, February 15, 2006
MPR Testimony to House

Another key factor in keeping core inflation low has been confidence on the part of the public and investors in the prospects for price stability. Maintaining expectations of low and stable inflation is an essential element in the Federal Reserve's effort to promote price stability. And, thus far, the news has been good: Survey measures of longer-term inflation expectations have responded only a little to the larger fluctuations in energy prices that we have experienced, and for the most part, they were low and stable last year. Inflation compensation for the period five to ten years ahead, derived from spreads between nominal and inflation-indexed Treasury securities, has remained well anchored.

Wed, February 15, 2006
MPR Testimony to House

Saving last year was probably further depressed by the rise in households' energy bills. Over the next few years, saving relative to income is likely to rise somewhat from its recent low level.

Wed, February 15, 2006
MPR Testimony to House

Nevertheless, the risk exists that, with aggregate demand exhibiting considerable momentum, output could overshoot its sustainable path, leading ultimately--in the absence of countervailing monetary policy action--to further upward pressure on inflation. In these circumstances, the FOMC judged that some further firming of monetary policy may be necessary, an assessment with which I concur.

Wed, February 15, 2006
MPR Testimony to House

The hurricanes left an imprint on aggregate economic activity as well, seen, in part, in the marked deceleration of real GDP in the fourth quarter. However, the most recent evidence--including indicators of production, the flow of new orders to businesses, weekly data on initial claims for unemployment insurance, and the payroll employment and retail sales figures for January--suggests that the economic expansion remains on track.

Wed, February 15, 2006
MPR Testimony to Senate

Well, we are trying, and we have been for some time, to be transparent and as clear as we can about our strategy, our objectives and our approach. And one of the implications of that has been that interest rate moves have been highly predicted by the markets.  And I think as a general matter that that's good. It reduces volatility in financial markets and makes policy actually more effective.

Wed, February 15, 2006
MPR Testimony to Senate

Now, as I said, I think that we ought to work to reduce the current account deficit over time. I think that would reduce the possibility of an uncomfortable adjustment process. But again, as I said earlier...I don't think that the Chinese ownership of U.S. assets is so large as to put our country at risk economically.

From Q & A session

Wed, February 15, 2006
MPR Testimony to Senate

We think Basel II is very important because it will allow banks' capital holdings to be sensitive to the risks that they take, and that will be consistent with modern risk management techniques, so we think it's important to move forward with Basel II. But we don't see this as - we certainly don't want this to be the source of a significant reduction in aggregate capital in the U.S. banking system.

Wed, February 15, 2006
MPR Testimony to Senate

The general concern is that, if a commercial firm owns a bank, would there not be a possibility that the safety net would be inadvertently extended to the commercial firm? Would we be able to segregate the financial condition of the commercial firm from the bank? And would it be possible for not just the FDIC, but for any bank supervisor to adequately supervise not only the bank, but also the owning firm, to ensure that the safety and soundness rules were being met?

Wed, February 15, 2006
MPR Testimony to Senate

The widening deficits over a period of years will reduce national savings, will probably exacerbate the current account deficit, may raise interest rates and will probably inhibit the dynamism of the economy.

Wed, February 15, 2006
MPR Testimony to Senate

And the ability of the U.S. economy to generate ongoing productivity gains through use of technology, through the flexibility of our labor and capital markets has been most impressive. And we expect good productivity gains to continue for the next few years.

Thu, February 23, 2006
Princeton University's Center for Economic Policy Studies

Lower inflation has been accompanied by inflation expectations that are not only lower but better anchored, so far as we can tell. Most striking, Greenspan's tenure aligns closely with the Great Moderation, the reduction in economic volatility I mentioned earlier, as well as with a strong revival in U.S. productivity growth--developments that had many sources, no doubt, but that were supported, in my view, by monetary stability. Like Volcker, Greenspan was ahead of academic thinking in recognizing the potential benefits of increased price stability.

Thu, February 23, 2006
Center for Economic Policy Studies

Over a short period, then, higher inflation might bring lower unemployment, consistent with the empirical results found by Phillips. However, this logic applies only during the period in which wages and workers' expectations of inflation are fixed. If inflation were to rise persistently, Friedman and Phelps argued, workers' expectations of inflation would not remain unchanged but would adjust to match the actual rate of inflation...This work was both brilliant and prescient. In particular, among the seminal contributions of the Friedman and Phelps analyses was the identification of the key role of inflation expectations in determining the behavior of the economy, a point that remains central to our thinking today.

Thu, February 23, 2006
Princeton University's Center for Economic Policy Studies

More recently, the evidence has mounted not only that low and stable inflation is beneficial for growth and employment in the long-term but also that it contributes importantly to greater stability of output and employment in the short to medium term. Specifically, during the past twenty years or so, in the United States and other industrial countries the volatility of both inflation and output have significantly decreased--a phenomenon known to economists as the Great Moderation (Bernanke, 2004). This finding challenges some conventional economic views, according to which greater stability of inflation can be achieved only by allowing greater fluctuations in output and employment. The key to explaining why price stability promotes stability in both output and employment is the realization that, when inflation itself is well-controlled, then the public's expectations of inflation will also be low and stable. In a virtuous circle, stable inflation expectations help the central bank to keep inflation low even as it retains substantial freedom to respond to disturbances to the broader economy.

Fri, February 24, 2006
Princeton University's Center for Economic Policy Studies

The mandate of the Federal Reserve System has changed since the institution opened its doors in 1914. When the System was founded, its principal legal purpose was to provide "an elastic currency," by which was meant a supply of credit that could fluctuate as needed to meet seasonal and other changes in credit demand...  The Federal Reserve today retains important responsibilities for banking and financial stability, but its formal policy objectives have become much broader. Its current mandate, set formally in law in 1977 and reaffirmed in 2000, requires the Federal Reserve to pursue three objectives through its conduct of monetary policy: maximum employment, stable prices, and moderate long-term interest rates.

Fri, February 24, 2006
Princeton University's Center for Economic Policy Studies

Price stability plays a dual role in modern central banking: It is both an end and a means of monetary policy.

Fri, February 24, 2006
Princeton University's Center for Economic Policy Studies

Like Volcker, Greenspan was ahead of academic thinking in recognizing the potential benefits of increased price stability. Indeed, in recent years, academic research on monetary policy has caught up with the policymakers, providing new support for what I have termed the modern consensus, that price stability supports both strong growth and stability in output and employment.

Fri, February 24, 2006
Princeton University's Center for Economic Policy Studies

Specifically, during the past twenty years or so, in the United States and other industrial countries the volatility of both inflation and output have significantly decreased--a phenomenon known to economists as the Great Moderation (Bernanke, 2004). This finding challenges some conventional economic views, according to which greater stability of inflation can be achieved only by allowing greater fluctuations in output and employment. The key to explaining why price stability promotes stability in both output and employment is the realization that, when inflation itself is well-controlled, then the public's expectations of inflation will also be low and stable. In a virtuous circle, stable inflation expectations help the central bank to keep inflation low even as it retains substantial freedom to respond to disturbances to the broader economy.

Fri, February 24, 2006
Princeton University's Center for Economic Policy Studies

In principle, the problem of inflation could be reduced by the practice of indexing dollar payments such as interest and wages to the price level, but people seem to find indexing costly and avoid it when they can. It is interesting and instructive, for example, that the indexation of wages to prices in labor contracts has always been quite limited in the United States; some indexation was used during the high-inflation 1970s but the practice has been substantially reduced since then. Moreover, some countries that adopted indexing during high-inflation periods, such as Brazil and Israel, largely abandoned the practice when inflation receded.

Fri, February 24, 2006
Princeton University's Center for Economic Policy Studies

With little confidence that the Fed would keep inflation low and stable, the public at that time reacted to the oil price increases by anticipating that inflation would rise still further. A destabilizing wage-price spiral ensued as firms and workers competed to "keep up" with inflation...

By contrast, the oil price increases of recent years appear to have had only a limited effect on core inflation (that is, inflation in the prices of goods other than energy and food), nor do they appear to have generated significant macroeconomic volatility. Several factors account for the better performance of the economy in the recent episode, including improvements in energy efficiency and in the overall flexibility and resiliency of the economy. But, the crucial difference from the 1970s, in my view, is that today inflation expectations are low and stable (as shown, for example, by many surveys and a variety of financial indicators). Oil price increases in the past few years, unlike in the 1970s, have not fed through to any great extent into longer-term inflation expectations and core inflation, as the public has shown confidence that any increases in inflation will be temporary and that, in the long run, inflation will remain low. As a result, the Fed has not had to raise interest rates sharply as it did in the 1970s but instead has been able to pursue a policy that is more gradual and predictable.

Tue, March 07, 2006
Independent Community Bankers of America National Convention and Techworld

In financial terms, community banks remain quite strong, and there is considerable entry into the business. New technologies and management methods have eroded some of the traditional informational benefits of relationship finance, however, and community banks have lost market share to larger banks and to nondepository institutions. But the data also show that many customers want to be served locally; they value proximity and convenience. In my view, the strong relationships and personalized services provided by community banks remain an important reason for their continuing success.

Tue, March 07, 2006
Independent Community Bankers of America National Convention and Techworld

The federal banking agencies have recently proposed guidance that would focus examiners' attention on those loans that are particularly vulnerable to adverse market conditions--that is, loans dependent primarily on the sale, lease, or refinancing of commercial property as the source of repayment.  I emphasize that, in proposing this guidance, supervisors are not aiming to discourage banks from making sound loans in commercial real estate or in any other loan category. Rather, we are affirming the need for each bank to recognize the risks arising from concentration and to have in place appropriate risk-management practices and capital levels.

Wed, March 08, 2006
Letter to Senator Robert Menendez

As our net external debt rises, the cost of servicing that debt increasingly will subtract from US income.  Accordingly, it would be helpful to raise our domestic saving and reduce our trade deficit while maintaining an environment conducive to investment and growth.  Reducing the budget deficit would release resources for private investment and reduce the future burden of repaying the public debt, although studies indicate a relatively modest effect of budget-cutting on the trade deficit.  Pro-growth policies among our trade partners would also contribute to some adjustment of external imbalances.  Finally, more flexible exchange rate regimes in some countries would provide greater scope for market forces to reduce our trade deficit, and would be in the interests of the countries implementing these regimes as well.  Nevertheless, in the absence of a shift in market perceptions of the relative attractiveness of US and foreign assets, government policies would likely have only limited effects on the trade balance.

Wed, March 08, 2006
Letter to Senator Robert Menendez

The emergence of large US trade deficits and corresponding surpluses on the part of our trading partners is, to an important extent, the outcome of market forces.  Several factors, including lingering effects of financial crises in emerging market forces.  Several factors, including the lingering effects of financial crises in emerging market economies and concerns abou the outlook for growth in some industrial economies, have led savings abroad to exceed investment.  This excess saving has been attracted to the United States by our favorable investment climate, strong productivity growth, and deep financial markets.  Although the US net external debt has been growing as a consequence of these inflows, as a fraction of our nation's income it remains within international and historical norms.  Given the strength and flexibility of our economy, there is every reason to believe that, if changes in the foreign outlook or in the tone of financial markets were to cause a reduction in capital inflows and the trade deficit, economic activity and employment would stay strong.

Wed, March 08, 2006
Letter to Senator Robert Menendez

I attribute the relatively low level of long-term rates generally to several factors, including a tendency in recent years for global saving to exceed the amount of potential capital investments, yielding historically normal rates of return as well as relatively low term premiums to interest rates to compensate investors for interest rate risk.  In the unlikely event that any of these factors tended to push real long-term yields to levels that appeared to be incompatible with our macroeconomic objectives, the Federal Reserve would respond by adjusting the stance of monetary policy appropriately.

Wed, March 08, 2006
Letter to Senator Robert Menendez

I do support the Treasury's decision to resume issuance of thirty-year bonds.  Given the large current and prospective federal financing needs, it is prudent to distribute the Treasury's borrowing across the yield curve.  Moreover, long-term interest rates are currently quite low, apparently reflecting in part strong demand among investors for long-term issues.  In these circumstances, it is sensible for the Treasury to accommodate this demand in part by issuing thirty-year securities.

Wed, March 08, 2006
Letter to Senator Robert Menendez

I believe that reducing the federal deficit is very important, especially in light of the need to prepare for the retirement of the baby-boom generation.  I urge the Congress to proceed on that effort in a timely manner and to pay particular attention to how its decisions on spending and tax programs will affect the US economy over the long term.  However, I also believe that in my role as head of the Federal Reserve, I should not be involved in making specific recommendations about the internal decision-making process of the Congress and the structure of its budget procedures.

Wed, March 08, 2006
Letter to Senator Robert Menendez

I am quite concerned about the intermediate to long-term federal budget outlook.  In particular, the budget is expected to come under severe pressure as impending demographic changes fuel rapid increases in entitlement spending.  By holding down the growth of national saving and real capital accumulation, the prospective increase in the budget deficit will place at risk future living standards of our country.  As a result, I think it would be very desirable to take concrete steps to lower the prospective path of the deficit.  Such actions would boost national saving and ultimately the future, prosperity of our country...Although the stock of debt held by the public would decline in absolute magnitude only if budget surpluses are run, fiscal actions that result in smaller deficits can slo the growth in the stock of debt held by the public and reduce the federal debt relative to the size of the economy.  The key is not so much the absolute level of federal debt, but rather that we take deficit-reducing steps to increase national saving and, hence, future living standars.

Mon, March 20, 2006
Economic Club of New York

Although macroeconomic forecasting is fraught with hazards, I would not interpret the currently very flat yield curve as indicating a significant economic slowdown to come, for several reasons. First, in previous episodes when an inverted yield curve was followed by recession, the level of interest rates was quite high, consistent with considerable financial restraint. This time, both short- and long-term interest rates--in nominal and real terms--are relatively low by historical standards.

Second, as I have already discussed, to the extent that the flattening or inversion of the yield curve is the result of a smaller term premium, the implications for future economic activity are positive rather than negative.

Finally, the yield curve is only one of the financial indicators that researchers have found useful in predicting swings in economic activity. Other indicators that have had empirical success in the past, including corporate risk spreads, would seem to be consistent with continuing solid economic growth. In that regard, the fact that actual and implied volatilities of most financial prices remain subdued suggests that market participants do not harbor significant reservations about the economic outlook.

Mon, March 20, 2006
Economic Club of New York

Given the global nature of the decline in yields, an explanation less centered on the United States might be required. About a year ago, I offered the thesis that a "global saving glut"--an excess, at historically normal real interest rates, of desired global saving over desired global investment--was contributing to the decline in interest rates. In brief, I argued that this shift reflects the confluence of several forces. On the saving side, the factors include rapid growth in high-saving countries on the Pacific Rim, export-focused economic development strategies that directly or indirectly hold back the growth of domestic demand, and the surge in revenues enjoyed by oil producers. On the investment side, notable factors restraining the global demand for capital include the legacy of the Asian financial crisis of the late 1990s, which led to continuing sluggishness in investment in some of those economies, and the slower growth of the workforce in many industrial countries. So long as these factors persist, global equilibrium interest rates (and, consequently, the neutral policy rate) will be lower than they otherwise would be.

Mon, March 20, 2006
Economic Club of New York

Given this reality, policymakers are well advised to follow two principles familiar to navigators throughout the ages:  First, determine your position frequently. Second, use as many guides or landmarks as are available In the context of monetary policy, these principles suggest that policymakers should monitor bond yields carefully in judging the current state of the economy--but only in tandem with the signals from other important financial variables; direct readings on spending, production, and prices; and a goodly helping of qualitative information. Ultimately, a robust approach to policymaking requires the use of multiple sources of information and multiple methods of analysis, combined with frequent reality checks. By not tying policy to a small set of forecast indicators, we may sacrifice some degree of simplicity, but we are less likely to be misled when a favored variable behaves in an unusual manner.

Mon, March 20, 2006
Economic Club of New York

Fourth and finally, as investors' demands for long-duration securities may have increased over the past few years, the supply of such securities seems not to have kept pace. The average maturity of outstanding Treasury debt, for example, has dropped by 1‑1/2 years since its peak in 2001, a trend just now beginning to turn with the Treasury's reissuance of the thirty-year bond. Corporations and households, however, have taken advantage of low long-term rates to lengthen the duration of their debt in recent years, which has compensated to some extent for the reduced duration of available Treasury debt.

Mon, March 20, 2006
Economic Club of New York

I will conclude that the implications for monetary policy of the recent behavior of long-term yields are not at all clear-cut.

Mon, March 20, 2006
Economic Club of New York

At least four possible explanations have been put forth for why the net demand for long-term issues may have increased, lowering the term premium. First, longer-maturity obligations may be more attractive because of more stable inflation, better-anchored inflation expectations, and a reduction in economic volatility more generally. With the benefit of hindsight, we now recognize that an important change occurred in the U.S. economy (and, indeed, in other major industrial economies as well) sometime in the mid-1980s. Since that time, the volatilities of both real GDP growth and inflation have declined significantly, a phenomenon that economists have dubbed the "Great Moderation"...  In that regard, it is interesting to observe that long-term forward rates were also low in the 1950s and 1960s. With long-term inflation expectations apparently anchored at low levels and with the prospect of continued economic stability, market participants may believe that it is appropriate to price bonds for an environment like that which prevailed four or five decades ago.

Mon, March 20, 2006
Washington Economic Club

[P]olicy moved gradually, tightening in one-quarter point increments over fourteen successive meetings. Together with expanded communication, this gradual approach served to stabilize policy expectations and damp market volatility.

Mon, March 20, 2006
Economic Club of New York

Providing information about the expected path of policy helped to ensure that long-term interest rates and other asset prices did not build in a projected pace of tightening that was more rapid than the Committee itself anticipated, and the statement's focus on the conditionality of future policy actions emphasized the ongoing need for both policymakers and financial market participants to respond to economic news. In retrospect, the clear communication of policy provided notable benefits, in my view, by increasing the effectiveness of monetary policy while minimizing unnecessary volatility in financial markets.

Mon, March 20, 2006
Economic Club of New York

Changes in the management of and accounting for pension funds are a third possible source of a declining term premium. Reforms proposed in the United States, Europe, and elsewhere are widely expected to encourage pension funds to be more fully funded and to take steps to better match the duration of their assets and liabilities. Together with the increased need of aging populations in the industrial countries to prepare for retirement, these changes may have increased the demand for longer-maturity securities. We have seen little direct evidence to date of sizable pension-fund portfolio shifts toward long-duration bonds, at least in the United States. But judging from anecdotal reports, bond investors might be attaching significant odds to scenarios in which pension funds tilt the composition of their portfolios toward such assets substantially over time.

Mon, March 20, 2006
Economic Club of New York

A second possible explanation of the evident decline in the term premium is linked to the increased intervention in currency markets by a number of governments, particularly in Asia. According to this explanation, foreign official institutions, primarily central banks, have invested the bulk of their greatly expanded dollar holdings in U.S. Treasuries and closely substitutable securities, and these demands by the official sector have put downward pressure on yields. This interpretation has some support, including research that I did with two coauthors that found that longer-term yields came under significant downward pressure during episodes of heavy official purchases of dollars in 2004...

However, these observations speak more to the existence of a short-term impact of large purchases and sales--the result of limits to liquidity in the very short run--than to the perhaps more important question of whether those transactions have a lasting effect on yields.

A reasonable conclusion is that the accumulation of dollar reserves abroad has influenced U.S. yields, but reserve accumulation abroad is not the only, or even the dominant, explanation for their recent behavior.

Tue, April 04, 2006
Letter to Congressman J. Gresham Barrett

In the case of the crude oil market, some observers have attempted to attribute at least part of the increase in oil prices over the past few years to the activities of hedge funds and other speculative traders.  The apparent increased participation of these traders in the market, however, does not mean that their actions are actually responsible for the price run-up.  In fact, increases in oil prices probably encouraged the entry of speculative investors in the market. It may also be the case that these market participants have added liquidity to the market and have faciliated the price discovery process at a time when the balance of supply and demand in the physical oil market has undergone significant change.

Tue, April 04, 2006
Letter to Congressman J. Gresham Barrett

The surge in energy prices since late 2003 has significantly reduced the purchasing power of households and decreased the profits of non-energy firms, thereby restraining both consumer spending and business investment. By rough estimate, these increases in energy prices have probably reduced real GDP growth between 1/2% and 1% per year over this period. Although some of this loss in output will be made up in the longer run as the U.S. economy adjusts to higher energy prices, the level of productivity is likely to remain lower than it otherwise would have been, as firms use less energy per worker.

Tue, April 04, 2006
Federal Reserve Board

Financially literate consumers make the financial marketplace work better, and they are better-informed citizens as well...I am personally convinced that improving education is vital to the future of our economy and that promoting financial literacy in particular must be a high priority.

Tue, April 04, 2006
Letter to Congressman J. Gresham Barrett

As for inflation, the rise in energy costs has had a significant impact on overall or "headline" inflation and has likely also affected core inflation (which excludes the direct effect of energy price increases), although thus far the impact on core inflation appears to have been relatively modest. In the longer run, these inflation effects should fade even if energy prices remain elevated, so long as monetary policy keeps inflation expectations well-anchored by responding appropriately to future price and output developments.

Wed, April 19, 2006
Greenling Institute's Economic Development Summit

The development of more and better data on economically distressed communities, together with sophisticated tools for analyzing those data, is essential for continued progress in community economic development.

Wed, April 19, 2006
Greenling Institute's Economic Development Summit

The movement toward quantifying the performance, risk, and community impact of CDFIs [community development financial institutions] is essential to the growth and sustainability of the field, in my view. By demonstrating both financial viability and social impact through hard data, CDFIs are better positioned to obtain the funding necessary to maintain their operations and to respond to emerging needs and opportunities.

Wed, April 26, 2006
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

To reduce its dependence on foreign capital, the United States should take action to increase its national saving rate. The most direct way to accomplish this objective would be by putting federal government finances on a more sustainable path.

Wed, April 26, 2006
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

As foreign holdings of U.S. assets increase, at some point foreigners may become less willing to add these assets to their portfolios. While it is likely that current account imbalances will be resolved gradually over time, there is a small risk of a sudden shift in sentiment that could lead to disruptive changes in the value of the dollar and in other asset prices.

Wed, April 26, 2006
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

Even if in the Committee's judgment the risks to its objectives are not entirely balanced, at some point in the future the Committee may decide to take no action at one or more meetings in the interest of allowing more time to receive information relevant to the outlook. Of course, a decision to take no action at a particular meeting does not preclude actions at subsequent meetings, and the Committee will not hesitate to act when it determines that doing so is needed to foster the achievement of the Federal Reserve's mandated objectives.

Wed, April 26, 2006
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

Although pass-through from energy and commodity price increases to core inflation has thus far been limited, the risk exists that strengthening demand for final products could allow firms to pass on a greater portion of their cost increases in the future.

Wed, April 26, 2006
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

At this point, the available data on the housing market, together with ongoing support for housing demand from factors such as strong job creation and still-low mortgage rates, suggest that this sector will most likely experience a gradual cooling rather than a sharp slowdown. However, significant uncertainty attends the outlook for housing, and the risk exists that a slowdown more pronounced than we currently expect could prove a drag on growth this year and next.

Wed, April 26, 2006
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

Rising energy prices pose risks to both economic activity and inflation. If energy prices stabilize this year, even at a high level, their adverse effects on both growth and inflation should diminish somewhat over time. However, as the world has little spare oil production capacity, periodic spikes in oil prices remain a possibility.

Wed, April 26, 2006
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

The Federal Reserve has a three-part mandate: price stability, low/moderate long-term interest rates and maximum employment.  Clearly, keeping inflation low and stable addresses directly the first two of those, in particular, since long-term interest rates can only be low if investors expect inflation to remain low.  I would argue that there's very strong evidence that low and stable inflation and well-anchored inflation expectations also contributes mightily to the third objective which is strong and stable employment growth.

Wed, April 26, 2006
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

Based on the information in hand, it seems reasonable to expect that economic growth will moderate toward a more sustainable pace as the year progresses. In particular, one sector that is showing signs of softening is the residential housing market.

Wed, April 26, 2006
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

Our focus on core is mostly a technical thing because, generally speaking, energy and food prices are more volatile and tend to respond, tend to stabilize more quickly than other parts of the inflation basket.  That hasn't been true lately, as you know.  And we really need to pay attention, I think, to the overall inflation rate as well as the core inflation rate.

Wed, April 26, 2006
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

If we're going to address wages and in particular inequality in wages, we've got to do that, I would say on the supply side; that is, by addressing the skills gaps that exist among different groups of people in our society.

Wed, April 26, 2006
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

The US really can't solve the current account deficit problem by itself.  It is a global issue.  We need the cooperation of our trading partners.  And altogether, by taking actions which are in our own individual interests, we can also help create a better balance in terms of trade flows as well.

Wed, April 26, 2006
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

In particular, we do expect to see a slight slowing in growth, perhaps a couple tenths, this year and next, associated with the higher oil prices and their effects on consumer spending.  And we are very aware of that and are paying attention to those developments.

Sun, April 30, 2006
White House Correspondents' Dinner

Federal Reserve Chairman Ben S. Bernanke said investors and the media misread his congressional testimony last week as meaning the Fed is done raising interest rates, CNBC reported.

Bernanke said economic data will determine the Fed's rate moves, CNBC anchor Maria Bartiromo said, citing a discussion she had with Bernanke at the White House Correspondents' Association dinner in Washington on April 29.

"I asked him whether the markets got it right after his Congressional testimony and he said, flatly, no,'' Bartiromo said. "He said he and his Federal Open Market Committee members were basically trying to create some flexibility for the Federal Reserve, saying the Fed may pause but the data will really dictate whether more rate hikes will occur.''

Tue, May 09, 2006
FOMC Meeting Transcript

First of all, with respect to growth, I think we are following the path laid out by the Greenbook toward greater moderation in the second half. The main difference is that, since our last meeting, the uncertainty around that prospective path has increased. Obviously, the key to this moderation is the housing market, and fundamental analysis would suggest that the combination of high prices and rising interest rates would make affordability a problem and would bring housing starts and housing prices down. So far we are seeing, at worst, an orderly decline in the housing market; but there is still, I think, a lot to be seen as to whether the housing market will decline slowly or more quickly. As I noted last time, some correction in this market is a healthy thing, and our goal should not be to try to prevent that correction but rather to ensure that the correction does not overly influence growth in the rest of the economy.

Mon, May 15, 2006
Financial Markets Conference

Authorities cannot entirely eliminate systemic risk. To try to do so would likely stifle innovation without achieving the intended goal. However, authorities should (and will) try to ensure that the lapses in risk management of 1998 do not happen again.

Mon, May 15, 2006
Financial Markets Conference

Experienced investors know, or should know, that in any given year some hedge funds lose money for their investors and some funds go out of business. Those occurrences are only normal and to be expected in a competitive market economy. The Working Group's recommendations were aimed, instead, at ensuring that when hedge funds fail, as some inevitably will, the effects will be manageable and the potential for adverse consequences to the broader financial system or to real economic activity will be limited.

Wed, May 17, 2006
Conference on Bank Structure and Competition

A key mechanism in Basel II for balancing the inevitable tensions that arise when attempting to achieve sometimes competing objectives is the so-called use test. Under the use test, the systems and processes that a bank uses for regulatory capital purposes must be consistent with those used internally. Note that I use the word "consistent," not "identical."

Mon, May 22, 2006
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

Financial education is a critical component of a robust and effective financial marketplace, but it is not a panacea. Clear disclosures, wise regulation, and vigorous enforcement are also essential to ensuring that financial service providers do not engage in unfair or deceptive practices. Even the most financially savvy consumer may fall victim to fraud or deception.

Tue, May 30, 2006
Dow Jones News

Bernanke said in response to questions about the Bartiromo affair, that what had happened was "a lapse in judgment on my part." He added, "in the future, my communications with the public and with the markets will be entirely through regular and formal channels.

Sun, June 04, 2006
International Monetary Conference

It is reasonably clear that the US economy is entering a period of transition. For the past three years or so, economic growth in the United States has been robust, reflecting both the ongoing re-employment of underutilized resources as well as the expansion of the economy's underlying productive potential, as determined by factors such as productivity trends and the growth of the labor force...Real gross domestic product grew rapidly in the first quarter of this year, but the anticipated moderation of economic growth seems now to be under way.

Sun, June 04, 2006
International Monetary Conference

Futures markets imply that oil prices are not expected to continue rising.  The realization of that outcome would reduce one source of upward pressure on inflation.  However the volatility of these and other commodity prices is such that possible future increases in these prices remain a risk to the inflation outlook.

Sun, June 04, 2006
International Monetary Conference

The best way to prevent increases in energy and commodity prices from leading to persistently higher rates of inflation is by anchoring the public's long-term inflation expectations.  Achieving this requires, first, a strong commitment of policymakers to maintaining price stability, which my colleagues and I share, and second, a consistent pattern of policy responses to emerging development needed to accomplish that objective.

Sun, June 04, 2006
International Monetary Conference

With the economy now evidently in a period of transition, monetary policy must be conducted with great care and with close attention to the evolution of the economic outlook as implied by incoming information. Given recent developments, the medium-term outlook for inflation will receive particular scrutiny.  There is a strong consensus among the members of the Federal Open Market Committee that maintaining low and stable inflation is essential for achieving both parts of the dual mandate assigned to the Federal Reserve by Congress...Therefore the Committee will be vigilant to ensure that the recent pattern of elevated monthly core inflation readings is not sustained. Toward this end, and taking full account of the lags with which monetary policy affects the economy, the Committee will seek a trajectory for the economy that aligns economic activity with underlying productive capacity.  Achieving this balance will foster sustainable growth and help to forestall one potential source of inflation pressure.  In addition, the Committee must continue to resist any tendency for increases in energy and commodity prices to become permanently embedded in core inflation.

Sun, June 04, 2006
International Monetary Conference

Anecdotal reports suggest, however, that the labor market is tight in some industries and occupations and that employers are having difficulty attracting certain types of skilled workers.

Sun, June 04, 2006
International Monetary Conference

While monthly inflation data are volatile, core inflation measured over the past three to six months has reached a level that, if sustained, would be at or above the upper end of the range that many economists, including myself, would consider consistent with price stability and the promotion of maximum long-run growth.

Sun, June 04, 2006
International Monetary Conference

Globally, output growth appears poised to exceed 4 percent for the fourth consecutive year--a strong performance that will support the US economy by continuing to stimulate our exports of goods and services.

Sun, June 04, 2006
International Monetary Conference

Longstanding concerns about global imbalances remain with us as well.  Along with greater national saving in the United States, increased domestic demand in countries with current account surpluses and a greater flexibility of exchange rates more broadly would help to reduce those imbalances over time.  Should US economic growth moderate as expected, sustaining the global expansion will require a greater reliance by our trading partners on their own domestic spending as a source of growth.

Sun, June 04, 2006
International Monetary Conference

As had been expected, recent readings also indicate that the housing market is cooling, partly in response to increases in mortgage rates...A slowing real estate market will likely have the effect of restraining other forms of household spending as well, as homeowners no longer experience increases in the equity value of their homes at the rapid pace seen in recent years.

Sun, June 04, 2006
International Monetary Conference

It bears emphasizing that productivity growth seems likely to remain strong, supported by the diffusion of new technologies. Capital investment, and the creative energies of businesses and workers.  Thus, productive capacity should continue to expand over the next few years at a rate consistent with solid growth of real output.

Sun, June 11, 2006
Stonier Graduate School of Banking

Both robust risk management and strong capital positions are critical to ensure that individual banking organizations operate in a safe and sound manner that enhances the stability of the financial system. More generally, strong capital helps banks absorb unexpected shocks and reduces the moral hazard associated with the federal safety net.

Mon, June 12, 2006
Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta

Despite the increased complexity of financial products and the wider availability of credit in many forms, U.S. households overall have been managing their personal finances well. On average, debt burdens appear to be at manageable levels, and delinquency rates on consumer loans and home mortgages have been low. Measured relative to disposable income, household net worth is at a fairly high level, although still below the peak reached earlier this decade.

Wed, June 14, 2006
Economic Club of Chicago

But beginning around 2003, futures prices began moving up roughly in line with the rise in spot prices. Thus, unlike in earlier episodes, the significantly higher relative price of energy that we are now experiencing is expected to be relatively long lasting and thus will likely prompt more-significant adjustments by households and businesses over time.

Wed, June 14, 2006
Economic Club of Chicago

In all likelihood, growth in the demand for energy will be tempered to some extent by continued improvements in energy efficiency which, in turn, will be stimulated by higher prices and ongoing concerns about the security of oil supplies. Such improvements are possible even without technological breakthroughs.

Wed, June 14, 2006
Economic Club of Chicago

Today's proved reserve figures ignore not only the potential for new discoveries but also the likelihood that improved technologies and higher oil prices will increase the amount of oil that can be economically recovered.

Wed, June 14, 2006
Economic Club of Chicago

In the short run, [energy] prices are likely to remain high in an environment of strong world economic growth and a limited ability to increase energy supplies. Moreover, prices are likely to be volatile in the near term, given the small margins of excess capacity to produce crude oil or natural gas that traditionally have buffered short-run shifts in supply and demand.

Wed, June 14, 2006
Economic Club of Chicago

Natural gas prices are likely to remain elevated for at least the coming few years. It is possible, however, that within a decade new supplies from previously untapped areas of North America could boost available output here, while imports of LNG will increase to more substantial levels as countries seek to bring their isolated natural gas reserves to market. Given time, these developments could serve to lower natural gas prices in the United States significantly.

Wed, June 14, 2006
Economic Club of Chicago

Energy prices have moved up considerably since the end of 2002, reflecting supply and demand factors. In the short run, prices are likely to remain high in an environment of strong world economic growth and a limited ability to increase energy supplies. Moreover, prices are likely to be volatile in the near term, given the small margins of excess capacity to produce crude oil or natural gas that traditionally have buffered short-run shifts in supply and demand. However, in the long run, market forces will respond. The higher relative prices of energy will create incentives for businesses to create new, energy-saving technologies and for energy consumers to adopt them.

Wed, June 14, 2006
Economic Club of Chicago

The supply-demand fundamentals seem consistent with the view now taken by market participants that the days of persistently cheap oil and natural gas are likely behind us.

Wed, June 14, 2006
Economic Club of Chicago

As yet, these [inflation] expectations measures have remained within the ranges in which they have fluctuated in recent years and inflation compensation implied by yields on government debt has fallen back somewhat in the past month. Nevertheless, these developments bear watching.

Wed, June 14, 2006
Economic Club of Chicago

In the long run, higher energy prices are likely to reduce somewhat the productive capacity of the U.S. economy. That outcome would occur, for example, if high energy costs make businesses less willing to invest in new capital or cause some existing capital to become economically obsolete. All else being equal, these effects tend to restrain the growth of labor productivity, which in turn implies that real wages and profits will be lower than they otherwise would have been. Also, the higher cost of imported oil is likely to adversely affect our terms of trade; that is, Americans will have to sell more goods and services abroad to pay for a given quantity of oil and other imports. For the medium term at least, the higher bill for oil imports will increase the U.S. current account deficit, implying a greater need for foreign financing.

Wed, June 14, 2006
Economic Club of Chicago

Although the rate of pass-through of higher energy and other commodity prices to core consumer price inflation appears to have remained relatively low in the current episode--reflecting the inflation-fighting credibility built by the Fed in recent decades the cumulative increases in energy and commodity prices have been large enough that they could account for some of the recent pickup in core inflation.

Wed, June 14, 2006
Economic Club of Chicago

It is a tribute to the underlying strength and resiliency of the U.S. economy that it has been able to perform well despite the drag from increased energy prices.

Wed, June 14, 2006
Economic Club of Chicago

Under the assumption that energy prices do not move sharply higher from their already high levels, these long-run effects, though clearly negative, appear to be manageable.

Tue, July 18, 2006
MPR Testimony to Senate

The US economy appears to be in a period of transition.  For the past three years or so, economic growth in the United States has been robust.  This growth has reflected both the ongoing re-employment of underutilized resources, as the economy recovered from the weakness of earlier in the decade, and the expansion of the economy's underlying productive potential, as determined by such factors as productivity trends and growth of the labor force.  Although the rates of resource utilization that the economy can sustain cannot be known with any precision, it is clear that, after several years of above-trend growth, slack in resource utilization has been substantially reduced.  As a consequence, a sustainable, non-inflationary expansion is likely to involve a modest reduction in the growth of economic activity from the rapid pace of the past three years to a pace more consistent with the rate of increase in the nation's underlying productive capacity.

Tue, July 18, 2006
MPR Testimony to Senate

As I have noted, the anticipated moderation in economic growth now seems to be under way, although the recent erratic growth pattern complicates this assessment.

Tue, July 18, 2006
MPR Testimony to Senate

Home prices, which have climbed at double-digit rates in recent years, still appear to be rising for the nation as a whole, though significantly less rapidly than before.

Tue, July 18, 2006
MPR Testimony to Senate

With a few exceptions, business inventories appear to be well aligned with sales, which reduces the risk that a buildup of unwanted inventories might act to reduce production in the future.

Tue, July 18, 2006
MPR Testimony to Senate

Growth of the global economy will help support US economic activity by continuing to stimulate demand for our exports of goods and services.

Tue, July 18, 2006
MPR Testimony to Senate

Anecdotal reports suggest that the labor market is tight in some industries and occupations and that employers are having difficulty attracting certain types of skilled workers.  To date, however, moderate growth in most broad measures of nominal labor compensation and the ongoing increases in labor productivity have held down the rise in unit labor costs, reducing pressure on inflation from the cost side.

Tue, July 18, 2006
MPR Testimony to Senate

The lags between policy actions and their effects imply that we must be forward-looking, basing our policy choices on the longer-term outlook for both inflation and economic growth.  In formulating that outlook, we must take account of the possible future effects of previous policy actions--that is, of policy effects still "in the pipeline."

Tue, July 18, 2006
MPR Testimony to Senate

Futures quotes imply that market participants expect petroleum prices to roughly stabilize in coming quarters; such an outcome would, over time, reduce one source of upward pressure on inflation.  However, expectations of a leveling out of oil prices have been consistently disappointed in recent years, and as the experience of the past week suggests, possible decreases in these and other commodity prices remain a risk to the inflation outlook.

Tue, July 18, 2006
MPR Testimony to Senate

I would agree that we have essentially removed that extraordinary degree of monetary policy accommodation, and we're much more in the more normal range of interest rates at this point.

Tue, July 18, 2006
MPR Testimony to Senate

The increase in inflation we have seen is a much broader phenomenon than that single component [owner-occupied equivalent rent in the CPI].  If that single component was the only issue, I would think twice. But I do see movements in inflation in a broad range of goods and services.

Tue, July 18, 2006
MPR Testimony to Senate

And so, one of the benefits, I think, of a more open trading system, a more open economy, where we compete with and trade with countries around the world, despite the fact that it does create stress and sometimes changes and dislocations, is that competition forces productivity gains and has been, I think, a source of growth for us as well as for our trading partners.

Tue, July 18, 2006
MPR Testimony to Senate

Well, I think that the risk that we are considering -- and again, it's just a risk, that inflation might move up and might force us to be more aggressive, which we don't want to do, because we hope that inflation will stay under control and come down as we expect it to -- I think that is a risk.

Tue, July 18, 2006
MPR Testimony to Senate

And so this increase in energy prices and commodity prices certainly has been a significant contributor [to inflation]. And I think that we wouldn't really be talking about this now if energy prices were still $30 or $40 a barrel.

Tue, July 18, 2006
MPR Testimony to Senate

However, from a current account perspective, if we look forward five or 10 years, at the rate we're going, there will be increasing reluctance of foreigners to hold USD -- that will have effects on our economy. We need to address that.

Tue, July 18, 2006
MPR Testimony to Senate

I think [the number of jobs that must be created monthly to maintain constant employment] is dropping. I would say now it's more like 130,000. And within the next few years, it might be down to 100,000...This is all based on research at the Federal Reserve on labor participation rates, which suggest that  we'll be seeing, over the next 10 years, some significant decline from the current about 66 percent of the adult population is in the labor force.  We expect to see that coming down and, therefore, the number of jobs a month we need to keep the unemployment rate is constant is likely to fall as well.

Tue, July 18, 2006
MPR Testimony to Senate

To the extent that the Fed's credibility is strong and people think that inflation will be low in the long term, when energy price increases hit, it causes a temporary burst of inflation. But if nobody expects it to continue, then it will just moderate away and we don't get into this pattern of having to raise rates a lot and getting into an inflationary situation.

Tue, July 18, 2006
MPR Testimony to Senate

[In response to the question, What do you see as the single biggest threat to the continuation of that expansion?]
One would be that we would have an inflationary problem which is greater than we now expect.  And the other would be energy prices coming from geopolitical  concerns or other sources.

Tue, July 18, 2006
MPR Testimony to Senate

FOMC participants project that the growth in economic activity should moderate to a pace close to that of the growth of potential both this year and next.  Should that moderation occur as anticipated, it should help to limit inflation pressures over time.

Tue, July 18, 2006
MPR Testimony to Senate

As you know, the Federal Reserve has argued for a substantial time that the portfolios are larger than is needed to serve the fundamental housing mission of the GSEs.  And my advice would be not to set a hard cap or a number -- you know, restrict the portfolio in that way -- but to give strong guidance to the regulator about how to relate the portfolio to the mission of the GSEs...By grounding the size of the portfolio in the mission of the agency, you would bring down, over time, the portfolio, to a safer level and not hurt the underlying mission of the GSE.

Wed, July 19, 2006
MPR Testimony to Senate

The U.S. economy appears to be in a period of transition... [I]t is clear that, after several years of above-trend growth, slack in resource utilization has been substantially reduced.  As a consequence, a sustainable, non-inflationary expansion is likely to involve a modest reduction in the growth of economic activity from the rapid pace of the past three years to a pace more consistent with the rate of increase in the nation's underlying productive capacity.

Wed, July 19, 2006
MPR Testimony to Senate

The lags between policy actions and their effects imply that we must be forward-looking, basing our policy choices on the longer-term outlook for both inflation and economic growth. In formulating that outlook, we must take account of the possible future effects of previous policy actions--that is, of policy effects still "in the pipeline." ...

...[P]olicy must be flexible and ready to adjust to changes in economic projections. In particular, as the Committee noted in the statement issued after its June meeting, the extent and timing of any additional firming that may be needed to address inflation risks will depend on the evolution of the outlook for both inflation and economic growth, as implied by our analysis of the incoming information.

 

Wed, July 19, 2006
MPR Testimony to House

If you look even today at the futures markets, the futures markets predict energy prices will be relatively flat over the next couple of years. If you take that forecast as correct, then today's core inflation rate is actually a reasonable forecast of tomorrow's total inflation rate if energy prices do, in fact, flatten out as the markets seem to expect.

Wed, July 19, 2006
MPR Testimony to House

With respect to wages, there are alternative measures of wages that give somewhat different answers, but I agree that, for example, that average hourly earnings for production workers as measured by the payroll survey has not shown real gains.  And one of the key problems there, it's important to note, is, in fact, the increase in energy prices. So what people get at the pay stub, they lose at the gas pump.

Wed, July 19, 2006
MPR Testimony to House

The increase in energy prices is clearly making the economy worse off, both in terms of real activity and in terms of inflation. There's no question about it.

Wed, July 19, 2006
MPR Testimony to House

I expect wages to rise, and I do think that higher real wages are completely compatible with low inflation.

Wed, July 19, 2006
MPR Testimony to House

It's possible to overtighten and to have the growth be slower than potential. It's also possible to not sufficiently address inflation problems and inflation rises. That both cuts into buying power, and it also creates the risks that the Fed would have to raise interest rates more later.

Wed, July 19, 2006
MPR Testimony to House

The purchase of a bank by a commercial firm violates the separate of banking and commerce, and so I wouldn't advise allowing that. But if you do allow it, then it would be better to have consolidated supervision, which includes an overview of the financial condition of the parent - that is, the commercial firm - as well as of the ILC subsidiary.

Mon, August 07, 2006
FOMC Meeting Transcript

I’m concerned with alternative D because, besides raising the rate to 5.50, it signals further increases. After seventeen consecutive moves, we would be tightening into a housing decline. We don’t have that much confidence that we need to be so strong at this point. Signaling a strong concern about inflation but being more cautious in groping for the optimal level of the interest rate is probably a wiser course. I remind you that the Fed has not been terribly successful with soft landings. We have a chance to get one. All else being equal, I think it would be good if we could achieve that.

Thu, August 17, 2006
Letter to Congresswoman Ginny Brown-Waite

Therefore, the rapid pace of house price appreciation in recent years likely contributed to the decline in the saving rate.  Similarly, the cooling of the housing market and associated reduction in capital gains on housing will probably provide some upward impetus to the saving rate.  Even so, as I said in my testimony, rising disposable incomes should enable household spending to expand at a moderate pace and provide continued support for the overall economic expansion.

Thu, August 17, 2006
Letter to Congresswoman Ginny Brown-Waite

Rising disposable incomes should enable household spending to expand at a moderate pace and provide continued support for the overall economic expansion.

Thu, August 24, 2006
Jackson Hole Symposium

Further progress in global economic integration should not be taken for granted, however. Geopolitical concerns, including international tensions and the risks of terrorism, already constrain the pace of worldwide economic integration and may do so even more in the future. And, as in the past, the social and political opposition to openness can be strong. Although this opposition has many sources, I have suggested that much of it arises because changes in the patterns of production are likely to threaten the livelihoods of some workers and the profits of some firms, even when these changes lead to greater productivity and output overall. The natural reaction of those so affected is to resist change, for example, by seeking the passage of protectionist measures. The challenge for policymakers is to ensure that the benefits of global economic integration are sufficiently widely shared--for example, by helping displaced workers get the necessary training to take advantage of new opportunities--that a consensus for welfare-enhancing change can be obtained.

Thu, August 31, 2006
Leadership South Carolina

The Fed, in the short run, tolerates the pressure rising energy prices exert on headline price measures, Mr. Bernanke said. "Our objective is to make sure it doesn't pass through into other wages and prices, in other words, that there are not second-round effects," he said.

"In the long run, what we would like to control is headline inflation," Mr. Bernanke said, "After all, that's what is determining the value of money, and it's what people need for their planning," along with being the force that "affects real wages and real incomes," he said.

"It is very difficult to eliminate the inflationary impact of the immediate effects of an increase in energy prices," he said. "Doing so would require forcing down wages and other prices quite dramatically to keep the overall price level from rising."

From Q&A session reported by the Wall Street Journal

Thu, August 31, 2006
Leadership South Carolina

One leading explanation for the strong U.S. productivity growth is that labor markets in the United States tend to be more flexible and competitive, market characteristics that have allowed the United States to realize greater economic benefits from new technologies.  For example, taking full advantage of new information and communication technologies may require extensive reorganization of work practices, the reassignment and retraining of workers, and ultimately some reallocation of labor among firms and industries.  Regulations that raise the costs of hiring and firing workers and that reduce employers’ ability to change work assignments--like those that exist in a number of European countries--may make such changes more difficult to achieve. 

Thu, August 31, 2006
Leadership South Carolina

To make effective use of such a technology within a specific firm or industry, however, managers must supplement their purchases of new equipment with investments in firm- or industry-specific research and development, worker training, and organizational redesign--all examples of what economists call intangible capital.  Although investments in intangible capital are, for the most part, not counted as capital investment in the national income and product accounts, they appear to be quantitatively important.  One recent study estimated that, by the late 1990s, investments in intangible capital by U.S. businesses were as large as investments in traditional tangible capital such as buildings and machines (Corrado, Hulten, and Sichel, 2006).

Recognizing the importance of intangible capital has several interesting implications.  First, because investment in intangible capital is typically treated as a current expense rather than as an investment, aggregate saving and investment may be significantly understated in the U.S. official statistics.  Second, firms’ need to invest in intangible capital--and thus to divert resources from the production of market goods or services--helps to explain why measured output and productivity may decline or grow slowly during the period after firms adopt new technologies.  Finally, the concept of intangible capital may shed light on the puzzle of why productivity growth has remained strong despite the deceleration in IT investment.  Because investments in high-tech capital typically require complementary investments in intangible capital for productivity gains to be realized, the benefits of high-tech investment may become visible only after an extended period during which firms are making the necessary investments in intangibles.

Thu, August 31, 2006
Leadership South Carolina

On net, the recent experience does not appear to require a significant rethinking of long-term productivity trends.  Indeed, recent estimates by leading economists continue to peg the expected longer-term rate of productivity growth at roughly 2-1/2 percent per year.

Wed, October 04, 2006
Washington Economic Club

If current trends continue, the typical U.S. worker will be considerably more productive several decades from now.  Thus, one might argue that letting future generations bear the burden of population aging is appropriate, as they will likely be richer than we are even taking that burden into account.  On the other hand, I suspect that many people would agree that a fair outcome should involve the current generation shouldering at least some of that burden, especially in light of the sacrifices that previous generations made to give us the prosperity we enjoy today.

Wed, October 04, 2006
Washington Economic Club

Perhaps the most straightforward way to raise national saving--although not a politically easy one--is to reduce the government’s current and projected budget deficits.  To the extent that reduced government borrowing allows more private saving to be used for capital formation or to acquire foreign assets, future U.S. output and income will be enhanced and the future burdens associated with demographic change will be smaller.

Wed, October 04, 2006
Washington Economic Club

Mr. Bernanke, answering questions after a speech in Washington, said the housing sector is undergoing a "substantial correction" that will likely shave about "a percentage point off growth in the second half of the year" from what it would otherwise have been "and probably something going into next year as well," estimates close to private forecasters' views. Mr. Bernanke also said there is "limited evidence" the falloff in housing activity had spilled over to other parts of the economy. "To this point, other parts of the economy are remaining relatively strong."

As reported by the Wall Street Journal

Wed, October 04, 2006
Washington Economic Club

We do believe that inflation is going to be coming down gradually over time, but it is something that we have to watch very carefully to make sure that it doesn't rise or even remain where it is.

From the Q&A session, as reported by Bloomberg News

Wed, October 04, 2006
Washington Economic Club

[D]evoting resources to improving our K-12 education system, expanding access to community colleges, increasing on-the-job training, and stimulating basic research could augment the nation’s capital in the broadest sense of the term and might have desirable distributional effects as well.

Wed, October 04, 2006
Washington Economic Club

Although demographic change will affect many aspects of the government’s budget, the most dramatic effects will be seen in the Social Security and Medicare programs, which provide income support and medical care for retirees and which have until now been funded largely on a pay-as-you-go basis.  Under current law, spending on these two programs alone will increase from about 7 percent of the U.S. gross domestic product (GDP) today to almost 13 percent of GDP by 2030 and to more than 15 percent of the nation’s output by 2050.  The outlook for Medicare is particularly sobering because it reflects not only an increasing number of retirees but also the expectation that Medicare expenditures per beneficiary will continue to rise faster than per capita GDP.  For example, the Medicare trustees’ intermediate projections have Medicare spending growing from about 3 percent of GDP today to about 9 percent in 2050--a larger share of national output than is currently devoted to Social Security and Medicare together. 

Wed, October 04, 2006
Washington Economic Club

[T]he aging of the population is likely to lead to lower average living standards than those that would have been experienced without this demographic change.

Mon, October 16, 2006
American Bankers Association

Good regulatory and supervisory policies should implement congressional intent in ways that maximize social benefits and minimize social costs. The regulatory burden on banks is not the only element of social cost, but it is an important component. Accordingly, in developing regulatory and supervisory policies, the Federal Reserve and the other banking agencies will continue to pay close attention to the implications of those policies for regulatory burden, competitiveness, and efficiency in banking.

Mon, October 16, 2006
American Bankers Association

We have also been working to promote a level playing field internationally for U.S. banking organizations that adopt Basel II. Indeed, maintaining competitive equity was one of our key motivations for developing Basel II jointly with foreign supervisors through the Basel Committee. More recently, we have been working through the Basel Committee's Accord Implementation Group to mitigate home-host conflicts while promoting consistent implementation of Basel II internationally.

Despite these efforts, some significant differences do exist between the United States and other countries in the proposed implementation of Basel II's advanced approaches, beyond the transitional safeguards. Early comments on the Basel II NPR suggest that, whatever the merits of these international differences in rules, they are likely to add to implementation costs and home-host issues, particularly for globally active banks operating in multiple jurisdictions. Before we issue a final rule, we intend to review all international differences to assess whether the benefits of rules specific to the United States outweigh the costs. In particular, we will look carefully at differences in the implementation of Basel II that may adversely affect the international competitiveness of U.S. banks.

Wed, November 01, 2006
Opportunity Finance Network Conference

The growth of subprime mortgage lending is one indication of the extent to which access to credit has increased for all households, including those with lower incomes...

Although the emergence of risk-based pricing has increased access to credit for all households, it has also raised some concerns and questions, which are magnified in the case of lower-income borrowers.

Wed, November 01, 2006
Opportunity Finance Network Conference

Monetary policy is a blunt tool that cannot target industries, population groups, or regions. In contrast, as you know, CDFIs operate primarily at the microeconomic level, community by community. Using techniques such as financial counseling, local market research, and specialized lending, CDFIs work with partners in both the public and the private sectors to help unlock the economic potential of lower-income and underserved communities.

Fri, November 10, 2006
ECB Central Banking Conference

If you condition monetary policy strictly on expectations you're going to get a hall of mirrors problem, and it's not a good idea, to put it mildly...

We do look at expectations.  We think it's informative in a number of ways.  But we certainly don't substitute expectations data for more fundamental analysis of inflation. 

From the Q&A session.

Fri, November 10, 2006
ECB Central Banking Conference

The closest the Federal Reserve came to a "monetarist experiment" began in October 1979, when the FOMC under Chairman Paul Volcker adopted an operating procedure based on the management of non-borrowed reserves.11 The intent was to focus policy on controlling the growth of M1 and M2 and thereby to reduce inflation, which had been running at double-digit rates.  As you know, the disinflation effort was successful and ushered in the low-inflation regime that the United States has enjoyed since.  However, the Federal Reserve discontinued the procedure based on non-borrowed reserves in 1982. 

Fri, November 10, 2006
ECB Central Banking Conference

Why have monetary aggregates not been more influential in U.S. monetary policymaking, despite the strong theoretical presumption that money growth should be linked to growth in nominal aggregates and to inflation?  In practice, the difficulty has been that, in the United States, deregulation, financial innovation, and other factors have led to recurrent instability in the relationships between various monetary aggregates and other nominal variables. 

...Board staff developed the so-called P* (P-star) model, based on M2, which used the quantity theory of money and estimates of long-run potential output and velocity (the ratio of nominal income to money) to predict long-run inflation trends.  The P* model received considerable attention both within and outside the System; indeed, a description of the model was featured in a front-page article in the New York Times. 13

Unfortunately, over the years the stability of the economic relationships based on the M2 monetary aggregate has also come into question.  One such episode occurred in the early 1990s, when M2 grew much more slowly than the models predicted. Indeed, the discrepancy between actual and predicted money growth was sufficiently large that the P* model, if not subjected to judgmental adjustments, would have predicted deflation for 1991 and 1992.  Experiences like this one led the FOMC to discontinue setting target ranges for M2 and other aggregates after the statutory requirement for reporting such ranges lapsed in 2000.

Fri, November 10, 2006
ECB Central Banking Conference

Despite these difficulties, the Federal Reserve will continue to monitor and analyze the behavior of money.  Although a heavy reliance on monetary aggregates as a guide to policy would seem to be unwise in the U.S. context, money growth may still contain important information about future economic developments.  Attention to money growth is thus sensible as part of the eclectic modeling and forecasting framework used by the U.S. central bank.

Tue, November 28, 2006
National Italian American Foundation

Over the next year or so, the economy appears likely to expand at a moderate rate, close to or modestly below the economy's long-run sustainable pace. Core inflation is expected to slow gradually from its recent level, reflecting the reduced impetus from high prices of energy and other commodities, contained inflation expectations, and perhaps further reductions in the rate of increase of shelter costs and some easing in the pressures on capital and labor resources. However, substantial uncertainties surround this baseline forecast.

Tue, November 28, 2006
National Italian American Foundation

In the medium term, because the factors that affect potential output and thus aggregate supply also tend to affect aggregate demand, slower growth of potential output does not necessarily mean that inflation will be higher or that monetary policy will have to be tighter.  Rather, the implications for monetary policy of a possible slowing in the growth of potential output depend on the extent to which such a slowing alters the balance of supply and demand in the economy. For example, as we saw in the second half of the 1990s, changes in expected productivity growth and potential output can significantly affect aggregate demand through their influences on income expectations and asset prices. The problem for policymakers is to identify, in real time, any changes in the prospective growth rate of potential output and to anticipate the accompanying effects on the balance of supply and demand.

Tue, November 28, 2006
National Italian American Foundation

With regard to the labor force, research by the Board's staff highlights the role of demographic factors in determining the number of people available to work in the years just ahead. Most notably, the impending retirement of the baby boomers and the fact that women are no longer increasing their participation in the labor force at the rate they were in the past will tend to restrain the future growth rate of the U.S. labor force. All else being equal, these developments translate into a slower rate of growth of potential output.

Tue, November 28, 2006
National Italian American Foundation

Although residential construction continues to sag, some indications suggest that the rate of home purchase may be stabilizing, perhaps in response to modest declines in mortgage interest rates over the past few months and lower prices in some markets. Sales of new homes ticked up in August and increased a bit further in September. The University of Michigan's survey of consumers shows an increase in the share of respondents who believe that now is a good time to buy a home, from 57 percent in September to 67 percent in November.

Tue, November 28, 2006
National Italian American Foundation

[T]he level of the core inflation rate remains uncomfortably high.

Tue, November 28, 2006
National Italian American Foundation

As slack in the economy is reduced, however, economic growth tends to moderate. Indeed, at that stage, some slowing of growth to a pace consistent with the rate of increase in the nation's underlying productive capacity is necessary if the expansion is to be sustained without a buildup in inflationary pressures. In my testimony to the Congress in July, as part of the Federal Reserve's semiannual monetary policy report, I noted that the U.S. economy had entered this transition phase, and that some moderation of economic growth over the remainder of the year seemed likely.

The deceleration in economic activity currently under way appears to be taking place roughly along the lines envisioned in the Federal Reserve's July report. As anticipated, the slowdown primarily reflects a cooling of the housing market. Most other sectors of the economy appear still to be expanding at a solid rate, and the labor market has tightened further.

 

Fri, December 15, 2006
Chinese Academy of Social Sciences

How can China direct a greater share of its output to domestic consumption? Again, increased flexibility in the exchange rate could help. As the Chinese trade surplus has continued to widen, many analysts have concluded that the RMB is undervalued. Indeed, the situation has likely worsened recently; because of the RMB's link to the dollar, its trade-weighted effective real exchange rate has fallen about 10 percent over the past five years. Allowing the RMB to strengthen would make imports of consumer goods (as well as capital goods) into China less expensive. Greater scope for market forces to determine the value of the RMB would also reduce an important distortion in the Chinese economy, namely, the effective subsidy that an undervalued currency provides for Chinese firms that focus on exporting rather than producing for the domestic market.

Fri, December 15, 2006
Chinese Academy of Social Sciences

Further appreciation of the RMB, combined with a wider trading band and with the ultimate goal of a market-determined exchange rate, would allow an effective and independent monetary policy and thereby help to enhance China's future growth and stability.

Fri, January 05, 2007
Allied Social Science Association

The information, expertise, and powers that the Fed derives from its supervisory authority enhance its ability to contribute to efforts to prevent financial crises; and, when financial stresses emerge and public action is warranted, the Fed is able to respond more quickly, more effectively, and in a more informed way than would otherwise be possible.

Fri, January 05, 2007
Allied Social Science Association

In the remainder of my remarks, I will discuss some economies of scope arising from the combination of bank supervision and other central bank responsibilities...

My point today is a narrower one:  that the supervisory authority of the Fed has significant collateral benefits in helping it carry out its responsibilities for financial stability.  In particular, the information, expertise, and powers that the Fed derives from its supervisory authority enhance its ability to contribute to efforts to prevent financial crises; and, when financial stresses emerge and public action is warranted, the Fed is able to respond more quickly, more effectively, and in a more informed way than would otherwise be possible. 

Fri, January 05, 2007
Allied Social Science Association

[T]he Fed has unique powers to provide liquidity to the financial system, through means that include open-market purchases, discount-window loans, and intra-day overdrafts. 

Fri, January 05, 2007
Allied Social Science Association

The Fed undertook similar discussions with other supervisors and with financial firms in response to the failure of Drexel Burnham Lambert in 1990 and the collapse of Long Term Capital Management (LTCM) in 1998.  As the condition of Drexel deteriorated, other firms became less willing to trade with it, making it difficult to wind down its positions in an orderly manner (Breeden, 1990).  Because of the Federal Reserve’s ongoing supervisory relationships with the main clearing banks and its detailed knowledge of the payments system, the Fed was able to address the banks’ concerns and facilitate the liquidation of Drexel’s positions (Greenspan, 1994).  In the case of LTCM, the Federal Reserve had the credibility with large financial firms to facilitate a discussion, from which emerged a private-sector solution that helped to avoid potential market disruptions (Greenspan, 1998).

Thu, January 18, 2007
Testimony to Senate Budget Committee

Official projections suggest that the unified budget deficit may stabilize or moderate further over the next few years. Unfortunately, we are experiencing what seems likely to be the calm before the storm. In particular, spending on entitlement programs will begin to climb quickly during the next decade. In fiscal 2006, federal spending for Social Security, Medicare, and Medicaid together totaled about 40 percent of federal expenditures, or roughly 8-1/2 percent of GDP.2 In the most recent long-term projections prepared by the Congressional Budget Office (CBO), these outlays are projected to increase to 10-1/2 percent of GDP by 2015, an increase of about 2 percentage points of GDP in less than a decade. By 2030, according to the CBO, they will reach about 15 percent of GDP.

Thu, January 18, 2007
Testimony to Senate Budget Committee

To some extent, strong economic growth can help to mitigate budgetary pressures, and all else being equal, fiscal policies that are supportive of growth would be beneficial. Unfortunately, economic growth alone is unlikely to solve the nation's impending fiscal problems.

Thu, January 18, 2007
Testimony to Senate Budget Committee

[T]he unified budget deficit does not fully capture the fiscal situation and its effect on the economy, for at least two reasons.

First, the budget deficit by itself does not measure the quantity of resources that the government is taking from the private sector. An economy in which the government budget is balanced but in which government spending equals 20 percent of GDP is very different from one in which the government's budget is balanced but its spending is 40 percent of GDP, as the latter economy has both higher tax rates and a greater role for the government. Monitoring current and prospective levels of total government outlays relative to GDP or a similar indicator would help the Congress ensure that the overall size of the government relative to the economy is consistent with members' views and preferences.

Second, the annual budget deficit reflects only near-term financing needs and does not capture long-term fiscal imbalances. As the most difficult long-term budgetary issues are associated with the growth of entitlement spending, a comprehensive approach to budgeting would include close attention to measures of the long-term solvency of entitlement programs, such as long-horizon present values of unfunded liabilities for Social Security and Medicare.

Tue, February 06, 2007
Omaha Chamber of Commerce

Although average economic well-being has increased considerably over time, the degree of inequality in economic outcomes has increased as well. Importantly, rising inequality is not a recent development but has been evident for at least three decades, if not longer.

Tue, February 06, 2007
Omaha Chamber of Commerce

The challenge for policy is not to eliminate inequality per se but rather to spread economic opportunity as widely as possible.  Policies that focus on education, job training, and skills and that facilitate job search and job mobility seem to me to be a promising means for moving toward that goal.

Wed, February 14, 2007
Monetary Policy Report

I agree that derivatives are an incredibly important part of our expanding financial market, part of financial innovation, and I would like to see the United States remain competitive in those areas...

I think the best way to be competitive is to make sure that your regulatory structure has minimal costs as needed to justify the benefits that seem to be attained from those regulations.

From Senate Q&A session.

Wed, February 14, 2007
Monetary Policy Report

Readings on core inflation--that is, inflation excluding the prices of food and energy--have improved modestly in recent months. Nevertheless, the core inflation rate remains somewhat elevated...

A waning of the temporary factors that boosted inflation in recent years will probably help foster a continued edging down of core inflation...  The monthly data are noisy, however, and it will consequently be some time before we can be confident that underlying inflation is moderating as anticipated. 

Wed, February 14, 2007
Monetary Policy Report

In the statement accompanying last month's policy decision, the FOMC again indicated that its predominant policy concern is the risk that inflation will fail to ease as expected and that it is prepared to take action to address inflation risks if developments warrant.

Wed, February 14, 2007
Monetary Policy Report

Monetary policy affects spending and inflation with long and variable lags. Consequently, policy decisions must be based on an assessment of medium-term economic prospects. At the same time, because economic forecasting is an uncertain enterprise, policymakers must be prepared to respond flexibly to developments in the economy when those developments lead to a re-assessment of the outlook. The dependence of monetary policy actions on a broad range of incoming information complicates the public's attempts to understand and anticipate policy decisions.

Clear communication by the central bank about the economic outlook, the risks to that outlook, and its monetary policy strategy can help the public to understand the rationale behind policy decisions and to anticipate better the central bank's reaction to new information.

Wed, February 14, 2007
Monetary Policy Report

We do not have any fixed speed limit in mind when we think about the economy going forward. We do not have any fixed number for the unemployment rate.

Rather, we are looking at the overall balance of supply and demand, looking at the evolution of inflation, and trying to ensure that there's a reasonable balance between demand and supply so that our economy can continue to grow at a sustainable, moderate pace going forward.

From the Senate Q&A session

Wed, February 14, 2007
Monetary Policy Report

So we believe {counterparty risk management} is a very important and, so far, successful method of overseeing hedge funds. I would be very reluctant to get involved in heavy-handed, direct regulation of hedge funds.

They are a very diverse group of institutions. They have a wide variety of strategies, and one of their key characteristics is that they're very nimble. They change very quickly, and that's good for the economy, because they help to create more liquidity in markets. They help to spread risks around more broadly.

From Senate Q&A session

Thu, February 15, 2007
MPR Testimony to House

The approach that regulators have taken since the report of the president's working group after the LTCM crisis has been a market-based approach, an indirect regulation approach, whereby we put a lot of weight on good risk management by the counter-parties to the hedge funds, such as the prime dealers, the lenders, as well as the good oversight of the investors, the institutions and so on that invest in hedge funds.

 And we found that that's a very useful way to control leverage and to provide market discipline on those funds.

The original report of the president's working group also suggested disclosures, and that never went anywhere in Congress. And I think part of the problem was it was difficult to agree upon what should be disclosed and what would be useful.

The hedge funds are naturally reluctant to disclose proprietary information about their trading strategies and approaches, and their positions change very quickly, and so therefore position information can be overwhelming and perhaps not very useful. I think it's important to continue to think about hedge funds.

 

     They certainly play an important role in our financial system. Exactly what a disclosure regime would look like, though, is not yet clear to me how that best would be organized.

Thu, February 15, 2007
Monetary Policy Report

We have had a period where inflation is above where we like to see it as far as consistency with price stability is concerned. In order for this expansion to continue in a sustainable way, inflation has to be well controlled.  If inflation becomes higher for some reason, the Federal Reserve would have to be respond by raising interest rates.

In response to a question from Barney Frank  

Thu, February 15, 2007
MPR Testimony to House

Well, in the short term, the demand for oil is inelastic, that is, it doesn't respond much to price changes. And so, when there are fluctuations in availability of oil, you get these big spikes and movements in oil prices. And we've seen quite an increase in oil prices over the last few years, as you know.

Over the longer term, higher oil prices actually have a benefit, which is they encourage conservation and they encourage alternative supply sources.

Coal, of course, is actually a very promising source. It's, of course, a traditional source of energy, but assuming we can find ways to address the environmental implications, and there are many promising directions there, coal could be a very big part of our energy diversification in the future.

So my expectation is that as long as the markets are allowed to work, together with some support for research and development from the government, together with clear and effective regulation, that we will solve our energy problems and that that solution is going to come not just from one single magic bullet, it's going to come from a wide variety of different alternative sources, including, I think, coal.

Thu, February 15, 2007
MPR Testimony to House

On the minimum wage, economists generally agree that a higher minimum wage will have an adverse effect on employment of low- skilled members, but they disagree extremely on how big that effect would be, some saying it would be very small, others saying it would be more significant.

So I can only say that, probably, there would be some employment effect, but it's very difficult to know how big it would be.

Thu, February 15, 2007
MPR Testimony to House

There has been a surge in delinquencies and foreclosures, particularly, as I mentioned in my testimony, in sub-prime lending with variable rates, rates that adjust with short-term interest rates.

 And that is a concern to us. We certainly have been following it carefully. It's obviously very bad for those who borrowed on those circumstances, and it's not good for the lenders either, who are taking losses. We have tried, together with the other banking agencies, to address some of these concerns. We recently issued a guidance on nontraditional mortgages, which had three major themes.

The first was that lenders should underwrite properly, that is they should make sure that borrowers had the financial capacity to pay even when rates go up, and not simply underwrite based on the initial rate - deal with the possible payment shock.

Secondly, that lenders should give a full disclosure and make sure that people understand the terms of the mortgages they're getting into. And I would add that the Federal Reserve provides a number of documents, booklets and descriptions that are required to be included along with mortgage applications for adjustable rate mortgages.

 And thirdly - and this is more on the issue of the lenders rather than the borrowers - that lenders should make sure that they appropriately risk manage these exotic mortgages, which we don't have much experience with and so some caution is needed, as we're now seeing, in managing them.

Thu, February 15, 2007
MPR Testimony to House

[F]irst, China is a very large country and it should, at some point, have an independent monetary policy of its own, rather than being tied to the United States. In order to do that, they have to have a flexible currency.

Secondly, the flexibility in the yuan is needed to accomplish to accomplish this rebalancing from export orientation to domestic demand that I was referring to earlier.

And thirdly, yuan appreciation and flexibility would make some contribution to helping us to rebalance the current account deficit we currently have, although I think the larger force, quantitatively, would be the rebalancing of demand from exports toward domestic demand in China.

In House Q&A session.

Thu, February 15, 2007
MPR Testimony to House

To some extent, the declining relative position of the American exchanges reflects the natural growth and development of exchanges abroad, in London, in Asia and so on. And as those economies, those exchanges become larger, more efficient, deeper, that's actually not a bad thing, because it gives, for example, American companies more alternatives for raising money.

 On the other hand, to the extent that business is being drive off shore by high regulatory costs, as was the conclusion of these two recent studies on capital market competitiveness, then that's a problem, and we need to begin to address those costs.

The Sarbanes-Oxley issue that you raised earlier has been cited by a number of these studies, and the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board have recently issued a new audit standard which will attempt to reduce the costs of implementing Sarbanes-Oxley's Section 404 on internal controls, and in particular to make it more focused on the most important matters, rather than on trivial matters, and also more appropriate for smaller and less complex firms.

 So I think that's going to be an important step in reducing that particular set of costs.

Wed, February 28, 2007
Testimony to House Budget Committee

Because of demographic changes and rising medical costs, federal expenditures for entitlement programs are projected to rise sharply over the next few decades. Dealing with the resulting fiscal strains will pose difficult choices for the Congress, the Administration, and the American people. However, if early and meaningful action is not taken, the U.S. economy could be seriously weakened, with future generations bearing much of the cost. The decisions the Congress will face will not be easy or simple, but the benefits of placing the budget on a path that is both sustainable and meets the nation's long-run needs would be substantial.

Wed, February 28, 2007
Testimony to House Budget Committee

[S]cenarios that project large deficits also project rapid growth in the outstanding government debt.  The higher levels of debt in turn imply increased expenditures on interest payments to bondholders, which exacerbate the deficit problem still further.  Thus, a vicious cycle may develop in which large deficits lead to rapid growth in debt and interest payments, which in turn adds to subsequent deficits.  According to the CBO projection that I have been discussing, interest payments on the government's debt will reach 4-1/2 percent of GDP in 2030, nearly three times their current size relative to national output.  Under this scenario, the ratio of federal debt held by the public to GDP would climb from 37 percent currently to roughly 100 percent in 2030 and would continue to grow exponentially after that.  The only time in U.S. history that the debt-to-GDP ratio has been in the neighborhood of 100 percent was during World War II.  People at that time understood the situation to be temporary and expected deficits and the debt-to-GDP ratio to fall rapidly after the war, as in fact they did.  In contrast, under the scenario I have been discussing, the debt-to-GDP ratio would rise far into the future at an accelerating rate.  Ultimately, this expansion of debt would spark a fiscal crisis, which could be addressed only by very sharp spending cuts or tax increases, or both. 

Wed, February 28, 2007
Testimony to House Budget Committee

It's true that the empirical evidence suggests that the link is looser, that there's less responsiveness of inflation to employment conditions than there perhaps may have been in past decades.

My own view is that we should take a very eclectic approach in thinking about inflation.

I look at the state of the economy. I try to assess whether demand is exceeding supply in some sense; whether the financial conditions are promoting growth in demand which is greater than the productive capacity of the economy.  But I also look at a wide variety of indicators, including commodity prices, including financial indicators like bond rates and inflation compensation.

I don't think we can rely on any single indicator, particularly one like the natural rate of unemployment concept. It's very difficult to know. Even if there is such a relationship, it's very difficult to assess in real time where that number might be.

And so we really have no alternative but to look at, you know, many indicators -- including {commodity prices} -- to try to assess where inflation's going.

From the Q&A session

Wed, February 28, 2007
Testimony to House Budget Committee

I should say that I view inflation objectives and the like as being part of the communication tool kit that a central bank may have to try to explain to the markets and to the public what its approach is, what its plans are and how it sees the economy.

We are currently, in the Federal Open Market Committee, conducting a zero-based review of our communications policies, looking at, among them, numerical objectives for inflation, but many other approaches as well, to try to provide more information to the public about our plans and our approach.

So in terms of specifics, I think I would leave that open because our committee has not yet decided what approaches we want to take.

From the Q and A session

Wed, February 28, 2007
Testimony to House Budget Committee

I should first point out that it's not in the interest of China or Japan to dump treasuries on the market. They, themselves, would suffer capital losses from doing that.

I do think if there were -- and I should be very clear, I have not information or expectation this is going to happen. But if there were significant sales by foreign central banks, for example, that there would be some short-run effect on the market, in terms of the currency and interest rates probably.

I think the longer-term effect would be somewhat less because the market would adjust. It is a liquid market. And the holdings of, say, China of U.S. debt securities, including both public and nonpublic, is only about 5 percent of the total credit market outstanding.

Wed, February 28, 2007
Testimony to House Budget Committee

BERNANKE: I think it would be extraordinarily difficult to move that far to on-budget surplus in a few years, within five years.

ANDREWS: But if it were, would it be a positive development?

BERNANKE: Well, we would have to -- the Federal Reserve would have to offset the short-term spending effects of that with lower interest rates. But that would be...

ANDREWS: Do you promise us lower interest rates if we do that?  Is that what I just heard?

     (LAUGHTER)

BERNANKE: If you do that, we will do our best.  But what we would do is we would respond in such a way as to try and keep the economy at full employment.

Wed, February 28, 2007
Testimony to House Budget Committee

It's true that the empirical evidence suggests that the link is looser, that there's less responsiveness of inflation to employment conditions than there perhaps may have been in past decades.

My own view is that we should take a very eclectic approach in thinking about inflation.

From the Q&A session

Wed, February 28, 2007
Testimony to House Budget Committee

Our assessment, though -- while this is a very important problem and an issue, obviously, for many people who are facing foreclosure, our assessment is that there's not much indication at this point that subprime mortgage issues have spread into the broader mortgage market, which still seems to be healthy and the lending side of that still seems to be healthy.

From the Q&A session

Wed, February 28, 2007
Testimony to House Budget Committee

I will say that the Federal Reserve, in collaboration with the president's working group, has been closely monitoring the markets. They seem to be working well, normally.

We've also, of course, been closely monitoring the economy, looking at new data and trying to evaluate their implications for the forecast.

And my view is that taking all the new data into account that there is really no material change in our expectations for the U.S. economy since I last reported to Congress a couple of weeks ago in the Humphrey-Hawkins hearings.

 ...We are looking for moderate growth in the U.S. economy going forward.  And I would add, parenthetically, that the downward revision of the fourth quarter GDP numbers we got this morning is actually more consistent with our overall view of the economy than were the original numbers.

...So we expect moderate growth going forward. We believe that if the housing sector begins to stabilize and if some of the inventory corrections that are still going on in manufacturing begin to be completed, that there's a reasonable possibility that we'll see some strengthening of the economy sometime during the middle of the year.

During Q&A session.

Fri, March 02, 2007
Stanford Institute of Economic Policy Research

"To the extent that there is a relationship between economic slack more broadly, and I mean not just labor market conditions, but capital and product market conditions as well, it's become a much weaker relationship. That is, the relationship between slack and slower inflation is clearly lower than it used to be. So that connection is much weaker and there are other factors that seem to play an important role.''

     ``The other problem with using this natural rate concept actively is that a lot of research, some of it at the Federal Reserve Board, has shown that in real time we have a really hard time determining what the natural rate is, if such a thing exists.

     ``And in particular, with demographic changes, changes in the labor market, all kinds of other things, you wouldn't expect a measure of slack to be constant. So what we do at the Federal Reserve is, we really have to be very eclectic.''

     ``We don't rely on any single indicator, on any single measure. We look at a wide variety of indicators.''

     ``The economy is just too complicated now to rely on any single indicator.''

From the audience Q and A session, as reported by Bloomberg News

Fri, March 02, 2007
Stanford Institute of Economic Policy Research

The empirical literature supports the view that U.S. monetary policy retains its ability to influence longer-term rates and other asset prices. Indeed, research on U.S. bond yields across the whole spectrum of maturities finds that all yields respond significantly to unanticipated changes in the Fed’s short-term interest-rate target and that the size and pattern of these responses has not changed much over time. Empirical studies also find that U.S. monetary policy actions retain a powerful effect on domestic stock prices.

Fri, March 02, 2007
Stanford Institute of Economic Policy Research

"There's still some overstatement'' {in the CPI} by about half to a full percentage point, Bernanke said."

"Clearly, when the Fed looks at inflation measures, we do have to look at more than one measure to get a sense of what inflation is doing."

From the audience Q and A, as reported by Bloomberg News

Fri, March 02, 2007
Stanford Institute of Economic Policy Research

The competition fostered by trade should also promote productivity growth, reducing growth in costs and making the attainment of low inflation easier. That productivity growth is linked to the intensity of competition is plausible, and more-rapid productivity growth seems to help to explain the slowing of inflation in the United States in the mid-1990s. However, the fact that most other industrial countries did not experience the same increase in productivity growth as the United States during that period, even as they became more open to trade, suggests that the relationship between productivity and trade may be complex.

Fri, March 02, 2007
Stanford Institute of Economic Policy Research

Recently, however, several researchers affiliated with the Bank for International Settlements (BIS) have reported results favorable to the global output gap hypothesis (Borio and Filardo, 2006). Using data for sixteen industrialized countries (plus the euro area) for 1985-2005, they found significant effects of the global output gap on domestic inflation rates--indeed, effects that were generally larger than those of domestic output gaps and that were rising over time. This provocative result has in turn been challenged by Federal Reserve Board researchers, who find that the empirical support for a role for the global output gap does not survive modest changes in the way the data are analyzed. As domestic output gaps are difficult to measure, even with the benefit of hindsight, it is perhaps not surprising that measuring and assessing the effects of a global output gap have proved contentious.

Fri, March 02, 2007
Stanford Institute of Economic Policy Research

[I]mported goods make up only part of what people consume, and so the effect on overall inflation is less than the deceleration in the prices of imports alone. Typical estimates of the short-term effect on the overall inflation rate of less-rapid increases in the prices of imports stemming from trade with China are in the neighborhood of 0.1 percent or less per year--a discernable but certainly not a large effect.

Fri, March 02, 2007
Stanford Institute of Economic Policy Research

Rogoff (2003) provides an alternative theory of how globalization may affect the central bank’s inflation objective. He argues that deregulation and international integration have led to more flexible prices, so that any attempt by a central bank to stimulate the real economy by allowing inflation to rise unexpectedly will be less effective than it would have been in the past. Because central banks have less incentive to create unexpected inflation, their promises to keep inflation low are more credible, which in turn reduces the cost of keeping inflation low. Accordingly, in Rogoff’s analysis, globalization has led monetary authorities to maintain lower long-term inflation rates. A criticism of this story is that it implies that the Phillips curve is steeper today than in the past (that is, that inflation is more sensitive to slack in the economy), a prediction that does not accord with most empirical studies.

Fri, March 02, 2007
Stanford Institute of Economic Policy Research

More subtly, a central bank following a strategy of “opportunistic disinflation” might react to a favorable shock to supply or prices by lowering its medium-term objective for inflation (Orphanides and Wilcox, 2002). In the case of a central bank pursuing such a strategy, foreign factors that depress domestic inflation may have a persistent effect so long as inflation exceeds the central bank’s long-term objective.

Fri, March 02, 2007
Stanford Institute of Economic Policy Research

Recent research suggests another possibility, which is that U.S. monetary policy actions may have significant effects on foreign yields and asset prices as well as on domestic financial prices. For example, changes in U.S. short-term interest rates seem to exert a substantial influence on euro area bond yields and appear to have a strong effect on foreign equity indexes as well.  In contrast, the effects of foreign short-term rates on U.S. asset prices appear to be relatively weaker. These cross-border effects of policy, and their asymmetric nature, are somewhat puzzling. One would expect a more symmetric relationship between the United States and the euro area, for example, as the two regions are of comparable economic size. It will be interesting to see if these relationships persist.

Fri, March 02, 2007
Stanford Institute of Economic Policy Research

However, the conclusion that inflation is determined only by monetary policy choices need not hold in the short-to-medium run. In the shorter term, central banks do not usually offset completely the effects of shocks to supply or prices--of which a change in the relative price of imports is an example--in part because any monetary action made in response will take time to be effective.

Fri, March 02, 2007
Stanford Institute of Economic Policy Research

The Fed’s ability to set the short-term interest rate independently of foreign financial conditions depends critically, of course, on the fact that the dollar is a freely floating currency whose value is continuously determined in open, competitive markets. If the dollar’s value were fixed in terms of another currency or basket of currencies, the Fed would be constrained to set its policy rate at a level consistent with rates in global capital markets. Because the dollar is free to adjust, U.S. interest rates can differ from rates abroad, and, consequently, the Fed retains the autonomy to set its federal funds rate target as needed to respond to domestic economic conditions.

Tue, March 06, 2007
Independant Community Bankers Association

The establishment of a clear and credible GSE receivership process, the second element, is needed to create market discipline for these companies.  Reform legislation should establish (1) a well-defined and mandatory process for placing a GSE in receivership and (2) a method for resolving a GSE once it is placed in receivership.  Both parts are necessary for the receivership process to be meaningful and credible.  Market participants should clearly understand that, once certain conditions arise, regulatory forbearance will be impermissible and a GSE receivership will be established.  Importantly, the GSE receivership process should include a mechanism for ensuring that both the shareholders and creditors of a failed GSE will bear financial losses.  Only if GSE debt holders are persuaded that the failure of a GSE will subject them to losses will they have an incentive to exert market discipline.

Tue, March 06, 2007
Independant Community Bankers Association

A straightforward means of anchoring the GSE portfolios to a clear public mission would be to require Fannie and Freddie to focus their portfolios almost exclusively on holdings of mortgages or mortgage-backed securities that support affordable housing.  The evolution of mortgage markets since the GSEs were created strongly suggests that a concentration on affordable-housing products would provide the greatest public benefit.  

Wed, March 28, 2007
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

Although the turmoil in the subprime mortgage market has created severe financial problems for many individuals and families, the implications of these developments for the housing market as a whole are less clear. The ongoing tightening of lending standards, although an appropriate market response, will reduce somewhat the effective demand for housing, and foreclosed properties will add to the inventories of unsold homes. At this juncture, however, the impact on the broader economy and financial markets of the problems in the subprime market seems likely to be contained.

Wed, March 28, 2007
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

{The President's Working Group on Financial Markets} did not have a meeting on February 27. It's a usual practice, whenever there is some stress in financial markets, for the staff, the senior staff or deputies to be in touch with each other just to see what are you seeing, what are you seeing, just trying to gather information to see if anything is going on.

Wed, March 28, 2007
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

I'd say it would be more accurate to say we are looking for a bit more flexibility, given the uncertainties that we are facing and the risks that are occurring on both sides of our outlook.

An additional point. We, in general, this is more technical, but we, in general, prefer not to give advance rate guidance, that is, not to tell the market we're going to do this, that and the other. Rather, it's better for the FOMC to describe our outlook and the risks that we see for the outlook and let the markets make their own determination about how to price assets. One aspect of this change has been to move away from forward rate guidance, which we view as being something that should be undertaken mostly under unusual circumstances.

...

Our statement included a description both of the situation on the real side of the economy and on the inflation side and our sense was both, that the risks had increased on both sides, that the outlook for output was a bit weaker, as we indicated in our statement, but that, also, the inflation situation had become slightly riskier, as well. And so both sides of the mandate have -- are facing somewhat greater risks.

From the Q&A session

 

Wed, March 28, 2007
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

Even if the demand for housing falls no further, weakness in residential construction is likely to remain a drag on economic growth for a time as homebuilders try to reduce their inventories of unsold homes to more normal levels.

Wed, March 28, 2007
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

Neutral policy would be one where there is a sense that the risks are weighted equally on both sides of the dual mandate and, therefore, policy is essentially unpredictable. It depends on events as they come forward.

Wed, March 28, 2007
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

Our general outlook, the contour of how we expect the economy to evolve, is very much unchanged, at least it's not materially changed. In particular we expect the economy to continue to grow at a moderate pace. We expect to see some strengthening later on as the housing market returns to something closer to equilibrium. And we expect inflation to moderate gradually. But as I discussed this morning, we do see risks to all of those forecasts.

From the Q&A session

Wed, March 28, 2007
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

Because core inflation is above the levels most conducive to the achievement of sustainable growth and price stability, the Committee indicated in the statement following its recent meeting that its predominant policy concern remains the risk that inflation will fail to moderate as expected. However, the uncertainties around the outlook have increased somewhat in recent weeks. Consequently, the Committee also indicated that future policy decisions will depend on the evolution of the outlook for both inflation and economic growth, as implied by incoming information.

Wed, March 28, 2007
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

Our statement included a description both of the situation on the real side of the economy and on the inflation side and our sense was both, that the risks had increased on both sides, that the outlook for output was a bit weaker, as we indicated in our statement, but that, also, the inflation situation had become slightly riskier, as well.

From Q&A session

Fri, March 30, 2007
Community Affairs Research Conference

Whether, and if so, how to try to differentiate "good" from "bad" lending in the CRA context is an issue that is likely to challenge us for some time.    

Wed, April 11, 2007
New York University

Credible receivership provisions for insolvent banks are another method of enhancing market discipline. Effective market discipline requires that uninsured investors believe they could lose some, or all, of their stake. This belief is especially important in the case of very large banks, which investors may otherwise perceive to be too big to fail. Receivership rules that make clear that investors will take losses when a bank becomes insolvent should increase the perceived risk of loss and thus also increase market discipline.

In the United States, the banking authorities have ensured that, in virtually all cases, shareholders bear losses when a bank fails. Historically, however, bondholders and uninsured depositors have at times doubted that regulators would impose significant losses on them in the event of a bank’s failure. To address this issue, the Congress has reduced regulators’ discretion when dealing with troubled banks. For example, the requirement for prompt corrective action prohibits regulatory forbearance when a bank’s capital falls to a predetermined level; and the least-cost-resolution requirement compels regulators to resolve a troubled bank at the lowest cost to the deposit insurance fund.2

Wed, April 11, 2007
New York University

Regulatory oversight of hedge funds is relatively light. Because hedge funds deal with highly sophisticated counterparties and investors, and because they have no claims on the federal safety net, the light regulatory touch seems largely justified.

Wed, April 11, 2007
New York University

Thus far, the market-based approach to the regulation of hedge funds seems to have worked well, although many improvements can still be made (Bernanke, 2006). In particular, risk-management techniques have become considerably more sophisticated and comprehensive over the past decade. To be clear, market discipline does not prevent hedge funds from taking risks, suffering losses, or even failing--nor should it. If hedge funds did not take risks, their social benefits--the provision of market liquidity, improved risk-sharing, and support for financial and economic innovation, among others--would largely disappear.

Wed, April 11, 2007
New York University

In response to this series of financial panics, the Congress in 1913 founded the Federal Reserve to provide the nation with a safer, more flexible, and more stable monetary and financial system. Specifically, the Fed was established "to furnish an elastic currency, to afford means of rediscounting commercial paper, [and] to establish a more effective supervision of banking in the United States."

Wed, April 11, 2007
New York University

I have argued today that, in many situations, regulation that relies on the invisible hand of market-based incentives can complement direct government regulation.  For market-based regulation to work, the incentives of investors and other private actors must align with the objectives of the government regulator.  In particular, private investors must be sophisticated enough to understand and monitor the financial condition of the firm and be persuaded that they will experience significant losses in the event of a failure.  When these conditions are met, market discipline is a powerful and proven tool for constraining excessive risk-taking.  

Wed, April 11, 2007
New York University

Bernanke said "there is no indication (the Chinese) are thinking of radically changing their composition of assets" and to back away quickly from their U.S. holdings would "not be in their interest." He added the threat of China moving away from U.S. assets is not "a significant risk."

As reported by Dow Jones News

Wed, April 25, 2007
Greater Washington JumpStart Coalition

...I believe that helping young people become financially literate is critical for their future economic well-being and should be a high priority for educators. 

Tue, May 01, 2007
Montana Economic Development Summit

Although expansion of trade makes the U.S. economy stronger...the broad benefits of trade and the associated economic change may come at a cost to some individuals, firms, and communities.  We need to continue to find ways to minimize the pain of dislocation without standing in the way of economic growth and change.

Tue, May 01, 2007
Montana Economic Development Summit

Of course, current trading arrangements are far from perfect. Some features of the world trading regime, such as excessive restrictions on trade in services and the uneven protection of intellectual property rights, are both unfair and economically counterproductive.    

Tue, May 01, 2007
Montana Economic Development Summit

I will argue that one possible response to the dislocations that may result from trade--a retreat into protectionism and isolationism--would be self-defeating and, in the long run, probably not even feasible. Instead, our continued prosperity depends on our embracing the many opportunities provided by trade, even as we provide a helping hand to individuals and communities that may have suffered adverse consequences.

Tue, May 01, 2007
Montana Economic Development Summit

The effects of trade on employment must also be put in the context of the remarkable dynamism of the U.S. labor market. The amount of "churn" in the labor market--the number of jobs created and destroyed--is enormous and reflects the continuous entry, exit, and resizing of firms in our ever-changing economy. Excluding job layoffs and losses reversed within the year, over the past decade an average of nearly 16 million private-sector jobs have been eliminated each year in the United States, an annual loss equal to nearly 15 percent of the current level of nonfarm private employment.6 The vast majority of these job losses occur for a principal reason other than international trade (Kletzer, 2001; Bernanke, 2004).  Moreover, during the past ten years, the 16 million annual job losses have been more than offset by the creation of about 17 million jobs per year--some of which, of course, are attributable to the direct and indirect effects of trade. Truly, the U.S. labor market exhibits a phenomenal capacity for creative destruction.

Tue, May 15, 2007
Financial Markets Conference

Central banks and other regulators should resist the temptation to devise ad hoc rules for each new type of financial instrument or institution. Rather, we should strive to develop common, principles-based policy responses that can be applied consistently across the financial sector to meet clearly defined objectives.

Tue, May 15, 2007
Financial Markets Conference

In thinking about how, or whether, to regulate innovative financial institutions (such as hedge funds) or instruments (such as credit derivatives), we should be wary of drawing artificial distinctions. Are the characteristics of hedge funds or credit derivatives that arouse concern peculiar to these institutions and instruments, or are they associated with others as well? If the characteristics in question are in fact a feature of the broader financial landscape, then a narrowly focused approach to regulation will be undermined by the incentives such an approach creates for regulatory arbitrage.

For example, while the complexity of new financial instruments and trading strategies is potentially a concern for policy, as I will discuss, not all credit derivatives are complex and--to state the obvious--not all complex financial instruments are linked to credit risk. Single-name credit default swaps and credit default swap indexes are relatively simple instruments, whereas derivatives based on other asset classes--such as exotic interest-rate and foreign-exchange options--can, by contrast, be quite complex. Moreover, derivatives in general are not necessarily more complex than some types of structured securities. In short, if complexity per se is the concern, we cannot address that concern by focusing on a single class of financial instruments. Similarly, hedge funds are hardly a homogeneous group of institutions, nor can their trading strategies be unambiguously distinguished from those of large global banks or of some traditional asset managers. A consistent regulatory strategy needs to be tailored to the essential characteristics of institutions or instruments that pose risks for policy objectives, not to arbitrary categories.

Tue, May 15, 2007
Financial Markets Conference

The goal of regulation should be to preserve those [economic] benefits while achieving important public policy objectives, including financial stability, investor protection, and market integrity. Although financial innovation promotes those objectives in some ways, for example by allowing better sharing of risks, certain aspects of financial innovation--including the complexity of financial instruments and trading strategies, the illiquidity or potential illiquidity of certain instruments, and explicit or embedded leverage--may pose significant risks. These risks should not be taken lightly.

Tue, May 15, 2007
Financial Markets Conference

Market liquidity depends not only on the presence of willing buyers and sellers but also on the underlying infrastructure, including market-making capacity and the system for clearing and settling financial transactions. Twenty years ago this fall, the 1987 stock market crash was significantly worsened by the inability of trade-processing systems to keep up with order flows, including orders resulting from program trading.

Tue, May 15, 2007
Financial Markets Conference

Some commentators have sought to draw a sharp distinction between the approach to financial regulation in the United States and that in the United Kingdom. These observers have characterized the British approach as being principles-based and as using a "light touch"--the implication being that these two features somehow go together. In a speech in February of this year, Sir Callum McCarthy, the head of the United Kingdom's Financial Services Authority (FSA), took issue with this interpretation.1 Sir Callum confirmed that the FSA's approach is built on a framework of principles, although he noted that the FSA also has an 8,500-page rulebook to accompany the eleven principles it has laid out. But the FSA head rejected the view that their approach is "light touch." Rather, he said, it is risk-based, which means that regulatory resources and attention are devoted to firms, markets, or instruments in proportion to the perceived risks to the FSA's regulatory objectives.

...I have argued today that we should strive to implement a regulatory regime that is principles-based, risk-focused, and consistently applied. Enhancing market discipline can complement and strengthen such an approach. As in the United Kingdom, a principles-based approach is not inconsistent with the use of rules, which can provide needed clarity or a safe haven from legal and regulatory risks. However, rules should implement principles rather than develop in an ad hoc manner.

Tue, May 15, 2007
Financial Markets Conference

Of course, in some respects financial innovation makes risk management easier. Risk can now be sliced and diced, moved off the balance sheet, and hedged by derivative instruments. Indeed, the need for better risk sharing and risk management has been a primary driving force behind the recent wave of innovation. But in some respects, new instruments and trading strategies make risk measurement and management more difficult. Notably, risk-management challenges are associated with the complexity of contemporary instruments and trading strategies; the potential for market illiquidity to magnify the riskiness of those instruments and strategies; and the greater leverage that their use can entail.

Tue, May 15, 2007
Financial Markets Conference

At last year's conference, I discussed a policy proposal focused narrowly on hedge funds--namely, the development of a database of hedge fund positions and portfolios. As I noted last year, given the complexity of trading strategies and the rapidity with which positions change, creating a database that would be sufficiently timely and detailed to be of practical use to hedge funds' creditors and investors or to regulators would be extremely difficult. Collecting such information also risks moral hazard, if some traders conclude that, in gathering the data, the regulators have somehow reduced financial risk.

Thu, May 17, 2007
Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago

[W]e believe the effect of the troubles in the subprime sector on the broader housing market will likely be limited, and we do not expect significant spillovers from the subprime market to the rest of the economy or to the financial system. The vast majority of mortgages, including even subprime mortgages, continue to perform well.

Thu, May 17, 2007
Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago

Real gross domestic product has expanded a little more than 2 percent over the past year, compared with an average annual growth rate of 3-3/4 percent over the preceding three years.  The cooling of the housing market is an important source of this slowdown.  Sales of both new and existing homes have dropped sharply from their peak in the summer of 2005, the inventory of unsold homes has risen substantially, and single-family housing starts have fallen by roughly one-third since the beginning of 2006.  Although a leveling-off of sales late last year suggested some stabilization of housing demand, the latest readings indicate a further stepdown in the first quarter.  Sales of new homes moved down to an appreciably lower level in February and March, and sales of existing homes have also come down on net since the beginning of this year.

...given the fundamental factors in place that should support the demand for housing, we believe the effect of the troubles in the subprime sector on the broader housing market will likely be limited, and we do not expect significant spillovers from the subprime market to the rest of the economy or to the financial system.  The vast majority of mortgages, including even subprime mortgages, continue to perform well.  Past gains in house prices have left most homeowners with significant amounts of home equity, and growth in jobs and incomes should help keep the financial obligations of most households manageable.

Thu, May 17, 2007
Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago

What about borrowers already in distress?  The Board and other federal supervisory agencies have taken actions to encourage the banks and thrift institutions we supervise to work with borrowers who may be having trouble meeting their mortgage obligations.  Often, loan workouts are in the interest of both parties.  With effective loan restructuring, borrowers facing temporary economic setbacks may be able to work through their problems while staying in their homes, and lenders may be able to avoid the costs of foreclosure and the losses usually associated with selling a repossessed home.

Thu, May 17, 2007
Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago

Credit market innovations have expanded opportunities for many households. Markets can overshoot, but, ultimately, market forces also work to rein in excesses. For some, the self-correcting pullback may seem too late and too severe. But I believe that, in the long run, markets are better than regulators at allocating credit. We at the Federal Reserve will do all that we can to prevent fraud and abusive lending and to ensure that lenders employ sound underwriting practices and make effective disclosures to consumers. At the same time, we must be careful not to inadvertently suppress responsible lending or eliminate refinancing opportunities for subprime borrowers.

Thu, May 17, 2007
Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago

The Federal Reserve is also authorized to write rules; notably, the Home Ownership Equity Protection Act (HOEPA) gives the Board the power to prohibit acts and practices in mortgage lending deemed "unfair" or "deceptive."

Tue, May 22, 2007
Princeton Prize in Race Relations Award Program

Then as now, the principal path to opportunity is through education. As an economist, I am persuaded that a strong educational system--one that promotes lifetime learning and skill development--is a critical factor in our nation's prosperity. The economic importance of education will only increase as technology advances and as the global economy becomes increasingly integrated and complex.

Mon, May 28, 2007
Letter to Congressman Tom Price

The Board believes the rise in subprime foreclosures needs to be addressed in a way that preserves incentives for responsible subprime lenders so that borrowers with non-prime credit can become homeowners, access the equity in their homes, or have flexibility in financing their mortgages when necessary.

Tue, June 05, 2007
International Monetary Conference

Tighter lending standards in the subprime mortgage market--together with the possibility that the well-publicized problems in this market may dissuade potentially eligible borrowers from applying--will serve to restrain housing demand, although the magnitude of these effects is difficult to quantify.  Subprime and near-prime mortgage originations rose sharply in 2004 and 2005 and likely accounted for a large share of the increase in the number of home sales over that period.  However, originations of nonprime mortgages to purchase homes appear to have peaked in late 2005 and declined substantially since then, and by more (even in absolute terms) than prime mortgage originations.  Thus, some part of the effect on housing demand of the retrenchment in the subprime market has likely already been felt.  Moreover, indicators such as the gross issuance of new subprime and near-prime MBS suggest that the supply of nonprime mortgage credit, though reduced, has by no means evaporated.  That said, the tightening of terms and standards now in train may well lead to some further contraction in nonprime originations in the period ahead.  We are also likely to see further increases in delinquencies and foreclosures this year and next as many subprime adjustable-rate loans face interest-rate resets.

Tue, June 05, 2007
International Monetary Conference

Under the Home Ownership Equity Protection Act (HOEPA), the Board has the responsibility to prohibit mortgage lending practices that it finds to be unfair and deceptive.

Tue, June 05, 2007
International Monetary Conference

We will follow developments in the subprime market closely. However, fundamental factors--including solid growth in incomes and relatively low mortgage rates--should ultimately support the demand for housing, and at this point, the troubles in the subprime sector seem unlikely to seriously spill over to the broader economy or the financial system.

Tue, June 05, 2007
International Monetary Conference

[A]lthough core inflation seems likely to moderate gradually over time, the risks to this forecast remain to the upside.  In particular, the continuing high rate of resource utilization suggests that the level of final demand may still be high relative to the underlying productive capacity of the economy.

Tue, June 05, 2007
International Monetary Conference

Growth during the first quarter of this year was held down by some factors--notably, significant declines in inventory accumulation, net exports, and federal defense spending--that seem likely to be at least partially reversed in the near term. Of course, the adjustment in the housing sector is still ongoing, and the slowdown in residential construction now appears likely to remain a drag on economic growth for somewhat longer than previously expected. Thus far, however, we have not seen major spillovers from housing onto other sectors of the economy. On average, over coming quarters, we expect the economy to advance at a moderate pace, close to or slightly below the economy’s trend rate of expansion.

Fri, June 15, 2007
Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta

Just as a healthy financial system promotes growth, adverse financial conditions may prevent an economy from reaching its potential.  A weak banking system grappling with nonperforming loans and insufficient capital or firms whose creditworthiness has eroded because of high leverage or declining asset values are examples of financial conditions that could undermine growth.  Japan faced just this kind of challenge when the financial problems of banks and corporations contributed substantially to sub-par growth during the so-called "lost decade." 

Tue, July 10, 2007
National Bureau of Economic Research

Similar logic explains the finding that inflation is less responsive than it used to be to changes in oil prices and other supply shocks. Certainly, increases in energy prices affect overall inflation in the short run because energy products such as gasoline are part of the consumer's basket and because energy costs loom large in the production of some goods and services. However, a one-off change in energy prices can translate into persistent inflation only if it leads to higher expected inflation and a consequent "wage-price spiral." With inflation expectations well anchored, a one-time increase in energy prices should not lead to a permanent increase in inflation but only to a change in relative prices. A related implication is that, if inflation expectations are well anchored, changes in energy (and food) prices should have relatively little influence on "core" inflation, that is, inflation excluding the prices of food and energy.

Tue, July 10, 2007
National Bureau of Economic Research

I pose three questions to researchers, the answer to any of which would be quite useful for practical policymaking.

First, how should the central bank best monitor the public's inflation expectations?  ... Do we need new measures of expectations or new surveys? Information on the price expectations of businesses--who are, after all, the price setters in the first instance--as well as information on nominal wage expectations is particularly scarce.

Second, how do changes in various measures of inflation expectations feed through to actual pricing behavior?...

Third, what factors affect the level of inflation expectations and the degree to which they are anchored?...

 

Tue, July 10, 2007
National Bureau of Economic Research

 Interestingly, however, the system approach does not seem to forecast price inflation as well as single-equation Phillips curve models do. This weaker performance appears to reflect, at least in part, the shortcomings of the available data on labor compensation. The two principal quarterly indicators of aggregate hourly compensation are the employment cost index (ECI) and nonfarm compensation per hour (CPH). Both are imperfect measures of the labor costs relevant to pricing decisions. For example, the ECI's fixed employment and occupation weights may not reflect changes in the labor market, and the ECI excludes stock options and similar forms of payment. CPH is volatile, perhaps in part because it measures stock options at exercise rather than when granted, and it is subject to substantial revisions. Moreover, these two hourly compensation measures often give contradictory signals.

Tue, July 10, 2007
National Bureau of Economic Research

Indeed, considerable progress has been made in recent years, at the Board and elsewhere, in developing dynamic stochastic general equilibrium (DSGE) models detailed enough for policy application. These models have become increasingly useful for policy analysis and for the simulation of alternative scenarios. They are likely to play a more significant role in the forecasting process over time as well, though, like other formal methods, they are unlikely to displace expert judgment.

Tue, July 10, 2007
National Bureau of Economic Research

I don’t think there has been a strong tendency to follow periods of high inflation with periods of abnormally low inflation, which is what a price level targeting regime would do. Rather, I would say, although there is kind of a mixture, I’m sure, I think the weight is probably greater on stabilizing inflation per se, and as you know arithmetically what that implies is that if you have an accidental inflation rate above your expectation, then you try to get inflation back down to your normal rate and that would tend to raise prices in the longer term. I’m quite aware that there’s a big debate about what the best way to go is… The advantage of price level targeting obviously is that people know what the value of money is going to be ten years from now whereas with inflation stabilization they may not know that. There are disadvantages though, including the fact that you may have to have periods of deflation or very sharp disinflation that may be destabilizing. So there are arguments on both sides of that, but I think if you looked at the data I think you’d find that most of that surprise would persist in later price levels. Not even later inflation rates, let me be clear, but in later price levels.

Tue, July 10, 2007
National Bureau of Economic Research

The Board staff employs a variety of formal models, both structural and purely statistical, in its forecasting efforts. However, the forecasts of inflation (and of other key macroeconomic variables) that are provided to the Federal Open Market Committee are developed through an eclectic process that combines model-based projections, anecdotal and other "extra-model" information, and professional judgment. In short, for all the advances that have been made in modeling and statistical analysis, practical forecasting continues to involve art as well as science.

Tue, July 10, 2007
National Bureau of Economic Research

An indirect but elegant way to make the point that inflation expectations remain imperfectly anchored comes from a statistical analysis of inflation by Stock and Watson (2007). Stock and Watson model inflation as having two components, which may be interpreted as the trend and the cycle. Changes in the trend component are highly persistent whereas shocks to the cyclical component are temporary.2  The key finding of this research is that the variability of the trend component of inflation (and thus the share of the overall variability of inflation that it can explain) appears to have fallen significantly after about 1983. That is, unexpected changes in inflation are today much more likely to be transitory than they were before the early 1980s. Because it seems quite unlikely that changes in inflation could persist indefinitely unless long-run expectations of inflation also changed, I interpret the Stock-Watson finding as consistent with the view that inflation expectations have become much more anchored since the early 1980s.

Tue, July 10, 2007
National Bureau of Economic Research

Monetary policy, or the short-term interest rate, is not a good tool for leaning against or trying to pop asset price bubbles for a variety of reasons, including the fact that it is very difficult for us to know when an asset price is in a bubble; it’s very hard to know how the asset price would react to increases in interest rates; it’s hard to know what to do when some asset prices might be in bubbles and others not; it’s a concern what would happen to the real economy if you raise interest rates a lot to pop a bubble and the higher interest rates have adverse effects on the real economy. So there a lot of unknowns and uncertainties that make me very cautious and conservative about thinking about using monetary policy to address asset prices.

Tue, July 10, 2007
National Bureau of Economic Research

 Likewise, a lower sensitivity of long-run inflation to supply shocks would imply that such shocks are much less likely to generate economic instability today than they would have been several decades ago. Notably, the sharp increases in energy prices over the past few years have not led either to persistent inflation or to a recession, in contrast (for example) to the U.S. experience of the 1970s.

Wed, July 18, 2007
MPR Testimony to House

The fact that there are some very wealthy people doesn't necessarily make me or you worse off if they're creating value. You know, I'm a baseball fan. I like to watch Alex Rodriguez. And I don't particularly care that he earns a lot more money than I do.

But we do need to make sure that people throughout the income scale have opportunities to raise their own standards of living and make progress in our society.

And that's why I've advocated the principle of trying to give people opportunity through education, through skills, through support during periods of transition between jobs to make them more productive and more able to deal with the disruptions that come with a globalized economy.

Wed, July 18, 2007
MPR Testimony to House

As measured by changes in the price index for personal consumption expenditures (PCE inflation), inflation ran at an annual rate of 4.4 percent over the first five months of this year, a rate that, if maintained, would clearly be inconsistent with the objective of price stability. 1  Because monetary policy works with a lag, however, policymakers must focus on the economic outlook.  Food and energy prices tend to be quite volatile, so that, looking forward, core inflation (which excludes food and energy prices) may be a better gauge than overall inflation of underlying inflation trends. 

Wed, July 18, 2007
MPR Testimony to House

However, conditions in the subprime mortgage sector have deteriorated significantly, reflecting mounting delinquency rates on adjustable-rate loans.  In recent weeks, we have also seen increased concerns among investors about credit risk on some other types of financial instruments.  Credit spreads on lower-quality corporate debt have widened somewhat, and terms for some leveraged business loans have tightened.  Even after their recent rise, however, credit spreads remain near the low end of their historical ranges, and financing activity in the bond and business loan markets has remained fairly brisk. 

Wed, July 18, 2007
MPR Testimony to House

In coordination with the other federal supervisory agencies, we are encouraging the financial industry to work with borrowers to arrange prudent loan modifications to avoid unnecessary foreclosures. Federal Reserve Banks around the country are cooperating with community and industry groups that work directly with borrowers having trouble meeting their mortgage obligations. We continue to work with organizations that provide counseling about mortgage products to current and potential homeowners. We are also meeting with market participants--including lenders, investors, servicers, and community groups--to discuss their concerns and to gain information about market developments.

Wed, July 18, 2007
MPR Testimony to House

I take this opportunity to reiterate the Federal Reserve’s strong support of the dual mandate; in pursuing maximum employment and price stability, monetary policy makes its greatest possible contribution to the general economic welfare. 

Wed, July 18, 2007
MPR Testimony to House

     As you know, this occasion marks the 30th year of semi-annual testimony on the economy and monetary policy for the Federal Reserve.  In establishing these hearings -- Mr. Hawkins and Humphrey were mentioned -- the Congress proved prescient in anticipating the worldwide trend toward greater transparency and accountability of central banks in making monetary policy. Over the years, these testimonies and the associated reports have proved an invaluable vehicle for the Federal Reserve's communication with the public about monetary policy, even as they have served to enhance the Federal Reserve's accountability for achieving the dual objectives of maximum employment and price stability set for it by the Congress.

Wed, July 18, 2007
MPR Testimony to House

     Well, we approach {energy price forecasting} at the Federal Reserve on essentially two levels.

     First, we try to do a fundamental supply-and-demand analysis, try to look at how we expect demand to grow both not only in the United States, of course, but in emerging markets and around the world and where we see supply emerging in OPEC and outside of OPEC, and try to make some sense of where that market is going.

     But another very important piece of information is futures markets. Investors in -- dealing in NYMEX and other futures markets put their money, essentially making bets where they think the price of oil is going to be at various horizons going out to six or more years.

     Those futures markets have been wrong in the past. They have underestimated the increase in oil prices that we've seen, which is one reason why we're very cautious about it. But over long periods of time they're probably about the best source of information we have about where the markets see energy prices going.

     And so the markets -- those energy markets currently see oil prices remaining high, but leveling off over the next couple of years, to the point where, if that actually happens, overall headline inflation would be about the same as core inflation.

From the Q&A session

Wed, July 18, 2007
MPR Testimony to House

     The dual mandate says price stability. It doesn't say price stability without energy and food. The Federal Reserve is concerned about the overall inflation rate. That is our long-term objective in the sense of maintaining price stability.

     But there are some technical issues involved in achieving that. In particular, when oil prices rise sharply, as they have in the last few months, there's really not much that the Federal Reserve can do in a short period of time to reverse that.

     Rather, what we have to do is look forward a year to two years, which is the horizon over which monetary policy has its effect. And so we really have to ask ourselves what's the underlying trend of inflation going forward, what's the best forecast of inflation going forward?

     Because energy and food prices have been so volatile, up and down, historically, the core portion, which excludes energy and food, is sometimes a better indicator of where sort of the trend of inflation is going to be a year or two from now.

     So it's not that we think core inflation is more important in itself, but rather we think it's an important indicator of the underlying inflation trend.

     So by paying attention to core inflation, we are in a way saying that this is how we hope to maintain stability in overall inflation over the horizon at which the monetary policy can be effective.

From the Q&A session

Wed, July 18, 2007
MPR Testimony to House

And in private equity in particular, [private pools of capital and hedge funds] play an important role in the market for corporate control. We need to have a mechanism whereby poorly run companies, weak managements are subject to being taken over, replaced and their companies improved. And when it's working right, at least, private equity -- as LBOs in the past -- helps to serve that function. So they do serve some positive functions.  

They raise many issues of financial stability and the like, you know, making sure that their counterparties are taking appropriate attention to their risks and the like. And we've discussed those some in the president's working groups' principles. But they certainly are a benefit to the economy.  

In the Q&A session

Wed, July 18, 2007
MPR Testimony to House

     The pension bill that was passed by Congress recently had a provision in it that allows employers to create savings plans with an opt-out provision. That is, an employee is put into the savings plan unless they explicitly request to be let off.

     There's a lot of research which suggests that that opt-out type approach, that most people will stay in the saving plan, and you get very significantly effects that way...

      One, one might consider, I suppose, using the existing Social Security system. There was a big debate here in Congress, of course, about so-called carve-out accounts, et cetera. Something that might be less controversial possibly would be an add-on account, whereby individuals had a chance through their payroll saving -- through their payroll taxes to contribute to an independent account that would be in their name.

In the Q&A session

Wed, July 18, 2007
MPR Testimony to House

Like consumption spending, business fixed investment overall seems poised to rise at a moderate pace, bolstered by gains in sales and generally favorable financial conditions. 

Thu, July 19, 2007
MPR Testimony to Senate

Our objective is to achieve enduring price stability. And in particular we want to make sure that inflation remains under good control in the medium run.

There are several elements of that. One is that I think it's important to recognize that the month-to-month inflation numbers are very noisy. And so, a couple of good numbers does not, by itself, meant that the problem is solved and gone away.  So part of it is just simply seeing more data and getting a greater sense of assurance that the trend is really in the direction we'd like to see it.  The other is that as long as there's some very important risks out there to inflation, there's the possibility that inflation, even if it's a bit -- if it's come down some, there's a possibility that it will go back up in the future.

And the risks that I talked about in my testimony include high resource utilization, the fact that the economy is working at a very tight use of resources; and secondly, the fact that energy and food prices have raised headline inflation. Those prices might feed through into core inflation. They might raise inflation expectations.  So what we need to see is enough confidence that the risks have subsided so that we can feel confident that, in the medium term, inflation will be well-controlled.

In response to a question from Senator Bunning in the Q&A session

Thu, July 19, 2007
MPR Testimony to Senate

Well, Mr. Chairman, the essence of making the market discipline approach work is that the counterparties, investors, and creditors be sophisticated and able to evaluate the investments that they're undertaking.  In the case of a pension fund, the pension fund manager has a fiduciary duty to make investments which are appropriate for the risk return needs of that fund.  So if that fiduciary manager has sufficient sophistication to use some of these things, that perhaps is OK.  But in most cases, I think that pension funds should probably not, you know, go heavily into these types of instruments {hedge funds}.

From Q&A session

Thu, July 19, 2007
MPR Testimony to Senate

[T]here's clearly less reliance on the FHA than in the past. My sense is that part of the problem is lack of flexibility, the costs of dealing with the FHA, lack of diversity of product, and so on.  So I think that modernizing the FHA, trying to make it more responsive, easier for ultimate lenders to work with and so on might reverse this trend and might give the FHA a larger share in the market, which could be a positive thing.

I guess I would point out that the FHA does have, I think, if I remember correctly, I think it still has a fairly high delinquency and default rate. It doesn't -- it hasn't solved the problem of delinquencies and so on.   And so, as those changes get made, I would suggest moving with some caution to make sure that we don't create yet another source of problems in terms of inappropriate loans for specific borrowers.

So I do see a case for trying to make the FHA more modern and to expand its role. But I would urge some caution and go slow on that.

From the Q&A session

Thu, July 19, 2007
MPR Testimony to Senate

And so the challenge for the Fed is always to balance supply and demand, to think about whether or not the level of demand that we're generating with our interest rate policies and with other policies -- government policies for example -- is consistent with the underlying supply. It's not so much that a given level of unemployment is, per se, inflationary, but if the economy is overheating, one might see a temporary dip in unemployment reflecting the extra resource utilization associated with it. So we don't have a magic unemployment rate that we look at and say, "Oh, that's too low or too high."   What we try to do is look at the whole economy, look for sources of price pressure. Are firms finding it easy to raise prices? Are there indications that markets are very tight, both at the labor level and the product level? And we try to make a judgment about the balance of supply and demand.  And that helps to govern our thinking about this.

The labor market -- you mentioned 6 percent -- the labor market changes a lot over time in terms of demographics, in terms of skills and education, in terms of job-finding through the Internet and so on. And so that number is not a fixed number. We always have to think about, you know, how it might be changing over time.

From the Q&A session

Thu, July 19, 2007
MPR Testimony to Senate

I agree with you that legitimate subprime lending is beneficial. It gives people access to homeownership and access to credit, and so the real trick for us is to write rules, to write regulations that will screen out the abusive practices and the improper practices while preserving this market. And I think that's a very challenging task.

From Q&A session

Thu, July 19, 2007
MPR Testimony to Senate

Again, from the Federal Reserve's perspective, our principal concern is the safety and soundness of the banking system. What we have done recently is worked with other regulators, such as the SEC and the OCC, and in some cases, also with foreign regulators -- the FSA in the U.K., for example, and German and Swiss regulators -- to do what we call horizontal reviews, which is that, collectively, we look at the practices of a large set of institutions -- both commercial banks and investment banks -- to see how they're managing certain types of activities, for example, the financing of leverage buyouts, equity -- bridge equity -- and the like, and trying to make an evaluation of what are best practices, trying to give back information back to the companies and trying to use that -- those reviews to inform our own supervision.

And so we are very aware of these issues from the perspective of the risk-taking by large financial institutions, and we are studying them, trying to provide information to the institutions themselves, and using them in our own supervisory guidance.

Thu, July 19, 2007
MPR Testimony to Senate

Some estimates are in the order of between $50 billion and $100 billion of losses associated with subprime credit products. The credit rating agencies have begun to try to make sure they account for those losses, and they have downgraded some of these products.  I should say that the investors, many of them recognize that even before the downgrades occurred that there were risks associated with these products, including not only credit risks, but also liquidity and interest rate, other types of risks.

Thu, July 19, 2007
MPR Testimony to Senate

DODD: Is it still your opinion that {China's exchange rate} is an effective subsidy on that issue?

BERNANKE: It is not a subsidy in the legal sense, that is a subsidy is a payment by the government directly to producers to support their production. Nothing like that is going on. That's not what I was referring to.

I was talking about the economic implication, which is that the undervalued exchange rate creates a distortion in the economy which artificially sends resources into the export sector, as opposed to in the demand domestic sector.

So it is a distortion in the economy. From a legal perspective, it's not the same thing as...

DODD: No, I noticed where you said "effective" subsidy.

BERNANKE: Yes, or implicit.

Thu, July 19, 2007
MPR Testimony to Senate

I agree with your premise that it's important that the Chinese begin to appreciate further. 

Let me just raise a couple of issues which I guess I would call tactical issues, without addressing any specific legislative proposal.

The first is that the currency, while an important issue, is probably in itself not going to solve the trade imbalance problem. There are fundamental saving/investment imbalances, both in the United States and abroad, which need to be changed in order to make real progress on the trade balance.

And in particular we have emphasized with the Chinese the importance of structural changes in their economy, such as increased safety net and improved financial system, that would increase the share of their output going to consumers and being consumed at home. And the combination of currency appreciation and this other set of measures is really what's needed to begin to move things in the right direction.

So I would urge you to broaden your focus just a bit, beyond the currency, to talk about the savings and investment balances that need to be adjusted in both the United States and in China.

Fri, August 31, 2007
Jackson Hole Symposium

The markets are indeed experiencing a significant information deficit. Market participants are struggling to discover 1) the true performance of subprime pools, 2) where exposure to these and other structured instruments ultimately rests, 3) the risk, therefore, associated with trading and borrowing counterparties, and 4) the linkages between asset classes, funding markets, and institution-to-institution exposures.

The opaque nature of our current financial world is the result of a long trend of replacing direct bank lending with less transparent investment vehicles in securities markets. In the coming weeks we will see more disclosure of gains and losses on exposure as well as performance trends of portfolios and securities, but I believe clarity will take some time to develop.

Fri, August 31, 2007
Jackson Hole Symposium

It is not the responsibility of the Federal Reserve--nor would it be appropriate--to protect lenders and investors from the consequences of their financial decisions.  But developments in financial markets can have broad economic effects felt by many outside the markets, and the Federal Reserve must take those effects into account when determining policy.

...

Well-functioning financial markets are essential for a prosperous economy… The Federal Reserve stands ready to take additional actions as needed to provide liquidity and promote the orderly functioning of markets...

...

The Committee continues to monitor the situation and will act as needed to limit the adverse effects on the broader economy that may arise from the disruptions in financial markets.

Fri, August 31, 2007
Jackson Hole Symposium

However, in light of recent financial developments, economic data bearing on past months or quarters may be less useful than usual for our forecasts of economic activity and inflation. Consequently, we will pay particularly close attention to the timeliest indicators, as well as information gleaned from our business and banking contacts around the country.

Fri, August 31, 2007
Jackson Hole Symposium

Although this episode appears to have been triggered largely by heightened concerns about subprime mortgages, global financial losses have far exceeded even the most pessimistic projections of credit losses on those loans. In part, these wider losses likely reflect concerns that weakness in U.S. housing will restrain overall economic growth. But other factors are also at work. Investor uncertainty has increased significantly, as the difficulty of evaluating the risks of structured products that can be opaque or have complex payoffs has become more evident. Also, as in many episodes of financial stress, uncertainty about possible forced sales by leveraged participants and a higher cost of risk capital seem to have made investors hesitant to take advantage of possible buying opportunities. More generally, investors may have become less willing to assume risk. Some increase in the premiums that investors require to take risk is probably a healthy development on the whole, as these premiums have been exceptionally low for some time. However, in this episode, the shift in risk attitudes has interacted with heightened concerns about credit risks and uncertainty about how to evaluate those risks to create significant market stress.

Fri, August 31, 2007
Jackson Hole Symposium

The markets for asset-backed commercial paper and for lower-rated unsecured commercial paper market also have suffered from pronounced declines in investor demand, and the associated flight to quality has contributed to surges in the demand for short-dated Treasury bills, pushing T-bill rates down sharply on some days. Swings in stock prices have been sharp, with implied price volatilities rising to about twice the levels seen in the spring. Credit spreads for a range of financial instruments have widened, notably for lower-rated corporate credits. Diminished demand for loans and bonds to finance highly leveraged transactions has increased some banks' concerns that they may have to bring significant quantities of these instruments onto their balance sheets. These banks, as well as those that have committed to serve as back-up facilities to commercial paper programs, have become more protective of their liquidity and balance-sheet capacity.

Fri, August 31, 2007
Jackson Hole Symposium

As you know, the financial stress has not been confined to mortgage markets.

Fri, August 31, 2007
Jackson Hole Symposium

We will not return to the days in which all mortgage lending was portfolio lending, but clearly the originate-to-distribute model will be modified--is already being modified--to provide stronger protection for investors and better incentives for originators to underwrite prudently.

Fri, August 31, 2007
Jackson Hole Symposium

Economic theory suggests that the greater liquidity of home equity should allow households to better smooth consumption over time.  This smoothing in turn should reduce the dependence of their spending on current income, which, by limiting the power of conventional multiplier effects, should tend to increase macroeconomic stability and reduce the effects of a given change in the short-term interest rate.  These inferences are supported by some empirical evidence.10

Tue, September 11, 2007
Bundesbank

Since I discussed these issues in March 2005, real interest rates have reversed some of their previous declines.  For example, in the United States, real yields on inflation-indexed government debt averaged 2.3 percent in 2006 as compared with 1.85 percent in 2004.  In the past few weeks, that yield has averaged about 2.4 percent.  Inflation-adjusted yields in other industrial countries have also started to move back up after falling in 2005.8      

How does this all fit together?  My reading of recent developments is that although some of the details have changed, the fundamental elements of the global saving glut remain in place. ..

Further increases in net capital flows from the developing economies, all else being equal, should have further depressed real interest rates around the world.  But as I have noted, in the past few years, real interest rates have moved up a bit.  This increase does not imply that the global saving glut has dissipated.  However, it does suggest that, at the margin, desired investment net of desired saving must have risen in the industrial countries enough to offset any increase in desired saving by emerging-market countries...

Once again, however, I do not want to rely exclusively on this line of explanation for the behavior of long-term real interest rates, as other factors have no doubt been relevant.  In particular, term premiums appear recently to have risen from what may have been unsustainably low levels, in part because of the greater recent volatility in financial markets and investors' demands for increased compensation for risk-taking.

    

Tue, September 11, 2007
Bundesbank

This analysis of the sources of global imbalances does not address the critical normative question:  Are the current account imbalances that we see today a problem?  Not everyone would agree that they are, for several reasons. 

First, these external imbalances are to a significant extent a market phenomenon and, in the case of the U.S. deficit, reflect the attractiveness of both the U.S. economy overall and the depth, liquidity, and legal safeguards associated with its capital markets...

Second, current account imbalances can help reduce tendencies toward recession, on the one hand, or overheating and inflation, on the other...

Third, although the U.S. current account deficit is certainly not sustainable at its current level, U.S. liabilities to foreigners are not, at this point, putting an exceptionally large burden on the American economy...

All that said, the current pattern of external imbalances--the export of capital from the developing countries to the industrial economies, particularly the United States--may prove counterproductive over the longer term...

 

Tue, September 11, 2007
Bundesbank

China has officially recognized the need to increase its domestic spending and scale back its reliance on exports.  Measures that could help achieve these goals include further reforms of the financial sector; increased government spending on infrastructure, environmental improvement, and the social safety net; and currency appreciation. 

Tue, September 18, 2007
FOMC Meeting Transcript

I did not hear a great deal of opposition to the principle that the Federal Reserve at times should help markets function when they are in a state of panic or otherwise in serious dysfunction. So in that respect, I think that this is the kind of tool that under some circumstances might prove quite useful.

In discussing a staff proposal for a term auction credit facility and activation of foreign central bank swap lines in response to the liquidity crisis.

Thu, September 20, 2007
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

The government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs) Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are, to a limited extent, assisting in subprime refinancings and should be encouraged to provide products for subprime borrowers to the extent permitted by their charters.  However, the GSE charters are likely to limit the ability of the GSEs to serve any but the most creditworthy subprime borrowers.  Indeed, if GSE programs remove the strongest borrowers from the pool, the risks faced by other programs--such as a modernized FHA program--could be increased.

Some have suggested that the GSEs could help restore functioning in the secondary markets for non-conforming mortgages (specifically jumbo mortgages, those with principal value greater than $417,000) if the conforming-loan limits were raised.   However, in my view, the reason that GSE securitizations are well-accepted in the secondary market is because they come with GSE-provided guarantees of financial performance, which market participants appear to treat as backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, even though this federal guarantee does not exist.  Evidently, market participants believe that, in the event of the failure of a GSE, the government would have no alternative but to come to the rescue.  The perception, however inaccurate, that the GSEs are fully government-backed implies that investors have few incentives in their role as counterparties or creditors to act to constrain GSE risk-taking.  Raising the conforming-loan limit would expand this implied guarantee to another portion of the mortgage market, reducing market discipline further. 

Thu, September 20, 2007
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

Nevertheless, many homeowners who took out mortgages in recent years are in financial distress.  To help those borrowers, the Federal Reserve, together with the other federal supervisory agencies, has issued two statements--in April, to mortgage lenders; and earlier this month, to mortgage servicers--to encourage the financial industry to work with borrowers to arrange prudent loan modifications to avoid unnecessary foreclosures... Often, loan workouts are in the interest of all parties...  In addition, a member of the Federal Reserve Board serves as a director of NeighborWorks America, which encourages borrowers facing payment difficulties to seek help by contacting their lenders, services, or trusted counselors...

Additionally, the Federal Reserve is working closely with community and industry groups around the country to reduce homeowners' risks of foreclosure.  The community affairs offices in each of the Reserve Banks provide significant leadership and technical assistance...

Thu, September 20, 2007
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

In addition, the sharp deceleration in home prices since 2005, including outright declines in some markets, left many of these more-recent borrowers with little or no home equity.  In this situation, some borrowers (particularly owner-investors) may have found that simply walking away from their properties was their best option.  Moreover, low home equity has made refinancing--the typical way for many subprime borrowers to avoid large scheduled interest rate resets--difficult or impossible for many.  Thus, with house prices still soft and many borrowers of recent-vintage subprime ARMs still facing their first interest rate resets, delinquencies and foreclosure initiations in this class of mortgages are likely to rise further. 

Thu, September 20, 2007
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

[R]egulatory changes and the ongoing growth of the secondary mortgage market increased the ability of lenders, who once typically held mortgages on their books until the loans were repaid, to sell many mortgages to various intermediaries, or "securitizers."  The securitizers in turn pooled large numbers of mortgages and sold the rights to the resulting cash flows to investors, often as components of structured securities.  This "originate-to-distribute" model gave lenders (and, thus, mortgage borrowers) greater access to capital markets, lowered transaction costs, and allowed risk to be shared more widely.  The resulting increase in the supply of mortgage credit likely contributed to the rise in the homeownership rate from 64 percent in 1994 to about 68 percent now--with minority households and households from lower-income census tracts recording some of the largest gains in percentage terms.

Thu, September 20, 2007
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

Modernizing the programs administered by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) is one promising direction.  The FHA has considerable experience in providing home financing for low- and moderate-income borrowers.  It insures mortgages made to borrowers who meet certain underwriting criteria and who pay premiums into a reserve fund that is designated to cover the costs in the event of default.  This insurance makes the loans less risky for lenders and investors, and it makes the loans eligible for securitization through the Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Mae).

Historically, the FHA has played an important role in the mortgage market, particularly for first-time home buyers.  However, the FHA's share of first-lien home purchase loans declined substantially, from about 16 percent in 2000 to about 5 percent in 2006, as borrowers who might have sought FHA backing instead were attracted to nontraditional products with more-flexible and quicker underwriting and processing.  In addition, maximum loan values that the FHA will insure have failed to keep pace with rising home values in many areas of the country.  

In modernizing FHA programs, Congress might wish to be guided by design principles that allow flexibility and risk-based pricing...

Thu, September 20, 2007
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

Earlier this week, [the] Federal Open Market Committee lowered its target for the federal funds rate by 50 basis points.  The action was intended to help forestall some of the adverse effects on the broader economy that might arise from the disruptions in financial markets and to promote moderate growth over time.  Recent developments in financial markets have increased the uncertainty surrounding the economic outlook.  The Committee will continue to assess the effects of these and other developments on economic prospects and will act as needed to foster price stability and sustainable economic growth.

Thu, September 20, 2007
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

The risk of moral hazard must be considered in designing government-backed programs; such programs should not bail out failed investors, as doing so would only encourage excessive risk-taking. 

Thu, September 20, 2007
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

On August 17, the Federal Reserve Board announced a cut in the discount rate of 50 basis points and adjustments to the Reserve Banks' usual discount window practices to facilitate the provision of term financing for as long as thirty days, renewable by the borrower.  The purpose of the discount window actions was to assure depositories of the ready availability of a backstop source of liquidity.  

Thu, September 20, 2007
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

Markets do tend to self-correct.  In response to the serious financial losses incurred by investors, the market for subprime mortgages has adjusted sharply.  Investors are demanding that originators employ tighter underwriting standards, and some large lenders are pulling back from the use of brokers.  The reassessment and resulting increase in the attention to loan quality should help prevent a recurrence of the recent subprime problems. 

Mon, September 24, 2007
U.S. Chamber of Commerce Institute for a Competitive Workforce

Education fundamentally supports advances in productivity, upon which our ability to generate continuing improvement in our standard of living depends.   

Fri, October 12, 2007
Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas

The Taylor rule also embeds a basic principle of sound monetary policy that has subsequently been referred to as the Taylor principle.2 According to this principle, when a shock causes a shift in the inflation rate, the central bank must adjust the nominal interest rate by more than one-for-one. This ensures that the real interest rate moves in the right direction to restore price stability. The Taylor principle provides essential guidance for central banks on how to anchor long-run inflation expectations and foster stable growth and low inflation.

Ever since its inception, John has emphasized that the Taylor rule should not be applied mechanistically. The world is far too complicated for that. But he has argued that such rules can serve as useful benchmarks for the practical conduct of monetary policy. In fact, policymakers at the Federal Reserve and many other central banks do routinely consult various policy rules as they make judgments on the appropriate stance of monetary policy.

    

Mon, October 15, 2007
Economic Club of New York

The Federal Reserve's actions to ease the liquidity strains in financial markets were similar to actions that central banks have taken many times in the past. Promoting financial stability and the orderly functioning of financial markets is a key function of central banks. Indeed, a principal motivation for the founding of the Federal Reserve nearly a century ago was the expectation that it would reduce the incidence of financial crises by providing liquidity as needed.

Mon, October 15, 2007
Economic Club of New York

Loans through the discount window differ from open market operations in that they can be made directly to specific banks with strong demands for liquidity.  (In contrast, open market operations are arranged with a limited set of dealers of government securities.)  In addition, whereas open market operations typically involve lending against government securities, loans through the discount window can be made against a much wider range of collateral, including mortgages and mortgage-backed securities.  As with open market operations, however, Fed lending through the discount window provides banks with liquidity, not risk capital. In particular, the strong collateralization accompanying discount window credit eliminates essentially all risk for the Federal Reserve System and the taxpayer. Nonetheless, the availability of the discount window is potentially significant for banks, as it gives them greater confidence that they can obtain additional liquidity as necessary. Access to a backstop source of liquidity in turn reduces the incentives of banks to limit the credit they provide to their customers and counterparties.

Mon, October 15, 2007
Economic Club of New York

The problems in the mortgage-related sector reverberated throughout the financial system and particularly in the market for asset-backed commercial paper (ABCP)... The problems intensified in the second week of August after the announcement by a large overseas bank that it could not value the ABCP held by some of its money funds and was, as a result, suspending redemptions from those funds. Some commercial paper issuers invoked their right to extend the maturity of their paper, and a few issuers defaulted. In response to the heightening of perceived risks, investors fled to the safety and liquidity of Treasury bills, sparking a plunge in bill rates and a sharp widening in spreads on ABCP.

The retreat by investors from structured investment products also affected business finance. In particular, issuance of collateralized loan obligations (CLOs) and collateralized debt obligations (CDOs), which in turn had been major buyers of leveraged syndicated loans, fell off significantly during the summer. Demand for leveraged loans slowed sharply, reducing credit access for private equity firms and other borrowers seeking to finance leveraged buyouts (LBOs).

Mon, October 15, 2007
Economic Club of New York

[T]he Committee chose to cut its target for the federal funds rate by 50 basis points at the September meeting. This action was intended to help offset the tightening of credit conditions resulting from the financial turmoil. Risk-management considerations also played a role in the decision, given the possibility that the housing correction and tighter credit could presage a broader weakening in economic conditions that would be difficult to arrest. By doing more sooner, policy might be able to forestall some part of the potential adverse effects of the disruptions in financial markets. As most of the meeting participants saw growth likely to run below trend for a while and with the incoming inflation data on the favorable side, the risks to inflation from this action seemed acceptable, especially as the Committee was prepared to reverse the policy easing if inflation pressures proved stronger than expected.

Mon, October 15, 2007
Economic Club of New York

The Federal Reserve's efforts to provide liquidity appear to have been helpful on the whole. To be sure, the volume of loans to banks made through the discount window, though it increased for a time, has been modest. However, collateral placed by banks at the discount window in anticipation of possible borrowing rose sharply during August and September, suggesting that some banks viewed the discount window as a potentially valuable option.

Mon, October 15, 2007
Economic Club of New York

In its supervisory role, the Federal Reserve--like other bank regulators--attempts to ensure that individual banks maintain adequate liquidity on hand and make provision to raise additional funds quickly when the need arises. We must be wary of a subtle fallacy of composition, however. Even if each market participant holds a significant reserve of what--in normal times, at least--would be considered highly liquid assets, for the system as a whole the only truly liquid assets are cash and its equivalents. The quantity of cash assets in the system at a point in time is, in turn, essentially fixed, being determined directly or indirectly by the central bank.

Mon, October 15, 2007
Economic Club of New York

The U.S. subprime mortgage market is small relative to the enormous scale of global financial markets. So why was the impact of subprime developments on the markets apparently so large?  To some extent, the outsized effects of the subprime mortgage problems on financial markets may have reflected broader concerns that problems in the U.S. housing market might restrain overall economic growth. But the developments in subprime were perhaps more a trigger than a fundamental cause of the financial turmoil. The episode led investors to become more uncertain about valuations of a range of complex or opaque structured credit products, not just those backed by subprime mortgages. They also reacted to market developments by increasing their assessment of the risks associated with a number of assets and, to some degree, by reducing their willingness to take on risk more generally.

Fri, October 19, 2007
Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis

For example, Bill wrote a Federal Reserve staff paper titled "Rules-of-Thumb for Guiding Monetary Policy" (Poole, 1971).  Because his econometric analysis of the available data indicated that money demand was more stable than aggregate demand, Bill formulated a simple rule that adjusted the money growth rate in response to the observed unemployment rate.  Bill was also practical in noting the pitfalls of mechanical adherence to any particular policy rule; in this study, for example, he emphasized that the proposed rule was not intended "to be followed to the last decimal place or as one that is good for all time [but] . . . as a guide--or as a benchmark--against which current policy may be judged" (p. 152).

Fri, October 19, 2007
Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis

The fact that the public is uncertain about and must learn about the economy and policy provides a reason for the central bank to strive for predictability and transparency, avoid overreacting to current economic information, and recognize the challenges of making real-time assessments of the sustainable level of real economic activity and employment.  Most fundamentally, our discussions of the pervasive uncertainty that we face as policymakers is a powerful reminder of the need for humility about our ability to forecast and manage the future course of the economy.

Fri, October 19, 2007
Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis

The past decade has also witnessed significant progress in analyzing the policy implications of uncertainty regarding the structure of the economy...

Although Bayesian and robust-control methods provide insights into the nature of optimal policy, the corresponding policy recommendations can be complex and sensitive to the set of economic models being considered.  A promising alternative approach--reminiscent of the work that Bill Poole did in the 1960s--focuses on simple policy rules, such as the one proposed by John Taylor, and compares the performance of alternative rules across a range of possible models and sets of parameter values (Levin, Wieland, and Williams, 1999 and 2003).  That approach is motivated by the notion that the perfect should not be the enemy of the good; rather than trying to find policies that are optimal in the context of specific models, the central bank may be better served by adopting simple and predictable policies that produce reasonably good results in a variety of circumstances.

Tue, November 06, 2007
ACCIN Texas Summit on Microfinance in the United States

Successful microbusinesses provide jobs as well as valuable products and services to their communities. Not least important, they can provide economic independence and self-reliance for the owner-entrepreneurs. The full benefits of this movement are difficult to calculate. Indeed, one important challenge for the future is to find ways to better measure the impact and cost effectiveness of microfinance programs. What is clear is that the microfinance movement has grown and adapted considerably during its short history in the United States. I hope that microfinance organizations will sustain their energetic spirit of innovation and experimentation as they strive to become more self-sufficient and adapt to our ever-changing economy. 

Thu, November 08, 2007
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

BERNANKE: Well, Senator, it {the Super-SIV} all depends on the execution, as
I'm sure you would agree.

My understanding of the idea behind it is that a consortium of banks, together with investors, major investors, would oversee the process of purchasing high-quality assets from these unwinding sieves and then create a new vehicle which would then be financed by commercial paper, you know, purchased by, for example, large mutual funds, for example.

So my understating of the process is that, because investors, as well as a number of banks, would be involved essentially as gatekeepers in bringing assets into this new vehicle, that the valuations -- there would be an incentive, particularly on part of the investors, but also in terms of banks who didn't have direct exposures, there would be an incentive to create accurate market pricing.

If that is the way it works -- and, again, you know, it depends on the execution -- but if that's the way it works, it would remove some overhang from the market, it would create a stable financing source for those assets, and it ought not to be inconsistent with the price discovery process.

Thu, November 08, 2007
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

As I mentioned, delinquencies will probably rise further for borrowers who have a subprime mortgage with an adjustable interest rate, as many of these mortgages will soon see their rates reset at significantly higher levels.  Indeed, on average from now until the end of next year, nearly 450,000 subprime mortgages per quarter are scheduled to undergo their first interest rate reset.  Relative to past years, avoiding the payment shock of an interest rate reset by refinancing the mortgage will be much more difficult, as home prices have flattened out or declined, thereby reducing homeowners' equity, and lending terms have tightened.  Should the rate of foreclosure rise proportionately, communities as well as individual borrowers would be hurt because concentrations of foreclosures tend to reduce property values in surrounding areas. 

Thu, November 08, 2007
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

The Committee projected overall and core inflation to be in a range consistent with price stability next year.  Supporting this view were modest improvements in core inflation over the course of the year, inflation expectations that appeared reasonably well anchored, and futures quotes suggesting that investors saw food and energy prices coming off their recent peaks next year. 

Thu, November 08, 2007
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

The view of the G-7 -- and we asked, collectively -- we asked the IMF and other institutions to work with us on this -- is that sovereign wealth funds need to have a code of conduct that describes how they go about investing in other countries.

That code of conduct includes transparency, so we know what they're doing; governance, so we know they're controlled and to what purpose; and, importantly, to the issue that you're referring to, that their investments be economically oriented -- economically motivated that is in order to make a profit or a return, as opposed to gaining control of an important company or industry.


Thu, November 08, 2007
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

BERNANKE: Well, Congressman, first, just a small technical point. On the growth in money, money growth has been pretty moderate over the last few years. The increase in MZM is probably related to the financial turmoil. People have been taking their savings out of, you know, risky assets, putting them into the bank, and that makes the money data show faster growth.

So I'm not sure that's indicative of policy, necessarily.

From the Q&A session

Thu, November 08, 2007
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

So, one possibility would be, if the federal government were willing to act as guarantor. For example, suppose that the GSEs were to pay their usual mortgage insurance credit fee to the federal government, which enacted is guarantor -- so, to take away the credit risk from the GSEs, then they could process these jumbo loans and sell them into the secondary market and that would be, I think, of some assistance to the mortgage market.

From the federal government's point of view, they would be taking on some credit risk, which you may or may not be willing to do. I think that if you did that, it would be a good idea to make the GSEs ultimately responsible for some -- any excess losses or some part of excess losses, relative to the premiums that are paid, and leave it to the regulator to determine when the safety and soundness was adequate that the GSEs could make that repayment.

So, I think there might be some mechanisms that would involve federal interaction. But I think it's extremely important, as we look at these options, that we don't take actions that will endanger the safety and soundness of the underlying institutions.

From the Q&A session

Thu, November 08, 2007
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

Well, first, Congresswoman, we're not bailing out anybody. We haven't put a penny of our money or federal money into these -- into the banks or into the CDOs.

What we are doing is exercising our responsibility to make sure that the banks disclose the information and that they value these things properly.

It's not our practice, in the broad financial world, to protect investors, particularly sophisticated investors, who should be able to make their own evaluations, from buying individual instruments.

What our responsibility is, is to make sure that the banks are safe and sound and that they are appropriately valuing their balance sheets and that their exposures to these off-balance sheet instruments are appropriately measured and accounted for, particularly with respect to capitals.

From the Q&A session

Thu, November 08, 2007
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

We do not take an alarmist view on this {housing wealth effects}. However, there are some who feel that consumers react extremely strongly to changes, for example, in home equity line availability.

Our sense is that the relationship between home wealth and consumer spending is governed primarily by what's called the wealth effect, which suggests that, for each dollar that a house value falls, there's a net effect on consumer spending of somewhere between 4 cents and 9 cents, something like that.

So there is -- and that effect may be spread over a period of  time. So there would be an effect. But we see it as relatively moderate.

From the Q&A session.

Thu, November 08, 2007
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

... I'm not particularly concerned about any major change in the holdings of China or any other country.

There is, on the margin, sovereign wealth funds and portions of reserve accumulations that are being devoted to higher return, which means spreading across instruments, as well as across currencies.

But again, I don't see any significant change in the broad holdings of dollars around the country -- around the world.  Dollars remains the dominant reserve asset and I expect that to continue to be the case.

I would like to add, though, that the strength of the dollar, in the medium term, will ultimately depend not on those portfolio choices, so much as on the strength of the U.S. economy, our trade situation and on the openness of our financial markets to foreign capital.

And I'm optimistic on those fronts. And I do believe that that will lead to a sound dollar in the medium term.

Thu, November 08, 2007
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

BERNANKE: Mr. Chairman, as you noted, our forecast is for moderate, but positive growth going forward for the next few quarters. Economists are extremely bad at predicting turning points, and we don't pretend to be any better. We have not calculated the probability of recession, and I wouldn't want to offer that today.

During the Q&A session

 

Thu, November 08, 2007
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

Home losses through foreclosure can be reduced if financial institutions work with borrowers who are having difficulty meeting their mortgage payment obligations.  In recent months, the Federal Reserve and other banking agencies have issued statements calling on mortgage lenders and mortgage servicers to pursue prudent loan workouts...  Comprehensive data on the success of these efforts to avert foreclosures are not available, but my sense is that there is scope for servicers to further increase their loss-mitigation efforts.  The development of standardized approaches to workouts and the sharing of best practices can help increase the scale of the effort, even if, ultimately, workouts must be undertaken loan by loan.  Although workouts are to be encouraged, regulators must be alert to ensure that they are done in ways that protect consumers' interests and do not disguise lenders' losses or impair safety and soundness.

Wed, November 14, 2007
Cato Institute Annual Monetary Conference

 Montagu Norman, the Governor of the Bank of England from 1921 to 1944, reputedly took as his personal motto, "Never explain, never excuse."  Norman's aphorism exemplified how he and many of his contemporaries viewed the making of monetary policy--as an arcane and esoteric art, best practiced out of public view.  Many central bankers of Norman's time (and, indeed, well into the postwar period) believed that a certain mystique attached to their activities and that allowing the public a glimpse of the inner workings would only usurp the prerogatives of insiders and reduce, if not grievously damage, the effectiveness of policy.

Thu, November 29, 2007
Charlotte Chamber of Commerce

In sum, as I have indicated, we will be receiving a good deal of relevant information in the coming days. In making its policy decision, the Committee will have to judge whether the outlook for the economy or the balance of risks has shifted materially. In doing so, we will take full account of the implications for the outlook of both the incoming economic data and the ongoing developments in the financial markets.

Economic forecasting is always difficult, but the current stresses in financial markets make the uncertainty surrounding the outlook even greater than usual. We at the Federal Reserve will have to remain exceptionally alert and flexible as we continue to assess how best to promote sustainable economic growth and price stability in the United States.

Thu, January 10, 2008
Women in Housing and Finance

The changes to the discount window were designed to assure banks of the availability of a backstop source of liquidity. Although banks borrowed only moderate amounts at the discount window, they substantially increased the amount of collateral they placed with Reserve Banks. This and other factors suggest that these changes to the discount window facility, together with the statements and actions of the FOMC, had some positive influence on market conditions.

Thu, January 10, 2008
Women in Housing and Finance

Based on our initial experience, it appears that the TAF may have overcome the two drawbacks of the discount window, in that there appears to have been little if any stigma associated with participation in the auction, and--because the Fed was able to set the amounts to be auctioned in advance--the open market desk faced minimal uncertainty about the effects of the operation on bank reserves. The TAF may thus become a useful permanent addition to the Fed’s toolbox.   TAF auctions will continue as long as necessary to address elevated pressures in short-term funding markets, and we will continue to work closely and cooperatively with other central banks to address market strains that could hamper the achievement of our broader economic objectives.

Thu, January 10, 2008
Women in Housing and Finance

However, as a tool for easing the strains in money markets, the discount window has two drawbacks. First, banks may be reluctant to use the window, fearing that markets will draw adverse inferences about their financial condition and access to private sources of funding--the so-called stigma problem. Second, to maintain the federal funds rate near its target, the Federal Reserve System’s open market desk must take into account the fact that loans through the discount window add reserves to the banking system... [T]he amounts that banks choose to borrow at the discount window can be difficult to predict, complicating the management of the federal funds rate, especially when borrowings are large.

Thu, January 10, 2008
Women in Housing and Finance

Even as the outlook for real activity has weakened, there have been some important developments on the inflation front. Most notably, the same increase in oil prices that may be a negative influence on growth is also lifting overall consumer prices and probably putting some upward pressure on core inflation measures as well. Last year, food prices also increased exceptionally rapidly by recent standards, further boosting overall consumer price inflation. Thus far, inflation expectations appear to have remained reasonably well anchored, and pressures on resource utilization have diminished a bit. However, any tendency of inflation expectations to become unmoored or for the Fed’s inflation-fighting credibility to be eroded could greatly complicate the task of sustaining price stability and reduce the central bank’s policy flexibility to counter shortfalls in growth in the future. Accordingly, in the months ahead we will be closely monitoring the inflation situation, particularly as regards inflation expectations.

Thu, January 10, 2008
Women in Housing and Finance

The Committee will, of course, be carefully evaluating incoming information bearing on the economic outlook. Based on that evaluation, and consistent with our dual mandate, we stand ready to take substantive additional action as needed to support growth and to provide adequate insurance against downside risks.

Financial and economic conditions can change quickly. Consequently, the Committee must remain exceptionally alert and flexible, prepared to act in a decisive and timely manner and, in particular, to counter any adverse dynamics that might threaten economic or financial stability.

Thu, January 17, 2008
Testimony to House Budget Committee

To be useful, a fiscal stimulus package should be implemented quickly and structured so that its effects on aggregate spending are felt as much as possible within the next twelve months or so.  Stimulus that comes too late will not help support economic activity in the near term, and it could be actively destabilizing if it comes at a time when growth is already improving.  Thus, fiscal measures that involve long lead times or result in additional economic activity only over a protracted period, whatever their intrinsic merits might be, will not provide stimulus when it is most needed...  A fiscal program that increased the structural budget deficit would only make confronting those challenges more difficult.

Sun, February 03, 2008
Letter to Congressman Paul Kanjorski

Banks have exposure the financial guarantors through banks' holdings of insured municipal securit1es and structured securities, through derivative transactions for which the guarantors are a counterparty, and through loans and lines of credit they have extended to the guarantors. Banks also have significant exposures to the financial guarantors through the liquidity support that banks provide for certain types of municipal securities and structures, including variable-rate demand obligations (VRDOs) and tender-option bonds (TOBs), as wen as some asset-backed commercial paper conduits. Reduced confidence in the financial guarantors could lead some investors to exercise options to put these securities back to the liquidity providers. Moreover, money market funds, who are major investors in these securities, can be required to put the securities back to the liquidity providers if the financial guarantor is downgraded significantly. Thus, banks could be required to bring a sizable volume of assets, especially municipal securities, onto their books.

Thu, February 14, 2008
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

In about a week we'll have a new set of {quarterly FOMC} projections. And it will show lower projections of growth, and they'll be reasonably consistent with what we're seeing with private forecasters and so on. They do show, as I suggested in my testimony, that growth looks to be weak but still positive during the first half of the year, and with some expectation of strengthening later in the year.

Thu, February 14, 2008
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

We'll be looking over the next few quarters -- obviously the general performance of the economy, but as I mentioned in my testimony, there are a few areas of particular sensitivity that we could watch.

First is the housing market.  We need to begin to see some stabilization in starts and sales, it would be very productive in terms of both the economy and the credit markets.

Secondly is the labor market.  We don't expect a riproaring labor market by any means, but it would be nice if the labor market would begin to stabilize close to current levels.

Third, credit markets.  Senator Schumer was correct that there is a lot of concern among participants of the financial markets about the state of the credit markets. Much of that is connected with uncertainty about the broader economy. A significant worsening in financial conditions or credit availability would certainly be a warning bell that we need to take further action.

From Q&A, when asked how the Fed would decide if January's policy actions were sufficient. As reported by Market News International.

Thu, February 14, 2008
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

The softer labor market, together with factors including higher energy prices, lower equity prices, and declining home values, seem likely to weigh on consumer spending in the near term. On the other hand, growth in U.S. exports should continue to provide some offset to the softening in domestic demand, and the recently approved fiscal package should help to support household and business spending during the second half of this year and into the first part of next year.
 

Thu, February 14, 2008
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

To date, inflation expectations appear to have remained reasonably well anchored, but any tendency of inflation expectations to become unmoored or for the Fed's inflation-fighting credibility to be eroded could greatly complicate the task of sustaining price stability and reduce the central bank's policy flexibility to counter shortfalls in growth in the future. Accordingly, in the months ahead we will be closely monitoring inflation expectations and the inflation situation more generally.

Thu, February 14, 2008
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

At present, my baseline outlook involves a period of sluggish growth, followed by a somewhat stronger pace of growth starting later this year as the effects of monetary and fiscal stimulus begin to be felt. At the same time, overall consumer price inflation should moderate from its recent rates, and the public's longer-term inflation expectations should remain reasonably well anchored.

Thu, February 14, 2008
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

A critical task for the Federal Reserve over the course of this year will be to assess whether the stance of monetary policy is properly calibrated to foster our mandated objectives of maximum employment and price stability and, in particular, whether the policy actions taken thus far are having their intended effects. Monetary policy works with a lag. Therefore, our policy stance must be determined in light of the medium-term forecast for real activity and inflation, as well as the risks to that forecast.

Thu, February 14, 2008
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

Although the baseline outlook envisions an improving picture, it is important to recognize that downside risks to growth remain, including the possibilities that the housing market or the labor market may deteriorate to an extent beyond that currently anticipated, or that credit conditions may tighten substantially further. The FOMC will be carefully evaluating incoming information bearing on the economic outlook and will act in a timely manner as needed to support growth and to provide adequate insurance against downside risks.

Wed, February 27, 2008
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

We are very sensitive, both in the credit card rules and also in the mortgage rules, that these markets are important, we don't want to create a chilling effect, we don't want to shut down these markets; we just want them to work better.

 And in particular we think it's important for consumers to have a better understanding of what it is that they're buying when they purchase products in these markets.

Wed, February 27, 2008
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

there is not much evidence that investors or holders of foreign reserves have shifted in any serious way out of the dollar to this point. And, indeed, we've seen a lot of flows into U.S. treasuries, which is one of the reasons why the rates of short-term U.S. treasuries are so low, reflecting their safety, liquidity and general attractiveness to international investors.

From the Q&A session

Wed, February 27, 2008
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

We, obviously, watch the dollar very carefully. It's a very important economic variable.

From the Q&A session

Wed, February 27, 2008
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

I think the originate-distribute model and the securitization has a lot of value. It allows borrowers to have, essentially, direct access to capital markets.  But the recent experience shows we need to do some work on it, both the private sector and in collaboration with supervisors and regulators. We need to have more responsibility and accountability at the point of origination. We need to have better information and clarity about what securitized products contain.

If we do those things, I think we can restore this market. But at the moment, as you know, it's very dysfunctional.

From the Q&A session

Wed, February 27, 2008
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

A critical task for the Federal Reserve over the course of this year will be to assess whether the stance of monetary policy is properly calibrated to foster our mandated objectives of maximum employment and price stability in an environment of downside risks to growth, stressed financial conditions, and inflation pressures. 

Wed, February 27, 2008
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

[A]fter growing robustly through much of 2007, nonresidential construction is likely to decelerate sharply in coming quarters as business activity slows and funding becomes harder to obtain, especially for more speculative projects.    

Thu, February 28, 2008
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

On the fiscal situation, I agree we're in a less advantageous situation than we were. The deficit is certainly higher. And perhaps even more seriously, we are now seven years further on toward the retirement of the baby boomers and the entitlements and those costs that are certainly bearing down on us as we speak.

 So it is a difficult situation, and there are multiple factors. I think there are some similarities, but, I guess as a Russian novelist once said, unhappy families are all unhappy in their own way, and every period of financial and economic stress has unique characteristics.

Thu, February 28, 2008
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

     SEN. DODD:  Am I hearing you correctly that we're in actually -- we're in a worse position today to respond to this than we were eight years ago? Is that my -- is that how I hear what you're saying?

      BERNANKE: I think that's fair, in that both fiscal and monetary policy face some additional constraints, and that the broad effects on the consumer -- I mean, many people own stocks, too, of course, and so that affected their wealth and their willingness to spend.

      But, in fact, the effects of the stock market declines in 2001 were primarily on investment and on firms more than on consumers. In this case, the consumers are taking the brunt of the effects.

 

Thu, February 28, 2008
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

With respect to the sovereign wealth funds, I think that's just another indication of the fact that foreigners have not lost confidence in the U.S. economy in that there's been a good bit of inflow. In particular, about something close to half of the capital that the financial institutions have raised in the last few months has come from sovereign wealth funds from other countries.

I think that, in general, that's quite constructive. If we are confident, as I think we are in this case, that the investments are made for economic reasons and not for political reasons or other non- economic reasons, and there's no issue of national defense, which the CFIUS process takes care of, then that inflow of investment is good for our economy and certainly is helping, in this case, the financial system.  At the same time, allowing inflows of foreign capital through reciprocity gives us more opportunities to invest abroad.

 I know that Congress is very interested in sovereign wealth funds, and you should certainly take a close look at it. International agencies, like the International Monetary Fund and the OECD, are developing codes of conduct. The basic idea there is that sovereign wealth funds should be as transparent as possible. We should understand their governance and their motivations. And, in particular, we should be confident that they are investing, again, for economic, rather than political or other purposes.

If we are confident in that, then we ourselves, it's in our interest to keep our borders open and to allow that capital to flow in. And I think it will continue to flow in.

 From the Q&A session

Thu, February 28, 2008
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

With respect to monetary policy per se, although we keep each other apprised, each economy is in a different place, in a different situation, and there's no necessity that each country has to have the same policy. I think the policy that's chosen depends on the particular circumstances of that country or that region.

     And so, that's one of the benefits of having flexible exchange rates: It provides some insulation, some ability for countries to run independent monetary policies.

     And so, it's been our practice, as you know, for each major central bank to run an independent monetary policy. And while we keep each other apprised, I don't expect to see any extensive coordination in the near future.

From the Q&A session

Thu, February 28, 2008
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

On your second concern, I think we're better off now than we were in the '70s, in that there's a much broader recognition of the important of price stability and greater confidence that central banks will deliver price stability.

     The indicia of inflation expectations, where some of them have moved a bit, are basically stable. We have not seen any major shift in views about inflation and where inflation's likely to go.

     The Federal Reserve has emphasized the importance of maintaining price stability and has indicated that we will watch very carefully to make sure that we don't see any deterioration in either broad measures of inflation expectations or increased pass-through of food and energy prices into other prices. We will watch those carefully and we will respond.

Thu, February 28, 2008
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

Around the turn of the year, early in January, the data took a significant turn for the worse. And it seemed clear that the economy was slowing and slowing more than anticipated and that the credit market condition -- situation was continuing.

     On January 9th, I called a meeting of the Federal Open Market Committee by video conference to discuss the situation. It was agreed by the committee that some substantial additional cuts in the federal funds rate were likely to be necessary.

     The thought at the time of that meeting was that it might be worth waiting until the regular meeting at the end of the month where we could have a fuller discussion and see the revised forecast and so on, taking into account the possibility that we could also move inter-meeting if necessary.

     On January 10th, I gave a speech where I informed the public that I thought that substantive additional action might well be necessary, thereby signaling that the conditions had changed and that further rate cuts were likely to happen.

     In the days that followed that speech, the tone of the data deteriorated considerably further, which made me think that the outlook was, in fact, much weaker and the risks were greater.

     That was showing up both in the data and in the financial markets. We were seeing sharp declines in equity prices, we were seeing widening of spreads and we were also seeing, again, adverse data.

     On January 21st, I became concerned that the continued deterioration of financial markets was signaling a loss of confidence in the economy. And I felt the Fed really, instead of waiting until the meeting, we really needed to get ahead of that and needed to take action. So I called a FOMC conference call and we agreed at that point to cut the federal funds rate target by 75 basis points.

     There was an understanding at that meeting that further additional action was very likely to be needed, but we felt that we could wait another 10 days to the regular meeting to determine exactly how much additional action.

     At the meeting at the end of January, we had a full review, discussion, forecast round and so on, and determined that an additional 50 points was justified.

Thu, February 28, 2008
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

One of the concerns that I have is that there is some interaction between the credit market situation and the growth situation. That is, if the economy slows considerably, which reduces credit quality, that worsens, potentially, the condition of credit markets, which then may tighten credit further in a somewhat adverse feedback loop, if you will.

I think that's an undesirable situation. I'd feel much more comfortable if the credit markets were operating more nearly normally and if we had forecasted growth -- not necessarily current growth, but forecasted growth that looked like it was moving closer toward a more normal level.

 From the Q&A session

Thu, February 28, 2008
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

There probably will be some bank failures. There are, for example, some small, or, in many cases, de novo banks that are heavily invested in real estate in locales where prices have fallen and therefore they would be under some pressure.  So I expect there will be some failures.  Among the largest banks,  the capital ratios remain good. And I don't anticipate any serious problems of that sort among the large, internationally active banks that make up a very substantial part of our banking system.

From the Q&A session

Tue, March 04, 2008
Independent Community Bankers of America Annual Convention

 The FHASecure plan, which the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) announced late last summer, offers qualified borrowers who are delinquent because of an interest rate reset the opportunity to refinance into an FHA-insured mortgage.  Recently, the Congress and Administration temporarily increased the maximum loan value eligible for FHA insurance, which should allow more borrowers, particularly those in communities with higher-priced homes, to qualify for this program and to be eligible for refinancing into FHA-insured loans more generally.  These efforts represent a step in the right direction.  Not all borrowers are eligible for this program, of course; in particular, some equity is needed to qualify.  In addition, second-lien holders must settle or be willing to re-subordinate their claims for an FHA loan, which has sometimes proved difficult to negotiate. 

Tue, March 04, 2008
Independent Community Bankers of America Annual Convention

Although I am aware, as you are, that community banks originated few subprime mortgages, community bankers are keenly interested in these issues; foreclosures not only create personal and financial distress for individual homeowners but also can significantly hurt neighborhoods where foreclosures cluster.  Efforts by both government and private-sector entities to reduce unnecessary foreclosures are helping, but more can, and should, be done.  Community bankers are well positioned to contribute to these efforts, given the strong relationships you have built with your customers and your communities.

Tue, March 04, 2008
Independent Community Bankers of America Annual Convention

Mortgage delinquencies began to rise in mid-2005 after several years at remarkably low levels.  The worst payment problems have been among subprime adjustable-rate mortgages (subprime ARMs); more than one-fifth of the 3.6 million loans outstanding were seriously delinquent at the end of 2007.1  Delinquency rates have also risen for other types of mortgages, reaching 8 percent for subprime fixed-rate loans and 6 percent on adjustable-rate loans securitized in alt-A pools.  Lenders were on pace to have initiated roughly 1-1/2 million foreclosure proceedings last year, up from an average of fewer than 1 million foreclosure starts in the preceding two years.  More than one-half of the foreclosure starts in 2007 were on subprime mortgages.

Tue, March 04, 2008
Independent Community Bankers of America Annual Convention

In cases where refinancing is not possible, the next-best solution may often be some type of loss-mitigation arrangement between the lender and the distressed borrower.  Indeed, the Federal Reserve and other regulators have issued guidance urging lenders and servicers to pursue such arrangements as an alternative to foreclosure when feasible and prudent.  For the lender or servicer, working out a loan makes economic sense if the net present value (NPV) of the payments under a loss-mitigation strategy exceeds the NPV of payments that would be received in foreclosure... The magnitude of, and uncertainty about, expected losses in a foreclosure suggest considerable scope for negotiating a mutually beneficial outcome if the borrower wants to stay in the home. 

Unfortunately, even though workouts may often be the best economic alternative, mortgage securitization and the constraints faced by servicers may make such workouts less likely.  For example, trusts vary in the type and scope of modifications that are explicitly permitted, and these differences raise operational compliance costs and litigation risks.  Thus, servicers may not pursue workout options that are in the collective interests of investors and borrowers.  Some progress has been made (for example, through clarification of accounting rules) in reducing the disincentive for servicers to undertake economically sensible workouts.  However, the barriers to, and disincentives for, workouts by servicers remain serious problems that need to be part of current discussions about how to reduce preventable foreclosures.

...

Lenders tell us that they are reluctant to write down principal.  They say that if they were to write down the principal and house prices were to fall further, they could feel pressured to write down principal again.  Moreover, were house prices instead to rise subsequently, the lender would not share in the gains.  In an environment of falling house prices, however, whether a reduction in the interest rate is preferable to a principal writedown is not immediately clear.  Both types of modification involve a concession of payments, are susceptible to additional pressures to write down again, and result in the same payments to the lender if the mortgage pays to maturity.  The fact that most mortgages terminate before maturity either by prepayment or default may favor an interest rate reduction.  However, as I have noted, when the mortgage is "under water," a reduction in principal may increase the expected payoff by reducing the risk of default and foreclosure.  

Tue, March 04, 2008
Independent Community Bankers of America Annual Convention

The government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs), Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, likewise could do a great deal to address the current problems in housing and the mortgage market. New capital-raising by the GSEs, together with congressional action to strengthen the supervision of these companies, would allow Fannie and Freddie to expand significantly the number of new mortgages that they securitize. With few alternative mortgage channels available today, such action would be highly beneficial to the economy. I urge the Congress and the GSEs to take the steps necessary to allow more potential homebuyers access to mortgage credit at reasonable terms.

Fri, March 14, 2008
National Community Reinvestment Coalition

In addition to regulations, strong uniform oversight of different types of mortgage lenders is critical to avoiding future problems. Regulatory oversight of mortgage lending has become more challenging as the breadth and depth of this market has grown over the past decade. Other changes, such as the increased role of nonbank mortgage lenders, have added complexity.

Fri, March 14, 2008
National Community Reinvestment Coalition

Among the practices addressed by our proposal is the use of yield spread premiums (YSPs).6 Many consumers use mortgage brokers to guide them through a complex process and shop for the best deal. Unfortunately, consumers may believe that the broker has a responsibility to get them that best deal, which is not necessarily the case. In fact, the design of YSPs may provide the broker a financial incentive to offer a loan with a higher rate. Consumers who do not understand this point may not shop to their best advantage. Therefore, we would prohibit a lender, for both prime and subprime loans, from paying a broker an amount greater than the consumer agrees to in advance. Brokers would also have to disclose their potential conflict of interest. The combination of stricter regulation and better disclosure will not solve all the problems. We do believe, however, that this proposal will give consumers much better information and raise their awareness of brokers' potential conflict of interest while reducing a broker's incentive to steer a consumer to a higher rate.

6.  A YSP is the present dollar value of the difference between the lowest interest rate the wholesale lenders would have accepted on a particular transaction and the interest rate the broker actually obtained for the lender.  This dollar amount is usually paid to the mortgage broker.  It may also be applied to other loan-related costs, but the Board's proposal concerns only the amount paid to the broker. 

Wed, April 02, 2008
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

KENNEDY:  Let me ask you, just finally, toys and drugs are regulated, a great many other kinds of factors are regulated. Shouldn't we make sure that financial products are safe for consumers? Should we consider having a new agency that's going to review unsafe financial products on the market?

BERNANKE: Senator, that's extremely important. The Treasury blueprint, for what it's worth, has an agency in it that would do that.  In the current situation, the Federal Reserve has responsibilities along those lines. 

Wed, April 02, 2008
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

Well, I would just make one comment, which is that one of the ideas in the blueprint is to give the Federal Reserve, sort of, broad authority to be a financial market stability regulator.  The Federal Reserve has a long tradition of trying to maintain financial stability and is very interested and concerned with those issues. But we would want to be sure that if we were given that very important responsibility that we had adequate powers, authorities, expertise and so on to make sure that we could do it effectively. And so that would be an issue for us to think about as we go forward.

From the Q&A session

Wed, April 02, 2008
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

Clearly, the U.S. economy is going through a very difficult period. But among the great strengths of our economy is its ability to adapt and to respond to diverse challenges. Much necessary economic and financial adjustment has already taken place, and monetary and fiscal policies are in train that should support a return to growth in the second half of this year and next year. I remain confident in our economy’s long-term prospects.  

Wed, April 02, 2008
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

They {Bear Stearns} may have had adequate regulatory capital, but their problem was more liquidity than capital. What happened was that there were certainly market concerns about their positions, and confidence began to erode and they began to lose their funding.

     We were not informed of the imminence of the situation until about 24 hours before the event -- probably on Thursday with the announcement of their information that they were going to be likely in default on Friday morning. And it was at that time that we began our emergency response.

     More normally, we would have had more warning and we have had more time to develop a more effective response.

     Going forward, we continue to monitor financial institutions. We hope to improve the liquidity situation by extending liquidity to investment banks, dealers, as well as to depository institutions.

From the Q&A session.

Wed, April 02, 2008
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

We did not bail out Bear Stearns. Bear Stearns' shareholders took a very significant loss. An 85-year-old company lost its independence and became acquired by another firm. Many Bear Stearns employees, as you know, are concerned about their jobs. I don't think any company is interested in repeating the experience of Bear Stearns.

Wed, April 02, 2008
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

     SCHUMER: But don't you feel there is a dichotomy between federal intervention, taxpayer money, to prevent systemic risk -- it's appropriate to do for a large investment bank; isn't it just as appropriate to do it in the housing market? Because that also prevent, as a whole, presents systemic risk issues.

     That's the dichotomy many of us are troubled about. Not saying one is a bailout and one is not a bailout or anything like that.

     BERNANKE: Well, the Federal Reserve was acting in its sphere of influence to address financial issues. As I've said, I think housing is very important and we need to address it. But of course that's the Congress' sphere of influence, not the Fed's.

From the Q&A session

 

Wed, April 02, 2008
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

MALONEY: Given recent news reports about hedge funds having made huge bets against the stock price of Bear Stearns during the week leading up to its collapse and now reports that Iceland is investigating whether certain hedge funds may have played a role in beating down its currency, do you believe there is a need for any new regulatory oversight of hedge funds? And, if so, what type of oversight?      

BERNANKE: Congresswoman, the concerns that you raise and similar ones are examples, if they were true, of course, of market manipulation, which is already the province of the Securities and Exchange Commission and which I am sure will look into these contentions. So I certainly don't have any objection or any problem with enforcement of securities laws and of investor protection in the context of hedge funds.

     It's been remarkable, the hedge funds have been less of a problem than we anticipated in some sense, and we've seen more problem in some other sectors.   So far, one of our main concerns had been that hedge funds that failed would create losses for their counterparties, the major financial institutions.  Thus far, we have not seen any significant losses taken by a major financial institution because of a hedge fund loss or failure. So in that respect, their behavior has not, so far, created risks for our major financial institutions.

From the Q&A session

Wed, April 02, 2008
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

With respect to small business, I've heard mixed anecdotes about small business. Not all small community banks have had problems. Many of them were not involved in any way in the subprime lending, for example, and they haven't taken any losses, and so many of them are still making loans to local businesses.

But as a general matter, the loss of capital in the banking system, which has only been partially replenished; the increase in the size of the balance sheets as they brought off-balance-sheet assets onto their balance sheets; and their concerns about liquidity all are creating a situation where our financial institutions are hunkered down. They're not making loans at the normal rate.  And it's having real effects on small businesses, on mortgages, on all aspects of our economy.

From the Q&A session

Wed, April 02, 2008
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

The valuation -- the primary valuation was done by Bear Stearns on March 14th, so currently, using the best available market information and including adjustments for the fact that those markets are quite liquid, which is important.

We have had our investment adviser, BlackRock, go through those assets, and they are confident, or at least reasonably confident, that we will be able to recover the full amount if we dispose of these assets on a measured basis, rather than to sell them all at once.

From the Q&A session

Wed, April 02, 2008
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

CASEY: Now, in terms of your investment adviser, can you tell us something about how they were chosen, number one, and what they'll be paid?

BERNANKE: Again, this is the details. I will speak only from my indirect knowledge, because this happened in New York.

We were operating, obviously, under extreme time constraints. This negotiation was going on over the weekend with the need to have it completed by the time that the Asian markets opened on Sunday.

The Federal Reserve Bank of New York engaged BlackRock on a fee- to-be-determined-later basis that is to be negotiated later, and brought them in to take a look at the assets.  They're a highly respected firm. I think that, you know, opportunity to do a full requisition for services and, you know, that competition for bids and those sorts of things was simply not practical given the short time period.      

 CASEY: Just generically, how would they be paid? Is it straight fee or is there any other arrangement just generally in a situation like that in terms of what the Fed would do?

BERNANKE: I just -- I don't know the answer for sure, and therefore I'd prefer to leave it to President Geithner, who could answer that question for you.

From the Q&A session

Wed, April 02, 2008
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

Well, Congressman, first a word on the President's Working Group. That's an informal group of the heads of various agencies. It has no separate statutory authorities, but it's a chance to get together and talk about issues.  And on a number of occasions, as you've noted, we've put out reports that have no statutory authority but represent our thinking and our staff's thinking on some various issues.

Wed, April 02, 2008
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

A recession is possible. But a recession is a technical term defined by the National Bureau of Economic Research depending on data which will be available quite a while from now, so I'm not yet ready to say whether or not the U.S. economy will face such a situation.   

However, it's clearly a period of very slow growth, extending back to the fourth quarter of last year, and we are trying to set our policies appropriately for that situation.

From the Q&A session

Wed, April 02, 2008
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

{On the question of a second stimulus package}

Well, again, if we go into next year and the economy continues weak and monetary policy is not being effective, and financial markets, for whatever reason, are not improving, then that would be a time to look at alternative options.

I think, for the near term -- and again, I'm not addressing issues like homeownership and many other things that Congress may want to deal with.

But simply, in terms of the fiscal stimulus package that was put in place, it's a fairly significant package which should add something like a percentage point, or even a little more, to growth in the second half of the year.  And I think we ought to -- on that particular issue, I think we ought to give that some time to work before we take additional steps.

Wed, April 02, 2008
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

The financial crisis, I think, is the unwinding of what was an excessive credit boom in the years up through middle of last year.  For a variety of reasons global interest rates were quite low, and that generated strong efforts to reach for yield, as it was said, and so there was a lot of risk taking. There was a lot of financial innovation. And the result I think was some unsustainable investment, some unsustainable asset creation.

We've seen the unwinding of that. That is in some ways positive. But on the other hand, the contraction of credit and the restriction of financing that we've seen associated with that has slowed the economy and has had adverse effects on families, as you indicate.    We are trying to find a financial stability. The Fed is working as best we can to stabilize the economy and to stabilize the financial system.

From the Q&A session

Wed, April 02, 2008
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

The Japanese case is interesting because it does demonstrate that financial factors do matter for Main Street, so to speak.  But in that case, there were some important differences, notably the Japanese banks hid their losses for many years. And even though they were functionally insolvent, it was not evident in terms of their bookkeeping that they were.  Eventually it became necessary for the government to bail out those banks.

Our banking system is much more open, in terms of describing its financial condition. And while many banks certainly have taken losses and there have been problems, it is, on the whole, very solvent and has a high level of capital.  And so we're nowhere near the situation that government bailouts are needed for our financial system.

From the Q&A session

Thu, April 03, 2008
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

We have a very high bar for unusual and exigent, so this is twice in 75 years that we've used this -- that we've applied this power.

During the Q&A session.

Wed, April 09, 2008
Jumpstart Exchange Event

I believe more states should consider making personal finance a requirement for all students who seek a high school diploma. I am personally convinced that improving education is vital to the future of our economy and all its citizens, and I strongly believe that promoting financial literacy, in particular, must be a high priority.   

Thu, April 10, 2008
World Affairs Council

The U.S. banking system remains well capitalized. The quality of capital and capital ratios are still quite good.

From Q&A as reported by Market News International

Thu, April 10, 2008
World Affairs Council

Improving the performance of the credit rating agencies is another key priority. As I mentioned, analytical weaknesses and inadequate data underlay many of the problems in the ratings of structured finance products. Beyond improving their methods, however, the credit rating agencies would serve investors better by providing greater transparency. Credit rating agencies should, for example, publish sufficient information about the assumptions underlying their rating methodologies and models so that users can understand how a particular rating was determined. It is also important for the credit rating agencies to clarify that a given rating applied to a structured credit product may have a different meaning than the same rating applied to a corporate bond or a municipal security. Indeed, some have suggested that the agencies use different rating nomenclatures for different types of products. Transparency about methods should also help to reduce concerns about conflicts of interest that might arise from the fact that issuers of securities pay the rating agencies for their work in rating those securities.

The credit rating agencies themselves clearly appreciate that concerns about the quality of ratings and potential conflicts of interest represent a fundamental challenge to their business model, and they have begun to address these issues. The SEC, which has regulatory responsibility for the credit rating agencies, is conducting a broad review of issues regarding potential conflicts of interest at the rating agencies and is likely to identify further measures that should be implemented.

Thu, April 10, 2008
World Affairs Council

We will not experience anything remotely like that in the United States today ... We are certainly going to make sure that the financial system remains in good functioning order.

From Q&A as reported by Market News International and Reuters, on comparisons to the Great Depression

Thu, April 10, 2008
World Affairs Council

In recent months, the Federal Reserve has been intensely focused on the continuing strains in financial markets. Healthy, well-functioning financial markets are essential to sustainable growth. In particular, much experience shows that economies cannot perform at their full potential when financial conditions are such as to restrict the supply of credit to sound borrowers. We are addressing these financial strains and their potential economic consequences with a number of tools, including the provision of extra liquidity to the system and reductions in our target for the federal funds rate.

Thu, April 10, 2008
World Affairs Council

The process of implementing the PWG's [President's Working Group's] implementations will be challenging, in no small measure because of the continuing pressures of short-term crisis management. However, we do not have the luxury of waiting for markets to stabilize before we think about the future. Indeed, many of the necessary changes that have been identified, including increasing transparency, improving risk management, and attaining better coordination among regulators, could provide important support to the process of normalizing our financial markets.

Thu, April 10, 2008
World Affairs Council

Given its focus on fundamental reform, the recommendations of the Treasury blueprint are mostly intended to be undertaken in the longer term. In that respect, it is an important first step, and we look forward to working with the Congress and others in developing a framework that modernizes our financial and regulatory architecture. The analysis of the PWG [President's Working Group] that I will be discussing today is more sharply focused on recent events, and its recommendations are intended to be part of the near-term and medium-term effort to restore more normal functioning of financial markets and to improve the operation of the current system.

Thu, April 10, 2008
World Affairs Council

The supervisors concluded that the firms that suffered the most significant losses tended to exhibit common problems, including insufficiently close monitoring of off-balance-sheet exposures, inadequate attention to the implications for the firm as a whole of risks taken in individual business lines, dependence on a narrow range of risk measures, deficiencies in liquidity planning, and inadequate attention to valuation issues. To be sure, firms varied in the degree to which they were subject to these weaknesses, with better performance on these dimensions generally being reflected in better financial performance.

Correcting these weaknesses is, first and foremost, the responsibility of the firms' managements and they have powerful incentives to do so. But prudential supervisors, including the Federal Reserve, must also review their existing policies and guidance to identify areas where changes could help firms strengthen their risk management--a process that is already under way.

Thu, April 10, 2008
World Affairs Council

More transparency about the risks and other characteristics of securitized credits on the part of their sponsors would obviously help. But more generally, investors must take responsibility for developing independent views of the risks of these instruments and not rely solely on credit ratings.

Thu, April 10, 2008
World Affairs Council

In the mortgage area, the PWG [President's Working Group] recommended action at both the federal and state levels, including, for example, stronger nationwide licensing standards for mortgage brokers and more consistent government oversight for all originators. In particular, the PWG recommended that the Federal Reserve use its authority to strengthen consumer protection rules and enhance required disclosures for mortgage originations.

I strongly support this recommendation, and its implementation is well under way.

Thu, April 10, 2008
World Affairs Council

[The originate-to-distribute system] broke down at a number of key points, including at the stages of underwriting, credit rating and investor due diligence ... These problems notwithstanding, the originate-to-distribute model has proven effective in the past and with adequate repairs could be so again in the future.

From Q&A as reported by Reuters

Thu, April 10, 2008
World Affairs Council

The interests of the financial system, the individual firms, are in some sense opposed to the interests of the broader economy.

From Q&A as reported by Reuters

Mon, May 05, 2008
Columbia Business School

Many foreclosures are not preventable.  Investors, for example, are unlikely to want to hold onto a property whose value has depreciated significantly, and some borrowers--perhaps because they were put into an inappropriate loan or because personal circumstances have changed--cannot realistically sustain homeownership.  However, if a foreclosure is preventable, and the borrower wants to stay in the home, the economic case for trying to avoid foreclosure is strong. 

Mon, May 05, 2008
Columbia Business School

As my listeners know, conditions in mortgage markets remain quite difficult, and mortgage delinquencies have climbed steeply.  The sharpest increases have been among subprime mortgages, particularly those with adjustable interest rates:  About one quarter of subprime adjustable-rate mortgages are currently 90 days or more delinquent or in foreclosure.1  Delinquency rates also have increased in the prime and near-prime segments of the mortgage market, although not nearly so much as in the subprime sector. 

Mon, May 05, 2008
Columbia Business School

Clear disclosures of loan modifications will not only make it easier for regulators, the mortgage industry, and homeowners to assess the effectiveness of foreclosure-prevention efforts, but they will also foster greater transparency, and hence greater confidence, in the securitization market.

Mon, May 05, 2008
Columbia Business School

Most Americans are paying their mortgages on time and are not at risk of foreclosure.  But high rates of delinquency and foreclosure can have substantial spillover effects on the housing market, the financial markets, and the broader economy.  Therefore, doing what we can to avoid preventable foreclosures is not just in the interest of lenders and borrowers.

Mon, May 05, 2008
Columbia Business School

 To be effective, such programs must be tightly targeted to borrowers at the highest risk of foreclosure, as measured, for example, by debt-to-income ratio or by the extent to which the mortgage is "underwater."  Finding the right balance--particularly the need to avoid programs that give borrowers who can make their payments an incentive to default--is difficult.  But realistic public- and private-sector policies must take into account the fact that traditional foreclosure avoidance strategies may not always work well in the current environment.

Mon, May 05, 2008
Columbia Business School

Nationally, as of the fourth quarter of 2007, the rate of serious delinquency, as measured by credit records, stood at 2 percent of all mortgage borrowers, up nearly 50 percent from the end of 2004.2  The fourth quarter of 2004 is a useful benchmark, because general economic conditions were fairly normal and the lax underwriting that emerged later was not yet evident.

Tue, May 13, 2008
Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta

And what are the terms at which the central bank should lend freely? Bagehot argues that "these loans should only be made at a very high rate of interest" (p. 99). Some modern commentators have rationalized Bagehot's dictum to lend at a high or "penalty" rate as a way to mitigate moral hazard--that is, to help maintain incentives for private-sector banks to provide for adequate liquidity in advance of any crisis. I will return to the issue of moral hazard later. But it is worth pointing out briefly that, in fact, the risk of moral hazard did not appear to be Bagehot's principal motivation for recommending a high rate; rather, he saw it as a tool to dissuade unnecessary borrowing and thus to help protect the Bank of England's own finite store of liquid assets.3 Today, potential limitations on the central bank's lending capacity are not nearly so pressing an issue as in Bagehot's time, when the central bank's ability to provide liquidity was far more tenuous.

Tue, May 13, 2008
Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta

Recent research by Allen and Gale (2007) confirms that, in principle at least, "fire sales" forced by sharp increases in investors' liquidity preference can drive asset prices below their fundamental value, at significant cost to the financial system and the economy. Their work underscores the basic logic in Bagehot's prescription for crisis management: A central bank may be able to eliminate, or at least attenuate, adverse outcomes by making cash loans secured by borrowers' illiquid but sound assets. Thus, borrowers can avoid selling securities into an illiquid market, and the potential for economic damage--arising, for example, from the unavailability of credit for productive purposes or the inefficient liquidation of long-term investments--is substantially reduced.

Tue, May 13, 2008
Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta

The financial distress since August has also underscored the importance of international cooperation among central banks. For some time, central banks have recognized that managing crises involving large financial institutions operating across national borders and in multiple currencies can present difficult challenges. Funding pressures can easily arise in more than one currency and in more than one jurisdiction. In such cases, central banks may find it essential to work closely together. For just this reason, the Federal Reserve, the ECB, and the Swiss National Bank have established currency swap arrangements and have coordinated their provision of dollar liquidity to international financial institutions over recent months.

Tue, May 13, 2008
Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta

By mid-March, however, the pressures in short-term financing markets intensified, and market participants were speculating about the financial condition of Bear Stearns, a prominent investment bank. On March 13, Bear advised the Federal Reserve and other government agencies that its liquidity position had significantly deteriorated, and that it would be forced to file for bankruptcy the next day unless alternative sources of funds became available. A bankruptcy filing would have forced Bear's secured creditors and counterparties to liquidate the underlying collateral and, given the illiquidity of markets, those creditors and counterparties might well have sustained losses. If they responded to losses or the unexpected illiquidity of their holdings by pulling back from providing secured financing to other firms, a much broader liquidity crisis would have ensued. In such circumstances, the Federal Reserve Board judged that it was appropriate to use its emergency lending authorities under the Federal Reserve Act to avoid a disorderly closure of Bear. Accordingly, the Federal Reserve, in close consultation with the Treasury Department, agreed to provide short-term funding to Bear Stearns through JPMorgan Chase. Over the following weekend, JPMorgan Chase agreed to purchase Bear Stearns and assumed the company's financial obligations. The Federal Reserve, again in close consultation with the Treasury Department, agreed to supply term funding, secured by $30 billion in Bear Stearns assets, to facilitate the purchase.

Tue, May 13, 2008
Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta

The provision of liquidity by a central bank can help mitigate a financial crisis. However, central banks face a tradeoff when deciding to provide extraordinary liquidity support. A central bank that is too quick to act as liquidity provider of last resort risks inducing moral hazard; specifically, if market participants come to believe that the Federal Reserve or other central banks will take such measures whenever financial stress develops, financial institutions and their creditors would have less incentive to pursue suitable strategies for managing liquidity risk and more incentive to take such risks.

Although central banks should give careful consideration to their criteria for invoking extraordinary liquidity measures, the problem of moral hazard can perhaps be most effectively addressed by prudential supervision and regulation that ensures that financial institutions manage their liquidity risks effectively in advance of the crisis. Recall Bagehot's advice: "The time for economy and for accumulation is before. A good banker will have accumulated in ordinary times the reserve he is to make use of in extraordinary times" (p. 24). Indeed, under the international Basel II capital accord, supervisors are expected to require that institutions have adequate processes in place to measure and manage risk, importantly including liquidity risk. In light of the recent experience, and following the recommendations of the President's Working Group on Financial Markets (2008), the Federal Reserve and other supervisors are reviewing their policies and guidance regarding liquidity risk management to determine what improvements can be made. In particular, future liquidity planning will have to take into account the possibility of a sudden loss of substantial amounts of secured financing. Of course, even the most carefully crafted regulations cannot ensure that liquidity crises will not happen again. But, if moral hazard is effectively mitigated, and if financial institutions and investors draw appropriate lessons from the recent experience about the need for strong liquidity risk management practices, the frequency and severity of future crises should be significantly reduced.

Tue, May 13, 2008
Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta

These are welcome signs, of course, but at this stage conditions in financial markets are still far from normal. A number of securitization markets remain moribund, risk spreads--although off their recent peaks--generally remain quite elevated, and pressures in short-term funding markets persist. Spreads of term dollar Libor over comparable-maturity overnight index swap rates have receded some from their recent peaks but remain abnormally high.

Thu, May 15, 2008
Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago's Annual Conference on Bank Structure and Competition

I will concentrate on four categories of risk-management practices:  risk identification and measurement, valuation practices, liquidity risk management, and senior management oversight.

For risks to be successfully managed, they must first be identified and measured. Recent events have revealed significant deficiencies in these areas. Notable examples are the underestimation by many firms of the credit risk of subprime mortgages and certain tranches of structured products. Other firms did not fully consider the linkages between credit risk and market risk, leading to mismeasurement of their overall exposure...

Valuation practices are a second area that supervisors' comparative reviews identified as critical. The SSG report indicates that those firms that paid close attention to the problems associated with the valuation of financial instruments, particularly those for which markets were not deep, fared better. These more-successful institutions developed in-house expertise to conduct independent valuations and refrained from relying solely on third-party assessments...

Weak liquidity risk controls were a common source of the problems many firms have faced.  For example, some firms' treasury functions were not given information from all business lines about either expected liquidity needs or contingency funding plans, in part because managers of individual business lines had little incentive to compile and provide this information...

Effective oversight of an organization as a whole is one of the most fundamental requirements of prudent risk management. The SSG report highlighted solid senior management oversight and engagement as a key factor that differentiated firms' performance during the recent events. Senior managers at successful firms are actively involved in risk management, which includes determining the firm's overall risk preferences and creating the incentives and controls to induce employees to abide by those preferences...

Thu, May 15, 2008
Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago's Annual Conference on Bank Structure and Competition

Recent events have also demonstrated the importance of generous capital cushions for protecting against adverse conditions in financial and credit markets. I have been encouraged by the recently demonstrated ability of many financial institutions, large and small, to raise capital from diverse sources.  Importantly, capital raising and balance sheet repair allow for the extension of new credit, which supports economic expansion. I strongly urge financial institutions to remain proactive in their capital-raising efforts. Doing so not only helps the broader economy but positions firms to take advantage of new profit opportunities as conditions in the financial markets and the economy improve.

Wed, May 28, 2008
Risk Transfer Mechanisms and Financial Stability Workshop

Last December, the Federal Reserve introduced the Term Auction Facility, or TAF, through which predetermined amounts of discount window credit are auctioned every two weeks to eligible borrowers for terms of 28 days. In effect, TAF auctions are very similar to open market operations, but conducted with depository institutions rather than primary dealers and against a much broader range of collateral than is accepted in standard open market operations...  The size of individual TAF auctions has been raised over time from $20 billion at the inception of the program to $75 billion in the auctions this month. We stand ready to increase the size of the auctions further if warranted by financial developments.

Tue, June 03, 2008
International Monetary Conference

In collaboration with our colleagues at the Treasury, we continue to carefully monitor developments in foreign exchange markets.  The challenges that our economy has faced over the past year or so have generated some downward pressures on the foreign exchange value of the dollar, which have contributed to the unwelcome rise in import prices and consumer price inflation.  We are attentive to the implications of changes in the value of the dollar for inflation and inflation expectations and will continue to formulate policy to guard against risks to both parts of our dual mandate, including the risk of an erosion in longer-term inflation expectations.  Over time, the Federal Reserve's commitment to both price stability and maximum sustainable employment and the underlying strengths of the U.S. economy--including flexible markets and robust innovation and productivity--will be key factors ensuring that the dollar remains a strong and stable currency.

Tue, June 03, 2008
International Monetary Conference

 From the U.S. perspective, this growth has been a double-edged sword.  On the one hand, low-cost imports from emerging markets for many years increased U.S. living standards and made the Fed's job of managing inflation easier.  Moreover, currently, the demand for U.S. exports arising from strong global growth has been an important offset to the factors restraining domestic demand, including housing and tight credit.  On the other hand, the rapid growth in the emerging markets and the associated sharp rise in their demand for raw materials have been--together with a variety of constraints on supply--a major cause of the escalation in the relative prices of oil and other commodities, which has placed intense economic pressure on many U.S. households and businesses.

Tue, June 03, 2008
International Monetary Conference

The housing boom came to an end because rising prices made housing increasingly unaffordable.  The end of rapid house price increases in turn undermined a basic premise of many adjustable-rate subprime loans--that home price appreciation alone would always generate enough equity to permit the borrower to refinance and thereby avoid ever having to pay the fully-indexed interest rate.  When that premise was shown to be false and defaults on subprime mortgages rose sharply, investors quickly backpedaled from mortgage-related securities.  The reduced availability of mortgage credit caused housing to weaken further.

Tue, June 03, 2008
International Monetary Conference

Thus far, the pass-through of high raw materials costs to domestic labor costs and the prices of most other products has been limited, in part because of softening domestic demand.  However, the continuation of this pattern is not guaranteed and will bear close attention...  Unfortunately, the prices of a number of commodities, most notably oil, have continued upward recently, even as expectations of future policy rates and the foreign exchange value of the dollar have remained generally stable in the past few months.  The possibility that commodity prices will continue to rise is an important risk to the inflation forecast.  Another significant upside risk to inflation is that high headline inflation, if sustained, might lead the public to expect higher long-term inflation rates, an expectation that could ultimately become self-confirming.

Tue, June 03, 2008
International Monetary Conference

Our decisive policy actions were premised on the view that a more gradual reduction in short-term rates could well have failed to contain the financial and economic problems confronting us.  For now, policy seems well positioned to promote moderate growth and price stability over time.  We will, of course, be watching the evolving situation closely and are prepared to act as needed to meet our dual mandate. 

Tue, June 03, 2008
International Monetary Conference

Our goal is to emerge from this difficult period with a financial system that will be more stable without being less innovative, with a more effective balance between market discipline and regulation. 

Wed, June 04, 2008
Harvard University

The oil price shock of the 1970s began in October 1973 when, in response to the Yom Kippur War, Arab oil producers imposed an embargo on exports. Before the embargo, in 1972, the price of imported oil was about $3.20 per barrel; by 1975, the average price was nearly $14 per barrel, more than four times greater. President Nixon had imposed economy-wide controls on wages and prices in 1971, including prices of petroleum products; in November 1973, in the wake of the embargo, the President placed additional controls on petroleum prices.2

As basic economics predicts, when a scarce resource cannot be allocated by market-determined prices, it will be allocated some other way--in this case, in what was to become an iconic symbol of the times, by long lines at gasoline stations. In 1974, in an attempt to overcome the unintended consequences of price controls, drivers in many places were permitted to buy gasoline only on odd or even days of the month, depending on the last digit of their license plate number. Moreover, with the controlled price of U.S. crude oil well below world prices, growth in domestic exploration slowed and production was curtailed--which, of course, only made things worse.

...

Fast-forward now to 2003. In that year, crude oil cost a little more than $30 per barrel.3 Since then, crude oil prices have increased more than fourfold, proportionally about as much as in the 1970s.  Now, as in 1975, adjusting to such high prices for crude oil has been painful. Gas prices around $4 a gallon are a huge burden for many households, as well as for truckers, manufacturers, farmers, and others. But, in many other ways, the economic consequences have been quite different from those of the 1970s. One obvious difference is what you don't see: drivers lining up on odd or even days to buy gasoline because of price controls or signs at gas stations that say "No gas." And until the recent slowdown--which is more the result of conditions in the residential housing market and in financial markets than of higher oil prices--economic growth was solid and unemployment remained low, unlike what we saw following oil price increases in the '70s.

Wed, June 04, 2008
Harvard University

I am pleased and honored to be invited back by the students of Harvard. Our speaker in 1975 was Dick Gregory, the social critic and comedian, who was inclined toward the sharp-edged and satiric. Central bankers don't do satire as a rule, so I am going to have to strive for "kind of interesting."

Wed, June 04, 2008
Harvard University

From the perspective of monetary policy, just as important as the behavior of actual inflation is what households and businesses expect to happen to inflation in the future, particularly over the longer term.  If people expect an increase in inflation to be temporary and do not build it into their longer-term plans for setting wages and prices, then the inflation created by a shock to oil prices will tend to fade relatively quickly. Some indicators of longer-term inflation expectations have risen in recent months, which is a significant concern for the Federal Reserve.  We will need to monitor that situation closely. However, changes in long-term inflation expectations have been measured in tenths of a percentage point this time around rather than in whole percentage points, as appeared to be the case in the mid-1970s. Importantly, we see little indication today of the beginnings of a 1970s-style wage-price spiral, in which wages and prices chased each other ever upward.

Wed, June 04, 2008
Harvard University

Economists generally agree that monetary policy performed poorly during {the 1970s}.  In part, this was because policymakers, in choosing what they believed to be the appropriate setting for monetary policy, overestimated the productive capacity of the economy. I'll have more to say about this shortly. Federal Reserve policymakers also underestimated both their own contributions to the inflationary problems of the time and their ability to curb that inflation. For example, on occasion they blamed inflation on so-called cost-push factors such as union wage pressures and price increases by large, market-dominating firms; however, the abilities of unions and firms to push through inflationary wage and price increases were symptoms of the problem, not the underlying cause.  Several years passed before the Federal Reserve gained a new leadership that better understood the central bank's role in the inflation process and that sustained anti-inflationary monetary policies would actually work. Beginning in 1979, such policies were implemented successfully--although not without significant cost in terms of lost output and employment--under Fed Chairman Paul Volcker.  For the Federal Reserve, two crucial lessons from this experience were, first, that high inflation can seriously destabilize the economy and, second, that the central bank must take responsibility for achieving price stability over the medium term.

Wed, June 04, 2008
Harvard University

Even though average economic well-being has increased considerably over time, the degree of inequality in economic outcomes over the past three decades has increased as well.  Economists continue to grapple with the reasons for this trend...

What should we do about rising economic inequality? Answering this question inevitably involves difficult value judgments and tradeoffs. But approaches that inhibit the dynamism of our economy would clearly be a step in the wrong direction. To be sure, new technologies and increased international trade can lead to painful dislocations as some workers lose their jobs or see the demand for their particular skills decline. However, hindering the adoption of new technologies or inhibiting trade flows would do far more harm than good over the longer haul. In the short term, the better approach is to adopt policies that help those who are displaced by economic change. By doing so, we not only provide assistance to those who need it but help to secure public support for the economic flexibility that is essential for prosperity.

In the long term, however, the best way by far to improve economic opportunity and to reduce inequality is to increase the educational attainment and skills of American workers...

Mon, June 09, 2008
Federal Reserve Bank of Boston

Significant scope exists to improve the quality of price data as well--for example, by using the wealth of information available from checkout scanners or finding better ways to adjust for quality change.  I encourage researchers to become more familiar with the strengths and shortcomings of the data that they routinely use.  Besides leading to better analysis, attention to data quality issues by researchers often leads to better data in the longer term, both because of the insights generated by research and because researchers are important and influential clients of data collection agencies.

Mon, June 09, 2008
Federal Reserve Bank of Boston

The second category of questions involves the channels through which inflation expectations affect actual inflation.  Is the primary linkage from inflation expectations to wage bargains, or are other channels important?  One somewhat puzzling finding comes from a survey of business pricing decisions conducted by Blinder, Canetti, Lebow, and Rudd, in which only a small share of respondents claimed that expected aggregate inflation affected their pricing at all.11  How do we reconcile this result with our strong presumption that expectations are of central importance for explaining inflation?  Perhaps expectations affect actual inflation through some channel that is relatively indirect.  The growing literature on disaggregated price setting may be able to shed some light on this question.12

Mon, June 09, 2008
Federal Reserve Bank of Boston

An inability to measure the output gap in real time obviously limits the usefulness of the concept in practical policymaking.  On the other hand, to argue that output gaps are very difficult to measure in real time is not the same as arguing that economic slack does not influence inflation; indeed, the bulk of the evidence suggests that there is a relationship, albeit one that may be less pronounced than in the past.7 

Mon, June 09, 2008
Federal Reserve Bank of Boston

Over the past decade, formal work in the modeling of inflation has treated marginal cost, particularly the marginal cost of labor, as central to the determination of inflation.2  However, the empirical evidence for this linkage is less definitive than we would like.3  This mixed evidence is one reason that much Phillips curve analysis has centered on price-price equations with no explicit role for wages.4

Problems in the measurement of labor costs may help explain the absence of a clearer empirical relationship between labor costs and prices.  Compensation per hour in the nonfarm business sector, a commonly used measure of labor cost, displays substantial volatility from quarter to quarter and year to year, is often revised significantly, and includes compensation that is largely unrelated to marginal costs--for example, exercises (as opposed to grants) of stock options.  These and other problems carry through to the published estimates of labor's share in the nonfarm business sector--the proxy for real marginal cost that is typically used in empirical work.  A second commonly used measure of aggregate hourly labor compensation, the employment cost index, has its own set of drawbacks as a measure of marginal cost.  Indeed, these two compensation measures not infrequently generate conflicting signals of trends in labor costs and thus differing implications for inflation.

Mon, June 09, 2008
Federal Reserve Bank of Boston

Problems in the measurement of labor costs may help explain the absence of a clearer empirical relationship between labor costs and prices.  Compensation per hour in the nonfarm business sector, a commonly used measure of labor cost, displays substantial volatility from quarter to quarter and year to year, is often revised significantly, and includes compensation that is largely unrelated to marginal costs--for example, exercises (as opposed to grants) of stock options.  These and other problems carry through to the published estimates of labor's share in the nonfarm business sector--the proxy for real marginal cost that is typically used in empirical work.  A second commonly used measure of aggregate hourly labor compensation, the employment cost index, has its own set of drawbacks as a measure of marginal cost.  Indeed, these two compensation measures not infrequently generate conflicting signals of trends in labor costs and thus differing implications for inflation.

Mon, June 09, 2008
Federal Reserve Bank of Boston

Empirical work on inflation, including much of the classic work on Phillips curves, has generally treated changes in commodity prices as an exogenous influence on the inflation process, driven by market-specific factors such as weather conditions or geopolitical developments.  By contrast, some analysts emphasize the endogeneity of commodity prices to broad macroeconomic and monetary developments such as expected growth, expected inflation, interest rates, and currency movements.  Of course, in reality, commodity prices are influenced by both market-specific and aggregate factors...

 

I have only mentioned a few of the issues raised by commodity price behavior for inflation and monetary policy.  Here are a few other questions that researchers could usefully address:  First, how should monetary policy deal with increases in commodity prices that are not only large but potentially persistent?  Second, does the link between global growth and commodity prices imply a role for global slack, along with domestic slack, in the Phillips curve?  Finally, what information about the broader economy is contained in commodity prices?  For example, what signal should we take from recent changes in commodity prices about the strength of global demand or about expectations of future growth and inflation?

Mon, June 09, 2008
Federal Reserve Bank of Boston

Despite the unwelcome rise in the unemployment rate that was reported last week, the recent incoming data, taken as a whole, have affected the outlook for economic activity and employment only modestly.  Indeed, although activity during the current quarter is likely to be weak, the risk that the economy has entered a substantial downturn appears to have diminished over the past month or so.  Over the remainder of 2008, the effects of monetary and fiscal stimulus, a gradual ebbing of the drag from residential construction, further progress in the repair of financial and credit markets, and still-solid demand from abroad should provide some offset to the headwinds that still face the economy.  However, the ongoing contraction in the housing market and continuing increases in energy prices suggest that growth risks remain to the downside. 

...

Inflation has remained high, largely reflecting sharp increases in the prices of globally traded commodities.  Thus far, the pass-through of high raw materials costs to the prices of most other products and to domestic labor costs has been limited, in part because of softening domestic demand.  However, the continuation of this pattern is not guaranteed and future developments in this regard will bear close attention.  Moreover, the latest round of increases in energy prices has added to the upside risks to inflation and inflation expectations.  The Federal Open Market Committee will strongly resist an erosion of longer-term inflation expectations, as an unanchoring of those expectations would be destabilizing for growth as well as for inflation.

Mon, June 09, 2008
Federal Reserve Bank of Boston

Policymakers and other analysts have often relied on quotes from commodity futures markets to derive forecasts of the prices of key commodities.  However, as you know, futures markets quotes have underpredicted commodity price increases in recent years, leading to corresponding underpredictions of overall inflation.  The poor recent record of commodity futures markets in forecasting the course of prices raises the question of whether policymakers should continue to use this source of information and, if so, how.

Despite this recent record, I do not think it is reasonable, when forecasting commodity prices, to ignore the substantial amounts of information about supply and demand conditions that are aggregated by futures markets...

Wed, June 11, 2008
Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City

Nationally, 278 private citizens--including business people, bankers, nonprofit executives, and community, agricultural and labor leaders--serve on the boards of our 12 Banks and their Branches. These individuals provide us with extensive and current information about economic conditions from a unique local perspective. Often, they provide an early warning of shifting economic conditions before they show up in official government statistics. I commend them for their service to both the central bank and our nation.

Mon, June 16, 2008
Testimony to Senate Finance Committee

Our health-care system is, de facto, a private-public partnership; as a result, governments should not view health-care costs narrowly as a budgetary issue. Rather, they should consider how the totality of government intervention in the health-care market--including tax policies, insurance regulation, and the structure of Medicare and Medicaid--affect the sector as a whole. The best way to reduce the fiscal burdens of health care is to deliver cost-effective health care throughout the entire system.

Mon, June 16, 2008
Testimony to Senate Finance Committee

From the economist's perspective, the question of whether we are spending too much on health care cannot ultimately be answered by looking at total expenditures relative to GDP or the federal budget. Rather, the question, whatever we spend, is whether we are getting our money's worth. In general, good information and appropriate incentives are necessary to allocate resources efficiently.

Tue, July 08, 2008
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Symposium

As I have noted, I believe that the Federal Reserve's actions to facilitate the acquisition of Bear Stearns, thereby preventing its bankruptcy and the disorderly liquidation of positions by its counterparties and creditors, were necessary and warranted to head off serious damage to the U.S. financial system and our economy. That said, the intended purpose of Federal Reserve lending is to provide liquidity to sound institutions. We used our lending powers to facilitate an acquisition of a failing institution only because no other tools were available to the Federal Reserve or any other government body for ensuring an orderly liquidation in a fragile market environment. As part of its review of how best to increase financial stability, and as has been suggested by Secretary Paulson, the Congress may wish to consider whether new tools are needed for ensuring an orderly liquidation of a systemically important securities firm that is on the verge of bankruptcy, together with a more formal process for deciding when to use those tools. Because the resolution of a failing securities firm might have fiscal implications, it would be appropriate for the Treasury to take a leading role in any such process, in consultation with the firm's regulator and other authorities.

Tue, July 08, 2008
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Symposium

As part of its review of how best to increase financial stability, and as has been suggested by Secretary Paulson, the Congress may wish to consider whether new tools are needed for ensuring an orderly liquidation of a systemically important securities firm that is on the verge of bankruptcy, together with a more formal process for deciding when to use those tools. Because the resolution of a failing securities firm might have fiscal implications, it would be appropriate for the Treasury to take a leading role in any such process, in consultation with the firm's regulator and other authorities.

The details of any such tools and of the associated decisionmaking process require more study. As Chairman Bair recently pointed out, one possible model is the process currently in place under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA) for dealing with insolvent commercial banks...

Designing analogous rules for the prompt and orderly resolution of securities firms is not straightforward, as these firms differ significantly from most commercial banks in their financing, business models, and in other ways.  Despite the complexities of designing a resolution regime for securities firms, I believe it is worth the effort.  In particular, by setting a high bar for such actions, the adverse effects on market discipline could be minimized.

Tue, July 08, 2008
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Symposium

More generally, both the operational performance under stress of key payment and settlements systems and their ability to manage counterparty and market risks are critical to the stability of the broader financial system. Currently, the Federal Reserve relies on a patchwork of authorities, largely derived from our role as a banking supervisor, as well as on moral suasion to help ensure that the various payments and settlements systems have the necessary procedures and controls in place to manage their risks. By contrast, most major central banks around the world have an explicit statutory basis for their oversight of payment systems, and in recent years a growing number of central banks have been given statutory authority to oversee securities settlement systems as well. Given how important robust payment and settlement systems are to financial stability, a strong case can be made for granting the Federal Reserve explicit oversight authority for systemically important payment and settlement systems.

Tue, July 08, 2008
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Symposium

The New York Fed and other supervisors are working with market participants to fundamentally change how CDS and other OTC derivatives are processed by applying increasingly stringent targets and performance standards. They are also emphasizing that dealers must demonstrate their capability to adequately manage the failure of a major counterparty, including calculating exposures rapidly, having clear management procedures, and conducting internal stress exercises. Finally, they are encouraging the development of well-regulated and prudently managed central counterparty clearing arrangements for CDS trades.

Tue, July 08, 2008
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Symposium

The Federal Reserve and other authorities also are focusing on enhancing the resilience of the tri-party repo markets, in which the primary dealers and other large banks and broker-dealers obtain very large amounts of secured financing from money funds and other short-term, risk-averse investors. For some time we have been working with market participants to develop a contingency plan should there ever occur a loss of confidence in either of the two clearing banks that facilitate the settlement of tri-party repos. Recent experience, including Bear Stearns' liquidity problems, demonstrates the need for additional measures to enhance the resilience of these markets, including the development of contingency plans for dealing with the sudden loss of confidence in a large tri-party borrower. Given the critical role that these markets play in our financial system, we need to proceed in a prudent manner in making changes, especially as long as the broader financial markets are experiencing stress. Nonetheless, over time, a stronger financial system may require changes in the way borrowers and lenders use these markets, as well as in the settlement infrastructure operated by the clearing banks.

Tue, July 08, 2008
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Symposium

Fed-SEC cooperation is taking place within the existing statutory framework with the objective of addressing the near-term situation. In the longer term, legislation may be needed to provide a more robust framework for the prudential supervision of investment banks and other large securities dealers. In particular, under current arrangements, the SEC's oversight of the holding companies of the major investment banks is based on a voluntary agreement between the SEC and those firms. Strong holding company oversight is essential and thus, in my view, the Congress should consider requiring consolidated supervision of those firms, providing the regulator the authority to set standards for capital, liquidity holdings, and risk management.

Tue, July 08, 2008
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Symposium

From a regulatory and supervisory perspective, the investment banks and the other primary dealers raise some distinct issues. First, as I noted, neither the firms nor the regulators anticipated the possibility that investment banks would lose access to secured financing, as Bear Stearns did. Second, in the absence of countervailing regulatory measures, the Fed's decision to lend to primary dealers--although it was necessary to avoid serious financial disruptions--could tend to make market discipline less effective in the future. Going forward, the regulation and supervision of these institutions must take account of these realities. At the same time, reforms in the oversight of these firms must recognize the distinctive features of investment banking and take care neither to unduly inhibit efficiency and innovation nor to induce a migration of risk-taking activities to institutions that are less regulated or beyond our borders.

Tue, July 08, 2008
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Symposium

The PDCF and the TSLF were created under the Federal Reserve's emergency lending powers, with the term of the PDCF set for a period of at least six months, through mid-September. The Federal Reserve is strongly committed to supporting the stability and improved functioning of the financial system. We are currently monitoring developments in financial markets closely and considering several options, including extending the duration of our facilities for primary dealers beyond year-end, should the current unusual and exigent circumstances continue to prevail in dealer funding markets.

Tue, July 08, 2008
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Symposium

I welcome recent efforts to improve the regulatory oversight of the government-sponsored enterprises, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. If these firms are strong, well-regulated, well-capitalized, and focused on their mission, they will be better able to serve their function of increasing access to mortgage credit, without posing undue risks to the financial system or the taxpayer. Policymakers are also discussing the modernization of the Federal Housing Administration and the expansion of the products and programs it might offer to make mortgage credit available and to help prevent avoidable foreclosures.

Thu, July 10, 2008
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

Cooperation between the Fed and the SEC is taking place within the existing statutory framework with the objective of addressing the near-term situation. In the longer term, however, legislation may be needed to provide a more robust framework for the prudential supervision of investment banks and other large securities dealers. In particular, under current arrangements, the SEC's oversight of the holding companies of the major investment banks is based on a voluntary agreement between the SEC and those firms. Strong holding company oversight is essential, and thus, in my view, the Congress should consider requiring consolidated supervision of those firms and providing the regulator the authority to set standards for capital, liquidity holdings, and risk management.6 At the same time, reforms in the oversight of these firms must recognize the distinctive features of investment banking and take care neither to unduly inhibit innovation nor to induce a migration of risk-taking activities to less-regulated or offshore institutions.

Thu, July 10, 2008
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

I agree that the GSEs are playing a critical role. They're at this point a very big part of the existing mortgage market.  I think they could an even better job if they were better supervised and better capitalized.

With respect to supervision, I support the call for GSE reform that's been discussed.

With respect to capitalization, I believe that they are well capitalized now in the sense -- a regulatory sense. But I think as we've called upon all financial institutions to expand their capital bases so that they can be even more proactive in providing credit and support for the economy. So I would include the GSEs in that broad call for increased capital.

From the Q&A session

Tue, July 15, 2008
Monetary Policy Report

Another concern that has been raised is that financial speculation has added markedly to upward pressures on oil prices.  Certainly, investor interest in oil and other commodities has increased substantially of late.  However, if financial speculation were pushing oil prices above the levels consistent with the fundamentals of supply and demand, we would expect inventories of crude oil and petroleum products to increase as supply rose and demand fell.  But in fact, available data on oil inventories show notable declines over the past year.  This is not to say that useful steps could not be taken to improve the transparency and functioning of futures markets, only that such steps are unlikely to substantially affect the prices of oil or other commodities in the longer term.

Tue, July 15, 2008
Monetary Policy Report

SENATOR BAYH: My final question, here, as my time expires, there's been a recent increase in the price of credit default swaps on U.S. Treasuries.  What do you think accounts for that? And should be a matter of some concern in the message the market seems to be sending about their confidence?

BERNANKE: It could well -- there's been a lot of movement in a variety of spreads; for example, the spreads between the newly issued and previously issued bonds and so on.

I wouldn't read too much into that. It's a very small change. I think it has more to do with liquidity in markets and other risk aversion, other types of behavior, rather than any sense that there's a default risk.

From the Q&A session

Tue, July 15, 2008
Monetary Policy Report

Healthy economic growth depends on well-functioning financial markets.  Consequently, helping the financial markets to return to more normal functioning will continue to be a top priority of the Federal Reserve.

Tue, July 15, 2008
Monetary Policy Report

The currently high level of inflation, if sustained, might lead the public to revise up its expectations for longer-term inflation.  If that were to occur, and those revised expectations were to become embedded in the domestic wage- and price-setting process, we could see an unwelcome rise in actual inflation over the longer term.  A critical responsibility of monetary policy makers is to prevent that process from taking hold.
...
In light of the increase in upside inflation risk, we must be particularly alert to any indications, such as an erosion of longer-term inflation expectations, that the inflationary impulses from commodity prices are becoming embedded in the domestic wage- and price-setting process.

Tue, July 15, 2008
Monetary Policy Report

On a second stimulus package, my own sense is that we are still trying to assess the effects of the first round. It appears that it does seem to be helping, but it might be yet a bit more time before we fully understand the extent to which additional stimulus may or may not be needed.

If additional stimulus is, in fact, invoked, it would be important to find programs that would be, as in the first round, timely, temporary and targeted; in particular that would take place quickly and would put money into the economy relatively quickly.

From the Q&A session

Tue, July 15, 2008
Monetary Policy Report

Margin requirements serve two purposes. They can affect the cost of credit, but they also are a very important part of the counterparty risk management process for exchanges. And so we need to be careful in changing margin requirements that we don't interfere with these other important functions, or that we don't unnecessarily reduce the liquidity in those markets.

Tue, July 15, 2008
Monetary Policy Report

Margin requirements serve two purposes. They can affect the cost of credit, but they also are a very important part of the counterparty risk management process for exchanges. And so we need to be careful in changing margin requirements that we don't interfere with these other important functions, or that we don't unnecessarily reduce the liquidity in those markets.

From the Q&A session

Tue, July 15, 2008
Monetary Policy Report

It should be noted that the decline in the dollar from 2002 reversed an appreciation of the dollar that took place from the early '90s until that point. And it's related to the dynamics of our trade deficit, as you alluded to.

      In the late '90s and early 2000s, strong capital inflows drove the dollar up. But that made us less competitive and created a trade deficit. Some had to be unwound to bring us back toward a better balance in trade. And, in fact, we have been seeing considerable improvement in our balance of trade as the dollar reversed that increase.

Fri, August 22, 2008
Jackson Hole Symposium

I do not have the time today to do justice to the question of the procyclicality of, say, capital regulations and accounting rules. This topic has received a great deal of attention elsewhere and has also engaged the attention of regulators; in particular, the framers of the Basel II capital accord have made significant efforts to measure regulatory capital needs "through the cycle" to mitigate procyclicality. However, as we consider ways to strengthen the system for the future in light of what we have learned over the past year, we should critically examine capital regulations, provisioning policies, and other rules applied to financial institutions to determine whether, collectively, they increase the procyclicality of credit extension beyond the point that is best for the system as a whole.

Fri, August 22, 2008
Jackson Hole Symposium

[T]he recent decline in commodity prices, as well as the increased stability of the dollar, has been encouraging. If not reversed, these developments, together with a pace of growth that is likely to fall short of potential for a time, should lead inflation to moderate later this year and next year. Nevertheless, the inflation outlook remains highly uncertain, not least because of the difficulty of predicting the future course of commodity prices, and we will continue to monitor inflation and inflation expectations closely. The FOMC is committed to achieving medium-term price stability and will act as necessary to attain that objective.

Fri, August 22, 2008
Jackson Hole Symposium

The Federal Reserve's response to this crisis has consisted of three key elements. First, we eased monetary policy substantially, particularly after indications of economic weakness proliferated around the turn of the year. In easing rapidly and proactively, we sought to offset, at least in part, the tightening of credit conditions associated with the crisis and thus to mitigate the effects on the broader economy...

The second element of our response has been to offer liquidity support to the financial markets through a variety of collateralized lending programs. I have discussed these lending facilities and their rationale in some detail on other occasions...1

The third element of our strategy encompasses a range of activities and initiatives undertaken in our role as financial regulator and supervisor, some of which I will describe in more detail later in my remarks.

 

Fri, August 22, 2008
Jackson Hole Symposium

An effective means of increasing the resilience of the financial system is to strengthen its infrastructure. For my purposes today, I want to construe "financial infrastructure" very broadly, to include not only the "hardware" components of that infrastructure--the physical systems on which market participants rely for the quick and accurate execution, clearing, and settlement of transactions--but also the associated "software," including the statutory, regulatory, and contractual frameworks and the business practices that govern the actions and obligations of market participants on both sides of each transaction.

Fri, August 22, 2008
Jackson Hole Symposium

At least informally, financial regulation and supervision in the United States already include some macroprudential elements. As one illustration, many of the supervisory guidances issued by federal bank regulators have been motivated, at least in part, by concerns that a particular industry trend posed risks to the stability of the banking system as a whole, not just to individual institutions. For example, following lengthy comment periods, in 2006, the federal banking supervisors issued formal guidance on underwriting and managing the risks of nontraditional mortgages, such as interest-only and negative amortization mortgages, as well as guidance warning banks against excessive concentrations in commercial real estate lending. These guidances likely would not have been issued if the federal regulators had viewed the issues they addressed as being isolated to a few banks. The regulators were concerned not only about individual banks but also about the systemic risks associated with excessive industry-wide concentrations (of commercial real estate or nontraditional mortgages) or an industry-wide pattern of certain practices (for example, in underwriting exotic mortgages).

Tue, September 09, 2008
National Historically Black Colleges and Universities Week Conference

In general, higher education is one of the strong points of the U.S. educational system.  We must work diligently to maintain the quality of our educational system where it is strong and strive to improve it where it is not.  In particular, we must find ways to move more of our students, especially minorities and those from disadvantaged backgrounds, into education after high school.   

Tue, September 23, 2008
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

I'd like to say I think we do have a serious too big to fail problem in this -- in this economy. It's much worse than we thought it was coming into this crisis, and as we go forward, we need to develop methodologies to reduce that too big to fail issue, and this is what happened.

 

From the Q&A session.

Tue, September 23, 2008
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

I believe that under the Treasury program auctions and other mechanisms could be designed that will give the market good information on what the hold-to-maturity price is for a large class of mortgage-related assets.  If the Treasury bids for and then buys assets at a price close to the hold-to-maturity price, there will be substantial benefits.

  • First, banks will have a basis for valuing those assets and will not have to use fire-sale prices. Their capital will not be unreasonably marked down.
  • Second, liquidity should begin to come back to these markets.
  • Third, removal of these assets from balance sheets and better information on value should reduce uncertainty and allow the banks to attract new private capital.
  • Fourth, credit markets should start to unfreeze. New credit will become available to support our economy.
  • And fifth, taxpayers should own assets at prices close to hold- to-maturity values, which minimizes their risk.

Now, how to make this work? To make this work, we do need flexibility in design of mechanisms for buying assets and from whom to buy. We do not know exactly what the best design is. That will require a consultation with experts and experience with alternative approaches.  Second, understanding the concerns and the -- and the worries of the committee, we cannot impose punitive measures on the institutions that choose to sell assets. That would eliminate or strongly reduce participation and cause the program to fail.  Remember, the beneficiaries of this program are not just those who sell the asset but all market participants and the economy as a whole.

From the Q&A session

Tue, September 23, 2008
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

I would note one -- two things. First, as a minor point, that one of the things that this program being discussed could do would be to purchase second liens, which have proved to be a very significant barrier to the resolution of -- of foreclosures.

...

Well, second liens are selling for a few cents on the dollar. I wouldn't expect them to be worth much more than that.  But I was only pointing out that -- I know this from Governor Duke, who's on the Hope for Homeowners board, that the problem with second liens is a big issue right now, because it prevents renegotiations of the first mortgage.  So I was just saying that a side effect, if we do buy them at market value, a few cents on the dollar, would be to help free up this -- this other issue.

From the Q&A session

Tue, September 23, 2008
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

In the case of Lehman Brothers, a major investment bank, the Federal Reserve and the Treasury declined to commit public funds to support the institution.  The failure of Lehman posed risks.  But the troubles at Lehman had been well known for some time, and investors clearly recognized--as evidenced, for example, by the high cost of insuring Lehman's debt in the market for credit default swaps--that the failure of the firm was a significant possibility.  Thus, we judged that investors and counterparties had had time to take precautionary measures.

Wed, September 24, 2008
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

[T]he preferred stock or capital injection approach has, in fact, been one of the favorite approaches in previous bank crises, like the S&L crisis, for example, or the Japanese or Scandinavian crises, and others.

Those were situations, however, where the government was dealing with institutions on the brink of failure or already failed. In that case, the only way to keep the institution going, if it's viewed as being appropriate to do so for systemic or other reasons, is to inject capital, wipe out the existing shareholders, and to, you know, impose many conditions on the firm.

We're facing a somewhat different situation, which is firms that are valid going concerns. They're -- you know, while we may have a few companies in --trouble, which might be addressed in the way you describe, companies that are -- that are strong going concerns we don't want to take the risk -- or at least there is a risk; let me just say that -- that if the private markets perceive the government injecting capital into these ongoing -- ongoing concerns, the concern might arise that the government is going to wipe out other shareholders, or take over the firm, or -- or otherwise make it difficult for them to raise new capital.

Wed, September 24, 2008
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

Real gross domestic product is likely to expand at a pace appreciably below its potential rate in the second half of this year and then to gradually pick up as financial markets return to more-normal functioning and the housing contraction runs its course.  Given the extraordinary circumstances, greater-than-normal uncertainty surrounds any forecast of the pace of activity.  In particular, the intensification of financial stress in recent weeks, which will make lenders still more cautious about extending credit to households and business, could prove a significant further drag on growth.  The downside risks to the outlook thus remain a significant concern.
...

If not reversed, these developments {the retreat in energy prices}, together with a pace of growth that is likely to fall short of potential for a time, should lead inflation to moderate later this year and next year.  Nevertheless, the inflation outlook remains highly uncertain.  Indeed, the fluctuations in oil prices in the past few days illustrate the difficulty of predicting the future course of commodity prices.  Consequently, the upside risks to inflation remain a significant concern as well.

 

Tue, October 07, 2008
NABE Annual Meeting

These are momentous steps, but they are being taken to address a problem of historic dimensions. In one respect, however, we are fortunate. We have learned from historical experience with severe financial crises that if government intervention comes only at a point at which many or most financial institutions are insolvent or nearly so, the costs of restoring the system are greatly increased. This is not the situation we face today. The Congress and the Administration chose to act at a moment of great stress, but one at which the great majority of financial institutions have sufficient capital and liquidity to return to their critical function of providing new credit for our economy.

Tue, October 07, 2008
NABE Annual Meeting

Overall, the combination of the incoming data and recent financial developments suggests that the outlook for economic growth has worsened and that the downside risks to growth have increased. At the same time, the outlook for inflation has improved somewhat, though it remains uncertain. In light of these developments, the Federal Reserve will need to consider whether the current stance of policy remains appropriate.

Tue, October 07, 2008
NABE Annual Meeting

As investors and creditors lost confidence in the ability of certain firms to meet their obligations, their access to capital markets as well as to short-term funding markets became increasingly impaired and their stock prices fell sharply. Among the companies that experienced this dynamic most forcefully were the government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs), Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac; the investment bank Lehman Brothers; and the insurance company American International Group (AIG).

The Federal Reserve believes that, whenever possible, such difficulties should be addressed through private-sector arrangements--for example, by raising new equity capital, as many firms have done, by negotiations leading to a merger or acquisition, or by an orderly wind-down. Government assistance should be provided with the greatest reluctance and only when the stability of the financial system, and thus the health of the broader economy, is at risk. In those cases when financial stability is threatened, however, intervention to protect the public interest may well be justified.

Tue, October 07, 2008
NABE Annual Meeting

Attempts to organize a consortium of private firms to purchase or recapitalize Lehman were unsuccessful. With respect to public-sector solutions, we determined that either facilitating a sale of Lehman or maintaining the company as a free-standing entity would have required a very sizable injection of public funds--much larger than in the case of Bear Stearns--and would have involved the assumption by taxpayers of billions of dollars of expected losses. Even if assuming these costs could be justified on public policy grounds, neither the Treasury nor the Federal Reserve had the authority to commit public money in that way; in particular, the Federal Reserve's loans must be sufficiently secured to provide reasonable assurance that the loan will be fully repaid. Such collateral was not available in this case. Recognizing that Lehman's potential failure posed risks to market functioning, the Federal Reserve sought to cushion the effects by implementing a number of measures, including substantially broadening the collateral accepted by the Fed's Primary Dealer Credit Facility (PDCF) and Term Securities Lending Facility (TSLF) to ensure that the remaining primary dealers would have uninterrupted access to funding.

Tue, October 07, 2008
NABE Annual Meeting

Recently, however, our liquidity provision had begun to run ahead of our ability to absorb excess reserves held by the banking system, leading the effective funds rate, on many days, to fall below the target set by the Federal Open Market Committee. This problem has largely been addressed by a provision of the legislation the Congress passed last week, which gives the Federal Reserve the authority to pay interest on balances that depository institutions hold in their accounts at the Federal Reserve Banks. The Federal Reserve announced yesterday that it will pay interest on required reserve balances at 10 basis points below the target federal funds rate, and pay interest on excess reserves, initially at 75 basis points below the target. Paying interest on reserves should allow us to better control the federal funds rate, as banks are unlikely to lend overnight balances at a rate lower than they can receive from the Fed; thus, the payment of interest on reserves should set a floor for the funds rate over the day. With this step, our lending facilities may be more easily expanded as necessary.

Tue, October 14, 2008
Presidents Working Group Market Stability Initiative Announcement

We will not stand down until we have achieved our goals of repairing and reforming our financial system and thereby restoring prosperity to our economy...I strongly believe that the application of these tools {the response by policymakers}, together with the underlying vitality and resilience of the American economy, will help to restore confidence to our financial system and place our economy back on a path to vigorous, healthy growth.

Wed, October 15, 2008
Economic Club of New York

Our strategy will continue to evolve and be refined as we adapt to new developments and the inevitable setbacks. But we will not stand down until we have achieved our goals of repairing and reforming our financial system and restoring prosperity.

Wed, October 15, 2008
Economic Club of New York

[O]bviously, the last decade has shown that bursting bubbles can be an extraordinarily dangerous and costly phenomenon for the economy, and there is no doubt that as we emerge from the financial crisis, we will all be looking at that issue and what can be done about it.

From the Q&A session, as reported by the Wall Street Journal

Wed, October 15, 2008
Economic Club of New York

(A)s a long-time student of banking and financial crises, I can attest that the current situation also has much in common with past experiences. As in all past crises, at the root of the problem is a loss of confidence by investors and the public in the strength of key financial institutions and markets. The crisis will end when comprehensive responses by political and financial leaders restore that trust, bringing investors back into the market and allowing the normal business of extending credit to households and firms to resume.

...

The trajectory of economic activity beyond the next few quarters will depend greatly on the extent to which financial and credit markets return to more normal functioning.

Wed, October 15, 2008
Economic Club of New York

The Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP) authorized by the legislation will allow the Treasury, under the supervision of an oversight board that I will head, to undertake two highly complementary activities. First, the Treasury will use the TARP funds to help recapitalize our banking system by purchasing non-voting equity in financial institutions. Details of this program were announced yesterday. Initially, the Treasury will dedicate $250 billion toward purchases of preferred shares in banks and thrifts of all sizes. The program is voluntary and designed both to encourage participation by healthy institutions and to make it attractive for private capital to come in along with public capital. We look to strong institutions to participate in this capital program, because today even strong institutions are reluctant to expand their balance sheets to extend credit; with fresh capital, that constraint will be eased.

Wed, October 15, 2008
Economic Club of New York

Also, to try to mitigate dollar funding pressures worldwide, we have greatly expanded reciprocal currency arrangements (so-called swap agreements) with other central banks. Indeed, this week we agreed to extend unlimited dollar funding to the European Central Bank, the Bank of England, the Bank of Japan, and the Swiss National Bank. These agreements enable foreign central banks to provide dollars to financial institutions in their jurisdictions, which helps improve the functioning of dollar funding markets globally and relieve pressures on U.S. funding markets. It bears noting that these arrangements carry no risk to the U.S. taxpayer, as our loans are to the foreign central banks themselves, who take responsibility for the extension of dollar credit within their jurisdictions.

Wed, October 15, 2008
Economic Club of New York

[L]ast week, in an unprecedented joint action with five other major central banks and in response to the adverse implications of the deepening crisis for the economic outlook, the Federal Reserve again eased the stance of monetary policy.

Wed, October 15, 2008
Economic Club of New York

The Federal Reserve responded to these developments in two broad ways. First, following classic tenets of central banking, the Fed has provided large amounts of liquidity to the financial system to cushion the effects of tight conditions in short-term funding markets. Second, to reduce the downside risks to growth emanating from the tightening of credit, the Fed, in a series of moves that began last September, has significantly lowered its target for the federal funds rate.

Wed, October 15, 2008
Economic Club of New York

However, as subsequent events have demonstrated, the problem was much broader than subprime lending. Large inflows of capital into the United States and other countries stimulated a reaching for yield, an underpricing of risk, excessive leverage, and the development of complex and opaque financial instruments that seemed to work well during the credit boom but have been shown to be fragile under stress.

Wed, October 15, 2008
Economic Club of New York

The Treasury and the Fed have taken a range of actions to address financial problems. To address illiquidity and impaired functioning in commercial paper markets, the Treasury implemented a temporary guarantee program for balances held in money market mutual funds to help stem the outflows from these funds. The Federal Reserve put in place a temporary lending facility that provides financing for banks to purchase high-quality asset-backed commercial paper from money market funds, thus reducing their need to sell the commercial paper into already distressed markets. Moreover, we soon will implement a new, temporary Commercial Paper Funding Facility that will provide a backstop to commercial paper markets by purchasing highly rated commercial paper directly from issuers at a term of three months when those markets are illiquid.  

Mon, October 20, 2008
Testimony to House Budget Committee

The proximate cause of the financial turmoil was the steep increase and subsequent decline of house prices nationwide, which, together with poor lending practices, have led to large losses on mortgages and mortgage-related instruments by a wide range of institutions.  More fundamentally, the turmoil is the aftermath of a credit boom characterized by underpricing of risk, excessive leverage, and an increasing reliance on complex and opaque financial instruments that have proved to be fragile under stress.

Mon, October 20, 2008
Testimony to House Budget Committee

Even before the recent intensification of the financial crisis, economic activity had shown considerable signs of weakening...  Incoming data on consumer spending, housing, and business investment have all showed significant slowing over the past few months, and some key determinants of spending have worsened:  Equity and house prices have fallen, foreign economic growth has slowed, and credit conditions have tightened.  One brighter note is that the declines in the prices of oil and other commodities will have favorable implications for the purchasing power of households.  Nonetheless, the pace of economic activity is likely to be below that of its longer-run potential for several quarters.

...

The prices of the goods and services purchased by consumers rose rapidly earlier this year, as steep increases in the prices of oil and other commodities led to higher retail prices for fuel and food, and as firms were able to pass through a portion of their higher costs of production.  These effects are now reversing in the wake of the substantial declines in commodity prices since the summer.  Moreover, the prices of imports now appear to be decelerating, and consumer surveys and yields on inflation-indexed Treasury securities suggest that expected inflation has held steady or eased.  If not reversed, these developments, together with the likelihood that economic activity will fall short of potential for a time, should bring inflation down to levels consistent with price stability.

Mon, October 20, 2008
Testimony to House Budget Committee

We are in a serious slowdown in the economy, which has very significant consequences for the public, and whether it's called a recession or not is of no consequence.

From the Q&A session

Mon, October 20, 2008
Testimony to House Budget Committee

I understand that the Congress is evaluating the desirability of a second fiscal package.  Any fiscal action inevitably involves tradeoffs, not only among current needs and objectives but also--because commitments of resources today can burden future generations and constrain future policy options--between the present and the future.  Such tradeoffs inevitably involve value judgments that can properly be made only by our elected officials.  Moreover, with the outlook exceptionally uncertain, the optimal timing, scale, and composition of any fiscal package are unclear.  All that being said, with the economy likely to be weak for several quarters, and with some risk of a protracted slowdown, consideration of a fiscal package by the Congress at this juncture seems appropriate.

Fri, October 31, 2008
University of California at Berkeley

A public utility model offers one possibility for incorporating private ownership.  In such a model, the GSE remains a corporation with shareholders but is overseen by a public board.  Beyond simply monitoring safety and soundness, the regulator would also establish pricing and other rules consistent with a promised rate of return to shareholders.  Public utility regulation itself, of course, has numerous challenges and drawbacks, such as reduced incentives to control costs.  Nor does this model completely eliminate the private-public conflict of the current GSE structure.  But a public utility model might allow the enterprise to retain some of the flexibility and innovation associated with private-sector enterprises in which management is accountable to its shareholders.  And, although I have noted the problems associated with private-public conflict, that conflict is not always counterproductive; an entity with private shareholders may be better able to resist political influences, which, under some circumstances, may lead to better market outcomes.

If private shareholders are excluded, several possibilities worth exploring remain.  One approach would be to structure a quasi-public corporation without shareholders that would engage in the provision of mortgage insurance generally.  Here, perhaps, one might envision the consolidation of the GSEs and the FHA, with all securitization undertaken by a Ginnie Mae-type organization.  Private mortgage insurers could still participate in this framework, though the role of the government in supporting mortgage insurance and securitization would become more explicit than it is today.  Finally, one might consider cooperative ownership structures, where the originators of mortgages must hold the capital in the government-sponsored enterprises, analogous to the current structure of the Federal Home Loan Banks.

Fri, October 31, 2008
University of California at Berkeley

To date, not many covered bonds have been issued in the United States, for several reasons.  First, the Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLB) can tap capital markets and provide cost-effective funding for mortgage assets.  In addition, as a source of financing, covered bond issuance today is not generally competitive with FHLB advances.  Second, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have traditionally securitized U.S. prime mortgage assets.  The GSEs' implicit government backing and their scale of securitization operations have made it difficult for banks to use covered bonds to finance their own prime mortgages.  Third, the United States does not have the extensive statutory and supervisory regulation designed to protect the interests of covered bond investors that exists in European countries.  To this end, the recent introduction of the FDIC policy statement on covered bonds and the Treasury covered bond framework were constructive steps.  Finally, the cost disadvantage of covered bonds relative to securitization through Fannie and Freddie is increased by the greater capital requirements associated with covered bond issuance.

Fri, October 31, 2008
University of California at Berkeley

Developing an effective securitization model is not easy--according to one economic historian, mortgage securitization schemes were tried and abandoned at least six times between 1870 and 1940.1  Eventually, experience provided three principles for successful mortgage securitization.  First, for the ultimate investors to be willing to acquire and trade mortgage-backed securities, they must be persuaded that the credit quality of the underlying mortgages is high and that the origination-to-distribution process is managed so that originators, such as mortgage brokers and bankers, have an incentive to undertake careful underwriting.  Second, because the pools of assets underlying mortgage-backed securities have highly correlated risks, including interest rate, prepayment, and credit risks, the institutions and other investors that hold these securities must have the capacity to manage their risks carefully.  Finally, because mortgage-backed securities are complex amalgamations of underlying mortgages that may themselves be complex to price, transparency about both the underlying assets and the mortgage-backed security itself is essential.

Fri, October 31, 2008
University of California at Berkeley

Our task now is to begin thinking about how to best reestablish a link between homebuyers and capital markets in a way that addresses the weaknesses of the old system.  In light of the central role that the GSEs played, and still play, any such analysis must pay particular attention to how those institutions should evolve.

Fri, November 14, 2008
ECB Central Banking Conference

The efforts by central banks around the world to increase the availability of liquidity, along with other steps taken by central banks and governments, have contributed to tentative improvements in credit market functioning. However, the continuing volatility of markets and recent indicators of economic performance confirm that challenges remain. For this reason, policymakers will remain in close contact, monitor developments closely, and stand ready to take additional steps should conditions warrant.

Fri, November 14, 2008
ECB Central Banking Conference

Indeed, a significant feature of the recent financial market stress is the strong demand for dollar funding not only in the United States, but also abroad. Many financial institutions outside the United States, especially in Europe, had substantially increased their dollar investments in recent years, including loans to nonbanks and purchases of asset-backed securities issued by U.S. residents.1 Also, the continued prominent role of the dollar in international trade, foreign direct investment, and financial transactions contributes to dollar funding needs abroad. While some financial institutions outside the United States have relied on dollars acquired through their U.S. affiliates, many others relied on interbank and other wholesale markets to obtain dollars. As such, the recent sharp deterioration in conditions in funding markets left some participants outside the United States without adequate access to short-term dollar financing.

The emergence of dollar funding shortages around the globe has required a more internationally coordinated approach among central banks to the lender-of-last-resort function. The principal tool we have used is the currency swap line, which allows each collaborating central bank to draw down balances denominated in its foreign partner’s currency. The Federal Reserve has now established temporary swap lines with more than a dozen other central banks.2 Many of these central banks have drawn on these lines and, using a variety of methods and facilities, have allocated these funds to meet the needs of institutions within their borders.3 Although funding needs during the current turmoil have been the most pronounced for dollars, they have arisen for other currencies as well. For example, the ECB has set up swap lines and repo facilities with the central banks of Denmark and Hungary to provide euro liquidity in those countries. The terms of many swap agreements have been adjusted with the changing needs for liquidity: The sizes of the swaps have increased, the types of collateral accepted by these central banks from financial institutions in their economies have been expanded, and the maturities at which these funds have been made available have been tailored to meeting the prevailing needs. Notably, in mid-October, the Federal Reserve eliminated limits on the sizes of its swap lines with the ECB, the Bank of England, the SNB, and the Bank of Japan so as to accommodate demands for U.S. dollar funding of any scale. Taken together, these actions have helped improve the distribution of liquidity around the globe.

This collaborative approach to the injection of liquidity reflects more than the global, multi-currency nature of funding difficulties. It also reflects the importance of relationships between central banks and the institutions they serve. Under swap agreements, the responsibility for allocating foreign-currency liquidity within a jurisdiction lies with the domestic central bank. This arrangement makes use of the fact that the domestic central bank is best positioned to understand the mechanics and special features of its own country’s financial and payments systems and, because of its existing relationships with domestic financial institutions, can best assess the strength of each institution and its needs for foreign-currency liquidity. The domestic central bank is also typically best informed about the quality of the collateral offered by potential borrowers.

Fri, November 14, 2008
ECB Central Banking Conference

The merits of coordinated monetary policies have been discussed by policymakers and academics for decades, but in practice, such coordination has been quite rare. However, on October 8, the Federal Reserve announced a reduction in its policy interest rate jointly with five other major central banks--the Bank of Canada, the Bank of England, the ECB, Sveriges Riksbank, and the Swiss National Bank (SNB)--with the Bank of Japan expressing support. Last month’s joint action was motivated by the abatement of inflationary pressures and increased indications of economic slowing in our respective economies. In addition, the coordinated rate cut was intended to send a strong signal to the public and to markets of our resolve to act together to address global economic challenges.

 

Tue, November 18, 2008
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

The ongoing capital injections under the TARP are continuing to bring stability to the banking system and have reduced some of the pressure on banks to deleverage, two critical first steps toward restarting flows of new credit.  However, overall, credit conditions are still far from normal, with risk spreads remaining very elevated and banks reporting that they continued to tighten lending standards through October.

Mon, December 01, 2008
Greater Austin Chamber of Commerce

Regarding interest rate policy, although further reductions from the current federal funds rate target of 1 percent are certainly feasible, at this point the scope for using conventional interest rate policies to support the economy is obviously limited.  Indeed, the actual federal funds rate has been trading consistently below the Committee's 1 percent target in recent weeks, reflecting the large quantity of reserves that our lending activities have put into the system. In principle, our ability to pay interest on excess reserves at a rate equal to the funds rate target, as we have been doing, should keep the actual rate near the target, because banks should have no incentive to lend overnight funds at a rate lower than what they can receive from the Federal Reserve. In practice, however, several factors have served to depress the market rate below the target. One such factor is the presence in the market of large suppliers of funds, notably the government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs) Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, which are not eligible to receive interest on reserves and are thus willing to lend overnight federal funds at rates below the target.1 We will continue to explore ways to keep the effective federal funds rate closer to the target.

_________________________________

1.  Banks have an incentive to borrow from the GSEs and then redeposit the funds at the Federal Reserve; as a result, banks earn a sure profit equal to the difference between the rate they pay the GSEs and the rate they receive on excess reserves. However, thus far, this type of arbitrage has not been occurring on a sufficient scale, perhaps because banks have not yet fully adjusted their reserve-management practices to take advantage of this opportunity.

Mon, December 01, 2008
Greater Austin Chamber of Commerce

 The problems of moral hazard and the existence of institutions that are "too big to fail" must certainly be addressed, but the right way to do this is through regulatory changes, improvements in the financial infrastructure, and other measures that will prevent a situation like this from recurring. Going forward, reforming the system to enhance stability and to address the problem of "too big to fail" should be a top priority for lawmakers and regulators.

Mon, December 01, 2008
Greater Austin Chamber of Commerce

Our lending to other major central banks, who in turn re-lend dollar funding to banks in their own jurisdiction.  As I have mentioned before, that has created liquidity provision around the world that has made the Federal Reserve in some sense the lender of last resort for dollar markets around the world.  That’s important because we have a globalized financial system. If dollar markets are disrupted in the U.K. or in Europe or in Asia, that will have effects on our markets here in the United States.  

I guess I would also emphasize – some people have worried about the credit issues. As I mentioned in my remarks, all of those programs are very safe from a credit perspective. The loans to banks and dealers are over-collateralized and with recourse to the firms. The loans to central banks are collateralized with currency of the foreign country and the good faith and credit of those central banks.  The loans in our credit markets are also well-protected and well-collateralized.  So we’re not putting money at risk – in fact, we expect probably to make some money in this – but the purpose of this is to put cash out in order to get this markets working, functioning better – getting credit flowing more freely to help the economy recover.

From the audience Q&A

Mon, December 01, 2008
Greater Austin Chamber of Commerce

Expanding the provision of liquidity leads also to further expansion of the balance sheet of the Federal Reserve. To avoid inflation in the long run and to allow short-term interest rates ultimately to return to normal levels, the Fed's balance sheet will eventually have to be brought back to a more sustainable level. The FOMC will ensure that that is done in a timely way. However, that is an issue for the future; for now, the goal of policy must be to support financial markets and the economy.

Mon, December 01, 2008
Greater Austin Chamber of Commerce

Indeed, the actual federal funds rate has been trading consistently below the Committee's 1 percent target in recent weeks, reflecting the large quantity of reserves that our lending activities have put into the system. In principle, our ability to pay interest on excess reserves at a rate equal to the funds rate target, as we have been doing, should keep the actual rate near the target, because banks should have no incentive to lend overnight funds at a rate lower than what they can receive from the Federal Reserve. In practice, however, several factors have served to depress the market rate below the target. One such factor is the presence in the market of large suppliers of funds, notably the government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs) Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, which are not eligible to receive interest on reserves and are thus willing to lend overnight federal funds at rates below the target.1 We will continue to explore ways to keep the effective federal funds rate closer to the target.

Mon, December 01, 2008
Greater Austin Chamber of Commerce

Although conventional interest rate policy is constrained by the fact that nominal interest rates cannot fall below zero, the second arrow in the Federal Reserve's quiver--the provision of liquidity--remains effective. Indeed, there are several means by which the Fed could influence financial conditions through the use of its balance sheet, beyond expanding our lending to financial institutions. First, the Fed could purchase longer-term Treasury or agency securities on the open market in substantial quantities. This approach might influence the yields on these securities, thus helping to spur aggregate demand. Indeed, last week the Fed announced plans to purchase up to $100 billion in GSE debt and up to $500 billion in GSE mortgage-backed securities over the next few quarters. It is encouraging that the announcement of that action was met by a fall in mortgage interest rates.

Thu, December 04, 2008
Federal Reserve System Conference on Housing and Mortgage Markets

As house prices have declined, many borrowers now find themselves "under water" on their mortgages--perhaps as many as 15 to 20 percent by some estimates.  In addition, as the economy has slowed and unemployment has risen, more households are finding it difficult to make their mortgage payments.  About 4-1/2 percent of all first-lien mortgages are now more than 90 days past due or in foreclosure, and one in ten near-prime mortgages in alt-A pools and more than one in five subprime mortgages are seriously delinquent.3  Lenders appear to be on track to initiate 2-1/4 million foreclosures in 2008, up from an average annual pace of less than 1 million during the pre-crisis period.4

Thu, December 04, 2008
Federal Reserve System Conference on Housing and Mortgage Markets

As the participants in this conference are keenly aware, I am sure, housing and housing finance played a central role in precipitating the current crisis.  As the crisis has persisted, however, the relationships between housing and other parts of the economy have become more complex.  Declining house prices, delinquencies and foreclosures, and strains in mortgage markets are now symptoms as well as causes of our general financial and economic difficulties.  These interlinkages imply that As the participants in this conference are keenly aware, I am sure, housing and housing finance played a central role in precipitating the current crisis.  As the crisis has persisted, however, the relationships between housing and other parts of the economy have become more complex.  Declining house prices, delinquencies and foreclosures, and strains in mortgage markets are now symptoms as well as causes of our general financial and economic difficulties.  These interlinkages imply that policies aimed at improving broad financial and economic conditions and policies focused specifically on housing may be mutually reinforcing.  Indeed, the most effective approach very likely will involve a full range of coordinated measures aimed at different aspects of the problem.

...

Because developments in the housing sector have become so interlinked with the evolution of the financial markets and the economy as a whole, both macro and micro policies have a role in addressing the strains in housing.  At the macro level, the Federal Reserve has taken a number of steps, beginning with the easing of monetary policy.  To the extent that more accommodative monetary policies make credit conditions easier and incomes higher than they otherwise would have been, they support the housing market.

The Federal Reserve has also implemented a series of actions aimed at restoring the normal functioning of financial markets and restarting the flow of credit, including providing liquidity to a range of financial institutions, working with the Treasury and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) to help stabilize the banking system, and providing backstop liquidity to the commercial paper market...

Thu, December 04, 2008
Federal Reserve System Conference on Housing and Mortgage Markets

Despite good-faith efforts by both the private and public sectors, the foreclosure rate remains too high, with adverse consequences for both those directly involved and for the broader economy.  More needs to be done.  In the remainder of my remarks I will discuss, without ranking, a few promising options for reducing avoidable foreclosures.  These proposals are not mutually exclusive and could be used in combination.  Each would require some commitment of public funds.

...

...Beyond the steps already taken by the H4H board, the Congress might consider making the terms of H4H loans more attractive by reducing the up-front insurance premium paid by the lender, currently set in law at 3 percent of the principal value, as well as the annual premium paid by the borrower, currently set at 1-1/2 percent.  The Congress might also grant the FHA the flexibility to tailor these premiums to individual risk characteristics rather than forcing the FHA to charge the same premium to all borrowers...I n addition, consideration might be given to reducing the interest rate that borrowers would pay under the H4H program... To bring down this rate, the Treasury could exercise its authority to purchase these securities... Alternatively, the Congress could decide to subsidize the rate.

A second proposal, put forward by the FDIC, focuses on improving the affordability of monthly payments.  Under the FDIC plan, servicers would restructure delinquent mortgages using a streamlined process, modeled on the IndyMac protocol, and would aim to reduce monthly payments to 31 percent of the borrower's income.  an inducement to lenders and servicers to undertake these modifications, the government would offer to share in any losses sustained in the event of redefaults on the modified mortgages... 

A third approach would have the government share the cost when the servicer reduces the borrower's monthly payment.  For example, a servicer could initiate a modification and bear the costs of reducing the mortgage payment to 38 percent of income, after which the government could bear a portion of the incremental cost of reducing the mortgage payments beyond 38 percent, say to 31 percent, of income...Relative to the FDIC proposal, this plan would pose a greater operational burden on the government, which would be required to make payments to servicers for all modified loans, not just for loans that redefault...

A third approach would have the government share the cost when the servicer reduces the borrower's monthly payment.  For example, a servicer could initiate a modification and bear the costs of reducing the mortgage payment to 38 percent of income, after which the government could bear a portion of the incremental cost of reducing the mortgage payments beyond 38 percent, say to 31 percent, of income... Relative to the FDIC proposal, this plan would pose a greater operational burden on the government, which would be required to make payments to servicers for all modified loans, not just for loans that redefault...

Yet another promising proposal for foreclosure prevention would have the government purchase delinquent or at-risk mortgages in bulk and then refinance them into the H4H or another FHA program.  This approach could take advantage of the depressed market values of such mortgages, and buying in bulk might help avoid adverse selection problems...  Even so, this program could take some time to get up and running, and the re-underwriting required for H4H loans would likely take more time and incur greater operational costs than other plans. 

 

Tue, January 13, 2009
London School of Economics

However, at some point, when credit markets and the economy have begun to recover, the Federal Reserve will have to unwind its various lending programs.  To some extent, this unwinding will happen automatically, as improvements in credit markets should reduce the need to use Fed facilities.  Indeed, where possible we have tried to set lending rates and margins at levels that are likely to be increasingly unattractive to borrowers as financial conditions normalize.  In addition, some programs--those authorized under the Federal Reserve's so-called 13(3) authority, which requires a finding that conditions in financial markets are "unusual and exigent"--will by law have to be eliminated once credit market conditions substantially normalize...

As lending programs are scaled back, the size of the Federal Reserve's balance sheet will decline..  A significant shrinking of the balance sheet can be accomplished relatively quickly. .. as the various programs and facilities are scaled back or shut down.  As the size of the balance sheet and the quantity of excess reserves in the system decline, the Federal Reserve will be able to return to its traditional means of making monetary policy--namely, by setting a target for the federal funds rate.

Although a large portion of Federal Reserve assets are short-term in nature, we do hold or expect to hold significant quantities of longer-term assets, such as the mortgage-backed securities that we will buy over the next two quarters.  Although longer-term securities can also be sold, of course, we would not anticipate disposing of more than a small portion of these assets in the near term, which will slow the rate at which our balance sheet can shrink.  We are monitoring the maturity composition of our balance sheet closely and do not expect a significant problem in reducing our balance sheet to the extent necessary at the appropriate time.

Tue, January 13, 2009
London School of Economics

"It's very important for us to put out the fire first and then think about the fire code. Going forward we have to look at the code of regulation for the financial system."

From the Q&A session, as reported by the Telegraph

Tue, January 13, 2009
London School of Economics

Particularly pressing is the need to address the problem of financial institutions that are deemed "too big to fail"...  In the future, financial firms of any type whose failure would pose a systemic risk must accept especially close regulatory scrutiny of their risk-taking.  Also urgently needed in the United States is a new set of procedures for resolving failing nonbank institutions deemed systemically critical, analogous to the rules and powers that currently exist for resolving banks under the so-called systemic risk exception.

Tue, January 13, 2009
London School of Economics

 The Committee's aggressive monetary easing was not without risks.  During the early phase of rate reductions, some observers expressed concern that these policy actions would stoke inflation.  These concerns intensified as inflation reached high levels in mid-2008, mostly reflecting a surge in the prices of oil and other commodities.  The Committee takes its responsibility to ensure price stability extremely seriously, and throughout this period it remained closely attuned to developments in inflation and inflation expectations.  However, the Committee also maintained the view that the rapid rise in commodity prices in 2008 primarily reflected sharply increased demand for raw materials in emerging market economies, in combination with constraints on the supply of these materials, rather than general inflationary pressures. 

Tue, January 13, 2009
London School of Economics

Unfortunately, the intensification of the financial turbulence last fall led to further deterioration in the economic outlook.  The Committee responded by cutting the target for the federal funds rate an additional 100 basis points last October, with half of that reduction coming as part of an unprecedented coordinated interest rate cut by six major central banks on October 8. 

...

Finally, a clear lesson of the recent period is that the world is too interconnected for nations to go it alone in their economic, financial, and regulatory policies.   International cooperation is thus essential if we are to address the crisis successfully and provide the basis for a healthy, sustained recovery.

Tue, January 13, 2009
London School of Economics

One important tool is policy communication.  Even if the overnight rate is close to zero, the Committee should be able to influence longer-term interest rates by informing the public's expectations about the future course of monetary policy.  To illustrate, in its statement after its December meeting, the Committee expressed the view that economic conditions are likely to warrant an unusually low federal funds rate for some time.2  To the extent that such statements cause the public to lengthen the horizon over which they expect short-term rates to be held at very low levels, they will exert downward pressure on longer-term rates, stimulating aggregate demand.  It is important, however, that statements of this sort be expressed in conditional fashion--that is, that they link policy expectations to the evolving economic outlook.  If the public were to perceive a statement about future policy to be unconditional, then long-term rates might fail to respond in the desired fashion should the economic outlook change materially.

Tue, January 13, 2009
London School of Economics

Other than policies tied to current and expected future values of the overnight interest rate, the Federal Reserve has--and indeed, has been actively using--a range of policy tools to provide direct support to credit markets and thus to the broader economy.  As I will elaborate, I find it useful to divide these tools into three groups...

The first set of tools, which are closely tied to the central bank's traditional role as the lender of last resort, involve the provision of short-term liquidity to sound financial institutions.  Over the course of the crisis, the Fed has taken a number of extraordinary actions to ensure that financial institutions have adequate access to short-term credit.  These actions include creating new facilities for auctioning credit and making primary securities dealers, as well as banks, eligible to borrow at the Fed's discount window...

[T]he Federal Reserve has developed a second set of policy tools, which involve the provision of liquidity directly to borrowers and investors in key credit markets.  Notably, we have introduced facilities to purchase highly rated commercial paper at a term of three months and to provide backup liquidity for money market mutual funds...

The Federal Reserve's third set of policy tools for supporting the functioning of credit markets involves the purchase of longer-term securities for the Fed's portfolio.  For example, we recently announced plans to purchase up to $100 billion in government-sponsored enterprise (GSE) debt and up to $500 billion in GSE mortgage-backed securities over the next few quarters... The Committee is also evaluating the possibility of purchasing longer-term Treasury securities.  In determining whether to proceed with such purchases, the Committee will focus on their potential to improve conditions in private credit markets, such as mortgage markets.

...

These three sets of policy tools--lending to financial institutions, providing liquidity directly to key credit markets, and buying longer-term securities--have the common feature that each represents a use of the asset side of the Fed's balance sheet, that is, they all involve lending or the purchase of securities.  The virtue of these policies in the current context is that they allow the Federal Reserve to continue to push down interest rates and ease credit conditions in a range of markets, despite the fact that the federal funds rate is close to its zero lower bound.

Tue, January 13, 2009
London School of Economics

The Federal Reserve's approach to supporting credit markets is conceptually distinct from quantitative easing (QE), the policy approach used by the Bank of Japan from 2001 to 2006.  Our approach--which could be described as "credit easing"--resembles quantitative easing in one respect:  It involves an expansion of the central bank's balance sheet.  However, in a pure QE regime, the focus of policy is the quantity of bank reserves, which are liabilities of the central bank; the composition of loans and securities on the asset side of the central bank's balance sheet is incidental.  Indeed, although the Bank of Japan's policy approach during the QE period was quite multifaceted, the overall stance of its policy was gauged primarily in terms of its target for bank reserves.  In contrast, the Federal Reserve's credit easing approach focuses on the mix of loans and securities that it holds and on how this composition of assets affects credit conditions for households and businesses.  This difference does not reflect any doctrinal disagreement with the Japanese approach, but rather the differences in financial and economic conditions between the two episodes...

The stimulative effect of the Federal Reserve's credit easing policies depends sensitively on the particular mix of lending programs and securities purchases that it undertakes...  Because various types of lending have heterogeneous effects, the stance of Fed policy in the current regime--in contrast to a QE regime--is not easily summarized by a single number, such as the quantity of excess reserves or the size of the monetary base.  In addition, the usage of Federal Reserve credit is determined in large part by borrower needs and thus will tend to increase when market conditions worsen and decline when market conditions improve.  Setting a target for the size of the Federal Reserve's balance sheet, as in a QE regime, could thus have the perverse effect of forcing the Fed to tighten the terms and availability of its lending at times when market conditions were worsening, and vice versa.

 

Tue, January 13, 2009
London School of Economics

Moreover, other tools are available or can be developed to improve control of the federal funds rate during the exit stage.  For example, the Treasury could resume its recent practice of issuing supplementary financing bills and placing the funds with the Federal Reserve; the issuance of these bills effectively drains reserves from the banking system, improving monetary control.  Longer-term assets can be financed through repurchase agreements and other methods, which also drain reserves from the system.

Tue, January 13, 2009
London School of Economics

[F]iscal actions are unlikely to promote a lasting recovery unless they are accompanied by strong measures to further stabilize and strengthen the financial system.  History demonstrates conclusively that a modern economy cannot grow if its financial system is not operating effectively...

...Consequently, more capital injections and guarantees may become necessary to ensure stability and the normalization of credit markets.  A continuing barrier to private investment in financial institutions is the large quantity of troubled, hard-to-value assets that remain on institutions' balance sheets.  The presence of these assets significantly increases uncertainty about the underlying value of these institutions and may inhibit both new private investment and new lending.  Should the Treasury decide to supplement injections of capital by removing troubled assets from institutions' balance sheets, as was initially proposed for the U.S. financial rescue plan, several approaches might be considered.  Public purchases of troubled assets are one possibility.  Another is to provide asset guarantees, under which the government would agree to absorb, presumably in exchange for warrants or some other form of compensation, part of the prospective losses on specified portfolios of troubled assets held by banks.  Yet another approach would be to set up and capitalize so-called bad banks, which would purchase assets from financial institutions in exchange for cash and equity in the bad bank.  These methods are similar from an economic perspective, though they would have somewhat different operational and accounting implications. 

Tue, January 13, 2009
London School of Economics

Because interbank markets are global in scope, the Federal Reserve has also approved bilateral currency swap agreements with 14 foreign central banks.  The swap facilities have allowed these central banks to acquire dollars from the Federal Reserve to lend to banks in their jurisdictions, which has served to ease conditions in dollar funding markets globally.  In most cases, the provision of this dollar liquidity abroad was conducted in tight coordination with the Federal Reserve's own funding auctions. 

Importantly, the provision of credit to financial institutions exposes the Federal Reserve to only minimal credit risk; the loans that we make to banks and primary dealers through our various facilities are generally overcollateralized and made with recourse to the borrowing firm.  The Federal Reserve has never suffered any losses in the course of its normal lending to banks and, now, to primary dealers.  In the case of currency swaps, the foreign central banks are responsible for repayment, not the financial institutions that ultimately receive the funds; moreover, as further security, the Federal Reserve receives an equivalent amount of foreign currency in exchange for the dollars it provides to foreign central banks.

Mon, February 09, 2009
Committee on Financial Services

“I know that, in some ways, my question should be addressed to Secretary Geithner but, as I read it today, you have chosen to now get married, and once you’re married you do have to answer for your spouse — as I do, as my wife does when I write a bad check she has to explain it,” he {Rep. Michael Capuano} told Bernanke.

To which Bernanke replied: “We’re not married, we’re just good friends.

As reported by The Wall Street Journal Real Time Economics Blog.

Tue, February 10, 2009
Committee on Financial Services

I think that's something the Congress ought to consider. Congress has close relationships to the state and local municipalities. And certainly, that would be something that needs to be done by the Congress.

It's actually more difficult for the Federal Reserve for a number of reasons, technical and otherwise. But the one that I'd point out is that the 13(3) authority, as broad as it is, excludes loans to municipalities. So we could not do that, at least not directly.

In response to a question about creating a standby facility for variable rate municipal bonds

Tue, February 10, 2009
Committee on Financial Services

An interesting historical example is the bank holiday of 1933 when Roosevelt shut down the banks for a week and said we're just going to check their books and open them up only when we think they're solvent -- and a lot of banks opened up pretty quick.  So it's not really clear how much they looked through the books but when they opened them up again, people felt much more comfortable, more confident in the banks.

Part of the proposal that Secretary Geithner put out this morning is to have a supervisory review not only of the quality of assets, the reserving, and the potential future losses, but also to ask the very important question: how well would the banks do in a very, even more severe scenario -- a stress test? Are they able to have enough capital that even putting aside whether they're solvent today that they could survive in an even worse scenario and to get confidence that they could survive that scenario -- put enough capital in so they could survive that scenario? That should help to restore confidence that they are, in fact, solvent and that would, in turn, attract private capital.

REP. MILLER: Assuming there was confidence in the stress test itself.

MR. BERNANKE: Correct.

From the Q&A session

 

Tue, February 10, 2009
Committee on Financial Services

On prices of housing and the like, we're not trying to prop up the price of housing. What we're trying to do is get the credit markets working again so that the free market can begin to function in a normal way instead of in this seized-up way in which it's currently acting.

And, finally, on price fixing of so-called toxic or legacy assets, the plan that Secretary Geithner described this morning, would have as an important component private asset managers making purchases based on their own profit-maximizing analysis. So that would be true market prices that would free-up what is now a frozen market and get transactions flowing again and should restore real price discovery to those markets.

 

Tue, February 10, 2009
Committee on Financial Services

QUESTION:  Mr. Bernanke, did you or are you aware of former Secretary Paulson forcing some banks to take TARP money?

BERNANKE: Well, there was some implicit pressure put on the very large banks, whose stability is really critical to the economy, but I'm not aware of any medium or small banks that were forced in any way to take -- to take TARP money, no.

Tue, February 10, 2009
Committee on Financial Services

The Federal Reserve's third set of policy tools for supporting the functioning of credit markets involves the purchase of longer-term securities for the Fed's portfolio.  For example, we recently announced plans to purchase up to $100 billion of the debt of government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs), including Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and the Federal Home Loan Banks, and up to $500 billion in agency-guaranteed mortgage-backed securities (MBS) by midyear.  The objective of these purchases is to lower mortgage rates, thereby supporting housing activity and the broader economy.

Note:  In his previous reference to the agency and MBS purchase program on January 13, Bernanke also mentioned the possibility of buying long-dated Treasury securities.  That option was omitted from this testimony.

Tue, February 10, 2009
Committee on Financial Services

We evaluate existing and prospective programs based on the answers to three questions:  First, has normal functioning in the credit market in question been severely disrupted by the crisis?  Second, does the Federal Reserve have tools that are likely to lead to significant improvement in function and credit availability in that market, and are the Federal Reserve's tools the most effective methods, either alone or in combination with those of other agencies, to address the disruption?  And third, do improved conditions in the particular market have the potential to make a significant difference for the overall economy?

Wed, February 18, 2009
National Press Club

In the United States, the Federal Reserve has done, and will continue to do, everything possible within the limits of its authority to assist in restoring our nation to financial stability and economic prosperity as quickly as possible.

Wed, February 18, 2009
National Press Club

To further ease financial conditions, beyond what can be attained by reducing short-term interest rates, the Federal Reserve has taken additional steps to improve the functioning of credit markets and to increase the supply of credit to households and businesses--a policy strategy that I have called "credit easing." In the first portion of my remarks, I will briefly outline the three principal approaches to easing credit that we have undertaken, over and above cutting the short-term interest rate, and assess their effectiveness to date.

...

The three sets of policy tools I have focused on today--lending to financial institutions, providing liquidity directly to key credit markets, and buying longer-term securities--each represents a use of the asset side of the Fed's balance sheet...

Wed, February 18, 2009
National Press Club

Later today, with the release of the minutes of the most recent FOMC meeting, we will be making an additional significant enhancement in Federal Reserve communications: To supplement the current economic projections by governors and Reserve Bank presidents for the next three years, we will also publish their projections of the longer-term values (at a horizon of, for example, five to six years) of output growth, unemployment, and inflation, under the assumptions of appropriate monetary policy and the absence of new shocks to the economy. These longer-term projections will inform the public of the Committee participants' estimates of the rate of growth of output and the unemployment rate that appear to be sustainable in the long run in the United States, taking into account important influences such as the trend growth rates of productivity and the labor force, improvements in worker education and skills, the efficiency of the labor market at matching workers and jobs, government policies affecting technological development or the labor market, and other factors. The longer-term projections of inflation may be interpreted, in turn, as the rate of inflation that FOMC participants see as most consistent with the dual mandate given to it by the Congress--that is, the rate of inflation that promotes maximum sustainable employment while also delivering reasonable price stability. This further extension of the quarterly projections should provide the public a clearer picture of FOMC participants' policy strategy for promoting maximum employment and price stability over time. Also, increased clarity about the FOMC's views regarding longer-term inflation should help to better stabilize the public's inflation expectations, thus contributing to keeping actual inflation from rising too high or falling too low.

Wed, February 18, 2009
National Press Club

[A]t some point, when credit markets and the economy have begun to recover, the Federal Reserve will have to moderate growth in the money supply and begin to raise the federal funds rate. To reduce policy accommodation, the Fed will have to unwind some of its credit-easing programs and allow its balance sheet to shrink. To some extent, this unwinding will happen automatically, as improvements in credit markets should reduce the need to use Fed facilities. Indeed, where possible, we have tried to set lending rates and other terms at levels that are likely to be increasingly unattractive to borrowers as financial conditions normalize. In addition, some programs--those authorized under the Federal Reserve's so-called 13(3) authority, which requires a finding that conditions in financial markets are "unusual and exigent"--will, by law, have to be phased out once credit market conditions substantially normalize. However, the principal factor determining the timing and pace of that process will be the Federal Reserve's assessment of the condition of credit markets and the prospects for the economy.

Wed, February 18, 2009
National Press Club

Some observers have expressed the concern that, by expanding its balance sheet, the Federal Reserve will ultimately stoke inflation. The Fed's lending activities have indeed resulted in a large increase in the reserves held by banks and thus in the narrowest definition of the money supply, the monetary base.  However, banks are choosing to leave the great bulk of their excess reserves idle, in most cases on deposit with the Fed. Consequently, the rates of growth of broader monetary aggregates, such as M1 and M2, have been much lower than that of the monetary base.2 At this point, with global economic activity weak and commodity prices at low levels, we see little risk of unacceptably high inflation in the near term; indeed, we expect inflation to be quite low for some time.

[2. ]  M1 consists of currency, traveler's checks, demand deposits, and other checkable deposits. M2 consists of M1 plus savings deposits, small-denomination time deposits, and balances in retail money market mutual funds. M2 has grown more rapidly than normal in recent months, at about a 15 percent annual rate on a quarterly average basis in the fourth quarter. We attribute this increase primarily to investors' demand for greater safety, which has led them to increase their holdings of government-guaranteed bank deposits. We expect growth in M2 to slow considerably in 2009, barring a similar shift in portfolio preferences. Return to text]

Tue, February 24, 2009
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

To break the adverse feedback loop, it is essential that we continue to complement fiscal stimulus with strong government action to stabilize financial institutions and financial markets.  If actions taken by the Administration, the Congress, and the Federal Reserve are successful in restoring some measure of financial stability--and only if that is the case, in my view--there is a reasonable prospect that the current recession will end in 2009 and that 2010 will be a year of recovery. 

Tue, February 24, 2009
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

Bernanke: "Our objective is to improve the functioning of private credit markets so that people can borrow for all kinds of purposes. We are prepared and we want to keep the option open to buy Treasury securities if we think that is the best way to improve the functioning or reduce interest rates in private markets."

"So we are certainly going to keep that option open. I should say though, that we do have a couple of other things going on right now, one is the purchases of the agency MBS and securities, the other is the proposed expansion of the TALF. So those are two directions that are certainly going to be taking up a lot of our attention in the short run. So, we will keep that option open but we are looking at some other ways of addressing private markets as well."

Q: Will an "unacceptable" rise in long-term Treasury rates and slow economic growth will result in the Fed buying longer-term Treasury securities?

Bernanke: "Well we want to look at the overall state of the economy. One possible scenario would be the Japanese scenario where there was a more general quantitative easing type approach, where the focus was not specific credit markets but braodening the monetary base in general. In that case the Japanese have, and currently are, buying long-term government bonds, that would be one possible scenario.

"But again, the basic goal here is to improve the functioning of private credit markets, we are not trying to affect the cost of government finance per se, rather the private sector.

From the Q&A session, as reported by Market News International

Tue, February 24, 2009
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

[T]his program has all the major components, including tough supervisory and government oversight, of previous successful financial stabilization plans.  So I think if it's well executed and forcefully executed, that it's our best hope of stabilizing the system.

From the Q&A session

 

Wed, February 25, 2009
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

Nationalization, to my mind, is when the government seizes the bank, zeroes out the shareholders and begins to manage and run the bank. And we don't plan anything like that.

It may be the case that the government will have a substantial minority share in Citi or other banks. But again, we have the tools between supervisory oversight, shareholder rights and other tools to make sure that we get the good results we want in terms of improved performance without all the negative impacts of going through a bankruptcy process or some kind of seizure, which would be, I think, disruptive to the market.

From the Q&A session

Wed, February 25, 2009
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

Federal Reserve Board Chairman Ben Bernanke tried to assure Congress and investors that federal regulators are not grasping at straws in the response to the financial crisis.

"We're not making it up," Bernanke told the House Financial Services panel.

"We're working along a program that has been applied in various contexts," he said. "We're not completely in the dark."

As reported by MarketWatch.

Tue, March 03, 2009
Testimony to Senate Budget Committee

Senator, the Treasury's plan has I think the three key elements for stabilizing the banks... The third is taking bad assets off the balance sheets. And there are various ways of doing that. The Treasury's talked about some kind of public-private partnership where the private sector would help determine the prices.  A question is:   how do you leverage up the TARP money?

From the Q&A session

Tue, March 03, 2009
Testimony to Senate Budget Committee

If there's a single episode in this entire 18 months that has made me more angry, I can't think of one than AIG. AIG exploited a huge gap in the regulatory system; there was no oversight of the financial products division. This was a hedge fund basically that was attached to a large and stable insurance company, made huge numbers of irresponsible bets, took huge losses. 

From the Q&A session

Tue, March 03, 2009
Testimony to Senate Budget Committee

[T]he Treasury recently announced plans for further steps to ensure the strength and soundness of the financial system and to promote a more smooth flow of credit to households and businesses. The plan would use the remaining resources appropriated to the Treasury under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act--approximately $350 billion--and also involve additional spending to support the activities of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Whether further funds will be needed depends on the results of the current supervisory assessment of banks, the evolution of the economy, and other factors. The Administration has included a placeholder in its budget for more funding for financial stabilization, should it be necessary.

Tue, March 03, 2009
Testimony to Senate Budget Committee

Well, I think you have to solve the problem you've got.  And the problem we've got is not a lack of liquidity or a lack of purchases of Treasuries.  The problem we've got is that so many of our critical credit markets are not functioning properly. The securitization market's not functioning, the mortgage market. If we want to help the economy grow again, we got to get those markets working.

The programs we've done are not credit allocation, because they're very broad-based. The TALF is addressing a wide range of assets and we're leaving to the private sector the decision to which assets to bring to the TALF.  The mortgage market is a very broad-based market, and it affects the whole economy. So I -- I think, and -- and as far as getting out of it is concerned, I already discussed earlier the unwinding process. I think we'll be able to do that.

So I think you have to solve the problem you've got, not the problem you haven't got.

In response to a question about why Bernanke had voted not to buy Treasuries and pursue a quantitative easing at the January FOMC meeting.

Tue, March 10, 2009
Council on Foreign Relations

Macroprudential policies focus on risks to the financial system as a whole. Such risks may be crosscutting, affecting a number of firms and markets, or they may be concentrated in a few key areas. A macroprudential approach would complement and build on the current regulatory and supervisory structure, in which the primary focus is the safety and soundness of individual institutions and markets.

...

Some commentators have proposed that the Federal Reserve take on the role of systemic risk authority; others have expressed concern that adding this responsibility would overburden the central bank. The extent to which this new responsibility might be a good match for the Federal Reserve depends a great deal on precisely how the Congress defines the role and responsibilities of the authority, as well as on how the necessary resources and expertise complement those employed by the Federal Reserve in the pursuit of its long-established core missions.

It seems to me that we should keep our minds open on these questions. We have been discussing them a good deal within the Federal Reserve System, and their importance warrants careful consideration by legislators and other policymakers. As a practical matter, however, effectively identifying and addressing systemic risks would seem to require the involvement of the Federal Reserve in some capacity, even if not in the lead role. As the central bank of the United States, the Federal Reserve has long figured prominently in the government's responses to financial crises. Indeed, the Federal Reserve was established by the Congress in 1913 largely as a means of addressing the problem of recurring financial panics.

Tue, March 10, 2009
Council on Foreign Relations

For some time, market participants have been working to develop a contingency plan for handling a loss of confidence in either of the two clearing banks that facilitate the settlement of triparty repos. Recent experience demonstrates the need for additional measures to enhance the resilience of these markets, particularly as large borrowers have experienced acute stress. The Federal Reserve's Primary Dealer Credit Facility, launched in the wake of the Bear Stearns collapse and expanded in the aftermath of the Lehman Brothers bankruptcy, has stabilized this critical market, and market confidence has been maintained. However, this program was adopted under our emergency powers to address unusual and exigent circumstances. Therefore, more-permanent reforms are needed. For example, it may be worthwhile considering the costs and benefits of a central clearing system for this market, given the magnitude of exposures generated and the vital importance of the market to both dealers and investors.

Tue, March 10, 2009
Council on Foreign Relations

Both {resolution} models allow a government agency to take control of a failing institution's operations and management, act as conservator or receiver for the institution, and establish a "bridge" institution to facilitate an orderly sale or liquidation of the firm. The authority to "bridge" a failing institution through a receivership to a new entity reduces the potential for market disruption while limiting moral hazard and mitigating any adverse impact of government intervention on market discipline.

The new resolution regime would need to be carefully crafted. For example, clear guidelines must define which firms could be subject to the alternative regime and the process for invoking that regime, analogous perhaps to the procedures for invoking the so-called systemic risk exception under the FDIA. In addition, given the global operations of many large and complex financial firms and the complex regulatory structures under which they operate, any new regime must be structured to work as seamlessly as possible with other domestic or foreign insolvency regimes that might apply to one or more parts of the consolidated organization.

Tue, March 10, 2009
Council on Foreign Relations

Like water seeking its level, saving flowed from where it was abundant to where it was deficient, with the result that the United States and some other advanced countries experienced large capital inflows for more than a decade, even as real long-term interest rates remained low.

The global imbalances were the joint responsibility of the United States and our trading partners, and although the topic was a perennial one at international conferences, we collectively did not do enough to reduce those imbalances. However, the responsibility to use the resulting capital inflows effectively fell primarily on the receiving countries, particularly the United States... In certain respects, our experience parallels that of some emerging-market countries in the 1990s, whose financial sectors and regulatory regimes likewise proved inadequate for efficiently investing large inflows of saving from abroad. When those failures became evident, investors lost confidence and crises ensued. A clear and highly consequential difference, however, is that the crises of the 1990s were regional, whereas the current crisis has become global.

Tue, March 10, 2009
Council on Foreign Relations

Bernanke said that a 10% jobless rate is "well within the realm of possibility" in responding to a question after a speech today in Washington.

As reported by Bloomberg News

Tue, March 10, 2009
Council on Foreign Relations

It seems obvious that regulatory and supervisory policies should not themselves put unjustified pressure on financial institutions or inappropriately inhibit lending during economic downturns. However, there is some evidence that capital standards, accounting rules, and other regulations have made the financial sector excessively procyclical--that is, they lead financial institutions to ease credit in booms and tighten credit in downturns more than is justified by changes in the creditworthiness of borrowers, thereby intensifying cyclical changes.

...

The ongoing move by those who set accounting standards toward requirements for improved disclosure and greater transparency is a positive development that deserves full support. However, determining appropriate valuation methods for illiquid or idiosyncratic assets can be very difficult, to put it mildly. Similarly, there is considerable uncertainty regarding the appropriate levels of loan loss reserves over the cycle. As a result, further review of accounting standards governing valuation and loss provisioning would be useful, and might result in modifications to the accounting rules that reduce their procyclical effects without compromising the goals of disclosure and transparency. Indeed, work is underway on these issues through the Financial Stability Forum, and the results of that work may prove useful for U.S. policymakers.9

Tue, March 10, 2009
Council on Foreign Relations

In light of the importance of money market mutual funds--and, in particular, the crucial role they play in the commercial paper market, a key source of funding for many businesses--policymakers should consider how to increase the resiliency of those funds that are susceptible to runs. One approach would be to impose tighter restrictions on the instruments in which money market mutual funds can invest, potentially requiring shorter maturities and increased liquidity. A second approach would be to develop a limited system of insurance for money market mutual funds that seek to maintain a stable net asset value. For either of these approaches or others, it would be important to consider the implications not only for the money market mutual fund industry itself, but also for the distribution of liquidity and risk in the financial system as a whole.

Tue, March 10, 2009
Council on Foreign Relations

My forecasting record is about the same as the win-loss record of the Washington Nationals.

From the Q&A session, as reported by the Washington Post's D.C. Sports Blog

Tue, March 10, 2009
Council on Foreign Relations

I do think that economics, it’s not music or math. It’s not something that’s valuable for its own sake. Economics is only useful to the extent that it helps people — that it helps the economy. I spent my entire career looking at monetary policy, macroeconomics, financial crises and their effects on the economy. Through those studies I’ve learned some things that I hope will be helpful, or are being helpful, in the current environment. I view this as a wonderful opportunity to use what I know, to serve my country, to try to serve the American people. I can’t deny that there have been some dark days and some difficult nights, difficult weekends, but I don’t regret it and I’m very gratified that I am able to use whatever skills, personal abilities that I have to make a difference. Again, I think that should be the goal of every economist.

Bernanke's response to a question about whether he regretted his decision to join the Fed, as reported by the Wall Street Journal

Sun, March 15, 2009
CBS 60 Minutes Interview

"What are the dangers now? What keeps you up at night?" Pelley asked.

"I think the biggest risk is that, you know, we don't have the political will. We don't have the commitment to solve this problem, and that we let it just continue. In which case, you know, we can't count on recovery," Bernanke said.

Sun, March 15, 2009
CBS 60 Minutes Interview

Asked if it's tax money the Fed is spending, Bernanke said, "It's not tax money. The banks have accounts with the Fed, much the same way that you have an account in a commercial bank. So, to lend to a bank, we simply use the computer to mark up the size of the account that they have with the Fed. It's much more akin to printing money than it is to borrowing."

"You've been printing money?" Pelley asked.

"Well, effectively," Bernanke said. "And we need to do that, because our economy is very weak and inflation is very low. When the economy begins to recover, that will be the time that we need to unwind those programs, raise interest rates, reduce the money supply, and make sure that we have a recovery that does not involve inflation."

Click here for Bernanke's revised views in 2010

 

Sun, March 15, 2009
CBS 60 Minutes Interview

Asked if he's seeing any progress, Bernanke said, "I think all of our efforts, so far, have produced results. We're buying about $500 billion in mortgages, in package and securities by the G.S.E.s, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. And that seems to have brought down mortgage rates significantly. It allows people to refinance. To get out of high rate mortgages. We are seeing progress in the money market mutual funds, and in the business lending area. And I think as those green shoots begin to appear in different markets and as some confidence begins to come back that will begin the positive dynamic that brings our economy back."

"Do you see green shoots?" Pelley asked.

"I do. I do see green shoots. And not everywhere, but certainly in some of the markets that we've been functioning in. And we've seen some improvement in the banks, as well," Bernanke said.

Fri, March 20, 2009
Independant Community Bankers Association

[S]upervisors must pay close attention to compensation practices that can create mismatches between the rewards and risks borne by institutions or their managers. As the Federal Reserve and other banking agencies have noted, poorly designed compensation policies can create perverse incentives that can ultimately jeopardize the health of the banking organization. Management compensation policies should be aligned with the long-term prudential interests of the institution, be tied to the risks being borne by the organization, provide appropriate incentives for safe and sound behavior, and avoid short-term payments for transactions with long-term horizons.3

Tue, March 24, 2009
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

I asked that the AIG-FP payments be stopped but was informed that they were mandated by contracts agreed to before the government's intervention. I then asked that suit be filed to prevent the payments. Legal staff counseled against this action, on the grounds that Connecticut law provides for substantial punitive damages if the suit would fail; legal action could thus have the perverse effect of doubling or tripling the financial benefits to the AIG-FP employees.

Tue, March 24, 2009
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

[I]t is unlikely that the failure of additional major firms could have been prevented in the wake of the failure of AIG. At best, the consequences of AIG's failure would have been a significant intensification of an already severe financial crisis and a further worsening of global economic conditions. Conceivably, its failure could have resulted in a 1930s-style global financial and economic meltdown, with catastrophic implications for production, income, and jobs.

Fri, April 03, 2009
Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond's Credit Market Symposium

As best we can tell, so far the {GSE and Treasury securities purchase} programs are having the intended effect. For example, 30-year fixed mortgage rates, which responded very little to our cuts in the target for the federal funds rate, have declined 1 percentage point to 1-1/2 percentage points since our first MBS purchase program was announced in November. Over time, lower mortgage rates should help to improve conditions in the housing market, whose persistent weakness has had a major impact on economic and financial conditions more broadly, and will improve the financial condition of some households by facilitating refinancing. In addition, open-market purchases should benefit credit markets by adding liquidity and balance sheet capacity to the system.

Fri, April 03, 2009
Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond's Credit Market Symposium

We have a number of tools we can use to reduce bank reserves or increase short-term interest rates when that becomes necessary. First, many of our lending programs extend credit primarily on a short-term basis and thus could be wound down relatively quickly. In addition, since the lending rates in these programs are typically set above the rates that prevail in normal market conditions, borrower demand for these facilities should wane as conditions improve. Second, the Federal Reserve can conduct reverse repurchase agreements against its long-term securities holdings to drain bank reserves or, if necessary, it could choose to sell some of its securities. Of course, for any given level of the federal funds rate, an unwinding of lending facilities or a sale of securities would constitute a de facto tightening of policy, and so would have to be carefully considered in that light by the FOMC. Third, some reserves can be soaked up by the Treasury's Supplementary Financing Program. Fourth, in October of last year, the Federal Reserve received long-sought authority to pay interest on the reserve balances of depository institutions. Raising the interest rate paid on reserves will encourage depository institutions to hold reserves with the Fed, rather than lending them into the federal funds market at a rate below the rate paid on reserves.5 Thus, the interest rate paid on reserves will tend to set a floor on the federal funds rate.

(Note:  emphasis added)

 

Sun, April 12, 2009
Letter to Connecticut Attorney General Richard Blumenthal

The number of NRSROs is expanding, and partly for that reason we are conducting a broader review of our approach to using rating agencies.  That review encompasses the ratings of securities of all types accepted as collateral at all our recently established credit facilities as well as collateral accepted to secure regular discount window loans.  However, as we conduct this analysis, the Federal Reserve will need to keep two key considerations in mind: first, as noted above, the NRSRO designation is not a reflection of the quality of an entity's ratings; and second, as agreed by organizations such as the Group of 30, best practices dictate that lenders and investors have the independent capacity to evaluate their exposure to risk without sole reliance on rating agencies.

Tue, April 14, 2009
Morehouse College

Right now, because of the weakness in economic conditions here and around the world, inflation has been running less than that, and our best forecast is that inflation will remain quite low for some time. Thus, the Fed's proactive policy approach is not at all inconsistent with the goal of price stability in the medium term.

Tue, April 14, 2009
Morehouse College

I can assure you that monetary policy makers are fully committed to acting as needed to withdraw on a timely basis the extraordinary support now being provided to the economy, and we are confident in our ability to do so. To be sure, decisions about when and how quickly to proceed will require a careful balancing of the risk of withdrawing support before the recovery is firmly established versus the risk of allowing inflation to rise above its preferred level in the medium term. However, this delicate balancing of risks is a challenge that central banks face in the early stages of every economic recovery. I believe that we are well equipped to make those judgments appropriately. In addition, when the time comes, our ability to clearly communicate our policy goals and our assessment of the outlook will be crucial to minimizing public uncertainty about our policy decisions.

Tue, April 14, 2009
Morehouse College

Historical experience shows that, once begun, a financial panic can spread rapidly and unpredictably; indeed, the failure of Lehman Brothers a day earlier, which the Fed and the Treasury unsuccessfully tried to prevent, resulted in the freezing up of a wide range of credit markets, with extremely serious consequences for the world economy. The financial and economic risks posed by a collapse of AIG would have been at least as great as those created by the demise of Lehman. In the case of AIG, financial market participants were keenly aware that many major financial institutions around the world were insured by or had lent funds to the company. The company's failure would thus likely have led to a further sharp decline in confidence in the global banking system and possibly to the collapse of other major financial institutions.

Tue, April 14, 2009
Morehouse College

I am fundamentally optimistic about our economy. Among its many intrinsic strengths are universities and colleges like Morehouse, which help talented students gain not only a command of a body of knowledge but also the capacity to think creatively and independently. Institutions like this one train the professionals, entrepreneurs, and leaders who will shape our economy in the future. Today's economic conditions are difficult, but the foundations of our economy are strong, and we face no problems that cannot be overcome with insight, patience, and persistence. The Federal Reserve will certainly do its part to help restore prosperity and opportunity to our economy.

Tue, April 14, 2009
Morehouse College

An effective regime would also provide the authorities greater latitude to negotiate with creditors and to modify contracts entered into by the company, including contracts that set bonuses and other compensation for management. More generally, we need significant reforms to financial regulation and financial practices that will reduce the risk of future financial crises like the one we are currently experiencing. The Federal Reserve strongly supports such reform efforts.

Tue, May 05, 2009
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

As you know, the federal bank regulatory agencies began conducting the Supervisory Capital Assessment Program in late February. The program is a forward-looking exercise intended to help supervisors gauge the potential losses, revenues, and reserve needs for the 19 largest bank holding companies in a scenario in which the economy declines more steeply than is generally anticipated. The simultaneous comprehensive assessment of the financial conditions of the 19 companies over a relatively short period of time required an extraordinary coordinated effort among the agencies.

The purpose of the exercise is to ensure that banks will have a sufficient capital buffer to remain strongly capitalized and able to lend to creditworthy borrowers even if economic conditions are worse than expected. Following the announcement of the results, bank holding companies will be required to develop comprehensive capital plans for establishing the required buffers. They will then have six months to execute those plans, with the assurance that equity capital from the Treasury under the Capital Assistance Program will be available as needed.

Tue, May 05, 2009
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

However, the recent data also suggest that the pace of contraction may be slowing, and they include some tentative signs that final demand, especially demand by households, may be stabilizing.

Tue, May 05, 2009
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

[T]he Federal Reserve and other central banks regularly buy and sell government debt in open market operations, and we've been doing that for many years. We purchased -- we announced a plan to purchase $300 billion in order to try to provide broader liquidity and try to help private credit markets. That's our objective.

And we think it's been beneficial, because we've seen improvements in mortgage markets and corporate bond markets and so on.  We're not trying to target a particular interest rate. Again, our objective is to provide more liquidity to the system and to help private credit markets, and I think that it has had some benefit.

...

Well, again, our objectives have nothing to do with the government's debt, per se. Our objectives have to do with strengthening private credit markets, and those decisions will have to be made by the FOMC as we look at the state of the economy and try to judge the efficacy of the very steps that we've taken.

In response to questions about the Fed's goals in purchasing long-term securities

Tue, May 05, 2009
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

We have a plan in place. We are trying to strengthen and improve it. Some of the components are, first, that many of the short-term programs will either wind down naturally or can be wound down. That's about up to $1 trillion of balance sheet that can be wound down through that process.

Secondly, very importantly, Congress gave us last year the ability to pay interest on reserves. By paying interest on excess reserves, banks will hold their reserves with the Fed. That will allow us to -- to raise interest rates even if excess reserves remain very substantial in the system. So that tool itself will be a very powerful tool. 

Third, we're looking at what's called reverse repurchase agreements, which essentially would allow us to finance on a short- term basis some of our asset holdings with non-bank investors, such as securities dealers or others. That would drain excess reserves from the system and also have the same effect.

Fourth, Treasury deposits at the Fed drain reserves from the excess -- excess reserves from the system, as they have done last year, for example.  And finally, if necessary, we can always sell some of our assets into the market.

So we have a number of options. The exact timing and sequencing remains to be seen. We're looking at that. We hope to release more information about that. But we -- we do believe that we have all the tools that we need to -- to exit, to help this economy get back to a -- a sustainable growth path, but also to ensure that we come out of this with price stability.

_____________

Beyond that, we have a whole bunch of other tools that we can use, and I just want to assure the American people that we are very focused, like a laser beam, if I may, on this issue of the exit and of making sure that we have price stability in the medium term and that we are working very hard to make sure that while, on the one hand, it's very important for us to provide a lot of support for this economy right now because it needs support, but at the same time we understand the necessity of winding this down in an orderly way at the appropriate moment so that we will not have inflation problems on the other side.

In response to two questions about the Fed's exit strategy

Tue, May 05, 2009
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

We're going to have fewer investment bankers and fewer construction workers, probably, in the future, because those sectors got very large, and those people will find work in new areas. So there's going to be some reallocation of labor among different sectors, which is going to affect the rate of reemployment as well.

In the Q&A session

Thu, May 07, 2009
Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago's Annual Conference on Bank Structure and Competition

A critical component of risk management is understanding the links between incentives and risk-taking, such as in the design and implementation of compensation practices. Bonuses and other compensation should provide incentives for employees at all levels to behave in ways that promote the long-run health of the institution. The Federal Reserve has been working in international forums on compensation and incentives issues; one product of those efforts was the publication last month by the Financial Stability Board of new principles for sound compensation practices.7 Certainly, an important lesson of the crisis is that the structure of compensation and its effect on incentives for risk-taking is a safety-and-soundness issue.

Thu, May 07, 2009
Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago's Annual Conference on Bank Structure and Competition

Counterparty credit risk is another area in which the Federal Reserve has been working for some time, and, as the crisis has unfolded, we have intensified our monitoring of how firms manage this type of risk. Institutions are being pushed to further improve their understanding of key linkages and exposures across the financial system. They are also being asked to analyze how their own defensive actions during periods of stress might put pressure on key counterparties, especially when other market participants are likely to be taking similar measures.

Mon, May 11, 2009
Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta 2009 Financial Markets Conference

"For the foreseeable future, the dollar will remain the leading currency both for reserves and transactions," Bernanke said. "The issue at hand is whether or not the dollar will retain its value, and I think it will. I think it will be strong," the nation's top central banker said. 

The dollar will stay strong "because the U.S. economy is strong," and because "the Federal Reserve is committed to making sure we have price stability in this country."

As reported by Dow Jones Newswires

Mon, May 11, 2009
Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta 2009 Financial Markets Conference

We learned from this effort that it is not a simple matter to simultaneously evaluate the consolidated risks for two-thirds of the assets in the U.S. banking system, using a common forward-looking framework and common metrics. But it was an enlightening exercise that will improve the toolkit we use to help ensure the safety and soundness not just of individual firms, but of the financial system more broadly.

Mon, May 11, 2009
Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta 2009 Financial Markets Conference

The loss of confidence we have seen in some banking institutions has arisen not only because market participants expect the future loss rates on many banking assets to be high, but because they also perceive the range of uncertainty surrounding estimated loss rates as being unusually wide. The capital assessment program was designed to reduce this uncertainty by conducting a stringent, forward-looking assessment of prospective losses at major banking organizations.

Wed, June 03, 2009
Testimony to House Budget Committee

Only that I respectfully disagree with her views. The U.S. and global economies, including Germany, have faced an extraordinary combination of a financial crisis, not -- unlike any seen since the Great Depression, plus a very serious downturn.

And in that context, I think strong action on both the fiscal and monetary sides is justified to try to avoid an even more severe outcome.

In response to a question about Angela Merkel's criticism of the expansion of the Fed and BOE balance sheets.

Wed, June 03, 2009
Testimony to House Budget Committee

The Federal Reserve will not monetize the debt, and I think it's important to point out that notwithstanding our purchases of Treasuries as part of a program to strengthen private credit markets, even when we complete the $300 billion purchase that we have committed to, we will still hold less Treasuries, a smaller volume of Treasuries, than we had before the crisis began.

Wed, June 03, 2009
Testimony to House Budget Committee

We face, as always, the same difficult decision about what is the right moment to begin to remove accommodation. You don't want to remove accommodation so soon as to -- you know, as to prevent the recovery from taking hold. On the other hand, you don't want to wait so long as to lead to an inflation in the medium term. But that decision is the same difficult decision we always face when we come to a point to move a monetary accommodation.

Wed, June 03, 2009
Testimony to House Budget Committee

First of all, on the technical aspects of unwinding, we are confident that we can unwind this process...

As conditions return to normal we can simply shut down those short-term programs. That's step number one.

Step number two and very important is the interest on Reserve's authority that the Congress gave us last year by setting an interest rate on reserves close to our target for the short-term interest rate, we make it very unlikely that banks would want to lend out in the overnight federal funds market at a rate below that interest rate. That's a very important tool and many central banks around the world effectively use that tool. We have additional ones though including reverse repurchase agreements and, if necessary, sales. But there are a number of ways that we can address this problem.

So I think from a technical point of view, I think we are able to address the current level of our balance sheets.

In response to a question about the Fed's exit strategy

Wed, June 03, 2009
Testimony to House Budget Committee

I do think that when output gaps reach the level that we are currently seeing that it's no longer the case that we can really debate that the output gap exists. I think there clearly is an output gap and the experiences that in previous recessions that inflation has tended to fall as after the recession.

I think that's the reliable empirical regularity. And the size of the current output gap will be a drag on inflation. You fall into the output gap camp. Mr. Plosser does as well. He's simply saying we shouldn't put too much weight because it's very difficult to measure them.

In response to a question about Charles Plosser's output-gap critique.

Wed, June 03, 2009
Testimony to House Budget Committee

Unless we demonstrate a strong commitment to fiscal sustainability in the longer term, we will have neither financial stability nor healthy economic growth.

Wed, June 03, 2009
Testimony to House Budget Committee

We continue to expect overall economic activity to bottom out, and then to turn up later this year... An important caveat is that our forecast also assumes continuing gradual repair of the financial system and an associated improvement in credit conditions; a relapse in the financial sector would be a significant drag on economic activity and could cause the incipient recovery to stall.

Wed, June 17, 2009
Global Financial Literacy Summit

As the effects of the financial crisis and the resulting economic downturn have spread, there has been increased focus on preserving the gains made in low- and moderate-income communities over recent decades. Accomplishing that objective requires preserving the institutions that helped build these communities. Without strong CDFIs, attracting investments and capital to rebuild and revitalize communities would be even more difficult. Economic recovery, like economic development, is a bottom-up as well as a top-down process. Through their work at the community level, CDFIs, together with other community development organizations, can help build a sustainable recovery for all of us.

Mon, July 20, 2009
Wall Street Journal Op-Ed article

The depth and breadth of the global recession has required a highly accommodative monetary policy. Since the onset of the financial crisis nearly two years ago, the Federal Reserve has reduced the interest-rate target for overnight lending between banks (the federal-funds rate) nearly to zero. We have also greatly expanded the size of the Fed’s balance sheet through purchases of longer-term securities and through targeted lending programs aimed at restarting the flow of credit My colleagues and I believe that accommodative policies will likely be warranted for an extended period.  At some point, however, as economic recovery takes hold, we will need to tighten monetary policy to prevent the emergence of an inflation problem down the road.  The Federal Open Market Committee, which is responsible for setting U.S. monetary policy, has devoted considerable time to issues relating to an exit strategy. We are confident we have the necessary tools to withdraw policy accommodation, when that becomes appropriate, in a smooth and timely manner.

Mon, July 20, 2009
Wall Street Journal Op-Ed article

First, the Federal Reserve could drain bank reserves and reduce the excess liquidity at other institutions by arranging large-scale reverse repurchase agreements with financial market participants, including banks, government-sponsored enterprises and other institutions. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale by the Fed of securities from its portfolio with an agreement to buy the securities back at a slightly higher price at a later date.

Second, the Treasury could sell bills and deposit the proceeds with the Federal Reserve. When purchasers pay for the securities, the Treasury’s account at the Federal Reserve rises and reserve balances decline.

The Treasury has been conducting such operations since last fall under its Supplementary Financing Program. Although the Treasury’s operations are helpful, to protect the independence of monetary policy, we must take care to ensure that we can achieve our policy objectives without reliance on the Treasury.

Third, using the authority Congress gave us to pay interest on banks’ balances at the Fed, we can offer term deposits to banks—analogous to the certificates of deposit that banks offer their customers. Bank funds held in term deposits at the Fed would not be available for the federal funds market.

Fourth, if necessary, the Fed could reduce reserves by selling a portion of its holdings of long-term securities into the open market.

Mon, July 20, 2009
Wall Street Journal Op-Ed article

These reserve balances now total about $800 billion, much more than normal. And given the current economic conditions, banks have generally held their reserves as balances at the Fed.

But as the economy recovers, banks should find more opportunities to lend out their reserves. That would produce faster growth in broad money (for example, M1 or M2) and easier credit conditions, which could ultimately result in inflationary pressures—unless we adopt countervailing policy measures. When the time comes to tighten monetary policy, we must either eliminate these large reserve balances or, if they remain, neutralize any potential undesired effects on the economy.

Tue, July 21, 2009
Monetary Policy Report

Aggressive policy actions taken around the world last fall may well have averted the collapse of the global financial system, an event that would have had extremely adverse and protracted consequences for the world economy.

Tue, July 21, 2009
Monetary Policy Report

Raising the rate of interest paid on reserve balances will give us substantial leverage over the federal funds rate and other short-term market interest rates...   The attractiveness to banks of leaving their excess reserve balances with the Federal Reserve can be further increased by offering banks a choice of maturities for their deposits.

Reverse repurchase agreements, which can be executed with primary dealers, government-sponsored enterprises, and a range of other counterparties, are a traditional and well-understood method of managing the level of bank reserves. If necessary, another means of tightening policy is outright sales of our holdings of longer-term securities. Not only would such sales drain reserves and raise short-term interest rates, but they also could put upward pressure on longer-term interest rates by expanding the supply of longer-term assets...

Tue, July 21, 2009
Monetary Policy Report

The Congress also has taken substantial actions, including the passage of a fiscal stimulus package. Nevertheless, even as important steps have been taken to address the recession and the intense threats to financial stability, maintaining the confidence of the public and financial markets requires that policymakers begin planning now for the restoration of fiscal balance. Prompt attention to questions of fiscal sustainability is particularly critical because of the coming budgetary and economic challenges associated with the retirement of the baby-boom generation and continued increases in the costs of Medicare and Medicaid.

Tue, July 21, 2009
Monetary Policy Report

The Federal Reserve's combination of expertise in financial markets, payment systems, and supervision positions us well to protect the interests of consumers in their financial transactions. We look forward to discussing with the Congress ways to further formalize our institution's strong commitment to consumer protection.

Fri, August 21, 2009
Jackson Hole Symposium

[L]iquidity risk management at the level of the firm, no matter how carefully done, can never fully protect against systemic events. In a sufficiently severe panic, funding problems will almost certainly arise and are likely to spread in unexpected ways. Only central banks are well positioned to offset the ensuing sharp decline in liquidity and credit provision by the private sector. They must be prepared to do so.

Fri, August 21, 2009
Jackson Hole Symposium

After contracting sharply over the past year, economic activity appears to be leveling out, both in the United States and abroad, and the prospects for a return to growth in the near term appear good...[T]he economic recovery is likely to be relatively slow at first, with unemployment declining only gradually from high levels.

Fri, August 21, 2009
Jackson Hole Symposium

[U]se of Fed liquidity facilities has declined sharply since the beginning of the year--a clear market signal that liquidity pressures are easing and market conditions are normalizing.

Fri, August 21, 2009
Jackson Hole Symposium

Unlike in the 1930s, when policy was largely passive and political divisions made international economic and financial cooperation difficult, during the past year monetary, fiscal, and financial policies around the world have been aggressive and complementary. Without these speedy and forceful actions, last October's panic would likely have continued to intensify, more major financial firms would have failed, and the entire global financial system would have been at serious risk. We cannot know for sure what the economic effects of these events would have been, but what we know about the effects of financial crises suggests that the resulting global downturn could have been extraordinarily deep and protracted.

Tue, September 15, 2009
Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City

After contracting sharply over the past year, economic activity appears to be leveling out, both in the United States and abroad, and the prospects for a return to growth in the near term appear good. Notwithstanding this noteworthy progress, critical challenges remain: Strains persist in many financial markets across the globe, financial institutions face significant additional losses, and many businesses and households continue to experience considerable difficulty gaining access to credit. Because of these and other factors, the economic recovery is likely to be relatively slow at first, with unemployment declining only gradually from high levels.

Tue, September 15, 2009
Brookings Institution

Even though from a technical perspective the recession is very likely over at this point, it is still going to feel like a very weak economy for some time as many people still find their job security and their employment status is not what they wish it was. 

From the audience Q&A, as reported by the Wall Street Journal

(Bernanke's prepared remarks were identical to a speech given in the previous month at the Kansas City Fed.)

Thu, October 01, 2009
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

Legislative change is needed to ensure that systemically important financial firms are subject to effective consolidated supervision, whether or not the firm owns a bank.

Thu, October 01, 2009
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

[T]he consolidated supervision of an individual firm, whether or not it is systemically important, is best vested with a single agency. However, the broader task of monitoring and addressing systemic risks that might arise from the interaction of different types of financial institutions and markets--both regulated and unregulated--may exceed the capacity of any individual supervisor.

Thu, October 08, 2009
Federal Reserve Board Conference on Key Developments in Monetary Policy

Although the Federal Reserve's approach also entails substantial increases in bank liquidity, it is motivated less by the desire to increase the liabilities of the Federal Reserve than by the need to address dysfunction in specific credit markets through the types of programs I have discussed. For lack of a better term, I have called this approach "credit easing." In a credit-easing regime, policies are tied more closely to the asset side of the balance sheet than the liability side, and the effectiveness of policy support is measured by indicators of market functioning, such as interest rate spreads, volatility, and market liquidity. In particular, the Federal Reserve has not attempted to achieve a smooth growth path for the size of its balance sheet, a common feature of the quantitative-easing approach.

Thu, October 08, 2009
Federal Reserve Board Conference on Key Developments in Monetary Policy

My colleagues at the Federal Reserve and I believe that accommodative policies will likely be warranted for an extended period. At some point, however, as economic recovery takes hold, we will need to tighten monetary policy to prevent the emergence of an inflation problem down the road.

Bernanke used identical language in his op-ed piece in July 2009.

Mon, October 19, 2009
Federal Reserve Bank of San Franciscos Conference on Asia and the Global Financial Crisis

It is important not to take the wrong lesson from the finding that more open economies were more severely affected by the global recession.  Although tighter integration with the global economy naturally increases vulnerability to global economic shocks, considerable evidence suggests that openness also promotes stronger economic growth over the longer term.  Protectionism and the erecting of barriers to capital flows should thus be strongly resisted.

Mon, November 16, 2009
Economic Club of New York

Let me be clear for everyone that there is a big distinction between quantitative easing and the -- and the fiscal debt, the government debt. We engaged in quantitative easing, or if you like -- or I've called it credit easing, because it's been focused at trying to get key credit markets functioning again.

We did that for two reasons: first, because we hit the zero bound and therefore normal interest-rate cuts couldn't achieve the goal anymore, and secondly because, in this extraordinary environment, many markets were not functioning properly and we thought we found ways to help those markets work better. And I think we've had some success in doing that.

Now, we have already begun a process of phasing out or reducing many of these extraordinary actions. For example, if you look at the portion of our balance sheet related to short-term lending to financial institutions, to commercial paper markets and to other kinds of international swaps with foreign central banks and other kinds of short-term lending, that amount has dropped from about $1.5 trillion at the beginning of the year to about roughly a fifth of that or less today. And we have announced the closing of certain facilities and planned closings going forward.

So we have already taken some very substantial steps towards moving towards a more normal type of monetary policy. And as long as the economy proceeds along the path that we think it will, we want to continue to move back to more normal monetary policy functioning. We will move to normal monetary policy as called for by the state of the economy, independent of the fiscal situation. We are not involved in that; we are involved in looking at the economy and trying to stabilize the economy.

With respect to fiscal policy, I think everybody knows, including the Treasury, the administration and the Congress, that the kinds of deficits we've seen this year and next year, about 10 percent of GDP, are not sustainable, that we have to find a(n) exit strategy for fiscal policy that will bring deficits down to a level of a few percentage points of GDP, which will result in a sustainable situation where debt, relative to the gross national product, gross domestic product, doesn't grow indefinitely.

From the audience Q&A

Mon, November 16, 2009
Economic Club of New York

The foreign exchange value of the dollar has moved over a wide range during the past year or so. When financial stresses were most pronounced, a flight to the deepest and most liquid capital markets resulted in a marked increase in the dollar. More recently, as financial market functioning has improved and global economic activity has stabilized, these safe haven flows have abated, and the dollar has accordingly retraced its gains. The Federal Reserve will continue to monitor these developments closely. We are attentive to the implications of changes in the value of the dollar and will continue to formulate policy to guard against risks to our dual mandate to foster both maximum employment and price stability. Our commitment to our dual objectives, together with the underlying strengths of the U.S. economy, will help ensure that the dollar is strong and a source of global financial stability.

Mon, November 16, 2009
Economic Club of New York

The Federal Open Market Committee continues to anticipate that economic conditions, including low rates of resource utilization, subdued inflation trends, and stable inflation expectations, are likely to warrant exceptionally low levels of the federal funds rate for an extended period. Of course, significant changes in economic conditions or the economic outlook would change the outlook for policy as well. We have a wide range of tools for removing monetary policy accommodation when the economic outlook requires us to do so, and we will calibrate the timing and pace of any future tightening to best foster maximum employment and price stability.

Wed, November 18, 2009
Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission Interview

MR. BERNANKE …At one point, we got an offer from Bank of America. They said, “We’ll buy them if you’ll finance” -- I’m making up numbers now, but rough order of magnitude –- “if you’ll finance an $80 billion portfolio for $80 billion,” except its actual market value was $50 billion. So in other words, they wanted a $30 billion gift, essentially, in order to make that acquisition. We did not have the legal authority to do that, not to mention the political backing.

Vice Chairman Thomas: And you wouldn’t have done it, anyway.

MR. BERNANKE: That’s right. And it would have been a bad decision, anyway, because we had so much -– so many other firms already on the brink, coming down the pike. So I will maintain to my deathbed, that we made every effort to save Lehman, but we were just unable to do so because of a lack of legal authority.

Sat, November 28, 2009
Washington Post Op-Ed Article

Independent does not mean unaccountable. In its making of monetary policy, the Fed is highly transparent, providing detailed minutes of policy meetings and regular testimony before Congress, among other information. Our financial statements are public and audited by an outside accounting firm; we publish our balance sheet weekly; and we provide monthly reports with extensive information on all the temporary lending facilities developed during the crisis. Congress, through the Government Accountability Office, can and does audit all parts of our operations except for the monetary policy deliberations and actions covered by the 1978 exemption. The general repeal of that exemption would serve only to increase the perceived influence of Congress on monetary policy decisions, which would undermine the confidence the public and the markets have in the Fed to act in the long-term economic interest of the nation.

Thu, December 03, 2009
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

Congress, through the Government Accountability Office, can and does audit all parts of operations, except for monetary policy and related areas explicitly exempted by a 1978 provision passed by the Congress. The Congress created that exemption to protect monetary policy from short-term political pressures and thereby to support our ability to effectively pursue our mandated objectives of maximum employment and price stability.

Mon, December 07, 2009
Economic Club of Washington D.C.

[I]f necessary, we always have the option of reducing the size of our balance sheet by selling some of our securities holdings on the open market.

Mon, December 07, 2009
Economic Club of Washington D.C.

Though we have begun to see some improvement in economic activity, we still have some way to go before we can be assured that the recovery will be self-sustaining. Also at issue is whether the recovery will be strong enough to create the large number of jobs that will be needed to materially bring down the unemployment rate. Economic forecasts are subject to great uncertainty, but my best guess at this point is that we will continue to see modest economic growth next year--sufficient to bring down the unemployment rate, but at a pace slower than we would like.

Mon, December 07, 2009
Economic Club of Washington D.C.

Obviously, the Federal Open Market Committee, which meets next week, will continue to look at the economy.  We'll have to try to update our outlook, look at financial conditions and move from there.  But right now, we are still looking at the extended period, given that conditions remain -- low rates of utilization, subdued inflation trends and stable long-term inflation expectations.  
That remains where we are but we're going to have to continue to look at the economy. Obviously, there've been some signs of strength recently; we'll want to factor that in as we talk about this next week.

In response to a question about the outlook for policy in the Q&A period

 

Sun, January 03, 2010
American Economic Association

My objective today has been to review the evidence on the link between monetary policy in the early part of the past decade and the rapid rise in house prices that occurred at roughly the same time. The direct linkages, at least, are weak...

Is there any role for monetary policy in addressing bubbles? Economists have pointed out the practical problems with using monetary policy to pop asset price bubbles, and many of these were illustrated by the recent episode. Although the house price bubble appears obvious in retrospect--all bubbles appear obvious in retrospect--in its earlier stages, economists differed considerably about whether the increase in house prices was sustainable; or, if it was a bubble, whether the bubble was national or confined to a few local markets. Monetary policy is also a blunt tool, and interest rate increases in 2003 or 2004 sufficient to constrain the bubble could have seriously weakened the economy at just the time when the recovery from the previous recession was becoming established.

That said, having experienced the damage that asset price bubbles can cause, we must be especially vigilant in ensuring that the recent experiences are not repeated. All efforts should be made to strengthen our regulatory system to prevent a recurrence of the crisis, and to cushion the effects if another crisis occurs. However, if adequate reforms are not made, or if they are made but prove insufficient to prevent dangerous buildups of financial risks, we must remain open to using monetary policy as a supplementary tool for addressing those risks--proceeding cautiously and always keeping in mind the inherent difficulties of that approach...

 

Sun, January 03, 2010
American Economic Association

Which version of the Taylor rule--the standard version, that uses current values of inflation, or the alternative version, that employs inflation forecasts--is the more reliable guide? I have explained my preference for using inflation forecasts rather than actual inflation in the policy rule: Monetary policy works with a lag, and therefore policy decisions must be forward looking. One might still prefer the simplicity of the standard Taylor rule that uses current inflation values. However, note from Slide 4 that a proponent of the standard rule would have recommended that the FOMC raise the policy rate to a range of 7 to 8 percent through the first three quarters of 2008, just after the recession peak and just before the intensification of the financial crisis in September and October--a policy decision that probably would not have garnered much support among monetary specialists. In contrast, Slide 4 shows that the version of the Taylor rule based on forecast inflation (in green dots) explains both the course of monetary policy earlier in the past decade as well as the decision not to respond aggressively to what did in fact turn out to be a temporary surge in inflation in 2008. This comparison suggests that the Taylor rule using forecast inflation is a more useful benchmark, both as a description of recent FOMC behavior and as a guide to appropriate policy.

Sun, January 03, 2010
American Economic Association

Having experienced the damage that asset price bubbles can cause, we must be especially vigilant in ensuring that the recent experiences are not repeated.  All efforts should be made to strengthen our regulatory system to prevent a recurrence of the crisis, and to cushion the effects if another crisis occurs.  However, if adequate reforms are not made, or if they are made but prove insufficient to prevent dangerous buildups of financial risks, we must remain open to using monetary policy as a supplementary tool for addressing those risks--proceeding cautiously and always keeping in mind the inherent difficulties of that approach.

Wed, February 03, 2010
Ceremonial Swearing-In, Federal Reserve Board

At the same time, in a democratic society like our own, institutional independence brings with it fundamental obligations of transparency, responsiveness, and accountability. The Federal Reserve is already one of the most transparent and accountable central banks in the world, providing voluminous information and explanation concerning all of its activities. However, I believe that we should be prepared to do even more, to become even more transparent. It is essential that the public have the information it needs to understand and be assured of the integrity of all our operations, including all aspects of our balance sheet and our financial controls.

Wed, February 10, 2010
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

I currently do not anticipate that the Federal Reserve will sell any of its security holdings in the near term, at least until after policy tightening has gotten under way and the economy is clearly in a sustainable recovery. However, to help reduce the size of our balance sheet and the quantity of reserves, we are allowing agency debt and MBS to run off as they mature or are prepaid. The Federal Reserve is currently rolling over all maturing Treasury securities, but in the future it may choose not to do so in all cases.

Wed, February 10, 2010
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

One possible sequence would involve the Federal Reserve continuing to test its tools for draining reserves on a limited basis, in order to further ensure preparedness and to give market participants a period of time to become familiar with their operation. As the time for the removal of policy accommodation draws near, those operations could be scaled up to drain more significant volumes of reserve balances to provide tighter control over short-term interest rates. The actual firming of policy would then be implemented through an increase in the interest rate paid on reserves.

Wed, February 24, 2010
Monetary Policy Report

The Federal Reserve, I think, was one of the more vocal commenters on Fannie and Freddie for many years, and we were very concerned about their stability and whether they had enough capital to support those large portfolios that they had, and it turned out they didn't, and we're paying the cost of that right now.

We would not support -- let me be careful. I think we would be very cautious about supporting a return to the existing structure, where you have this potential conflict between private shareholders and the public objectives.

I think there are alternatives, and I provided some of them in a speech I gave a year and a half ago -- I'd be happy to provide you -- which would be a more stable long-term solution, including either a privatization approach with government guarantees or a public utility approach. Those are two options that you could consider.

 

From the House Q&A session on Wednesday

I think there that returning to a more market-oriented financial sector is a top priority, and we are, in fact, doing that. For example, all the big banks have now paid back their TARP money, and we are trying as quickly as we can to get those banks financed by private capital, which they have raised a great deal of private capital. It's very important.   AIG, of course, is very problematic, but they are selling off assets in order to pay us back, and they're making progress on that.  And our objective there, of course, is to put them back in the private sector.

We talked earlier about Fannie and Freddie, and I do think that we have to get away from this neither fish nor fowl situation where they're part-public, part-private. I think, you know, one solution would be to privatize those firms, and I think that's an interesting direction to go.

From the Q&A session in the Senate on Thursday

Wed, February 24, 2010
Monetary Policy Report

LANCE: Was the Federal Reserve consulted before the administration announced its proposal about a hundred billion dollars in taxes on banks across the country?

BERNANKE: I think there were some technical discussions. You're talking about the financial responsibility fee?

LANCE: Yes. And what are your views, Mr. Chairman, on the imposition of that amount of money on -- on banks across America?

BERNANKE: Well, I think in terms of whether or not to impose a tax on the banks, that's obviously a fiscal matter and Congress has to decide about that. I do think it's important that it be imposed in a way that not have unintended consequences.

LANCE: Yes.

BERNANKE: And one issue which has arisen is that imposing the tax on nondeposit liabilities could have some negative consequences for the repo market. That's an example.
So if you want to impose the tax -- and many do -- you just want to be sure to do it in a way that doesn't create unintended consequences.

From the Q&A session

Wed, February 24, 2010
Monetary Policy Report

Just to comment quickly on the -- on the TARP money. There were two objectives of the TARP money. One was to stabilize the banks and the second was to give them capital on which to base their lending.

Unfortunately, the politics was very bad, as you know, and the public and the Congress have stigmatized that money, and the banks, therefore, have done the best they can to pay it back as quickly as possible.

And so, basically all the big banks have paid back their TARP money now, and so it's no longer available to provide support for credit.

So that's -- that's unfortunate.

From the Q&A session

Wed, February 24, 2010
Monetary Policy Report

I think, agree that we don't want banks to take excessive risks when they have a safety net from the government, so the question is how do you control those risks?

The Volcker rule might be appropriate. You have to be careful that you don't inadvertently, for example, prevent a good hedging, which actually reduces risk, or that you don't prevent market making, which is good for liquidity.

One possibility is that, if you were to go in this direction, would be to give some discretion to the supervisors to decide whether a set of activities is so risky or complex that the firm doesn't have the risk management capacity or the managerial capacity to deal with it and then give the supervisor the authority to ban that activity. So there might be ways to do it using supervisors.

In response to a question about the Volcker rule during the Q&A session

Wed, February 24, 2010
Monetary Policy Report

[T]he Federal Reserve, representing the United States, has been working with other countries, in the Basel committee and other contexts, to try to develop new standards. We have implemented a few of them, for example, for market trading, but at this point we have not completed the whole process of developing higher, more stringent capital standards for large firms.

A proposal has been put forward, which is now being tested. Banks are being asked to evaluate how much capital they would have to hold under these more stringent standards, so we can get a sense of what the implications would be for the leverage ratio. But I don't know that number yet. We're trying to figure out what will be safe. It would depend on the composition of the assets the bank has -- the riskier the assets, the higher, more capital you should have.

So we are working to try to, by the end of 2010, to try to have a very concrete proposal to -- that each country would then have to decide whether to adopt or not.

From the Q&A session

Wed, February 24, 2010
Monetary Policy Report

Well, Congressman, these specific allegations you've made I think are absolutely bizarre, and I have absolutely no knowledge of anything remotely like what you just described.

In response to a question from Rep. Ron Paul concerning the Fed's alleged role in financing Saddam Hussein's military and the Watergate break-in.

Wed, February 24, 2010
Monetary Policy Report

GARRETT: Let me talk to you -- change subjects -- with regard to bonds and the Fed issuing bonds. I know there was new authority to the Fed back last year, end of last year, for you to pay interest on reserves. And there was talk about the Fed actually issuing bonds.  And then there was this proposal as far as you creating something called a term deposit facility, right?

And this basically would allow, if I understand it correctly, like, a six-month period of time for short-term -- for the short-term bonds, which is very similar to just regular short-term bond issuance, with the main difference being that, unlike a bond, the term deposit can't be traded on the marketplace, right?   If you were -- well, first of all, do you have authority to do that? 

BERNANKE: Yes, because it comes under our authority to pay interest on reserves. We can't sell those (inaudible) deposits to anybody, only to banks who have reserves with us.

So it's not -- we can't -- it's not an open that you and I can't -- couldn't purchase them.

GARRETT: OK, so do you see that, in any way, coming up to the edge, as far as the authority, as far as the Fed being able to issue bonds, as skirting the spirit of the law as to what the Fed should be doing when it comes to the...

BERNANKE: The -- the Congress, very appropriately, gave us the authority to pay interest on reserves, and that's what this would be. Only reserves would be in these accounts.

So I think that's -- I don't see -- really see any issue with it. And I would add -- this doesn't answer your question, but I would add that every central bank in the world -- major central bank -- has these kinds of authorities, and they're very important for managing short-term interest rates in a period like -- like the present.

GARRETT: OK. And going back to the beginning part of the question, though, was the initial discussion was, at least, by some, as far as being -- having the authority to issue bonds that would be just widely circulated or sold in the marketplace...

BERNANKE: So-called Fed bills.

GARRETT: Yes. Where are we -- or where are you with regard to that?

BERNANKE: We're not proposing that now.

GARRETT: OK. Thank you.

From the Q&A

Thu, February 25, 2010
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

SEN. BUNNING:  On Tuesday, the Treasury announced that they were starting up a supplemental financing program again. Under -- that's $200 billion- plus -- under that program, Treasury issues debts and deposits the cash with the Fed. That is an effective -- same thing as the Fed issuing its own debt, which you know is not legal.

MR. BERNANKE: What it does --

SEN. BUNNING: There are -- let me get finished with the question and you can answer.

What are the legal grounds that the Fed and Treasury used to justify that program, and did anyone in the Fed or Treasury object when the program was created?

MR. BERNANKE: Well legally, we are the fiscal agent of the Treasury and we hold Treasury balances that they -- for all kinds of purposes.

So it's -- there's no --

SEN. BUNNING: But they're not allowed to issue debt -- Treasury.

MR. BERNANKE: Treasury's allowed to issue debt.

SEN. BUNNING: On its own?

MR. BERNANKE: I don't -- they issue bills and other kinds of debt all the time.

SEN. BUNNING: Oh -- I mean -- yes.

Treasury Notes, Treasury Bills, Treasury Two-years, Five-years, Ten-years -- but you're buying their debt.

MR. BERNANKE: We're just paying them interest on their deposits on our balance sheet.

SEN. BUNNING: Okay. That isn't the answer that I wanted.

From the Q&A session

Thu, February 25, 2010
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

The idea here is if you have a growing economy, you can run deficits and still maintain a flat ratio of debt to GDP, which is a sustainable situation. And one way -- normally, that would involve having what's called a "primary deficit," that is, a deficit excluding interest payments of about zero. Normally, that would involve about 2.5 percent to 3 percent of a total deficit, including interest payments.

Wed, March 17, 2010
Testimony to Senate Finance Committee

I think that what will happen is that short-term interest rates go up because the economy strengthens and then long term rates might go up as well.

Sat, March 20, 2010
Independent Community Bankers of America Annual Convention

It is unconscionable that the fate of the world economy should be so closely tied to the fortunes of a relatively small number of giant financial firms. If we achieve nothing else in the wake of the crisis, we must ensure that we never again face such a situation.

Thu, March 25, 2010
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

Yes, I think that you're right that shrinking the balance sheet is akin to a monetary tightening...  You sell mortgages on the market, you're going to tend to raise mortgage rates, for example, and that will tend to tighten the housing market and slow the economy.

...

...We certainly don't want to hold this stuff 30 years. So the key here, I think, is, when we do come to the point we want to sell assets, is to do it in a gradual and predictable way so it has minimal impact.

Even when we get back to the pre-crisis balance sheet, we'll still be able to manage the short-term interest rate and the federal funds rate, much as we have in the past, so, if the economy needs stimulus, we'll still be able to do that. But we just won't be doing it through the balance sheet.

...

But, again, my expectation is that sales would be slow, gradual, announced in advance, and would not create undue market impacts. 

You mentioned adding insult by selling into a weak market. Of course, in a situation where we'd be selling, this would be one where we'd be trying actually to tighten policy because the economy was back on a growth track and we were trying to avoid future inflation risks.  So we wouldn't be doing that in a really weak economy.

During the Q&A session

Thu, March 25, 2010
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

We purchased last year $300 billion in Treasuries, which was much less than 80 percent, and that total number brought us back to 790 or so billion, which is about where we were before the crisis. 

So at this point the Fed owns the smallest share of U.S. government as it had for many, many years. We are not monetizing the debt, and we have no immediate plans to do so in the future.

In response to a question about a market report stating that the Fed had bought 80% of the debt issued by the government.

 

Thu, March 25, 2010
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

Once, again, we've issued guidance to the banks about encouraging lending to small businesses and have trained our own examiners to take a balanced perspective, that they not over-penalize loans to small businesses. And we are trying to get as much feedback as we can. For example, we have inserted questions in the NFIB survey to get back more information from small businesses about their credit experience. And currently our Reserve banks around the country are holding meetings with small businesses, banks and community development groups to try to understand better what the issues are and how we can improve small business lending.

In response to a question about the Fed's efforts to stimulate small business lending

Thu, March 25, 2010
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

At its meeting last week, the FOMC maintained its target range for the federal funds rate at 0 to 1/4 percent and indicated that it continues to anticipate that economic conditions, including low rates of resource utilization, subdued inflation trends, and stable inflation expectations, are likely to warrant exceptionally low levels of the federal funds rate for an extended period. In due course, however, as the expansion matures, the Federal Reserve will need to begin to tighten monetary conditions to prevent the development of inflationary pressures.

Thu, March 25, 2010
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

If necessary, as a means of applying monetary restraint, the Federal Reserve also has the option of redeeming or selling securities. The redemption or sale of securities would have the effect of reducing the size of the Federal Reserve's balance sheet as well as further reducing the quantity of reserves in the banking system. Restoring the size and composition of the balance sheet to a more normal configuration is a longer-term objective of our policies. In any case, the sequencing of steps and the combination of tools that the Federal Reserve uses as it exits from its currently very accommodative policy stance will depend on economic and financial developments and on our best judgments about how to meet the Federal Reserve's dual mandate of maximum employment and price stability.

Thu, March 25, 2010
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

The Federal Reserve's purchases have had the effect of leaving the banking system highly liquid, with U.S. banks now holding more than $1.1 trillion of reserves with Federal Reserve Banks. A range of evidence suggests that these purchases and the associated creation of bank reserves have helped improve conditions in mortgage markets and other private credit markets and put downward pressure on longer-term private borrowing rates and spreads.

Wed, April 07, 2010
Dallas Regional Chamber

The economist John Maynard Keynes said that in the long run, we are all dead. If he were around today he might say that, in the long run, we are all on Social Security and Medicare.

Wed, April 07, 2010
Dallas Regional Chamber

The economist Herb Stein once famously said, "If something cannot go on forever, it will stop."7 That adage certainly applies to our nation's fiscal situation. Inevitably, addressing the fiscal challenges posed by an aging population will require a willingness to make difficult choices. The arithmetic is, unfortunately, quite clear. To avoid large and unsustainable budget deficits, the nation will ultimately have to choose among higher taxes, modifications to entitlement programs such as Social Security and Medicare, less spending on everything else from education to defense, or some combination of the above. These choices are difficult, and it always seems easier to put them off--until the day they cannot be put off any more. But unless we as a nation demonstrate a strong commitment to fiscal responsibility, in the longer run we will have neither financial stability nor healthy economic growth.

Today the economy continues to operate well below its potential, which implies that a sharp near-term reduction in our fiscal deficit is probably neither practical nor advisable. However, nothing prevents us from beginning now to develop a credible plan for meeting our long-run fiscal challenges. Indeed, a credible plan that demonstrated a commitment to achieving long-run fiscal sustainability could lead to lower interest rates and more rapid growth in the near term.

Wed, April 07, 2010
Dallas Regional Chamber

Fortunately, today the financial crisis looks to be mostly behind us, and the economy seems to have stabilized and is beginning to grow again. But we are far from being out of the woods. Many Americans are still grappling with unemployment or foreclosure, or both. Cities and states are struggling to maintain essential services. And, although much of the financial system is functioning more or less normally, bank lending remains very weak, threatening the ability of small businesses to finance expansion and new hiring.

Thu, April 08, 2010
Alexander Hamilton Awards Dinner

The Federal Reserve, with its discount window, was well positioned to provide liquidity to banks by making short-term, collateralized loans. (The discount window was the tool the Federal Reserve could have used, had it chosen, to stem the banking panics of the 1930s.) However, our traditional tools, developed in an earlier era, were of little use in addressing panic in the shadow banking system or in the money market mutual fund industry. So, we engaged in what I call "blue sky thinking"--generating many ideas. Most were discarded, but, crucially, some led to the development of new ways for the Federal Reserve to fulfill the traditional stabilization function of central banks. Using emergency authority last employed during the Depression, we created an array of new facilities to provide backstop liquidity to the financial system (and, as a byproduct, coined many new acronyms). Thus, we were able to help restore the flow of credit to American families and businesses by shoring up important financial markets, such as those for commercial paper and securities backed by consumer loans.

Thu, April 08, 2010
Alexander Hamilton Awards Dinner

Also, in the spring of 2009, the Federal Reserve led the Supervisory Capital Assessment Program, known as the bank stress test.3 In some ways, its effect was similar to Roosevelt's national bank holiday. During the holiday in 1933, banks temporarily shut their doors. Examiners were dispatched to evaluate them, and banks that were declared sound reopened to renewed depositor confidence. In the 2009 stress tests, multidisciplinary teams of examiners, economists, financial experts, and other specialists calculated how much capital 19 of the nation's largest bank holding companies would need to remain healthy and continue lending during a hypothetical worse-than-expected economic scenario. The Treasury Department committed to supplying additional capital as necessary from the TARP. Critics had warned that the stress test could backfire, but as it turned out, the release of the results last May helped restore confidence in banks, and many institutions have since been able to raise capital from investors and repay the capital the government had injected.

Thu, April 08, 2010
Alexander Hamilton Awards Dinner

Because the world's policymakers understood the potentially devastating effect of the financial crisis for the global economy, they and we worked urgently to stabilize the situation. In October 2008, in an unprecedented display of coordination, six central banks--the Federal Reserve, European Central Bank, Bank of England, Swiss National Bank, Bank of Canada, and the central bank of Sweden--acted together to cut short-term interest rates. A few days later, after watershed meetings in Washington of finance ministers and central bank governors, many countries, including the United States, announced comprehensive plans to stabilize their banking systems. And at the Federal Reserve, because we were well aware that turmoil in dollar funding markets overseas hurts our own financial markets, we also established temporary liquidity swap lines that enabled 14 central banks around the world to calm their markets by lending dollars in their jurisdictions.

Wed, April 14, 2010
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

We looked at the Goldman Sachs arrangement with Greece, is where we put most of our focus. On that we found that there was, in 2000 and 2001 there was a contract between the Greek government and Goldman Sachs, which, by using exchange rates that were different from the market rates, had the effect of modestly changing the reported debt and deficit ratios that Greece reported to the European -- Eurostat, their statistical agency. Goldman Sachs sold its position in 2005 to a Greek bank. 

      A couple of comments: One, as I mentioned, the effects, even though they did have the effect of distorting the numbers, were relatively modest -- about 1 percentage point. The debt-to-GDP ratio changed from about 101 percent to 100 percent. So it wasn't a large effect, but it was an effect. 

      At that time, before it, when this happened -- this, of course, was well before the Federal Reserve was supervising Goldman Sachs, and it was also before the Enron episode where, following which the Fed and other bank supervisors greatly strengthened our rules against arrangements which are basically intended to have accounting impacts, you know, essentially, to effect the accounting valuations. 

      So, you know, we have discussed the issue with Goldman, and they have -- as they are required to do, they have a much more elaborate procedure now to evaluate such possible deals to make sure that they are not being motivated by accounting and other kinds of appearance issues. So we believe that that situation is now well under control, and, as I said, they divested that position in 2005. 

      On the credit default swaps, we haven't found large positions in U.S. banks vis-a-vis European governments, but we have not addressed the question, specifically, of using CDS to manipulate prices, which, of course, would be illegal and inappropriate. That would be more an SEC responsibility. I know they're looking at that -- at that issue. 

      But, again, exposures of U.S. banks -- via credit default swaps or direct holdings, to European governments is relatively limited. 

 

Wed, April 14, 2010
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

Our holdings of Treasury securities today are about the same as they were before the crisis. We have not monetized the debt and we will not. And we will, of course, continue to make sure that price stability is central to our objectives. So let me just assure on that point.

Let me just add parenthetically that given the structure of our debt, it wouldn't even help -- you know, it wouldn't even help reduce the debt is -- again, we will not do this. But given that so many of our obligations are either short-term or indexed or are real obligations such as medical obligations or Social Security obligations, which are indexed, it wouldn't have a substantial affect even if -- you know, if there were willingness to do that, which of course, there is not.

So there really is no alternative but to try to find real solutions and inflation is just not an answer -- either for economic reasons and just because it wouldn't even affect the balance very much.

Wed, April 14, 2010
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

The Federal Reserve has been working to ensure that our bank supervision does not inadvertently impede sound lending and thus slow the recovery. Achieving the appropriate balance between necessary prudence and the need to continue making sound loans to creditworthy borrowers is in the interest of banks, borrowers, and the economy as a whole. Toward this end, in cooperation with the other banking regulators, we have issued policy statements to bankers and examiners emphasizing the importance of lending to creditworthy customers, working with troubled borrowers to restructure loans, managing commercial real estate exposures appropriately, and taking a careful but balanced approach to small business lending.2 We have accompanied our guidance with training programs for both Federal Reserve and state examiners, and with outreach to bankers throughout the industry. For example, we just completed a training initiative that reached about 1,000 examiners. We are also conducting a series of meetings across the country with private- and public-sector partners to gather information about the credit needs of small businesses and how those needs can best be met.

Wed, April 14, 2010
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

Although sizable deficits are unavoidable in the near term, maintaining the confidence of the public and financial markets requires that policymakers move decisively to set the federal budget on a trajectory toward sustainable fiscal balance. A credible plan for fiscal sustainability could yield substantial near-term benefits in terms of lower long-term interest rates and increased consumer and business confidence. Timely attention to these issues is important, not only for maintaining credibility, but because budgetary changes are less likely to create hardship or dislocations when the individuals affected are given adequate time to plan and adjust. In other words, addressing the country's fiscal problems will require difficult choices, but postponing them will only make them more difficult.

Wed, April 14, 2010
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

Significant restraints on the pace of the recovery remain, including weakness in both residential and nonresidential construction and the poor fiscal condition of many state and local governments.

Wed, April 14, 2010
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

I'd like to understand better how it would work. My current understanding is that the agency would not be within the Fed in any kind of accountability sense, that the agency would not be reporting to the board or to the chairman. It would, essentially, be free-standing. So that means that being within the Fed is kind of a vague idea at this point.

In response to a question about housing a consumer protection agency within the Fed

Wed, April 14, 2010
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

I don't think that's the right way to go. I think we want to maintain accountability through the Board of Governors which then oversees the system and that is really the appropriate way for us to be accountable to the Congress, which we will be. We want to be completely open and transparent to the Congress on all financial matters but we do need to maintain our independence on our policy decisions.

In response to a question about the proposal to make the FRBNY president a political appointee.

Wed, April 14, 2010
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

      Well, his {Laurence Ball} argument is that at a higher inflation rate, then nominal interest rates would also be higher, on average, and that would give more space to cut during a recession, and perhaps more ability to create impetus.

      So that's not a logical argument, but it has substantial risks which are -- you know, we, the Federal Reserve, over a long period of time, has established a great deal of credibility in terms of keeping inflation low, around 2 percent, roughly speaking. And you can see that, for example, in inflation-indexed Treasury debt, which shows that people expect, over the next 10 years, about 2.2 percent inflation, on average, over that 10-year period. 

      If we were to go to 4 percent -- and, say, we're going to 4 percent, you know, we would risk, I think, losing a lot of that hard- won credibility, because folks would say, 'Well, if we go to 4, why not go to 6;' and you go to 6, 'why not go to 8?' It'd be very difficult to tie down, credibly, expectations at 4, beyond which, of course, in the longer-term low inflation is good for the economy, and 4 percent is already getting up there a bit, and would probably have detrimental effects on the functioning of our markets, and so on. 

      So I understand the argument, but that's not a way -- that's not a direction that we're interested in pursuing. We're going to keep our inflation objectives about where they are. We think about 2 percent is about appropriate, given biases and measurement of inflation, and given the need to have a little bit of space between the average inflation rate and the risk of having deflation or falling prices. So that's where we're going to be -- that's the path we're going to be following. 

Wed, April 14, 2010
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

In the United States we have as a first line of defense we have a risk weighted capital ratio which is not a straight leverage ratio, it's an amount of capital we have to hold against assets where we have to hold more capital against riskier assets, which makes sense. The risk of the asset, the more capital you want to hold and we are, we the Federal Reserve and the other bank regulators are working very actively with other regulators around the world to strengthen the capital requirements. We've already made proposals to do that. We are going to get assessments from the banks about how big an impact that would have. And it's our intention to move forward with more conservative higher capital requirements. So that's the first thing.

The leverage ratio is kind of a back stop, a fail safe if you will, because it's a very simple ratio, it's just a ratio of capital against total assets without making much or any distinction between Treasury's versus loans to small businesses for example. And the United States has long had a leverage ratio as a backstop to our capital rules.

One of the interesting things that appears to be coming out of the international negotiations is that the U.S. leverage ratio, which never was used abroad now looks like it will be adopted by other countries as well, which is good for us because it'll create a more even playing field and create greater safety in the global banking system as well as here.

So the leverage ratio is part of these negotiations and discussions we're having internationally and there are proposals on the table. We haven't yet gone through the whole process of doing the quantitative analysis to figure out exactly what the right number is, so I can't tell you off hand you know what the final number will be, but we're certainly looking to make the leverage ratio part of the more conservative approach to making sure that banks have enough capital that they can absorb even in a severe crisis like one we've had they can absorb their losses.
So yes, that will be part of our proposal.

Wed, April 14, 2010
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

There's nothing that says -- if the economy weakens and the issue is housing and mortgage rates there's nothing that says we couldn't resume those {MBS} purchases if necessary and we'll certainly keep that option open. But, again, at this point the main effect seems to be that we're still holding $1.4 trillion in agency, MBS and debt and that amount being taken off the market seems to be having the ongoing effect of keeping mortgage rates pretty low.

Wed, April 14, 2010
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

The FOMC has stated clearly that they currently anticipate that very low, extremely low rates will be needed for an extended period. They have emphasized however that that projection, that forecast, is conditional on three sets of conditions.

One, very low resource utilization -- high unemployment, low- capacity utilization; second, subdued inflation trends -- low inflation; and third, stabilization expectations.

So if those conditions cease to hold, and we anticipate changes in the outlook, then of course we will respond to that. But the committee, at its last meeting, issued a statement reiterating that expectation about interest rates.

Wed, April 14, 2010
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

       I don't know whether it's best to handle it by Congress or the by the regulators, but the basic idea I certainly agree with, which is that a lot of the loan-loss reserve policy was governed by the desire to avoid income smoothing and those kinds of things. And as a result, the main purpose of reserves, which is to protect against losses, was lost. And there was not enough reserving done in advance of the crisis. 

      So I'm very much in favor. And I think the world is coming around to the view that banks should be allowed to reserve not only for known losses but yet unknown but nevertheless predictable losses that they will face in the future. So yes, I very much encourage the regulators and Congress to look at ways to make sure that banks are able to reserve substantially during good periods so that they can run it down during a crisis.

In response to a question about allowing increased loan-loss reserves

Wed, April 14, 2010
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

The fee on financial institutions, it is basically a tax and as such it's up to the Congress to decide whether it wants to raise revenue through taxing large financial institutions. I think the only observation I would make there is that it should be structured -- if you do do it, it should be structured in a way that doesn't create unnecessary problems. So for example, one of the original ideas was to tax based on leverage. But some further investigation discussions sort of reveal that that would cause very severe problems in the repo market, that would essentially disrupt some very important markets because it would create essentially a tax on certain kinds of transactions.

      So there are other ways to create the tax base if that's the way you want to go. So my only advice there is if you decide -- if Congress decides that you want to raise revenue to that particular method, and you can justify it just as a general revenue measure as well as a repayment as you wish that you do it in a way that minimizes the disruptive implications for the markets.

Wed, April 14, 2010
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

I think the -- most economists agree that {China's} currency is undervalued and has been used to promote a more export-oriented economy.

I think it would be good for the Chinese to allow more flexibility in their exchange rate. It would give them more autonomy in their monetary policy so they could address inflation and bubbles within their own economy. And I think that they should combine -- it would be in their interests also to combine a more flexible exchange rate with other efforts to increase domestic demand, domestic consumption and achieve a more balanced economy

Tue, April 20, 2010
Committee on Financial Services

The Federal Reserve was not aware that Lehman was using so-called Repo 105 transactions to manage its balance sheet. Indeed, according to the bankruptcy examiner, Lehman staff did not report these transactions even to the company's board. However, knowledge of Lehman's accounting for these transactions would not have materially altered the Federal Reserve's view of the condition of the firm; the information we obtained suggested that the capital and liquidity of the firm were seriously deficient, a view that we conveyed to the company and that I believe was shared by the SEC and the Treasury Department.

Thu, May 06, 2010
Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago

Such amendments [that would broaden audits of the Fed], if enacted, would seriously threaten monetary-policy independence, increase inflation fears and market interest rates, and damage economic stability and job creation

Tue, May 25, 2010
Bank of Japan

[P]olicymakers in a central bank subject to short-term political influence may face pressures to overstimulate the economy to achieve short-term output and employment gains that exceed the economy's underlying potential. Such gains may be popular at first, and thus helpful in an election campaign, but they are not sustainable and soon evaporate, leaving behind only inflationary pressures that worsen the economy's longer-term prospects. Thus, political interference in monetary policy can generate undesirable boom-bust cycles that ultimately lead to both a less stable economy and higher inflation.

Tue, May 25, 2010
Bank of Japan

Swap lines played an important role in stabilising global dollar funding markets during the economic crisis.

It was very important, as it is important in the current instance, to be clear that we are not taking any fiscal risks. Swaps involve no credit risk because they are between central banks and not between central banks and other parties. They involve no exchange rate or interest rate risk because the interest rate is set in advance and the exchange rate is set in advance.

 

Sat, May 29, 2010
Bank of Korea

It is interesting that, just a few years ago, strong countercyclical policy actions of the type taken by Korea would not have been recommended for an emerging market country during a period of crisis, and might not even have been feasible. In earlier crises, foreign investors were not inclined to give emerging market policymakers the benefit of the doubt when they promised low inflation and sustainable fiscal policies. Attempts to support economic activity through conventional expansionary policies thus risked a vicious circle of capital flight, exchange rate depreciation, higher inflation, a worsening balance of payments, and more capital flight. As a result, monetary policymakers in emerging markets often reacted to crises--such as the Asian financial crisis of the late 1990s--by raising rather than lowering policy rates, in order to defend the value of the currency, slow capital flight, and bolster the credibility of monetary policy. Likewise, the scope for fiscal expansion was severely limited by concerns about medium-term fiscal sustainability.

Why was this crisis different? In particular, why was the Bank of Korea able to respond in a countercyclical manner this time, reducing rather than raising the policy rate in response to the downturn? One important difference, of course, was that this crisis originated in advanced economies, not in the emerging market economies. Financial institutions in Korea and other emerging market economies had little direct exposure to structured credit products and other troubled securities and entered the crisis in relatively sound condition.

In addition, following the Asian financial crisis in the late 1990s, Korea and a number of other countries in Asia, Latin America, and elsewhere took decisive steps to strengthen their macroeconomic frameworks and financial systems... 

Improvements in the Bank of Korea's monetary framework served the country well during the crisis and are likely to provide additional benefits in the future. Over the past decade, many emerging market economies, including Korea, have reoriented monetary policy toward domestic price stability and away from a focus on stabilizing exchange rates. The Bank of Korea, indeed, adopted a formal inflation targeting regime in 1998. Since then, the exchange value of the won has become more flexible, inflation has declined to an average of about 3 percent, and--as I have discussed today--the ability of the Bank to conduct appropriate countercyclical monetary policies has increased.

Thu, June 03, 2010
Meeting on Addressing the Financing Needs of Michigan's Small Businesses

[I]mportant concerns remain. One particularly difficult issue is the continued high rate of unemployment. High unemployment imposes heavy costs on workers and their families, as well as on our society as a whole.

Mon, June 07, 2010
Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars

[T]here are many times in which a bank has to do something that looks like proprietary trading for good reasons, for example, to hedge its position. If it's got loans, then it may need to buy various derivatives to hedge those loans. If it is running a fund of some kind, then in order to attract customers it may have to take a share of that fund. And so on and so on. So there are lots of ways in which a bank may need to have - be exposed to a position in order to serve its customers.

I think Chairman Volcker would agree that there are those circumstances like hedging, for example, where you don't want to prevent banks from buying the assets because that actually makes it more risky, not less risky. 

So the way I've looked at this is that - and the way the Senate bill, as I understand it, would work is that it create this separation between proprietary and non-proprietary trading, but it would ask the regulators, including the Federal Reserve, to figure out what the line means. And in particular, when is the purchase of a derivative or some other security legitimate hedging, legitimate customer service and when is it gambling with the bank's capital, ultimately the taxpayer's backstop?  So as long as there's a reasonable process for distinguishing between those two categories of assets, I think that can be made to work and as one of the regulators, we'll certainly work with our colleagues to try to make it operational.

Mon, June 07, 2010
Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars

My best guess is we'll have continued recovery, but it won't feel terrific.

Mon, June 07, 2010
Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars

And so there are a lot of dangers and risks with the gold standard, not to mention practicalities that would be difficult to put in place. There are good reasons why we left the gold standard in the '30s and got rid of it entirely later on.

So I guess my question would be, well, the Fed is not perfect. It's not a perfect system, but compared to what? And there doesn't seem at this point - just the evidence is of 180 countries or so in the world, there are a couple that share a central bank, but I don't know of any that doesn't have a central bank unless they use somebody else's currency.

So somebody's got to run the monetary policy, somebody has to determine how much currency is to be issued, somebody has to deal with the issues of financial stability, and in modern economies that's the central bank. And I believe that will be the case to the United States and I hope that it will be an independent and highly qualified central bank that does it.

Mon, June 07, 2010
Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars

In response to a question about U.S. negotiating leverage with China.

Well, they have their own views and interests, that we don't always agree with them, certainly. But they are very interested in what the United States is doing and thinking. They understand there's a kind of co-dependency relationship, and they certainly want to engage with us.

Now, obviously, we're not going to be happy with every outcome and certainly we're not. There are lots of issues that we are currently debating with them. But all I'm saying here is that there is a real desire on both sides to engage, and that for me that is a very important achievement to have those lines of communication be open.

Wed, June 09, 2010
Testimony to House Budget Committee

Well, the signal that gold is sending is in some ways very different from what other asset prices are sending.  For example, the spread between nominal and inflation-indexed bonds, the break-even, remains quite low, suggests that markets expect about 2 percent inflation over the next 10 years.  Other commodity prices have fallen recently, quite severely including oil prices and food prices. So gold is out there doing something different from the rest of the commodity group.

I don't fully understand the movements in the gold price. But I do think that there's a great deal of uncertainty and anxiety in financial markets right now.  And some people believe that holding gold will be a hedge, against the fact that they view many other investments as being risky and hard to predict at this point.

Wed, June 09, 2010
Testimony to House Budget Committee

The latest economic projections of Federal Reserve Governors and Reserve Bank presidents, which were made near the end of April, anticipate that real gross domestic product (GDP) will grow in the neighborhood of 3-1/2 percent over the course of 2010 as a whole and at a somewhat faster pace next year.  This pace of growth, were it to be realized, would probably be associated with only a slow reduction in the unemployment rate over time. In this environment, inflation is likely to remain subdued.

Wed, June 09, 2010
Testimony to House Budget Committee

The actions taken by European leaders represent a firm commitment to resolve the prevailing stresses and restore market confidence and stability. If markets continue to stabilize, then the effects of the crisis on economic growth in the United States seem likely to be modest. Although the recent fall in equity prices and weaker economic prospects in Europe will leave some imprint on the U.S. economy, offsetting factors include declines in interest rates on Treasury bonds and home mortgages as well as lower prices for oil and some other globally traded commodities. The Federal Reserve will remain highly attentive to developments abroad and to their potential effects on the U.S. economy.

Wed, June 09, 2010
Testimony to House Budget Committee

I don't think there's anything magic about 90 percent. However, I do think that if we were to go out as, say, the CBO's alternative scenario projects, then debt and interest payments are going to get explosive in 10 or 15 years. And so I think we are close to a situation where we need to be paying very close attention to our fiscal sustainability.

In response to a question about whether a 90% debt-to-GDP ratio represents a tipping point for fiscal sustainability.

 

Wed, June 16, 2010
Squam Lake Conference

[G]iving all macroprudential responsibilities to a single agency risks creating regulatory blind spots, as--in the United States, at least--the skills and experience needed to oversee the many parts of our complex financial system are distributed across a number of regulatory agencies.

Mon, July 12, 2010
Federal Reserve Meeting Series: Addressing the Financing Needs of Small Businesses

Our message is clear: Consistent with maintaining appropriately prudent standards, lenders should do all they can to meet the needs of creditworthy borrowers.  Doing so is good for the borrower, good for the lender, and good for our economy.

Wed, July 21, 2010
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

Assuming that the economy is back to close to full employment, you know, by 2013 or 2014, that 4 to 7 percent is the medium-term structure deficit. And that is too high to keep the debt-to-GDP ratio constant over time. It's going to lead to an unsustainable situation.

So, in particular, just to give a specific example, the deficit commission, I believe, has been tasked to bring the deficit down to 3 or 3.5 percent, something in that range, by 2015. I think we ought to be shooting for a sustainable path -- 3 percent, maybe even less -- of GDP as a deficit starting two or three years from now and going out to the next decade would be one broad trajectory that would be, I think, reassuring to the financial markets.

From the Q&A session

Wed, July 21, 2010
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

From the Q&A on resolution authority: 

SEN. BUNNING: .Now we've handed you a job in my mind that's damn near impossible. You're going to have to pick and choose who's too big to fail. You and a group of so many people. But you particularly.

And it's a subjective view. It's not, it doesn't say these are the categories, it says that you should decide who is too big to fail. Is that accurate? Do you accept that as an accurate review of what's in the --

MR. BERNANKE: No, Senator, what we have to determine is which firms are systemically critical but they will be subject to this resolution regime, which means that they will fail and the creditors will lose money.

SEN. BUNNING: But it's subjective, it's not objective.

MR. BERNANKE: I think it'll be important for us to develop as many clear criteria as we possibly can. It'll be partly subjective, yes.

Wed, July 21, 2010
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

I think it's important to preface the answer by saying that monetary policy is currently very stimulative, as I'm sure you're aware...

You know, that being said, if the recovery seems to be faltering, then we at least need to review our options. And we have not fully done that review, and we need to think about possibilities. But, broadly speaking, there are a number of things that we could consider and look at.

One would be further changes or modifications of our language or our framework, describing how we intend to change interest rates over time, giving more information about that. That's certainly one approach.

We could lower the interest rate we pay on reserves, which is currently one-fourth of 1 percent.

The third class of things, though, has to do with changes in our balance sheet, and that would involve either not letting securities run off, as they are currently running off, or even making additional purchases.

We have not come to the point where we can tell you precisely what the leading options are. Clearly each of these options has got drawbacks, potential costs. So we are going to continue to monitor the economy closely and continue to evaluate the alternatives that we have, recognizing that, as I said, that policy is already quite stimulative.

From the Q&A, in response to a question about what easing options the Fed might have in the event of a downturn.

Wed, July 21, 2010
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

From the written testimony:   Of course, even as the Federal Reserve continues prudent planning for the ultimate withdrawal of extraordinary monetary policy accommodation, we also recognize that the economic outlook remains unusually uncertain.  We will continue to carefully assess ongoing financial and economic developments, and we remain prepared to take further policy actions as needed to foster a return to full utilization of our nation's productive potential in a context of price stability.

From the Q&A (much later):   But I'd like to emphasize that our forecast, our expectation is still for a moderate recovery. The numbers I gave today, 3 (percent), 3.5 percent, depending on the horizon, which will over time bring down the unemployment rates.   So that's still our main scenario, that the economy will continue to grow and that the final demand, private final demand will take over from inventory building and fiscal policy as the drivers of growth.

Thu, July 22, 2010
Monetary Policy Report

BERNANKE:  The basic idea of monetary policy is to provide broadly supportive financial conditions and to allow investment decisions in life to be made by the free market.

GARRETT(?):   Yes, right. Because when you go out and you purchase a trillion dollars worth of widgets, you're involving yourselves with the free market, because you're hyping the price of those widgets for everybody else.

BERNANKE: We didn't buy any widgets.

From the Q&A session

Thu, July 22, 2010
Monetary Policy Report

The rationale for not going all the way to zero has been that we want the short-term money markets, like the federal funds market, to continue to function in a reasonable way because if rates go to zero there will be no incentive for buying and selling federal funds, overnight money in the banking system. And if that market shuts down, if people don't operate in that market, it'll be more difficult to manage short-term interest rates when the Federal Reserve begins to tighten policy at some point in the future.

So there's really a technical reason having to do with market function that has motivated the 25-basis-point interest on reserves.

That being said, it would have a bit of effect on monetary policy conditions, and we would certainly -- we're certainly considering that as one option.

From the Q&A session

Thu, July 22, 2010
Monetary Policy Report

HENSARLING: My last quote and my first question, quote, "Uncertainty is seen to retard investment independently of considerations of risk or expected return. The introduction of uncertainty can be associated with slack investment, resolution of uncertainty with an investment boom." You know who wrote those words, and, yes, it is a trick question.

BERNANKE: I'm sure it was I who wrote those words. That was my -- it should have been, anyway, since that was my 1979 Ph.D. thesis was on uncertainty in investments. Maybe it wasn't me. I don't know.

HENSARLING: My notes here said 1980, but it's a very good memory, Mr. Chairman. Do you agree or disagree with yourself?

BERNANKE: Personally, I think that was an excellent thesis.

From the Q&A session

Mon, August 02, 2010
Annual Meeting of the Southern Legislative Conference of the Council of State Governments

Small businesses, which depend importantly on bank credit, have been particularly hard hit by restrictive lending standards. At the Federal Reserve, we have been working to facilitate the flow of funds to creditworthy small businesses. Along with the other banking supervisors, we have emphasized to banks and examiners that lenders should do all they can to meet the needs of creditworthy borrowers, including small businesses. We also have conducted extensive training of our bank examiners, with the message that lending to viable small businesses is good for the safety and soundness of our banking system as well as for our economy.

Mon, August 02, 2010
Annual Meeting of the Southern Legislative Conference of the Council of State Governments

After a precipitous decline in late 2008 and early 2009, the U.S. economy stabilized in the middle of last year and is now expanding at a moderate pace. While the support to economic activity from stimulative fiscal policies and firms' restocking of their inventories will diminish over time, rising demand from households and businesses should help sustain growth.

Fri, August 27, 2010
Jackson Hole Symposium

Under what conditions would the FOMC make further use of these or related policy tools? At this juncture, the Committee has not agreed on specific criteria or triggers for further action, but I can make two general observations.

First, the FOMC will strongly resist deviations from price stability in the downward direction. Falling into deflation is not a significant risk for the United States at this time, but that is true in part because the public understands that the Federal Reserve will be vigilant and proactive in addressing significant further disinflation. It is worthwhile to note that, if deflation risks were to increase, the benefit-cost tradeoffs of some of our policy tools could become significantly more favorable.

Second, regardless of the risks of deflation, the FOMC will do all that it can to ensure continuation of the economic recovery. Consistent with our mandate, the Federal Reserve is committed to promoting growth in employment and reducing resource slack more generally. Because a further significant weakening in the economic outlook would likely be associated with further disinflation, in the current environment there is little or no potential conflict between the goals of supporting growth and employment and of maintaining price stability.

Fri, August 27, 2010
Jackson Hole Symposium

 The channels through which the Fed's purchases affect longer-term interest rates and financial conditions more generally have been subject to debate. I see the evidence as most favorable to the view that such purchases work primarily through the so-called portfolio balance channel, which holds that once short-term interest rates have reached zero, the Federal Reserve's purchases of longer-term securities affect financial conditions by changing the quantity and mix of financial assets held by the public. Specifically, the Fed's strategy relies on the presumption that different financial assets are not perfect substitutes in investors' portfolios, so that changes in the net supply of an asset available to investors affect its yield and those of broadly similar assets. Thus, our purchases of Treasury, agency debt, and agency MBS likely both reduced the yields on those securities and also pushed investors into holding other assets with similar characteristics, such as credit risk and duration. For example, some investors who sold MBS to the Fed may have replaced them in their portfolios with longer-term, high-quality corporate bonds, depressing the yields on those assets as well.

Fri, August 27, 2010
Jackson Hole Symposium

The logic of the portfolio balance channel implies that the degree of accommodation delivered by the Federal Reserve's securities purchase program is determined primarily by the quantity and mix of securities the central bank holds or is anticipated to hold at a point in time (the "stock view"), rather than by the current pace of new purchases (the "flow view"). In support of the stock view, the cessation of the Federal Reserve's purchases of agency securities at the end of the first quarter of this year seems to have had only negligible effects on longer-term rates and spreads.

Fri, August 27, 2010
Jackson Hole Symposium

Despite the weaker data seen recently, the preconditions for a pickup in growth in 2011 appear to remain in place. Monetary policy remains very accommodative, and financial conditions have become more supportive of growth, in part because a concerted effort by policymakers in Europe has reduced fears related to sovereign debts and the banking system there...

Although output growth should be stronger next year, resource slack and unemployment seem likely to decline only slowly. The prospect of high unemployment for a long period of time remains a central concern of policy. Not only does high unemployment, particularly long-term unemployment, impose heavy costs on the unemployed and their families and on society, but it also poses risks to the sustainability of the recovery itself through its effects on households' incomes and confidence...

Maintaining price stability is also a central concern of policy. Recently, inflation has declined to a level that is slightly below that which FOMC participants view as most conducive to a healthy economy in the long run. With inflation expectations reasonably stable and the economy growing, inflation should remain near current readings for some time before rising slowly toward levels more consistent with the Committee's objectives.

Fri, August 27, 2010
Jackson Hole Symposium

[A]lthough consumer credit shows some signs of thawing, responses to our Senior Loan Officer Opinion Survey on Bank Lending Practices suggest that lending standards to households generally remain tight.2

Fri, August 27, 2010
Jackson Hole Symposium

The issue at this stage is not whether we have the tools to help support economic activity and guard against disinflation. We do. As I will discuss next, the issue is instead whether, at any given juncture, the benefits of each tool, in terms of additional stimulus, outweigh the associated costs or risks of using the tool.

Thu, September 02, 2010
Testimony to Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission

[My testimony at the time] has supported this myth that we did have a way of saving Lehman... I regret not being more straightforward there because clearly it has supported the mistaken impression that in fact we could have done something.

Fri, September 24, 2010
Princeton University Conference Co-sponsored by the Center for Economic Policy Studies and the Bendheim Center for Finance

Standard macroeconomic models, such as the workhorse new-Keynesian model, did not predict the crisis, nor did they incorporate very easily the effects of financial instability. Do these failures of standard macroeconomic models mean that they are irrelevant or at least significantly flawed?  I think the answer is a qualified no. Economic models are useful only in the context for which they are designed. Most of the time, including during recessions, serious financial instability is not an issue. The standard models were designed for these non-crisis periods, and they have proven quite useful in that context. Notably, they were part of the intellectual framework that helped deliver low inflation and macroeconomic stability in most industrial countries during the two decades that began in the mid-1980s.

Fri, September 24, 2010
Princeton University Conference Co-sponsored by the Center for Economic Policy Studies and the Bendheim Center for Finance

Another issue brought to the fore by the crisis is the need to better understand the determinants of liquidity in financial markets. The notion that financial assets can always be sold at prices close to their fundamental values is built into most economic analysis, and before the crisis, the liquidity of major markets was often taken for granted by financial market participants and regulators alike.

Fri, September 24, 2010
Princeton University Conference Co-sponsored by the Center for Economic Policy Studies and the Bendheim Center for Finance

 I would argue that the recent financial crisis was more a failure of economic engineering and economic management than of what I have called economic science...

I don't want to push this analogy too far. Economics as a discipline differs in important ways from science and engineering; the latter, dealing as they do with inanimate objects rather than willful human beings, can often be far more precise in their predictions

Thu, September 30, 2010
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

Under a framework established by the [Dodd-Frank] act, the Federal Reserve will, by December 1, provide detailed information regarding individual transactions conducted across a range of credit and liquidity programs over the period from December 1, 2007, to July 20, 2010. This information will include the names of counterparties, the date and dollar value of individual transactions, the terms of repayment, and other relevant information. On an ongoing basis, subject to lags specified by the Congress to protect the efficacy of the programs, the Federal Reserve also will routinely provide information regarding the identities of counterparties, amounts financed or purchased and collateral pledged for transactions under the discount window, open market operations, and emergency lending facilities. 

Thu, September 30, 2010
Federal Reserve System Town Hall Meeting with Educators

In retrospect, some of the people who were hurt the most during the crisis borrowed money that they should not have borrowed and signed financial contracts they should not have signed.  Today, students need a solid understanding of the benefits and risks of borrowing money to buy a car or a home, and of the effect that too much credit card debt can have on their finances. Besides improving their personal financial decisionmaking, teaching your students economic principles will help them as citizens understand and make choices about many of the critical issues confronting our nation.

Mon, October 04, 2010
College Student Forum in Providence

I do think that the additional purchases -- although we don’t have precise numbers for how big the effects are -- I do think they have the ability to ease financial conditions

Fri, October 15, 2010
Federal Reserve Bank of Boston

The Federal Reserve has a statutory mandate to foster maximum employment and price stability, and explaining how we are working toward those goals plays a crucial role in our monetary policy strategy. It is evident that neither of our dual objectives can be taken in isolation...

Recognizing the interactions between the two parts of our mandate, the FOMC has found it useful to frame our dual mandate in terms of the longer-run sustainable rate of unemployment and the mandate-consistent inflation rate. The longer-run sustainable rate of unemployment is the rate of unemployment that the economy can maintain without generating upward or downward pressure on inflation...  Similarly, the mandate-consistent inflation rate--the inflation rate that best promotes our dual objectives in the long run--is not necessarily zero; indeed, Committee participants have generally judged that a modestly positive inflation rate over the longer run is most consistent with the dual mandate. (The view that policy should aim for an inflation rate modestly above zero is shared by virtually all central banks around the world.)...  Several rationales can be provided for this judgment, including upward biases in the measurement of inflation. A rationale that is particularly relevant today is that maintaining an "inflation buffer" (that is, an average inflation rate greater than zero) allows for a somewhat higher average level of nominal interest rates, which in turn gives the Federal Reserve greater latitude to reduce the target federal funds rate when needed to stimulate increased economic activity and employment.

 

Mon, October 25, 2010
Federal Reserve System and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Conference on Mortgage Foreclosures and the Future of Housing

[H]omeownership is only good for families and communities if it can be sustained. Home purchases that are very highly leveraged or unaffordable subject the borrower and lender to a great deal of risk.

Wed, November 03, 2010
Washington Post Op-Ed Article

This approach eased financial conditions in the past and, so far, looks to be effective again. Stock prices rose and long-term interest rates fell when investors began to anticipate the most recent action. Easier financial conditions will promote economic growth. For example, lower mortgage rates will make housing more affordable and allow more homeowners to refinance. Lower corporate bond rates will encourage investment. And higher stock prices will boost consumer wealth and help increase confidence, which can also spur spending. Increased spending will lead to higher incomes and profits that, in a virtuous circle, will further support economic expansion.

Fri, November 05, 2010
Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta

This sense out there, that quantitative easing or asset purchases, is some completely far removed, strange kind of thing and we have no idea what the hell is going to happen, and it's just an unanticipated, unpredictable policy—quite the contrary. This is just monetary policy.

As reported by the Wall Street Journal

Fri, November 19, 2010
European Central Bank Central Banking Conference

Notably, in recent months, some officials in emerging market economies and elsewhere have argued that accommodative monetary policies in the advanced economies, especially the United States, have been producing negative spillover effects on their economies. In particular, they are concerned that advanced economy policies are inducing excessive capital inflows to the emerging market economies, inflows that in turn put unwelcome upward pressure on emerging market currencies and threaten to create asset price bubbles...

To a large degree, these capital flows have been driven by perceived return differentials that favor emerging markets, resulting from factors such as stronger expected growth--both in the short term and in the longer run--and higher interest rates, which reflect differences in policy settings as well as other forces....

Given these advantages of a system of market-determined exchange rates, why have officials in many emerging markets leaned against appreciation of their currencies toward levels more consistent with market fundamentals? The principal answer is that currency undervaluation on the part of some countries has been part of a long-term export-led strategy for growth and development. This strategy, which allows a country's producers to operate at a greater scale and to produce a more diverse set of products than domestic demand alone might sustain, has been viewed as promoting economic growth and, more broadly, as making an important contribution to the development of a number of countries. However, increasingly over time, the strategy of currency undervaluation has demonstrated important drawbacks, both for the world system and for the countries using that strategy.

Fri, November 19, 2010
European Central Bank Central Banking Conference

This problem is not new. For example, in the somewhat different context of the gold standard in the period prior to the Great Depression, the United States and France ran large current account surpluses, accompanied by large inflows of gold. However, in defiance of the so-called rules of the game of the international gold standard, neither country allowed the higher gold reserves to feed through to their domestic money supplies and price levels, with the result that the real exchange rate in each country remained persistently undervalued. These policies created deflationary pressures in deficit countries that were losing gold, which helped bring on the Great Depression.  The gold standard was meant to ensure economic and financial stability, but failures of international coordination undermined these very goals. Although the parallels are certainly far from perfect, and I am certainly not predicting a new Depression, some of the lessons from that grim period are applicable today.

Fri, November 19, 2010
European Central Bank Central Banking Conference

Importantly, the Committee remains unwaveringly committed to price stability and does not seek inflation above the level of 2 percent or a bit less that most FOMC participants see as consistent with the Federal Reserve's mandate.

See similar comments by Vice Chairwoman Yellen earlier in the week.

Fri, November 19, 2010
European Central Bank Central Banking Conference

The foreign exchange value of the dollar has fluctuated considerably during the course of the crisis, driven by a range of factors. A significant portion of these fluctuations has reflected changes in investor risk aversion, with the dollar tending to appreciate when risk aversion is high. In particular, much of the decline over the summer in the foreign exchange value of the dollar reflected an unwinding of the increase in the dollar's value in the spring associated with the European sovereign debt crisis. The dollar's role as a safe haven during periods of market stress stems in no small part from the underlying strength and stability that the U.S. economy has exhibited over the years. Fully aware of the important role that the dollar plays in the international monetary and financial system, the Committee believes that the best way to continue to deliver the strong economic fundamentals that underpin the value of the dollar, as well as to support the global recovery, is through policies that lead to a resumption of robust growth in a context of price stability in the United States.

Fri, November 19, 2010
European Central Bank Central Banking Conference

I draw several lessons from our collective experience in dealing with the crisis. (My list is by no means exhaustive.) The first lesson is that, in a world in which the consequences of financial crises can be devastating, fostering financial stability is a critical part of overall macroeconomic management...

Second, the past two years have demonstrated the value of policy flexibility and openness to new approaches. During the crisis, central banks were creative and innovative, developing programs that played a significant role in easing financial stress and supporting economic activity. As the global financial system and national economies become increasingly complex and interdependent, novel policy challenges will continue to require innovative policy responses...{Emphasis added.}

Third, as was the focus of my remarks two years ago, in addressing financial crises, international cooperation can be very helpful; indeed, given the global integration of financial markets, such cooperation is essential. Central bankers worked closely together throughout the crisis and continue to do so. Our frequent contact, whether in bilateral discussions or in international meetings, permits us to share our thinking, compare analyses, and stay informed of developments around the world. It also enables us to move quickly when shared problems call for swift joint responses, such as the coordinated rate cuts and the creation of liquidity swap lines during the crisis.

Fri, November 19, 2010
European Central Bank Central Banking Conference

Although securities purchases are a different tool for conducting monetary policy than the more familiar approach of managing the overnight interest rate, the goals and transmission mechanisms are very similar...

Incidentally, in my view, the use of the term "quantitative easing" to refer to the Federal Reserve's policies is inappropriate. Quantitative easing typically refers to policies that seek to have effects by changing the quantity of bank reserves, a channel which seems relatively weak, at least in the U.S. context. In contrast, securities purchases work by affecting the yields on the acquired securities and, via substitution effects in investors' portfolios, on a wider range of assets.

Fri, November 19, 2010
European Central Bank Central Banking Conference

 Financial conditions eased notably in anticipation of the Committee's announcement, suggesting that this policy will be effective in promoting recovery. As has been the case with more conventional monetary policy in the past, this policy action will be regularly reviewed in light of the evolving economic outlook and the Committee's assessment of the effects of its policies on the economy.

Sun, December 05, 2010
60 Minutes Interview

60 Minutes: Do you anticipate a scenario in which you would commit to more than $600 billion?

Bernanke: Oh, it's certainly possible. And again, it depends on the efficacy of the program. It depends on inflation. And finally it depends on how the economy looks.

Sun, December 05, 2010
60 Minutes Interview

Bernanke:  Well, this fear of inflation, I think is way overstated. We've looked at it very, very carefully. We've analyzed it every which way. One myth that's out there is that what we're doing is printing money. We're not printing money. The amount of currency in circulation is not changing. The money supply is not changing in any significant way. What we're doing is lowing interest rates by buying Treasury securities. And by lowering interest rates, we hope to stimulate the economy to grow faster. So, the trick is to find the appropriate moment when to begin to unwind this policy. And that's what we're gonna do.

60 Minutes: Is keeping inflation in check less of a priority for the Federal Reserve now?

Bernanke: No, absolutely not. What we're trying to do is achieve a balance. We've been very, very clear that we will not allow inflation to rise above two percent or less.

60 Minutes: Can you act quickly enough to prevent inflation from getting out of control?

Bernanke: We could raise interest rates in 15 minutes if we have to. So, there really is no problem with raising rates, tightening monetary policy, slowing the economy, reducing inflation, at the appropriate time. Now, that time is not now.

60 Minutes: You have what degree of confidence in your ability to control this?

Bernanke: One hundred percent.

Click here for an alternative view on "printing money" from Bernanke's previous 60 Minutes interview.

 

Sun, December 05, 2010
60 Minutes Interview

60 Minutes: You seem to be saying that the recovery that we're experiencing now is not self-sustaining.

Bernanke: It may not be. It's very close to the border. It takes about two and a half percent growth just to keep unemployment stable. And that's about what we're getting. We're not very far from the level where the economy is not self-sustaining.

Sun, December 05, 2010
60 Minutes Interview

60 Minutes: Is there anything that you wish you'd done differently over these last two and a half years or so?

Bernanke: Well, I wish I'd been omniscient and seen the crisis coming, the way you asked me about, I didn't. But it was a very, very difficult situation. And the Federal Reserve responded very aggressively, very proactively.

Mon, December 27, 2010
Time Magazine

Question:  What is the single most important thing you have learned in your time as Fed chairman? —Lewis Cohen, MELBOURNE, AUSTRALIA

Bernanke:  We have to pay attention to the lessons of history. If you look at the history of financial crises, it shows that an aggressive and creative response is the best way to ensure minimal damage to the economy.


Tue, January 04, 2011
Letter to Bernie Sanders

In your fourth question, you also asked why the Federal Reserve lent to the central banks of South Korea and Mexico. The Federal Reserve did not extend credit to the central banks of South Korea or Mexico. The Federal Reserve established temporary central bank liquidity swap lines with a number of foreign central banks. Foreign central banks then drew on those lines to provide dollar liquidity to institutions in their jurisdictions. As part of that program, the Federal Reserve swapped U.S. dollars with the central banks of South Korea and Mexico for an equivalent amount of foreign currency at market rates.

Fri, January 07, 2011
Testimony to Senate Budget Committee

So we have very limited ability to buy state, local, municipal debt, and moreover, the Dodd-Frank legislation restricts our ability, additionally, not to lend to any insolvent borrower and not to lend to an individual borrower, but only in terms of a broad program. So we have no expectation or intention to get involved in state and local finance. I think to the extent that there's anyone to look at that, it would have to be Congress to look at that.

From the Q&A session

Fri, January 07, 2011
Testimony to Senate Budget Committee

Senator, we're not seeking any change. We think the current mandate is workable. That being said, I think it's entirely appropriate for the Senate to -- and for the Congress to consider what mandate they want to set. There are, after all, central banks around the world that do focus primarily on price stability. And whatever decision the Congress makes of course we will -- we will honor that decision, and pursue that mandate.

During the Q&A, in response to a question about the dual mandate.

Fri, January 07, 2011
Testimony to Senate Budget Committee

Conventional monetary policy works by changing market expectations for the future path of short-term interest rates, which, in turn, influences the current level of longer-term interest rates and other financial conditions. These changes in financial conditions then affect household and business spending. By contrast, securities purchases by the Federal Reserve put downward pressure directly on longer-term interest rates by reducing the stock of longer-term securities held by private investors. These actions affect private-sector spending through the same channels as conventional monetary policy.

Fri, January 07, 2011
Testimony to Senate Budget Committee

More recently, however, we have seen increased evidence that a self-sustaining recovery in consumer and business spending may be taking hold.

,,,

Although it is likely that economic growth will pick up this year and that the unemployment rate will decline somewhat, progress toward the Federal Reserve's statutory objectives of maximum employment and stable prices is expected to remain slow. The projections submitted by Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) participants in November showed that, notwithstanding forecasts of increased growth in 2011 and 2012, most participants expected the unemployment rate to be close to 8 percent two years from now. At this rate of improvement, it could take four to five more years for the job market to normalize fully.

Fri, January 07, 2011
Testimony to Senate Budget Committee

 Importantly, the Committee remains unwaveringly committed to price stability and, in particular, to maintaining inflation at a level consistent with the Federal Reserve's mandate from the Congress.

Fri, January 07, 2011
Testimony to Senate Budget Committee

I don't think that quantitative easing monetary policy is the reason that oil prices are up in the past few months. The dollar, after all, has been quite stable, and oil prices are up in essentially all currencies. I think the main reason oil prices are up is the strength of emerging markets, the demand for energy from China and other fast-growing, emerging market economies.

That being said, we're watching it very carefully because, as you point out, higher gas prices are like a tax on families. And if they get too high, then that will in fact be a negative for growth as well as for inflation. So we will pay very close attention to both energy prices and other commodity prices as well.

During the Q&A session

Thu, January 13, 2011
FDIC Small Business Forum

Interest rates are higher, but I think that's mostly because the news is better. So I think the policy has helped.

Thu, February 03, 2011
National Press Club

How much adjustment is needed to restore fiscal sustainability in the United States? To help answer this question, it is useful to apply the concept of the primary budget deficit, which is the government budget deficit excluding interest payments on the national debt. To stabilize the ratio of federal debt to the GDP--a convenient benchmark for assessing fiscal sustainability--the primary budget deficit must be reduced to zero.5 Under the CBO projection that I noted earlier, the primary budget deficit is expected to be 2 percent of GDP in 2015 and then rise to almost 3 percent of GDP in 2020 and 6 percent of GDP in 2030. These projections provide a gauge of the adjustments that will be necessary to attain fiscal sustainability.

...

I hope that, in addressing our long-term fiscal challenges, the Congress and the Administration will seek reforms to the government's tax policies and spending priorities that serve not only to reduce the deficit, but also to enhance the long-term growth potential of our economy... Our nation cannot reasonably expect to grow its way out of our fiscal imbalances, but a more productive economy will ease the tradeoffs that we face.

Thu, February 03, 2011
National Press Club

Well, first, to be very clear, the purpose of the monetary policy easing is not to increase stock prices per se. The purpose is to strengthen the U.S. economy, put people back to work, and create price stability.

But the way monetary policy always works is through interest rates and asset prices. That's how it always works, by changing those prices in financial markets.

So, yes, I do think that by taking these securities out of the market and pushing investors into alternative assets we -- we have led to higher stock prices and to lower stock market volatility.

By the way, when we -- the last time we did this, in March 2009, was about a week before the absolute minimum where the Standard & Poor was in the 600s. And following our actions, Standard & Poor, the stock market rose quite considerably.

So, yes, the policy is affecting the -- the stock market really in two ways. One is by -- is by through -- is by lowering, essentially, long-term yields and forcing investors into alternative assets.  But, also, because as this process has been working through -- as we have seen both in the earlier episode, that a few months after we began the process we began to see a stronger economy, this time we really began this process in August, and now, four, five months later we're seeing a stronger economy.

As the markets see the stronger economy materializing, that's incorporated into expectations about future profits and future economic activity, and that causes the market to rise as well. So it's a virtuous circle in that respect.   So as I described in my remarks, the whole idea here is to -- is to move interest rates and move asset prices in a direction that will stimulate more economic activity, put more people back to work, and -- and get rid of risk of deflation and create a stable price environment.   And if you look at the developments, since August I think things have moved very distinctly in the right direction.

Thu, February 03, 2011
National Press Club

In this particular case, when we were -- when we are making our projections, we had already taken into account most of what is in that package. I mean we had anticipated that the Bush tax cuts would most likely be extended, at least in large part. We had anticipated that the U.I. insurance would be extended, at least in large part.
The part of the package that was surprising to us, and which does create a little additional stimulus, is the payroll tax rebate. So we factor that into our analysis. And, of course, on the margin, we'll respond to the way that affects the outlook.   But it wasn't that we were surprised by this package. We expected a lot of it to happen, and that was already built into our forecast when we made our policy decisions.

In response to a question about how the December 2010 stimulus package had affected the monetary policy outlook

Thu, February 03, 2011
National Press Club

I'll talk about food prices in general and the Fed's policies. When you talk about food prices or other commodity prices, you need to talk about supply and demand. And in some cases, in food for example, there are some constraints on supply. There have been weather issues and so on. But the most important development globally is the fact that the world economy is growing more quickly, particularly in the emerging markets.

We have essentially a two-speed recovery where industrial economies like the United States are growing relatively slowly, and in fact the industrial economies are just now coming back to the level of output and demand that we were in before the crisis three years ago. So the industrial countries are growing slowly. The emerging market are growing much more quickly.
Now, the Federal Reserve's monetary policy is aimed at stabilizing the United States economy. And in the United States, I don't think anybody can argue that our economy is overheated, that it's growing too quickly, that it's short of resources. We are using our policy to -- to address stability in the United States.

So then the question is, you know, where's that demand coming from. As I said, it's mostly coming from emerging markets. Emerging markets are growing very quickly for a couple of reasons. One is just the fact that there has been a long-term trend now for emerging markets to develop very quickly, and that on the whole is a very positive development because it means that millions of people who were in poverty are moving closer and closer to a more middle-class standard of living, which is of course a very good thing.
But, as people's diets become more sophisticated, as they eat more beef and less grains and so on, the demand for food and energy and the like grows. And that's -- that's the primary long-term factor affecting the real price of -- of -- of commodities and food.

The other factor is that in some cases some of the emerging markets have -- are -- are facing inflationary pressures because their own economies are growing perhaps even faster than their capacity. That is, their policies have not been such to keep growth and capacity balanced, which means that inflationary pressures are rising from those emerging markets.
But I think it's entirely unfair to attribute excess demand pressures in emerging markets to U.S. monetary policy, because emerging markets have all the tools they need to address excess demand in those countries. They can, for example, use monetary policy of their own. They can adjust their exchange rates, which is something that they've been reluctant to do in some cases.

So it really is up to the emerging markets to find the appropriate tools to balance their own growth.  That being said, even ignoring the inflationary pressures in emerging markets, their continued growth is going to continue to put pressure on the -- on the prices of commodities, including food, around the world.

But just one final comment on why Federal Reserve policy cannot be primarily responsible is just that -- you asked about -- about Middle East. Food in Egypt is priced in Egyptian pounds, not in dollars. The -- if the dollar is weaker, the Egyptian pound is stronger.  So, clearly, what's happening is not a -- a dollar effect. What's happening is a growth effect, primarily in emerging markets, which is creating this tremendous demand for commodities, which is driving up the relative prices of those commodities.

In response to a question about Fed policy and food prices

Thu, February 03, 2011
National Press Club

Overall, however, improving household and business confidence, accommodative monetary policy, and more-supportive financial conditions, including an apparent increase in the willingness of banks to make loans, seems likely to lead to a more rapid pace of economic recovery in 2011 than we saw last year.

...

Until we see a sustained period of stronger job creation, we cannot consider the recovery to be truly established.

...

On the inflation front, we have recently seen significant increases in some highly visible prices, notably for gasoline...  To assess underlying trends in inflation, economists also follow several alternative measures of inflation; one such measure is so-called core inflation, which excludes the more volatile food and energy components and therefore can be a better predictor of where overall inflation is headed. Core inflation was only 0.7 percent in 2010, compared with around 2-1/2 percent in 2007, the year before the recession began. Wage growth has slowed as well, with average hourly earnings increasing only 1.8 percent last year. These downward trends in wage and price inflation are not surprising, given the substantial slack in the economy.

Thu, February 03, 2011
National Press Club

A wide range of market indicators supports the view that the Federal Reserve's securities purchases have been effective at easing financial conditions. For example, since August, when we announced our policy of reinvesting maturing securities and signaled we were considering more purchases, equity prices have risen significantly, volatility in the equity market has fallen, corporate bond spreads have narrowed, and inflation compensation as measured in the market for inflation-indexed securities has risen from low to more normal levels. Yields on 5- to 10-year Treasury securities initially declined markedly as markets priced in prospective Fed purchases; these yields subsequently rose, however, as investors became more optimistic about economic growth and as traders scaled back their expectations of future securities purchases. All of these developments are what one would expect to see when monetary policy becomes more accommodative, whether through conventional or less conventional means. Interestingly, these developments are also remarkably similar to those that occurred during the earlier episode of policy easing, notably in the months following our March 2009 announcement of a significant expansion in securities purchases. The fact that financial markets responded in very similar ways to each of these policy actions lends credence to the view that these actions had the expected effects on markets and are thereby providing significant support to job creation and the economy.

Wed, February 09, 2011
Testimony to House Budget Committee

REP. CAMPBELL: Halfway through. What are the metrics that you'll -- when QE2 finishes, presuming in June -- and you mentioned that you could reverse it, or whatever -- what are the metrics that you are following that would lead you either to believe you should have QE3 or that you should reverse QE2?

MR. BERNANKE: Well, first is the question of efficacy. And we are seeing the intended results in terms of financial markets, in terms of financial conditions. So in that respect, we think that it's being successful.

In terms of looking forward, we will be trying to assess whether the recovery is on a sustainable track -- and things have moved in that direction, which is encouraging. And we'll be trying to assess whether inflation is low and stable, at around 2 percent or a bit less, which we think is about the right level and most other central banks think is about the right level. And looking forward, if that appears to be the trajectory we're on, then additional action would not be necessary. If we're still in a situation where the recovery does not seem established and deflation risk remains a concern, then we would have to think about additional measures.

Wed, February 09, 2011
Testimony to House Budget Committee

REP. RYAN:  It seems to me that the argument here is that the intention of QEII is what we ought to be focusing on because the intention is to bring rates down through economic growth, and therefore, the intention is what should matter here. But this is debt monetization. So isn't that really a distinction without a difference?

MR. BERNANKE: No, sir. If monetization would involve a permanent increase in the money supply to basically pay the government's bills through money creation, what we're doing here is a temporary measure, which will be reversed so that at the end of this process, the money supply will be normalized. The amount of the Fed's balance sheet will be normalized and that there will be no permanent increase either in money outstanding, in the Fed's balance sheet or in inflation.

Wed, February 09, 2011
Testimony to House Budget Committee

[W]ith output growth likely to be moderate for a while and with employers reportedly still reluctant to add to their payrolls, it will be several years before the unemployment rate has returned to a more normal level. Until we see a sustained period of stronger job creation, we cannot consider the recovery to be truly established.

Wed, February 09, 2011
Testimony to House Budget Committee

MR. BERNANKE: A very careful study done by Federal Reserve system economists suggests that the total job impact of all of the QE programs -- including QE1, including the reinvestments, including QE2 -- could be up to 3 million jobs. It could be less; it could be more, but the important to understand is that it is not insignificant. It is an important contribution to growth and to job creation...

REP. VAN HOLLEN: All right. So as I understand, that was a credible study in your view, was it not?

MR. BERNANKE: It is, and there have been other studies as well, which are comparable.

REP. VAN HOLLEN: And as I -- just focusing on QE2, my understanding is that just with respect to that, those monetary decisions, that that created or saved between 600 (thousand) and 700,000 jobs. Is that correct?

MR. BERNANKE: The same study attributes -- again, prospectively -- in part, to the $600 billion QE2 about 700,000 jobs. Again, let me just emphasize that these are simulation studies and -- but they do indicate that the potential impact is significant.

From the Q&A session

Wed, February 09, 2011
Testimony to House Budget Committee

We asked the hypothetical question: If we could lower the federal funds rate, how much would we lower it? And a powerful monetary policy action in normal times would be about a 75-basis-point cut in the federal funds rate. We estimate that the impact on the whole structure of interest rates from 600 billion (dollars) is roughly equivalent to a 75-basis- point cut. So on that criterion, it seemed that that was about enough to be a significant boost, but not one that was excessive.

Wed, February 09, 2011
Testimony to House Budget Committee

Once the economy has a self-sustaining -- you know, once it's sort of reached escape velocity, so to speak, then that monetary fuel can be withdrawn. And usually that would involve raising short-term interest rates. In this case, it would involve both raising short-term interest rates and reducing the size of the balance sheet.

So, yes, as the economy begins to get stronger and develops its own momentum, then it needs less monetary policy support and we have to begin to withdraw it. Otherwise, we would risk inflation, as Chairman Ryan was concerned about.


Wed, February 09, 2011
Testimony to House Budget Committee

We have just begun to look at the issue of whether or not you could reorder, reprioritize payments so that the debt interest would be paid but other things not paid. This has not been done before, and our early assessment is that there would be some difficulties from just a purely operational point of view. For example, you would have to differentiate between Social Security payments, which presumably would not be going out, versus interest payments to individuals holding savings bonds, which would be going out, and that might cause some operational issues. So we do have some concerns on that score.

In response to a question about the debt ceiling

Wed, February 09, 2011
Testimony to House Budget Committee

Say we wanted to raise the short-term interest rate to 1 percent. Then if we paid 1 percent on excess reserves to banks, they would not be willing to lend money to the money market at less than 1 percent, and that would essentially achieve our objective right there. But there are other tools we have to drain reserves, including time deposits, reverse repos, asset sales and perhaps others.

From the Q&A session

Thu, February 17, 2011
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

To be effective, regulation must be supported by strong supervision.

Fri, February 18, 2011
Banque de France

The preferences of foreign investors for highly rated U.S. assets, together with similar preferences by many domestic investors, had a number of implications, including for the relative yields on such assets. Importantly, though, the preference by so many investors for perceived safety created strong incentives for U.S. financial engineers to develop investment products that "transformed" risky loans into highly rated securities...

To be clear, these findings are not to be read as assigning responsibility for the breakdown in U.S. financial intermediation to factors outside the United States. Instead, in analogy to the Asian crisis, the primary cause of the breakdown was the poor performance of the financial system and financial regulation in the country receiving the capital inflows, not the inflows themselves. In the case of the United States, sources of poor performance included misaligned incentives in mortgage origination, underwriting, and securitization; risk-management deficiencies among financial institutions; conflicts of interest at credit rating agencies; weaknesses in the capitalization and incentive structures of the government-sponsored enterprises; gaps and weaknesses in the financial regulatory structure; and supervisory failures. In reflecting on this experience, I have gained increased appreciation for the challenges faced by policymakers in emerging market economies who have had to manage large and sometimes volatile capital inflows for the past several decades.

Fri, February 18, 2011
Banque de France

Although policymakers in the emerging markets clearly face important challenges, such concerns should be put into perspective... [I]t should be borne in mind that spillovers can go both ways. For example, resurgent demand in the emerging markets has contributed significantly to the sharp recent run-up in global commodity prices. More generally, the maintenance of undervalued currencies by some countries has contributed to a pattern of global spending that is unbalanced and unsustainable. Such imbalances include those not only between emerging markets and advanced economies, but also among the emerging market economies themselves, as those countries that have allowed their exchange rates to be determined primarily by market forces have seen their competitiveness erode relative to countries that have intervened more aggressively in foreign exchange markets.

Tue, March 01, 2011
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

Monetary policy works with a lag, and therefore we can't wait until we get to full employment and, you know, the target inflation rate before we start to tighten. We have to think in advance, which means we have to use our models and our other forms of analysis and market indicators and so on to try to project where the economy is heading over the next six to 12 months.

Once we see the economy is in a self-sustaining recovery and employment is beginning to improve and labor markets are improving, and meanwhile that inflation is stable at approaching roughly 2 percent or so, which I think is where you want to be in the long term on inflation. At that point, we'll need to begin withdrawing.

It's the same problem -- I just want to emphasize this -- it's not at all different from the problem that central banks always face, which is when to take away the punch bowl. And the only way you can do that is by making projections of the economy and -- and moving sufficiently in advance that you don't stay too easy too long. And we're quite aware of this issue and quite committed to price stability and we will continue to analyze our models and our forecasts and -- and move well in advance of the time that -- well in advance of the time that the economy is, you know, completely back to full employment.

From the Q&A session

Tue, March 01, 2011
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

MENENDEZ:   And so would you give me your view of how the first and second rounds of quantitative easing are working?

BERNANKE: I think they're working -- I think they're working well. The first round in March 2009 was almost -- almost the same day as the trough of the stock market. Since then, the market has virtually doubled. The economy was going from total collapse at the end of the first quarter of '09 to pretty strong growth in the second half of '09. And as I said, it's now in the seventh quarter of expansion. So I think that was clearly a positive.

The current -- the current Q.E, as it's called, as I've said, appears to have had the desired effects on markets in terms of creating stimulus for the economy. And I cited not just Federal Reserve forecasts, but private sector forecasts which have almost uniformly been upgraded since August, since November, suggesting that private sector forecasters are seeing more growth and more employment this year than they had previously expected. And so I think it is in fact having benefits for growth and employment.

From the Q&A session

Tue, March 01, 2011
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

BERNANKE: Well, first, I think that many of the monetary or nominal indicators that somebody like Milton Friedman would look at did suggest the need for more monetary stimulus. For example, nominal GDP has grown very slowly. Growth in the money supply is a fact -- not talking about the reserves held by banks, which are basically idle, but if you look at M1 and M2, those have grown pretty slowly.
The Taylor rule suggests that we should be in some sense way below zero in our interest rate and therefore we need some method other than just normal interest rate changes to -- to...

TOOMEY: Do you know if Mr. Taylor believes that?

BERNANKE: Well, there are different versions of the Taylor rule. And there's no particular reason to pick the one he picked in 1993. In fact, he preferred a different one in 1999, which if you use that one gives you a much different answer.

TOOMEY: My understanding is that his view of his own rule is that it would call for a higher fed funds rate than what we have now.

BERNANKE: There are, again, many ways of looking at that rule, and I think that ones that look at history, ones that are justified by modeling analysis, many of them suggest that we are -- we should be well below zero, and I just would disagree that that's the only way to look at it. But, anyway, so I think there are some -- there is some basis for -- for -- for doing that.
I'm sorry, the last part of your question was?

TOOMEY: In the context of even, unfortunately, slow economic growth, should that persist, what kind of inflation indications would cause you...

BERNANKE: ... we are very -- we are -- we are committed -- you know, some -- some economists have -- a few economists have suggested temporarily raising inflation above normal levels in order to -- as a way of trying to stimulate the economy. We have rejected that approach, and we are committed to not letting inflation go above sort of the normal level of around 2 percent in the medium term.

So we are looking very carefully at indicators of inflation, including actual inflation, including commodity prices, including the spreads between nominal and index bonds, which is a measure of inflation compensation, looking at surveys, business pricing plans, household inflation expectations. We look at a whole variety of things.  And we -- I just want to assure you, we take the inflation issue very, very seriously, and we do not have the illusion that allowing inflation to get high is in any way a constructive thing to do. And we are not going to do that.

Tue, March 01, 2011
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

REED: Chairman Bernanke, I assume you're familiar with two recent reports by Moody's Analytics and Goldman Sachs which talked about the proposed House Republican budget. Their conclusion is that if passed without modification, there could be as much as a 2 percent decrease in the growth next year, going forward and as many as 700,000 jobs lost because of the contraction of spending at the federal level.  Do you agree with those -- that analysis?

BERNANKE: If that's referring to a $60 billion cut, obviously, that would be contractionary to some extent, but I -- for us -- our analysis doesn't get a number quite that -- doesn't give a number that high.

REED: Well, the proposed cut this year is $100 billion in the House. Is that you what used for your projections?

BERNANKE: We are assuming $60 billion this year and $40 billion next year, which would be the $100 billion over the fiscal year. And we also assume a normal spend-out, the way -- you know, the impact is not immediate, but is spent out over time. The reduction is effective over time. And we get a -- we get a -- I would have to say, a smaller impact of that. I'm not quite sure where that...

REED: What is your impact?

BERNANKE: Several tenths on GDP.

REED: And jobs?

BERNANKE: I don't have that number, but it would be certainly much less than 700,000.

...

BERNANKE:  But I still -- I still don't -- I'm happy to send you our analysis, Senator. But I frankly don't understand where -- 2 percent is an enormous effect; 2 percent of the -- of the -- of the GDP is $300 billion right there. So assuming a multiplier of -- of 1, you know, $60 billion to $100 billion, is not sufficient to get to that level. But it would, of course, have the effect of reducing growth on the margin, certainly.

Tue, March 01, 2011
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

And so there was a lot of talk about -- about double dip and that kind of thing. So we felt that we needed to take some action.

In terms of the $600 billion, we have tried through a number of methods to establish a correspondence between these purchases and what our normal interest rate policies would be.

And a rule of thumb is that $150 billion to $200 billion in purchases seems to be roughly equivalent to a 25 basis point cut in the federal funds rate in terms of the stimulative power for the economy.

And so $600 billion is roughly a 75 basis point cut in the policy rate, in terms of its broad impact.

Seventy-five basis points in normal times would be considered a very strong statement, a powerful move, but not one outside of the range of historical experience. It would be one that would be taken at a period of concern and then we would observe the effects. So that was roughly the analysis that we did.

From the Q&A session

Tue, March 01, 2011
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

BERNANKE: Well, the intent of the {LSAP} program first was to hold down interest rates or term premia relative to where they otherwise would be.

SHELBY: Has that worked?

BERNANKE: That seems to be working, yes.

SHELBY: A lot of people dispute that. But go ahead.

BERNANKE: Well, as I noted in my testimony, interest rates have gone up.  The same thing happened in 2009 after our previous policy, because interest rates depend on future expectations of growth, as well as on -- on our policy actions.  With that being said, we certainly want to be sure to remove that stimulus at the appropriate time. So I'm at least as concerned as you, Senator, about inflation. We want to be sure we don't have an inflationary effect. So we must remove that at the appropriate time.

We learned in the first quarter of last year, when we ended our previous program, that the markets had anticipated that adequately, and we didn't see any major impact on interest rates. And so I don't expect when the time comes for us to end the program that we'll see a big impact. I think it's really the total amount of holdings, rather than the flow of new purchases that affects the level of interest rates.

Tue, March 01, 2011
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

Commodity prices have risen significantly in terms of all major currencies, suggesting that changes in the foreign exchange value of the dollar are unlikely to have been an important driver of the increases seen in recent months.

The rate of pass-through from commodity price increases to broad indexes of U.S. consumer prices has been quite low in recent decades, partly reflecting the relatively small weight of materials inputs in total production costs as well as the stability of longer-term inflation expectations. Currently, the cost pressures from higher commodity prices are also being offset by the stability in unit labor costs. Thus, the most likely outcome is that the recent rise in commodity prices will lead to, at most, a temporary and relatively modest increase in U.S. consumer price inflation--an outlook consistent with the projections of both FOMC participants and most private forecasters.

Tue, March 01, 2011
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

 More recently, however, we have seen increased evidence that a self-sustaining recovery in consumer and business spending may be taking hold. Notably, real consumer spending has grown at a solid pace since last fall, and business investment in new equipment and software has continued to expand.

...

Until we see a sustained period of stronger job creation, we cannot consider the recovery to be truly established.

Wed, March 02, 2011
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

Our sense is that $60 billion cut, spread out in the normal way -- because, of course, the reduction of an authorization doesn't mean an immediate reduction in the spending; it usually takes a little time to actually feed through. It would reduce growth, but we think it's, given the size, it's more in the -- a couple, one to two-tenths in the first year, another tenth in the next year, something on that order of magnitude. And that would translate into a couple hundred thousand jobs.

So it's not trivial, but those {private sector estimates of 700,000 job losses) are a little high.

Wed, March 02, 2011
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

REP. HENSARLING: As I looked in your testimony, I'm not sure you directly address the timing of the end of QE2, besides its natural termination in June. Today, do you -- are there any conditions that you see that you would anticipate a QE3?

MR. BERNANKE: Congressman, that has to be a decision of the committee and it depends, again, on our mandate. What we'd like to see is a sustainable recovery. We don't want to see the economy falling back into a double-dip or do a stall-out. And obviously, we're looking very closely at inflation -- both in terms of too low and too high.
And so I want to be sure that you understand that I am -- I am very attention to inflation and the potential risks for inflation and that will certainly be a major consideration as we look to determine how to manage this policy.

Sat, March 26, 2011
National Association for Business Economics Annual Conference

 

Mon, April 04, 2011
2011 Financial Markets Conference

“I think my take on inflation right now is that we are indeed seeing some increases, obviously,” Bernanke said. He attributed them to “global supply and demand conditions.” But he reckons these prices “will eventually stabilize.”

“I think the increase in inflation will be transitory,” Bernanke said. But we added: “we have to monitor inflation and inflation expectations extremely closely because if my assumptions prove not to be correct than we would certainly have to respond to that.”

From the audience Q&A, as reported by the Wall Street Journal

 

Mon, April 04, 2011
2011 Financial Markets Conference

Importantly, title 8 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act) contains provisions aimed at improving the transparency, resilience, and financial strength of clearinghouses, which the act calls financial market utilities. Recognizing the systemic importance of clearinghouses, title 8 also challenges U.S. regulatory authorities to improve and better coordinate their oversight of these institutions...

...Because the failure of, or loss of confidence in, a major clearinghouse would create enormous uncertainty about the status of initiated transactions and, consequently, about the financial positions of clearinghouse participants and their customers, strong risk management at these organizations as well as effective prudential oversight is essential.

...

Broadly speaking, the recent financial reform legislation bears on the future structure and role of clearinghouses in two different ways. First, it aims to increase the resilience of these critical institutions against severe financial shocks, the issue that I have emphasized thus far. Second, it also encourages the greater development and use of clearinghouses to address weaknesses identified in other parts of the financial system. Of course, increased reliance on clearinghouses to address problems in other parts of the system increases further the need to ensure the safety of clearinghouses themselves. As Mark Twain's character Pudd'nhead Wilson once opined, if you put all your eggs in one basket, you better watch that basket.

Mon, April 04, 2011
2011 Financial Markets Conference

Lockhart observed that in coming to Stone Mountain, Georgia, to speak, the central bank chief was observing a bit of a home coming. That led Bernanke to recount that while he grew up in Dillon, South Carolina, he was in fact born elsewhere.

"I was born in Augusta, not too far from here," and once he was allowed out of the hospital, his parents returned to their home in the Palmetto state. He observed the border crossing posed a minor challenge when he was first nominated to the Federal Reserve board nearly ten years ago.

"That line is the line between the Richmond and Atlanta Federal Reserve districts," Bernanke said. "There was this whole question whether 24 hours...constituted sufficient experience" to claim the Atlanta Fed as the district he was from, Bernanke laughed, noting "things worked out O.K."

Wed, April 27, 2011
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

First, I should start by saying that the Secretary of the Treasury, of course, is the spokesperson for U.S. policy on the dollar and Secretary Geithner had some words yesterday. Let me just add to what he said, first, by saying that the Federal Reserve believes that a strong and stable dollar is both in American interest and in the interest of the global economy. There are many factors that cause the dollar to move up and down over short periods of time. But over the medium term, where our policy is aimed, we’re doing two things. First, we are trying to maintain low and stable inflation by our definition of price stability by maintaining the purchasing value of the dollar, keeping inflation low. That’s obviously good for the dollar. The second thing we’re trying to accomplish is to get a stronger recovery and to achieve maximum employment. And, again, a strong economy, growing, with attracting foreign capital, is going to be good for the dollar. So in our view, if we do what’s needed to pursue our dual mandate of price stability and maximum employment, that will also generate fundamentals that will help the dollar in the medium term.

Wed, April 27, 2011
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

At some point, presumably early in our exit process, we will -- I suspect based on conversations we've been having around the FOMC table -- it's very likely that an early step would be to stop reinvesting all or a part of the securities which coming -- which are maturing. But take note that that step, although a relatively modest step, does constitute a policy tightening, because it would be lowering the size of our balance sheet and therefore would be expected to essentially tighten financial conditions.

Wed, April 27, 2011
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

...

There's not much the Federal Reserve can do about gas prices, per se, at least not without derailing growth entirely, which is certainly not the right way to go. 

After all, the Fed can't create more oil. We don't control the growth rates of emerging market economies.  What we can do is basically try to keep higher gas prices from passing into other prices and wages throughout the economy and creating a broader inflation, which would be much more difficult to extinguish.

We have a rapidly growing global economy, emerging market economies are growing very quickly, and their demand for commodities, including oil, is very, very strong. 

Indeed, essentially all of the increase in the demand for oil in the last couple years, in the last decade has come from emerging market economies. In the United States, our demand for oil, our imports have actually been going down over time. 

So the demand is coming from a growing economy, where we've seen about a 25 percent increase in emerging market output in the last -- in the last -- since before the crisis.  

Wed, April 27, 2011
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

At 1.7 percent to 2.0 percent, the mandate-consistent rate of inflation is greater than zero for a number of reasons. Perhaps most important, attempting to maintain inflation at zero would increase the risks of experiencing an extended bout of deflation or falling wages and prices, which in turn could lead employment to fall below its maximum sustainable level for a protracted period.

Hence, the goal of literally zero inflation is not consistent with the Federal Reserve's dual mandate. Indeed, most central banks around the world aim to set inflation above zero, usually at about 2 percent.

Wed, April 27, 2011
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

"Extended period" suggests that there would be a couple of meetings probably before action, but unfortunately, the reason we use this vague terminology is that we don't know with certainty how quickly response will be required. And, therefore, we will do our best to communicate changes in our view, but that will depend entirely on how the economy evolves.

Wed, April 27, 2011
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

[O]ne of the key things that we'll be looking at will be inflation expectations, because if medium-term inflation expectations remain well anchored and stable, so that firms at not passing on, at least on an ongoing sustained basis, these higher costs into broader prices and creating a broader inflation in the economy, as long as inflation expectations are well -- well stabilized, that won't happen. Then we'll feel more comfortable just watching and waiting and seeing how things evolve.

Thu, May 05, 2011
Conference on Bank Structure and Competition

[N]o one's interests are served by the imposition of ineffective or burdensome rules that lead to excessive increases in costs or unnecessary restrictions in the supply of credit. Increased coordination and cooperation among regulators, under the auspices of the council where appropriate, should serve not only to improve our management of systemic risk, but also reduce the extent of duplicative, inconsistent, or ineffective rulemakings. More generally, in evaluating alternative approaches to mitigating systemic risks, regulators must aim to avoid stifling reasonable risk-taking and innovation in financial markets, as these factors play an important role in fostering broader productivity gains, economic growth, and job creation.

Thu, May 12, 2011
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

“I think using the debt limit as a bargaining chip is quite risky,” the Fed chief said today in testimony to the Senate Banking Committee in Washington. Failure to raise the debt limit would “at minimum” lead to “an increase in interest rates, which would actually worsen our deficit and would hurt all borrowers in the economy.”

Mon, May 16, 2011
New Building Blocks for Jobs and Economic Growth Conference

Economic policy affects innovation and long-run economic growth in many ways. A stable macroeconomic environment; sound public finances; and well-functioning financial, labor, and product markets all support innovation, entrepreneurship, and growth, as do effective tax, trade, and regulatory policies.

Tue, June 07, 2011
International Monetary Conference

As long as longer-term inflation expectations are stable, increases in global commodity prices are unlikely to be built into domestic wage- and price-setting processes, and they should therefore have only transitory effects on the rate of inflation.

Tue, June 07, 2011
International Monetary Conference

While supply and demand fundamentals surely account for most of the recent movements in commodity prices, some observers have attributed a significant portion of the run-up in prices to Federal Reserve policies, over and above the effects of those policies on U.S. economic growth. For example, some have argued that accommodative U.S. monetary policy has driven down the foreign exchange value of the dollar, thereby boosting the dollar price of commodities...

In this case, the direction of causality runs from commodity prices to the dollar rather than the other way around. The best way for the Federal Reserve to support the fundamental value of the dollar in the medium term is to pursue our dual mandate of maximum employment and price stability, and we will certainly do that.

Another argument that has been made is that low interest rates have pushed up commodity prices by reducing the cost of holding inventories, thus boosting commodity demand, or by encouraging speculators to push commodity futures prices above their fundamental levels. In either case, if such forces were driving commodity prices materially and persistently higher, we should see corresponding increases in commodity inventories, as higher prices curtailed consumption and boosted production relative to their fundamental levels. In fact, inventories of most commodities have not shown sizable increases over the past year as prices rose; indeed, increases in prices have often been associated with lower rather than higher levels of inventories, likely reflecting strong demand or weak supply that tends to put pressure on available stocks.

 

Tue, June 07, 2011
International Monetary Conference

Recent indicators suggest some loss of momentum, with last Friday's jobs market report showing an increase in private payrolls of just 83,000 in May. I expect hiring to pick up from last month's pace as growth strengthens in the second half of the year, but, again, the recent data highlight the need to continue monitoring the jobs situation carefully.

Tue, June 07, 2011
International Monetary Conference

The U.S. economy is recovering from both the worst financial crisis and the most severe housing bust since the Great Depression, and it faces additional headwinds ranging from the effects of the Japanese disaster to global pressures in commodity markets. In this context, monetary policy cannot be a panacea...

Although it is moving in the right direction, the economy is still producing at levels well below its potential; consequently, accommodative monetary policies are still needed. Until we see a sustained period of stronger job creation, we cannot consider the recovery to be truly established. At the same time, the longer-run health of the economy requires that the Federal Reserve be vigilant in preserving its hard-won credibility for maintaining price stability.

Tue, June 14, 2011
Annual Conference of the Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget

The debt limit is the wrong tool for that important job. Failing to raise the debt ceiling in a timely way would be self-defeating if the objective is to chart a course toward a better fiscal situation for our nation.

Wed, June 22, 2011
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

The banks that we regulate are not significantly exposed to—to {the peripheral European } countries directly, at least. They have significant exposures to European banks in the nonperipheral countries, and so indirectly, they have that exposure. The—and that statement which I just made includes credit default swaps and so on… We have asked the banks to essentially do stress tests and ask, looking at all their positions, all their hedges, What would the effect on their capital be if Greece defaulted? And the answer is that the effects are very small.  

It’s also the case that—well, we don’t oversee the money market mutual funds. We have been keeping a close eye on that situation. There again, the situation is similar in some sense, in that except—with very few exceptions, the money market mutual funds don’t have much direct exposure to the three peripheral countries which are currently dealing with debt problems. They do have very substantial exposure to European banks in the so-called core countries: Germany, France, et cetera. So to the extent that there is indirect impact on—on the core European banks, that does pose some concern to money market mutual funds and is a reason why the Federal Reserve and other regulators are continuing to look at ways to strengthen money market mutual funds.  

See also a similar remark in Bernanke's Senate MPR hearing in July 2011.

Wed, June 22, 2011
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

Well, I'm a little bit more sympathetic to central bankers now than I was 10 years ago.

I think it's very important to understand that my comments, both in my comment in the -- published comment a decade ago, as well as in my speech in 2002 about deflation, my main point was that a determined central bank can always do something about deflation. After all, inflation is a monetary phenomenon, the central bank can always create money, and so on.

In response to a question from Yomiuri Shimbun about his earlier criticism of the BOJ.

Wed, June 22, 2011
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

We do have a number of ways of acting; none of them are without risks or costs. We could, for example, do more securities purchases and structure them in different ways. We could cut the interest on excess reserves that we pay to banks. And as was suggested by an earlier question—several earlier questions, actually—Jon’s question about giving guidance on the balance sheet or by perhaps even giving a fixed date, you know, to define “extended period,” those are ways that we could ease further if needed.

But, of course, all of these things are somewhat untested. They have their own costs. But we'd be prepared to take additional action, obviously, if -- if conditions warranted.


 

Wed, June 22, 2011
Press Conference

QUESTION: Do you and your colleagues have a statistical trigger of any sorts, say, a particular level of unemployment or inflation at which you would begin the exit process? If you do, wouldn’t it make sense to announce it? If not, why not?

CHAIRMAN BERNANKE. Well, it’s pretty impossible to create a statistical trigger because we have currently 17 independent members of the FOMC. Each has his or her own view on the outlook, on the efficacy of monetary policy, and on the risks to inflation and unemployment. So we don’t have any such formula.


Wed, July 13, 2011
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

{The sovereign debt crisis} is causing, as you know, a good bit of -- of anxiety in markets. And that's been affecting our economy, both last summer and now recently as well.

We are spending a lot of time evaluating the exposures of U.S. financial institutions to these countries, including money market mutual funds and so on.

See also a more extensive comment in Bernanke's June 22 press conference.

Wed, July 13, 2011
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

SCHWEIKERT:  Would you be willing to share -- because, for every positive side, there's often some negatives -- what you would say would be the dampening or some of the costs into the economy of the fairly rapid monetary expansion?

BERNANKE: Well, I think -- I think the main one is that there has been some contribution to commodity prices, which we anticipated. Again, I think that supply and demand factors globally were by far the more important. But that increase in commodity prices offset some of the benefits that, you know, that lower interest rates and more accommodative financial conditions have for -- for growth and for addressing the risks of deflation, which we saw in -- last August.

SCHWEIKERT: The inflationary pressures you saw on many commodity classes -- were they within the range you expected?

BERNANKE: No, they were much larger, but because -- because the -- again, the bulk of those movements are -- can be attributed, and quite directly -- and I recently gave a speech that went through some detail on this issue, to global supply and demand conditions.

Wed, July 13, 2011
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

I think I'd like to make very clear that I think we have two crises in the economy. One of them is the fiscal set of issues that you're all paying a lot of attention to right now. But I think the job situation is another crisis. What's particularly bad about it, I think, is that so many people have been out of work for so long that it's going to be hard to get them back to anything like the kind of jobs they had when they lost their jobs back in the beginning of the recession, for example. So it's a major problem.

Wed, July 13, 2011
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

We've looked at {the possibility of debt ceiling constraints} and thought about making preparations and so on. The arithmetic is very simple. The revenue that we get in from taxes is both irregular and much less than the current rate of spending. That's what it means to have a deficit.

So immediately, there would have to be something on the order of a 40 percent cut in outgo. The assumption is that as long as possible the Treasury would want to try to make payments on the principal and interest of the government debt because failure to do that would certainly throw the financial system into enormous disarray and have major impacts on the global economy.

So this is a matter of arithmetic. Fairly soon after that date, there would have to be significant cuts in Social Security, Medicare, military pay or some combination of those in order to avoid borrowing more money.  If in fact we ended up defaulting on the debt, or even if we didn't, I think, you know, it's possible that simply defaulting on our obligations to our citizens might be enough to create a downgrade in credit ratings and higher interest rates for us, which would be counterproductive, of course, since it makes the deficit worse.

But clearly, if we went so far as to default on the debt, it would be a major crisis because the Treasury security is viewed as the safest and most liquid security in the world. It's the foundation for most of our financial -- for much of our financial system. And the notion that it would become suddenly unreliable and illiquid would throw shock waves through the entire global financial system.

Wed, July 13, 2011
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

RON PAUL:  The price of gold today is $1,580. The dollar during these last three years was devalued almost 50 percent. When you wake up in the morning, do you care about the price of gold?

BERNANKE: Well, I pay attention to the price of gold, but I think it reflects a lot of things. It reflects global uncertainties. I think people are -- the reason people hold gold is as a protection against what we call "tail risk" -- really, really bad outcomes. And to the extent that the last few years have made people more worried about the potential of a major crisis, then they have gold as a protection.

PAUL: Do you think gold is money?

BERNANKE: No. It's not money. 

PAUL: Even if it has been money for 6,000 years, somebody reversed that and eliminated that economic law?

BERNANKE: Well, you know, it's an asset. I mean, it's the same -- would you say Treasury bills are money? I don't think they're money either, but they're a financial asset.

PAUL: Well, why do -- why do central banks hold it?

BERNANKE: Well, it's a form of reserves.

PAUL: Why don't they hold diamonds?

BERNANKE: Well, it's tradition, long-term tradition.

PAUL: Well, some people still think it's money.

Wed, July 13, 2011
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

Well, there appears to be a contradiction between the need to maintain support for the recovery in the short term and the need to address fiscal issues in the longer term. But there -- I don't think there is a contradiction. If we recognize that we can take a long-term perspective on addressing the deficit and achieving the sustainability of our -- of our fiscal position.

As the chairman pointed out, you know, these increases in entitlement costs are very serious, but they take place over a long period of time. So we should be addressing those now, but, you know, that it is a long-term proposition.  We should also in the long term be looking at -- at how our spending and tax policy affects our long-term growth. I mean, those are important issues. We need to reform our tax code. We need to make sure that we're investing our government spending wisely.

So there are some substantial long-term issues. But I think we do need to take some care that we don't -- by excessive restriction in the short term that we don't hamper what is already a very slow recovery that would be partly -- of course it would be a very bad thing from the point of view of the unemployed, but it also would be a problem from the point of view of the federal budget, because if you slow economic growth, you affect the tax collections as well.

Wed, July 13, 2011
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

Well, there appears to be a contradiction between the need to maintain support for the recovery in the short term and the need to address fiscal issues in the longer term. But there -- I don't think there is a contradiction. If we recognize that we can take a long-term perspective on addressing the deficit and achieving the sustainability of our -- of our fiscal position.

As the chairman pointed out, you know, these increases in entitlement costs are very serious, but they take place over a long period of time. So we should be addressing those now, but, you know, that it is a long-term proposition.  We should also in the long term be looking at -- at how our spending and tax policy affects our long-term growth. I mean, those are important issues. We need to reform our tax code. We need to make sure that we're investing our government spending wisely.

So there are some substantial long-term issues. But I think we do need to take some care that we don't -- by excessive restriction in the short term that we don't hamper what is already a very slow recovery that would be partly -- of course it would be a very bad thing from the point of view of the unemployed, but it also would be a problem from the point of view of the federal budget, because if you slow economic growth, you affect the tax collections as well.

Wed, July 13, 2011
Testimony to House Financial Services Committee

 Even with the federal funds rate close to zero, we have a number of ways in which we could act to ease financial conditions further. One option would be to provide more explicit guidance about the period over which the federal funds rate and the balance sheet would remain at their current levels. Another approach would be to initiate more securities purchases or to increase the average maturity of our holdings. The Federal Reserve could also reduce the 25 basis point rate of interest it pays to banks on their reserves, thereby putting downward pressure on short-term rates more generally. Of course, our experience with these policies remains relatively limited, and employing them would entail potential risks and costs. However, prudent planning requires that we evaluate the efficacy of these and other potential alternatives for deploying additional stimulus if conditions warrant.

This largely paralleled Bernanke's comments in his June 22 press conference.  Bernanke dampened expectations of further asset purchases in the short run in his follow-up testimony to the Senate the following day.

Thu, July 14, 2011
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

I think the important point to make is that the situation today is somewhat different than it was in August of 2010, when we began to initiate discussion of further purchases of securities. At that time, inflation was dropping. Inflation expectations were dropping. It looked like deflation was becoming a potential risk to the economy and a serious risk.

At the same time, over the summer the recovery looked like it was stalling. We were down to 80,000 jobs a month, private sector jobs a month. Growth was not sufficient to prevent what looked like a potentially significant increase in the unemployment rate. And so we felt that with both unemployment and inflation in, you know, being missed in the same direction, so to speak, that monetary policy accommodation was surely needed. And so we undertook that step.

Today the situation is more complex. Inflation is higher. Inflation expectations are close to our target. We are uncertain about the near-term developments in the economy. We'd like to see if, in fact, the economy does pick up, as we are projecting.

And so, you know, we're not prepared at this point to take further action.

In response to a question from Sen. Johnson

Thu, July 14, 2011
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

These asset purchases, I recognize they're unconventional, but they work more or less, in terms of their effects on the economy, they work more or less in the same way that ordinary monetary policy works by easing financial conditions, lowering interest rates, and providing stimulus through that mechanism.

Now, you -- you may be entirely correct, A, that it might not be needed; and B, that it might not be particularly effective given the configuration of -- of problems that we have, for example if credit is not being extended and, you know, for example, or if the problems really arise from other sectors that don't -- are not responsive to interest rates.

So those are certainly things we'll take into account, Senator. You know, we're not proposing anything today. We're going to -- the main message I want to leave is that this is a serious situation. It involves a significant loss of human and economic potential. The Federal Reserve has a mandate and we want to meet that mandate, and to do that we just want to make sure that we have the options when they become necessary. But at this point, we're not proposing to undertake that {QE3} option.

In response to a question from Sen. Toomey.  See also his response to Sen. Johnson.

Thu, July 21, 2011
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

 In response to the crisis, we have seen a comprehensive re-thinking and reform of financial regulation, both in the United States and around the world. Among the core objectives of both the Dodd-Frank Act and the global regulatory reform effort are: enhancing regulators' ability to monitor and address threats to financial stability, strengthening both the prudential oversight and resolvability of systemically important financial institutions (SIFIs), and improving the capacity of financial markets and infrastructures to absorb shocks. I will briefly discuss each of these objectives.

Fri, August 26, 2011
Jackson Hole Symposium

In light of its current outlook, the Committee recently decided to provide more specific forward guidance about its expectations for the future path of the federal funds rate. In particular, in the statement following our meeting earlier this month, we indicated that economic conditions--including low rates of resource utilization and a subdued outlook for inflation over the medium run--are likely to warrant exceptionally low levels for the federal funds rate at least through mid-2013. That is, in what the Committee judges to be the most likely scenarios for resource utilization and inflation in the medium term, the target for the federal funds rate would be held at its current low levels for at least two more years.

Fri, August 26, 2011
Jackson Hole Symposium

Finally, and perhaps most challenging, the country would be well served by a better process for making fiscal decisions. The negotiations that took place over the summer disrupted financial markets and probably the economy as well, and similar events in the future could, over time, seriously jeopardize the willingness of investors around the world to hold U.S. financial assets or to make direct investments in job-creating U.S. businesses.

Thu, September 08, 2011
Economic Club of Minnesota

Well, there's a reason why it's a committee. I mean, there are -- there are 19 people around the table when we meet to discuss monetary policy. And my attitude has always been, if two people always agree, one of them is redundant.

(LAUGHTER)

So the reason we have a committee is to bring different points of view and different analytical approaches, different perceptions of the economy, different views on -- on communication and on strategy. And I have always tried -- I think this is the best way to make policy -- I've tried to encourage, both inside and outside, debate and discussion about what is the right approach.

Now, one thing that's certainly evident is that, you know, currently we are in a situation which in many ways is unprecedented. The problems afflicting our economy, the nature of monetary policy -- given that we've already reduced the short-term interest rate close to zero and we've been looking at alternative ways to stimulate the economy -- different views on, you know, what the problem is, in some sense.

So it's natural to have some disagreement, and we have had different points of view. There's obviously no hiding that, and I have no desire to hide it.

But, again, I think it's ultimately constructive, and I encourage debate, discussion. And I would add -- and I think this is very important -- that when we have these discussions internally, it's always with the highest level of collegiality and mutual respect. Conversations are extremely cordial. And I think that represents the best that a policymaking committee can do, which is to bring all the points of view together and try to fashion as best we can a consensus. But it won't always be available, but we will do our best to -- to find a middle ground.

In response to a question about the increase in dissension within the FOMC

Thu, September 08, 2011
Economic Club of Minnesota

The dollar does remain, by some margin still, the currency in which the majority of international reserves are held.  There is, after all, no official reserve currency. It's a choice made by each government, by each central bank, and by each private- sector investor or company. And again, the dollar at this point remains the -- the currency of choice. I suspect that will continue to be the case for some time.

A lot of reasons for that, including, again, the underlying strength and vitality of the U.S. economy, but also very importantly the size, the depth and liquidity of our financial markets, which, again, is something we don't want -- we don't want to lose. We want those markets to be liquid, reliable and -- and deep. And the ability to -- to buy and sell, transact easily is very important to holders of
-- of liquid assets. And that's why -- that's one of the reasons that the dollar has remained a key currency.

In response to a question about the dollar's reserve currency status

Thu, September 08, 2011
Economic Club of Minnesota

MODERATOR: And a closing question, this one submitted by Steve Sanger, former CEO of General Mills and a member of our economic club board. How would you rate actor Paul Giamatti's portrayal of you and, for that matter, the portrayal of other principals in the recent movie "Too Big to Fail"?

(LAUGHTER)

BERNANKE: I didn't see that movie; I saw the original.

(LAUGHTER)

(APPLAUSE)

BERNANKE:  I think Paul Giamatti is an excellent actor.  And, in fact, I met him. He asked to come meet with me, so I had him over for lunch at the Federal Reserve. And -- and the first thing I found out about him was that his father was the commissioner of baseball, Bart Giamatti. So what do you think we talked about for the whole lunch?

Thu, September 08, 2011
Economic Club of Minnesota

One striking aspect of the recovery is the unusual weakness in household spending. After contracting very sharply during the recession, consumer spending expanded moderately through 2010, only to decelerate in the first half of 2011. The temporary factors I mentioned earlier--the rise in commodity prices, which has hurt households' purchasing power, and the disruption in manufacturing following the Japanese disaster, which reduced auto availability and hence sales--are partial explanations for this deceleration. But households are struggling with other important headwinds as well, including the persistently high level of unemployment, slow gains in wages for those who remain employed, falling house prices, and debt burdens that remain high for many, notwithstanding that households, in the aggregate, have been saving more and borrowing less. Even taking into account the many financial pressures they face, households seem exceptionally cautious. Indeed, readings on consumer confidence have fallen substantially in recent months as people have become more pessimistic about both economic conditions and their own financial prospects.

Thu, September 08, 2011
Economic Club of Minnesota

Thus I do not expect the long-run growth potential of the U.S. economy to be materially affected by the financial crisis and the recession if--and I stress if -- our country takes the necessary steps to secure that outcome.

Thu, September 08, 2011
Economic Club of Minnesota

Notably, because of ongoing weakness in labor demand over the course of the recovery, nominal wage increases have been roughly offset by productivity gains, leaving the level of unit labor costs close to where it had stood at the onset of the recession. Given the large share of labor costs in the production costs of most firms, subdued unit labor costs should be an important restraining influence on inflation.

Wed, September 28, 2011
Cleveland Clinic "Ideas for Tomorrow" Series

“This unemployment situation we have, the jobs situation, is really a national crisis,” Bernanke said in response to questions after a speech yesterday in Cleveland. “We’ve had close to 10 percent unemployment now for a number of years and, of the people who are unemployed, about 45 percent have been unemployed for six months or more. This is unheard of.”

Tue, October 04, 2011
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

SEN. CASEY: I have two questions on that. Number one is, as a result of that -- the implementation of that policy, how much of a decline in long- term interest rates would you expect?

MR. BERNANKE: Well, we would expect something on the order of 20 basis points, approximately. We see this as being roughly approximately equal to something like a 50-basis-point cut in the federal funds rate. In that respect, it's a significant step but not a game changer in some respects.

SEN. CASEY: And in terms of the intended or hoped-for economic boost from that, what's your sense of that? How can you assess that?

MR. BERNANKE: Well, we think this is a meaningful but not an enormous support to the economy. I think it will provide some additional monetary policy accommodation. It should help somewhat on job creation and growth. It's particularly important now that the economy is close -- the recovery is close to faltering. We need to make sure that the recovery continues and doesn't drop back and that the unemployment rate continues to fall downward.

So I don't have a precise number, but I would just put it as a moderate support, not something that is expected to radically change the picture, but what should be helpful both in keeping prices near the price stability level but also providing some support for growth.

From the Q&A session

Tue, October 04, 2011
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

Domestically, the controversy during the summer regarding the raising of the federal debt ceiling and the downgrade of the U.S. long-term credit rating by one of the major rating agencies contributed to the financial turbulence that occurred around that time.

Tue, October 04, 2011
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

Monetary policy can be a powerful tool, but it is not a panacea for the problems currently faced by the U.S. economy. Fostering healthy growth and job creation is a shared responsibility of all economic policymakers, in close cooperation with the private sector. Fiscal policy is of critical importance, as I have noted today, but a wide range of other policies--pertaining to labor markets, housing, trade, taxation, and regulation, for example--also have important roles to play. For our part, we at the Federal Reserve will continue to work to help create an environment that provides the greatest possible economic opportunity for all Americans.

Tue, October 18, 2011
Federal Reserve Bank of Boston

How does the Federal Reserve fit into this range of policy frameworks? The Federal Reserve is accountable to the Congress for two objectives--maximum employment and price stability, on an equal footing--and it does not have a formal, numerical inflation target. But, as a practical matter, the Federal Reserve's policy framework has many of the elements of flexible inflation targeting. In particular, like flexible inflation targeters, the Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) is committed to stabilizing inflation over the medium run while retaining the flexibility to help offset cyclical fluctuations in economic activity and employment.

Tue, October 18, 2011
Federal Reserve Bank of Boston

My guess is that the current framework for monetary policy--with innovations, no doubt, to further improve the ability of central banks to communicate with the public--will remain the standard approach, as its benefits in terms of macroeconomic stabilization have been demonstrated. However, central banks are also heeding the broader lesson, that the maintenance of financial stability is an equally critical responsibility. Central banks certainly did not ignore issues of financial stability in the decades before the recent crisis, but financial stability policy was often viewed as the junior partner to monetary policy. One of the most important legacies of the crisis will be the restoration of financial stability policy to co-equal status with monetary policy.

...

How should these two critical functions fit together?

At an institutional level, as I have already suggested, the two functions are highly complementary. Monetary policy, financial supervision, and lender-of-last-resort policies all benefit from the sharing of information and expertise...

An important debate for the future concerns the extent to which it is useful for central banks to try to make a clear distinction between their monetary and financial stability responsibilities, including designating a separate set of policy tools for each objective...

In practice, the distinction between macroeconomic and financial stability objectives will always be blurred to some extent, given the powerful interactions between financial and economic conditions... In my view, the issue is not whether central bankers should ignore possible financial imbalances--they should not--but, rather, what "the right tool for the job" is to respond to such imbalances. 

The evolving consensus, which is by no means settled, is that monetary policy is too blunt a tool to be routinely used to address possible financial imbalances; instead, monetary policy should remain focused on macroeconomic objectives, while more-targeted microprudential and macroprudential tools should be used to address developing risks to financial stability, such as excessive credit growth.

Tue, October 18, 2011
Federal Reserve Bank of Boston

In most cases, the use of balance sheet policies for macroeconomic stabilization purposes has reflected the constraints on more-conventional policies as short-term nominal interest rates reach very low levels. In more normal times, when short-term policy rates are not constrained, I expect that balance sheet policies will be rarely used. By contrast, forward guidance and other forms of communication about policy can be valuable even when the zero lower bound is not relevant, and I expect to see increasing use of such tools in the future.

Wed, November 02, 2011
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

As I noted in my opening remarks, no decisions have been made. So I want to be very clear that no final outcome here in this discussion.

But clearly there's a range of things that we can do. We can provide more information about our objectives, for example. We could provide information about where we want inflation to be in the long term, for example.  We could also provide information about the future path of interest rates, which we've done to some extent via our mid-2013 language in the statement.

An alternative approach, which Charlie Evans (ph) and others have suggested, is to tie that to economic conditions and to provide more information about under what circumstances we would raise rates. That is certainly something that we have discussed and I think is an interesting alternative.

There's a lot of interest in using the survey of economic projections in constructive ways as we have up till now to provide information to the public about our plans.  And in particular, using the SEP as a way of giving information about our future policy decisions is something that's on the table. There's no decision made about that, but that's one direction that we might find productive.

Wed, November 02, 2011
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

The Fed's mandate is, of course, a dual mandate. We have a mandate for both employment and for price stability. And we have a framework in place that allows us to communicate and to think about the two sides of that mandate.

We talked today -- or yesterday actually -- about nominal GDP as an indicator, as an information variable, as something to add to the list of variables that we think about, and it was a very interesting discussion.

However, we think that within the existing framework that we have, which looks at both sides of the mandate, not just some combination of the two, we can communicate whatever we need to communicate about future monetary policy.

So we are not contemplating at this time any radical change in the framework. We're going to stay within the dual mandate approach that we've been using until this point.

Wed, November 02, 2011
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

You were absolutely correct, first, that ultimately we would like to return our portfolio to Treasuries-only. That may be some time down the road at this point.

You're also correct that, as part of our policy action at the last meeting, we began to reinvest mortgage-backed securities and agency debt back into mortgage-backed securities, thereby providing some additional support for the mortgage market.

The housing sector's a very important sector. It's -- the problems in that sector are clearly a big reason why our economy is not recovering more quickly.

So I do think that purchases of mortgage-backed securities is a viable option. It's certainly something we would consider if conditions were appropriate. So the answer is, yes, we would certainly look at that.

Wed, November 02, 2011
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

MBS purchases and treasury securities purchases are one set of tools that we have. The other set of tools that we have are communication tools which essentially tie interest rate decisions to economic conditions or to time.

Those are, with interest rates close to zero, those are basically the two tools that we have, and we need to continue to work on how best to use them and in what combination to use them to achieve our objectives.

Wed, November 02, 2011
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

QUESTION: Can you talk about what impact you've seen from Operation Twist on longer term CD rates and investment group bond yields? And do you have any message for people who are relying on those kind of instruments for income?

BERNANKE: Sure.

It's a little bit early to fully assess the effects of what we call the maturity extension program, but it doesn't seem to be -- it does seem to be having, at least in a preliminary sense, it does seem to be having the intended effect of lowering longer term interest rates or -- and -- and twisting the yield curve as -- as was anticipated.  That, in turn, should lead to still lower mortgage rates and other interest rates, which are relevant to the economy.

We are quite aware that very low interest rates, particularly for a protracted period, do have costs for a lot of people. They have costs for savers. We have complaints from banks that complain that their net interest margins are affected by low interest rates. Pension funds will be affected if that -- if low interest rates for a protracted period require them to make larger contributions.  So we're aware of those concerns and we take them very seriously.

I think the response is, though, that there is a greater good here which is the health and recovery of the U.S. economy. And for that purpose we've been keeping monetary policy conditions accommodative, trying to support the recovery, trying to support job creation.

After all, savers are not going to get very good returns in an economy which is in a deep recession. I mean, ultimately if you want to earn money on your investments you have to invest in an -- in an economy which is growing.

And so we believe that our policy will ultimately benefit not just workers and firms and households in general, but will benefit savers as well, as the returns that they can earn on their investments will improve with the improvement in the economy.

Wed, November 02, 2011
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

The question is: Should the Fed be monitoring its primary dealers? Only if the Fed is  the supervisor. In this case, the combination of a broker-dealer and a futures commission merchant imply that the SEC and the CFTC are the appropriate supervisors. They would not have qualified -- this company would not have qualified as a SIFI under the provisional guidance issued by the FSOC.

So there's no basis at this point for the Fed to be the overseer of that -- of those companies.

In response to a question about whether the failure of MF Global raised questions about the regulatory environment.

 

Wed, November 02, 2011
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

QUESTION: Mr. Chairman, this is the third straight set of economic projections you have released that have downgraded forecasts for growth and for employment. I wonder, is there some systematic error or some blind spot that's -- that's behind these kind of overly optimistic forecasts? What are you doing internally to understand what you got wrong the last few projections?

BERNANKE: Well, it's a perfectly fair question. And, you know, we spend a lot of time reviewing those errors. The staff in particular presents us with information on forecast errors and on revisions, et cetera. And so we look at that very carefully.

I think it's clear that in retrospect that the severity of the financial crisis and a number of other problems, including the dysfunction in the housing market, have been more severe and more persistent than we initially believed. And that together with a number of other phenomena, like deleveraging by the household sector and so on, has slowed the pace of recovery.

So, yes, we have again downgraded the medium-term forecast. Evidently, the forces, you know, the drags on the recovery were stronger than we thought.

I would add, however, though, that although I think it's very important to look at the fundamental factors affecting the recovery, there's been some elements of bad luck. For example, this year the combination of the natural disaster in Japan, which had global impacts in terms of growth, oil price increases, the European debt crisis, which was not anticipated to be as severe and create as much volatility as it has in financial markets, all those things have been negatives for growth. And they do explain at least part of the  downward revision.

Wed, November 02, 2011
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

I would first say that monetary policy is having effects on the economy. We've talked about the effects on asset prices, but we have continued to analyze the effects of changes in interest rates, for example, on decisions like investment or car purchases.

One area where monetary policy has been blunted, the effects have been blunted, has been the mortgage market where very tight credit standards have prevented many people from purchasing or refinancing their homes. And therefore the low mortgage rates that we have achieved have not been as effective as -- as we had hoped.  So monetary policy may be somewhat less powerful in the current context than it has been in the past, but nevertheless it is affecting economic growth and job creation.

If you ask about the accomplishments, I would first of all mention a very important one, which is that we have kept inflation close to 2 percent on average, which both has avoided the problems of high inflation, but also, very importantly, has avoided the risk of deflation...

With respect to growth, I think that our policies, including the cutting rates to zero in December 2008 and the -- the first round of asset purchases in the fall of '08 and in the spring of '09 were very important for helping to explain why the economy stopped contracting and began to grow again in the middle of 2009.  I think there's a lot of evidence that that did promote growth and job creation. I would argue that we've also been successful with some of the later actions that we've taken, although it's early to say, for things like the maturity extension program.

But we always face the problem of asking the question, well, where would we be without these policies?  And our best estimates are that, absent the support of monetary policy, that the economy would be in a much deeper ditch and that unemployment would be much higher than it is.

Wed, November 02, 2011
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

Let me be very clear that the Federal Reserve's monetary policy is highly accommodative now. We've brought rates close to zero. We have done $2 trillion worth of asset purchases. We have made commitments about rates. We've extended the maturity of our portfolio. So we've taken a lot of steps, including steps at the last two meetings. So we are being very aggressive in providing monetary accommodation.

I was asked before about conditions for further accommodation. Well, we are prepared to do that. And we will continue to observe how the economy evolves.  You know, what we have is a projection. There's a lot of uncertainty there. And so it'd be very important to see, you know, what actually happens in terms of financial market conditions and economic growth.

But we are prepared to take further action, and we've already taken quite a bit of action, but we are prepared to do more, and we have the tools to do more  if that's appropriate.

Again, while I do not shirk the responsibility of the Fed having to do what it can to meet its mandate, obviously a broad range of policies can affect growth and employment. And I hope that there will be a range of actions that will complement and supplement the Federal Reserve's efforts.

Wed, November 09, 2011
Federal Reserve Board

The Federal Reserve continues to encourage bank examiners to adopt a balanced approach to reviewing banks' lending to small businesses. We would like to foster an environment in which lenders do all they can to meet the needs of creditworthy borrowers while maintaining appropriately prudent underwriting standards.

Wed, January 25, 2012
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

Well, we chose the PCE index for some, I think, very valid technical reasons. It better allows—better accounts for changes in people’s purchasing patterns; you know, when some things become more expensive, people will tend to move to other types of goods and services. That’s not accounted for by the CPI, which has fixed weights. 

It also—the PCE—I think more relevant to the average person, the PCE includes all health-care costs, not just out-of-pocket costs, and that has two benefits. One is, it reduces the share of the inflation index which is tied to housing. And the CPI has a very large share devoted to housing, and a large share of that part of the index is imputed—that is, essentially made-up numbers. So that’s one benefit, to keep the—you know, not to put too much weight on the imputed housing numbers, which is part of the CPI. The other is that, even if people are not paying for health care immediately out-of-pocket, they do pay for it, either through taxes or through reduced wages as, you know, increased health-care costs raise insurance premiums for employers. So I think this is probably a better measure of the inflation that’s faced by typical consumers than the CPI is. That being said, these various measures—the CPI and others, PCE index and others—move very closely together, and you’re not going to have a situation where the CPI is 10 percent and the PCE is 2 percent. There may be a few tenths difference, but, generally speaking, they move very closely together. So, in that respect, I think if people look at the CPI, they should feel pretty comfortable that, you know, that’s going to be very close to where the PCE inflation is.

Wed, January 25, 2012
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

An important aspect of policy transparency is clarity about policy objectives. With respect to the objective of price stability, it is essential to recognize that the inflation rate over the longer run is primarily determined by monetary policy, and hence the committee has the ability to specific a longer-run goal for inflation.
The committee judges that inflation at the rate of 2 percent as measured by the annual change in the price index for personal consumption expenditures is most consistent over the longer run with our statutory mandate.
Over time, a higher inflation rate will reduced the public's ability to make accurate, longer-term economic and financial decisions whereas a lower inflation rate would be associated with an elevated probability of falling into deflation, which could lead to significant economic problems.
Clearly, communicating to the public this 2 percent goal for inflation over the longer run should help foster price stability and moderate long-term interest rates and will enhance the committee's ability to promote maximum employment in the face of significant economic disturbances.
Maximum employment stands on an equal footing with price stability as an objective of monetary policy.
A difference with price stability is that the maximum level of employment in a given economy is largely determined by non-monetary factors that affect the structure and dynamics of the labor market, including demographic trends, the pace of technological innovation and a variety of other influences, including a range of economic policies.
Because monetary policy does not determine the maximum level of employment that the economy can sustain in the longer term, and since many of the determinants of maximum employment may change over time or may not be directly measurable, it is not feasible for any central bank to specify a fixed goal for the longer-run level of employment.

Wed, January 25, 2012
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

In June, we provided some principles relating the sales of assets—ultimate sales of assets—to the path of interest rates, and those remain—those principles remain in force. And so one implication of our extension of our expected point of takeoff to late 2014 is to imply that the initial sales from our balance sheet, which again are far down the road but—that begins—that will be later than previously thought. That will be presumably in 2015.

Wed, January 25, 2012
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

I would say that there's a variety of views about principal forgiveness within the Federal Reserve System and there is no official position. There seems very likely that principal forgiveness could be helpful depending on how it's structured in reducing delinquencies.

    There are also some potential drawbacks. One of them is the fact that the amount of negative equity in the United States is about $700 billion, which is enormous. And so there's no conceivable program that is gonna put everybody in the country above water.

    And so I think the issue then becomes, if we have $20 billion or $25 billion or whatever the number may end up being in this settlement, you know, what is the most cost effective way to help as many people as possible? And I think that's an ongoing debate.

    But with respect to principal reduction, I've -- you know, I've spoken about this in the past, and it certainly has some advantages.

Wed, January 25, 2012
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

We don't identify the specific individuals who provide the projections. Among other reasons, we want to make sure the people come to the meeting willing to talk and not wedded to a specific position.

And that's why, again, the committee makes a collective decision after using as input these projections, which are circulated to all the members of the committee before the meeting so that they can see what their colleagues -- colleagues believe.

As far as what individual members do believe, we certainly have other vehicles for expressing our views. All of us give speeches, all of us give interviews, and are -- you know, I -- I give frequent testimony. So there's plenty of opportunities to get a sense of what individual members believe.

But, again, we felt that this -- this -- this information, which prevents -- presents both the diversity of views on the committee, but also shows you where the central tendencies lie, would be useful.

And I guess I might add to that, you know, the chairman's term is not infinite. At some point there'll be a new chairman. But there's a lot more continuity on the FOMC collectively. The average bank president is -- is on the FOMC for as much as 10 years and governors' terms are 14 years. So even as the chairman changes, much of the FOMC remains continuous.

So as we talk about interest rates in 2014, the fact that there is quite wide-ranging agreement that interest rates will be low for a long time should give you more confidence that that's not dependent on a single individual.

In response to a question about whether the Chairman's forecast carries more weight than others. 

Wed, January 25, 2012
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

As I've said in my statement and as we have in fact in the FOMC statement, you know, we continue to review our holdings -- our portfolio holdings, securities, and we are prepared to take further steps in that direction if we see that the recovery is faltering or if inflation is not -- is not moving toward target.

So that's something -- that's an option that's certainly on the table. I think it would be premature to say definitively one way or the other, but we continue to look at that option, and if conditions warrant, we will certainly consider using it.

In response to a question about additional asset purchases.

Wed, January 25, 2012
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

We will be providing in our minutes and in our survey of economic projections, which will be released in three weeks, will be providing some additional qualitative information about people's -- participants' views of the balance sheet going forward.

The reason that I can't provide all that information now is basically that we received, you know, a whole range of qualitative comments and we had further discussion during the meeting yesterday and today. And so, you know, we need -- we need a little time to -- to summarize that and to have it approved. You know, the minutes, of course, in the MPC are approved by the entire committee. And so in that respect, it will be a definitive statement about what we currently know about -- about the balance sheet.

I can say a few things. I know, you know, one is that it certainly remains -- expanding the balance sheet certainly remains an option, one that we would consider very seriously if -- in particular if progress towards full employment was -- continued or became more inadequate, or if inflation remained exceptionally low.

So we'll continue to look at that. As we say in our statement, we're prepared to take additional measures in general, and that would be certainly one class of measures we would want to consider.

I can make one additional point, which maybe wasn't obvious, which is that, in June, we provided some principles relating the -- the sales of assets, ultimate sales of assets, to the path of interest rates.

And those remain -- those principles remain in force. And so one implication of our extension of our expected point of takeoff to late 2014 is to imply that the initial sales from our balance sheet, which, again, are far down the road, but that begins, that will be later than previously thought. That will be presumably in 2015.

So we do expect to hold our balance sheet at a high level for a longer period.

Additional sales, again -- I'm sorry -- additional purchases remains a topic that we are still debating, and it will depend both on our assessment of the efficacy and risks of that particular tool but also of how the economy's evolving.

Wed, January 25, 2012
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

I don't accept the premise that we've been passive. We've been actually quite active in our policy. And in one respect, the low level of inflation is a validation in the following sense, that there were some who were very concerned that our balance sheet policies and the like would lead to high inflation. There's certainly no sign of that yet. And it hasn't shown up either in financial markets or in outside forecasters' expectations.

    Now, that being said, as I -- as I mentioned earlier, if the situation continues with inflation below target and unemployment declining at a rate which is very, very slow, then more -- our framework, the logic of our framework says we should be looking for ways to do more.

    It's not completely straightforward, because, of course, we're now dealing with a variety of nonstandard policy tools. We can't just lower the federal funds rate 25 basis points like in the good old days.

    But -- but your basic point is right, that, you know, we need to adopt policies that will both achieve our inflation objectives and help the economy recover as quickly as is feasible.     And I would say that your question actually, and the earlier question, shows a benefit of explaining this framework. Because the framework makes very clear that we need to be thinking about ways in which we can provide further stimulus if we don't get some improvement in the pace of recovery and -- and -- and a normalization of inflation.

Wed, January 25, 2012
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

Robin Harding:  Mr. Chairman, while I look at these forecasts for 2014, the median of the forecast is I think 0.75 and the mean is 1.12 percent. If I were to draw a line for these--these dots, how should I draw it so I best understand what the FOMC is most likely to do?..

Chairman Bernanke:  Well, again, I want to first I want to emphasize that there is no mechanical relationship between these projections and the outcomes of the FOMC decisions. Of course, they're a big input into those decisions but it's a collective decision. If you want to draw lines, my guess I would--I guess my suggestion would be to look at the median, the middle of the--of the distribution because we do have a democratic process in the Committee, and so the median will give you some sense of where the weight balances against the higher-- in favor of higher or lower--lower rates. Again, we did note that in support of our assessment of late 2014, which is a Committee decision and of course there was a 9 to 1 vote in favor of that, but that is supported by the observation that 11 of the 17 participants expect the funds rate at the end of 2014 to be 1 percent or less. And so presumably the take-off would not be much earlier than that.

Thu, February 02, 2012
Testimony to House Budget Committee

Even the prospect of unsustainable deficits has costs, including an increased possibility of a sudden fiscal crisis. As we have seen in a number of countries recently, interest rates can soar quickly if investors lose confidence in the ability of a government to manage its fiscal policy. Although historical experience and economic theory do not indicate the exact threshold at which the perceived risks associated with the U.S. public debt would increase markedly, we can be sure that, without corrective action, our fiscal trajectory will move the nation ever closer to that point.

Tue, February 07, 2012
Testimony to Senate Budget Committee

Let me be clear about one thing. We're not going to seek higher inflation in order to advance unemployment. It's possible that because we don't control in the short run perfectly, obviously, inflation, unemployment, that you could have shocks that would drive both objectives away from their target, in which case, in a very symmetrical way we would be returning both parts of the mandate towards the target, but we'd have to take account of the other part of the mandate.

So, you know, it could affect the speed at which we return inflation to target, but by the same token, if inflation is high, it could affect the speed at which we return employment to the target. So there would have to be some interaction of those two things, and it's fully balanced and symmetrical in that respect.


From the Q&A Session

Tue, February 07, 2012
Testimony to Senate Budget Committee

Now Japan has had a difficult two decades, certainly. I think there are some important differences between Japan and the United States. One that I would particularly stress is that Japan has had deflation, falling prices now for quite a long time and combined with interest rates that can't go below zero, that creates financial tightness in their economy which prevents, to some extent, investment and growth.

Also, the Japanese were not as quick as the U.S. to recapitalize their banks, as we did in 2009. They were the first into the situation. They didn't have the benefit of seeing others deal with it, grapple with it. We learned from them.

They continue to provide monetary policy support. I think it's important to note that yet one other difference is that Japanese demographics are quite different from that of the U.S. The workforce is actually beginning to shrink because they have very low birth rates and low population growth rates, and that is certainly going to be a factor that's going to keep their growth down in the period to come.

From the Q&A Session

Tue, February 07, 2012
Testimony to Senate Budget Committee

I was just saying the cumulative effect of all these different things -- expiration of the payroll tax, the sequestration, expiration of the Bush tax cuts and other things collectively would be a fairly sharp change in the near-term fiscal position.

I'm not saying don't pay for it; I'm just saying do it over a longer period of time. And do it, but do it seriously. I agree with Senator Sessions' concern that, you know, let's just push it off to mañana, you know.

From the Q&A Session

Tue, February 07, 2012
Testimony to Senate Budget Committee

Because monetary policy works with a lag, we have to think about where inflation is going to be, not where it's been in the past. Inflation has been -- averaged about two years over -- 2 percent a year over my tenure as chairman, and we expect it to be at 2 percent or below in the next couple of years. So we think that's entirely consistent with a policy of -- accommodative policy.

From the Q&A session

Tue, February 07, 2012
Testimony to Senate Budget Committee

Well, unemployment insurance is multi-faceted.

On the one hand obviously it provides some support for people who are unemployed or who have unemployed family members. And those people, in turn, also will be more likely to spend which will add to demand in the economy. It probably on the margin leads people to wait a little longer, the spells of unemployment may be a little bit longer because of unemployment insurance but that, too, is a mixed blessing because in some cases the extra time allows people to find a more appropriate job with a higher wage instead of taking the very first thing that they see.

From the Q&A Session

Fri, February 10, 2012
2012 National Association of Homebuilders International Builders' Show

Referring to the high standards of lenders following the housing bust, Bernanke said that “some tightening was no doubt necessary.”

“That being said, the pendulum has probably swung too far in the other direction by this time,” he said. “Conditions are still too tight for the health of both the financial system, for the construction industry and for our economy. ”

Thu, February 16, 2012
Future of Community Banking Conference

In the longer term the overall effect on bank profitability of an appropriately accommodative monetary policy is almost certainly positive.

Wed, February 29, 2012
Rayburn House Office Building

Under current law, on January 1, 2013, there is going to be a massive fiscal cliff of large spending cuts and tax increases. I hope that Congress will look at that and figure out ways to achieve the same long-run fiscal improvement without having it all happen one day.... 

We have a number of measures, including both tax increases, the expiration of the payroll tax cut, the sequestration that comes out of the supercommittee negotiations. All those things are hitting on the same day basically, and it is quite a big impact.

Wed, February 29, 2012
Monetary Policy Report

In light of the somewhat different signals received recently from the labor market than from indicators of final demand and production, however, it will be especially important to evaluate incoming information to assess the underlying pace of economic recovery.

Wed, February 29, 2012
Monetary Policy Report

The dual objectives of price stability and maximum employment are generally complementary. Indeed, at present, with the unemployment rate elevated and the inflation outlook subdued, the Committee judges that sustaining a highly accommodative stance for monetary policy is consistent with promoting both objectives. However, in cases where these objectives are not complementary, the Committee follows a balanced approach in promoting them, taking into account the magnitudes of the deviations of inflation and employment from levels judged to be consistent with the dual mandate, as well as the potentially different time horizons over which employment and inflation are projected to return to such levels.

Wed, March 21, 2012
Testimony to Committee on Government Oversight and Reform, U.S. House of Representatives

Although U.S. banks have limited exposure to peripheral European countries, their exposures to European banks and to the larger, "core" countries of Europe are more material. Moreover, European holdings represented 35 percent of the assets of prime U.S. money market funds in February, and these funds remain structurally vulnerable despite some constructive steps.  Were the situation in Europe to take a severe turn for the worse, the U.S. financial sector likely would have to contend not only with problems stemming from its direct European exposures, but also with an array of broader market movements, including declines in global equity prices, increased credit costs, and reduced availability of funding.

Fri, March 23, 2012
Federal Reserve Conference on Central Banking: Before, During, and After the Crisis

The crisis, the recession it sparked, and the subsequent slow recovery, especially in the advanced economies, have demonstrated that we have much to learn about the workings and vulnerabilities of our modern, globalized financial system and its interactions with the broader economy. In responding to these stressful financial and economic developments, the Federal Reserve and other central banks have had to deploy a variety of new tools and approaches to carry out their responsibilities regarding monetary policy and the provision of liquidity, tools about which we still have more to learn.

Mon, March 26, 2012
NABE Annual Meeting

Notably, an examination of recent deviations from Okun's law suggests that the recent decline in the unemployment rate may reflect, at least in part, a reversal of the unusually large layoffs that occurred during late 2008 and over 2009. To the extent that this reversal has been completed, further significant improvements in the unemployment rate will likely require a more-rapid expansion of production and demand from consumers and businesses, a process that can be supported by continued accommodative policies.

Mon, March 26, 2012
NABE Annual Meeting

Research has found that during and immediately after the serious recessions of 1973 to 1975 and 1981 to 1982, the Beveridge curve also shifted outward, but in both cases it shifted back inward during the recovery. This temporary outward shift during a deep recession may be the result of a particularly sharp increase in layoffs, which raises unemployment quickly, even as vacancies adjust more slowly. Another possible explanation for a temporary shift in the Beveridge curve is extended and emergency unemployment insurance, which induces unemployed workers who might otherwise consider leaving the labor force to continue searching for work. Or employers may be more selective in hiring when their need for workers is not pressing and take more time to fill vacancies in an effort to find especially qualified hires. In any case, the data appear consistent with the shift in the vacancy-unemployment relationship in recent years having been relatively modest and likely to reverse, at least in part, as the economy recovers further. When historical experience is taken into account, these patterns do not support the view that structural factors are a major cause of the increase in unemployment during the most recent recession.

Tue, March 27, 2012
ABC News Interview

When asked whether the central bank planned a third round of bond-buying to boost the economy, Bernanke said the Fed was prepared to respond to “however the economy evolves” and hadn’t ruled out any options.

Mon, April 09, 2012
Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta

An important feature of shadow banking is the historical and continuing involvement of commercial and clearing banks--that is, more "traditional" banking institutions. For example, commercial banks sponsored securitizations and ABCP conduits, arrangements which, until recently, permitted those banks to increase their leverage by keeping the underlying assets off their balance sheets. Clearing banks stand in the middle of triparty repo agreements, managing the exchange of cash and securities while providing protection and liquidity to both transacting parties…

Because of these and other connections, panics and other stresses in shadow banking can spill over into traditional banking. Indeed, the markets and institutions I mentioned--the repo market, the ABCP market, and money market funds--all suffered panics to some degree during the financial crisis. As a result, many traditional financial institutions lost important funding channels for their assets; in addition, for reputational and contractual reasons, many banks supported their affiliated funds and conduits, compounding their own mounting liquidity pressures.

Fri, April 13, 2012
Russell Sage Foundation and The Century Foundation Conference on "Rethinking Finance"

Going forward, for the Federal Reserve as well as other central banks, the promotion of financial stability must be on equal footing with the management of monetary policy as the most critical policy priorities.

Wed, April 25, 2012
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

We have been very accommodative, and we remain prepared to do more as needed to make sure that this recovery continues and that inflation stays close to target. So in particular, we will continue to assess, you know, looking at the economic outlook, looking at the risks, whether or not unemployment is making sufficient progress towards its longer run normal level and whether inflation is remaining close to target. And if appropriate -- and depending also on assessment of the costs and risks of additional policy actions -- we remain entirely prepared to take additional balance sheet actions if necessary to achieve our objectives. So those tools remain very much on the table, and we will not hesitate to use them, should the economy require that additional support.

Wed, April 25, 2012
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

GREG IP:   Could you put some numbers on what -- on the meaning of exceptionally low federal funds rate? For example, would a 1 percent federal funds rate qualify as exceptionally low at the end of 2014?

 BERNANKE: Exceptionally low -- you know, one of the reasons that the language in the statement is sometimes a little vaguer than you would like, is because we're trying to get a consensus among 17 -- or at least 10 people -- and different members or participants in the FOMC might have somewhat different views of what exceptionally low means.

Personally, I think it means something close to where we are now.

Wed, April 25, 2012
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

DON LEE. What kind of job growth, on average, is consistent with the unemployment projections that you’ve made?

CHAIRMAN BERNANKE. Well, we need something—estimates differ. We need fewer jobs monthly to keep unemployment consistent or stable than in the past—I suppose more like 100,000 a month for stability. I don’t have an exact answer, but broadly speaking, 150 – 200,000 jobs or so. But that’s a very rough estimate, and, of course, individual participants may have different views.
Again, that’s not a forecast, I’ve made a hypothesis, which would imply slower improvement in unemployment. But the possibility, of course, exists that this recovery will generate a virtuous circle with greater hiring, which in turn generates more consumer spending, and greater hiring, and so on. That remains to be seen, and, of course, which way that goes is going to be a very important determinant of our response.

Thu, May 10, 2012
Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago's Annual Conference on Bank Structure and Competition

The Federal Reserve takes seriously its responsibility to ensure that supervisory actions to protect banks' safety and soundness do not unintentionally constrain lending to creditworthy borrowers, and we have taken a variety of steps to address these concerns. For example, we have issued guidance to supervisors stressing the importance of taking a balanced approach to supervision and of promptly upgrading a bank's supervisory rating when warranted by a sustainable improvement in its condition and risk management. Some analysis has indicated that, all else being equal, banks with lower supervisory ratings tend to lend less; prompt upgrades by supervisors when such upgrades are appropriate may thus ease an unnecessary constraint on lending. Indeed, in the fourth quarter of 2011 and the first quarter of this year, the number of ratings upgrades for banks and bank holding companies supervised by the Federal Reserve exceeded the number of downgrades.

Thu, May 10, 2012
Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago's Annual Conference on Bank Structure and Competition

The banking sector overall also has substantially improved its liquidity position over the past few years. Indeed, large banks in the aggregate have more than doubled their holdings of cash and securities since 2009. Large banks have reduced their collective dependence on short-term wholesale funding, and many are flush with retail deposits, which tend to be a more stable funding source. Challenges on the liquidity front remain, however: Some large firms still rely heavily on wholesale short-term funding; and the liquidity needs of the banking system as a whole may become somewhat higher for a while as some of the securities issued under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation's Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program come due, and as the unlimited insurance on noninterest-bearing transaction accounts expires at the end of the year. Nevertheless, over time, greater liquid asset positions and reduced dependence on wholesale short-term funding, together with more and better capital, will make the banking sector less susceptible to unexpected disruptions in short-term funding markets.

Thu, May 10, 2012
Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago's Annual Conference on Bank Structure and Competition

The Federal Reserve's quarterly Senior Loan Officer Opinion Survey on Bank Lending Practices (SLOOS) offers a more-nuanced view of how lending terms are changing. The SLOOS indicates that standards and terms in many loan categories have eased somewhat further in recent quarters from the very tight conditions that prevailed earlier in the recovery... SLOOS respondents suggested that stepped-up competition has induced a large number of domestic banks to reduce fees and spreads on C&I loans to firms of all sizes. The SLOOS also indicates that demand for many types of loans has continued to increase, with demand for C&I loans having risen to relatively high levels.

Consistent with the results of the SLOOS, C&I lending has indeed been rising sharply lately. Banks have focused on C&I lending because business borrowers' creditworthiness is improving and because the majority of C&I loans carry floating interest rates that reduce interest rate risk. In addition, domestic banks reportedly are picking up customers as a result of a pullback by some European institutions. Auto lending also has reportedly been solid, reflecting strong fundamentals in auto markets--such as robust demand for used cars and relatively low delinquency rates on existing auto loans. The strong fundamentals for auto loans in turn also appear to have contributed to an easing of lending standards and terms.

Thu, June 07, 2012
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

So that's the essential decision and the central question that we have who look at. Will there be enough growth going forward to make material progress on the unemployment rate?

So, my colleagues and I are still working on our own assessments, staff are working on their updated forecasts, we'll have a new round of economic projections by all the participants in the FOMC between now and the -- and the meeting. And that's I think a key question. If we decide that further action is required, then of course we also have to decide what action is appropriate or what communication is appropriate. We have a range of options. Obviously the traditional reduction in the short-term interest rate is no longer feasible, but we have options that we can consider. In looking at those we have to make some difficult assessments, both about how effective they would be and whether there are costs and risks associated with those steps that would outweigh the benefits they might achieve.


So we have -- obviously I can't directly answer your question, it's too soon for me to do that. And we have a committee meeting which will try to evaluate these questions but we both -- I think the key question we'll be facing will be, will economic growth be sufficient to achieve continued progress in the labor market. And our mandate for maximum employment says that we should be looking to try to achieve continued improvement.

Thu, June 07, 2012
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

This apparent slowing in the labor market may have been exaggerated by issues related to seasonal adjustment and the unusually warm weather this past winter. But it may also be the case that the larger gains seen late last year and early this year were associated with some catch-up in hiring on the part of employers who had pared their workforces aggressively during and just after the recession. If so, the deceleration in employment in recent months may indicate that this catch-up has largely been completed, and, consequently, that more-rapid gains in economic activity will be required to achieve significant further improvement in labor market conditions.

Tue, July 17, 2012
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

Participants at the June FOMC meeting indicated that they see a higher degree of uncertainty about their forecasts than normal and that the risks to economic growth have increased. I would like to highlight two main sources of risk: The first is the euro-area fiscal and banking crisis; the second is the U.S. fiscal situation.

[T]he possibility that the situation in Europe will worsen further remains a significant risk to the outlook.

[F]iscal decisions should take into account the fragility of the recovery. That recovery could be endangered by the confluence of tax increases and spending reductions that will take effect early next year if no legislative action is taken.

The most effective way that the Congress could help to support the economy right now would be to work to address the nation's fiscal challenges in a way that takes into account both the need for long-run sustainability and the fragility of the recovery. Doing so earlier rather than later would help reduce uncertainty and boost household and business confidence.

Reflecting its concerns about the slow pace of progress in reducing unemployment and the downside risks to the economic outlook, the Committee made clear at its June meeting that it is prepared to take further action as appropriate to promote a stronger economic recovery and sustained improvement in labor market conditions in a context of price stability.

 

Tue, July 17, 2012
Testimony to Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee

In response to a question about the tools available to the Fed,  Fed Chairman Bernanke said, "There are a range of possibilities. And I -- and I don't want to, you know, give any signal that we're choosing one among... The logical range includes different types of purchase programs. That could include treasuries or include treasuries and mortgage-backed securities. Those are the two things we're allowed to buy. We could also use our discount window for -- for lending purposes, but, you know, that's another possibility. We could use communications to talk about our future plans regarding rates or our balance sheet. And a possibility that we have discussed in the past is cutting the interest we pay on excess reserves."
 

Mon, August 06, 2012
International Association for Research in Income & Wealth

Although the field is still young, there have been interesting developments in the measurement of economic well-being. In a commencement address two years ago titled "The Economics of Happiness," I spoke about the concepts of happiness and life satisfaction from the perspective of economics and other social science research.Following the growing literature, I define "happiness" as a short-term state of awareness that depends on a person's perceptions of one's immediate reality, as well as on immediate external circumstances and outcomes. By "life satisfaction" I mean a longer-term state of contentment and well-being that results from a person's experiences over time. Surveys and experimental studies have made progress in identifying the determinants of happiness and life satisfaction. Interestingly, income and wealth do contribute to self-reported happiness, but the relationship is more complex and context-dependent than standard utility theory would suggest.Other important contributors to individuals' life satisfaction are a strong sense of support from belonging to a family or core group and a broader community, a sense of control over one's life, a feeling of confidence or optimism about the future, and an ability to adapt to changing circumstances. Indeed, an interesting finding in the literature is that the overwhelming majority of people in the United States and in many other countries report being very happy or pretty happy on a daily basis--a finding that researchers link to people's intrinsic abilities to adapt and find satisfaction in their lives even in very difficult circumstances.

This line of research has generated alternative measures of well-being that are frequently survey-based and incorporate elements such as psychological wellness, the level of education, physical health and safety, community vitality and the strength of family and social ties, and time spent in leisure activities. These measures have begun to inform official statistics and have started to be discussed in policy debates. An interesting and unique case is the Kingdom of Bhutan, which abandoned tracking gross national product in 1972 in favor of its Gross National Happiness index based on a survey that incorporates these types of indicators. Taking the measurement of well-being in a cross-country framework, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), as part of its OECD Better Life Initiative, has created a "better life index" that allows a side-by-side comparison of countries according to various quality-of-life indicators that could, at least in principle, be followed over time.4 Other somewhat-more-conventional economic indicators that bear on quality of life, and that accordingly might be developed and followed in more detail, include changes in the distribution of income, wealth, or consumption; the degree of upward mobility in material measures of well-being; indications of job security and confidence about future employment prospects; and households' liquidity buffers or other measures of their ability to absorb financial shocks. All of these indicators could be useful in measuring economic progress or setbacks as well as in explaining economic decisionmaking or projecting future economic outcomes.

Fri, August 31, 2012
Jackson Hole Symposium

As we assess the benefits and costs of alternative policy approaches, though, we must not lose sight of the daunting economic challenges that confront our nation. The stagnation of the labor market in particular is a grave concern not only because of the enormous suffering and waste of human talent it entails, but also because persistently high levels of unemployment will wreak structural damage on our economy that could last for many years.

Fri, August 31, 2012
Jackson Hole Symposium

For example, studies have found that the $1.7 trillion in purchases of Treasury and agency securities under the first LSAP program reduced the yield on 10-year Treasury securities by between 40 and 110 basis points. The $600 billion in Treasury purchases under the second LSAP program has been credited with lowering 10-year yields by an additional 15 to 45 basis points.12Three studies considering the cumulative influence of all the Federal Reserve's asset purchases, including those made under the MEP, found total effects between 80 and 120 basis points on the 10-year Treasury yield.13 These effects are economically meaningful.

Mon, October 01, 2012
Economic Club of Indiana

In sum, the Fed's basic strategy for strengthening the economy--reducing interest rates and easing financial conditions more generally--is the same as it has always been. The difference is that, with the short-term interest rate nearly at zero, we have shifted to tools aimed at reducing longer-term interest rates more directly.

Editorial aside:  It is worth noting that Bernanke assigns no role to the increase in the supply of reserves or in the monetary base in his analysis of how the Fed's unconventional measures operate.

Mon, October 01, 2012
Economic Club of Indiana

“I think he would’ve supported what we are doing,” Mr. Bernanke said, pointing to Mr. Friedman’s work with Anna Schwartz on the lessons learned from the Great Depression. 

Specifically, their identification of two main problems of that period — overly tight monetary policy and allowing the collapse of the banking system — were instructive in the current environment.

“We took that very much to heart, we were aggressive early on,” Mr. Bernanke said.

While criticisms of the Fed’s actions are a dime-a-dozen, the Fed chief said he doesn’t think Mr. Friedman would join in, especially the chorus of laments when the central bank announced it was embarking on a third round of bond buying last month.

“In fact, a dozen years ago … Friedman was asked what the Japanese should do at that time and he said, ‘well, they ought to go out and buy securities’,” Mr. Bernanke said. “That’s exactly what the Federal Reserve is doing now.” (Read excerpts of Friedman’s prescriptions for Japan here.)

From the Wall Street Journal's coverage of the Q&A.)

Mon, October 01, 2012
Economic Club of Indiana

[S]avers often wear many economic hats. Many savers are also homeowners; indeed, a family's home may be its most important financial asset. Many savers are working, or would like to be. Some savers own businesses, and--through pension funds and 401(k) accounts--they often own stocks and other assets. The crisis and recession have led to very low interest rates, it is true, but these events have also destroyed jobs, hamstrung economic growth, and led to sharp declines in the values of many homes and businesses. What can be done to address all of these concerns simultaneously? The best and most comprehensive solution is to find ways to a stronger economy. Only a strong economy can create higher asset values and sustainably good returns for savers. And only a strong economy will allow people who need jobs to find them. Without a job, it is difficult to save for retirement or to buy a home or to pay for an education, irrespective of the current level of interest rates.

Sat, October 13, 2012
Bank of Japan

In particular, some critics have argued that the Fed's asset purchases, and accommodative monetary policy more generally, encourage capital flows to emerging market economies. These capital flows are said to cause undesirable currency appreciation, too much liquidity leading to asset bubbles or inflation, or economic disruptions as capital inflows quickly give way to outflows.

...

[T]he perceived benefits of currency management inevitably come with costs, including reduced monetary independence and the consequent susceptibility to imported inflation. In other words, the perceived advantages of undervaluation and the problem of unwanted capital inflows must be understood as a package--you can't have one without the other.

Of course, an alternative strategy--one consistent with classical principles of international adjustment--is to refrain from intervening in foreign exchange markets, thereby allowing the currency to rise and helping insulate the financial system from external pressures. Under a flexible exchange-rate regime, a fully independent monetary policy, together with fiscal policy as needed, would be available to help counteract any adverse effects of currency appreciation on growth. The resultant rebalancing from external to domestic demand would not only preserve near-term growth in the emerging market economies while supporting recovery in the advanced economies, it would redound to everyone's benefit in the long run by putting the global economy on a more stable and sustainable path.

Thu, November 15, 2012
Operation HOPE Global Financial Dignity Summit

[T]he national homeownership rate has slipped nearly 4 percentage points from its 2004 high of 69 percent, and it now stands at a 15-year low.  So, although there are good reasons to be encouraged by the recent direction of the housing market, we should not be satisfied with the progress we have seen so far.

Tue, November 20, 2012
New York Economic Club

The accumulating evidence does appear consistent with the financial crisis and the associated recession having reduced the potential growth rate of our economy somewhat during the past few years. In particular, slower growth of potential output would help explain why the unemployment rate has declined in the face of the relatively modest output gains we have seen during the recovery...

Tue, November 20, 2012
Economic Club of New York

Cutting to zero the interest rate the Federal Reserve pays banks to park excess reserves on its books wouldn’t add much stimulus to the economy, Chairman Ben Bernanke said Tuesday. Cutting this rate is “something we’ve considered, and continue to consider, and I don’t rule it out as an action in the future,” Mr. Bernanke said in response to a question at a gathering of the Economic Club of New York. But as a new avenue of stimulus, Mr. Bernanke said it is unlikely that lowering this rate, which currently stands at 0.25%, to zero would do all that much.… “I think it’s wrong to think of this as a major tool that is unused. If it were used it would have some effects that would be marginally constructive,” but it could also impair the functioning of many, very short-term markets. Ultimately, “it’s a relatively small-cost benefit calculation,” and cutting the interest rate on reserves to zero would lower short-term rates by around eight to nine basis points, Mr. Bernanke said.

Wed, December 12, 2012
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

In terms of inflation forecasts, what the committee will do on a regular basis is include in its statement its views of where inflation is likely to be a year from now. For example, currently we already say that, you know, we expect inflation to run at or below the committee's objective in the longer term.

Wed, December 12, 2012
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

The asset purchases and the rate increases have different objectives. The asset purchases are about creating some near-term momentum in the economy, trying to strengthen growth and -- and job creation in the near term. And the increases in the federal funds rate target, when they ultimately occur, are about reducing accommodations. Two very different objectives.

Secondly, the asset purchases are a less-well-understood tool. We have -- we'll be learning over time about how efficacious they are, about what costs they might carry with them, in terms of unintended consequences that they might create, and we'll be seeing how what else happens in the economy that can affect, you know, the level of unemployment, for example, that we hope to achieve.

And so for that reason, as I discussed in my opening remarks, we -- we decided to make the criteria for asset purchases qualitative at this time, because we have a number of different things that we need to look at as we go forward.

Rate increases, by contrast, are well understood, and we understand the relationship between those and rate increases and the -- and the state of the economy. And so we've been able to give somewhat more quantitative, more specific guide in that respect.

Wed, December 12, 2012
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

First, as the statement notes, the committee views its current low rate policy as likely to be appropriate at least until the specified thresholds are met. Reaching one of those thresholds, however, will not automatically trigger immediate reduction in policy accommodation...  Ultimately, in deciding when and how quickly to reduce policy accommodation, the committee will follow a balanced approach in seeking to mitigate deviations of inflation from its longer-run 2 percent goal and deviations of employment from its estimated maximum level.

Second, the committee recognizes that no single indicator provides a complete assessment of the state of the labor market and, therefore, will consider changes in the unemployment rate within the broader context of labor market conditions. For example, in evaluating a given decline in the unemployment rate, the committee will also take into account the extent to which that decline was associated with increases in employment and hours worked as opposed to, say, increases in the number of discouraged workers and falling labor force participation. The committee will also consider whether the improvement in the unemployment rate appears sustainable.

Third, the committee chose to express the inflation threshold in terms of projected inflation between one and two years ahead, rather than in terms of current inflation. The committee took this approach to make clear that it intends to look through purely transitory fluctuations in inflation, such as those induced by short-term variations in the prices of internationally traded commodities and to focus instead on the underlying inflation trend.

In making its collective judgment about the underlying inflation trend, the committee will consider a variety of indicators, including measures such as median, true mean, and core inflation, the views of outside forecasters, and the predictions of econometric and statistical models of inflation. Also, the committee will pay close attention to measures of inflation expectations to ensure that those expectations remain well anchored.

Finally, the committee will continue to monitor a wide range of information on economic and financial developments to ensure that policies conducted in a manner consistent with our dual mandate.

Wed, December 12, 2012
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

More generally, the committee intends to be flexible in varying the pace of securities purchases in response to information bearing on the outlook or on the perceived benefits and costs of the program…

Because we expect to learn more over time about the efficacy and potential costs of asset purchases in the current economic context, we believe that a qualitative guidance is more appropriate at this time.

Wed, December 12, 2012
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

I believe, certainly, that {the indicator threshold approach} is superior. I’m not saying it’s the best possible approach, there may be other things we can do in the future. We’re always looking to find ways to improve our communication but I do think it’s more transparent and will allow the markets to respond quickly and promptly to changes in the outlook by adjusting when they think rate increases will begin, and therefore, it’ll act, to some extent, like an automatic stabilizer. So if the outlook worsens and that leads markets to think that the increase in rates is further out in the future, that will tend to lower longer-term rates and that would tend to be supportive of the economy. So that has an automatic stabilizer type effect. It kind of offsets adverse shocks. So it’s a better form of communication. As I said, we discussed it quite extensively at the last meeting. And so—and frankly, given that it’s a relatively complex change, it seemed like it would be a good idea to do it at a meeting where there was a press conference. So, we decided since we’re ready to go why not make the change earlier and get the benefit earlier.

Mon, January 14, 2013
University of Michigan

So, you're not going to identify every possible {bubble} for sure, but you can - you can do your best and you can try to make sure the system is strong. And when you identify problems you can use - I think the first line of defense needs to be regulatory and supervisory authorities …

The Federal Reserve was created about 100 years ago now in 1913. It was the - it was the law. Not a new monetary policy, but rather to address financial panics. And that's what we did in 2008 and 2009. And it's a difficult task. But I think going forward the Fed needs to think about financial stability and monetary economic stability as being in some sense the two key pillars of what the central bank tries to do. And so we will obviously be working very hard on our financial stability. We'll be using our regulatory supervisory powers. We'll be trying to strengthen the financial system. And if necessary, we'll adjust monetary policy as well. But I don't think that's the first line of defense.

Tue, February 26, 2013
Senate Hearing on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs

In terms of exiting from our balance sheet, we have put out -- a couple of years ago we put out a plan. We have a set of tools. I think we have belts, suspenders, two pairs of suspenders; we have different ways that we can do it. So I think we have the technical means to unwind it at the appropriate time.

Tue, February 26, 2013
House Financial Services Committee Hearing

CAMPBELL: There seems to be a lot of evidence out there that the benefits of low interest rate and quantitative easing are accruing primarily to the federal government, foreign governments and large banks. I think clearly those are not the entities that need to or that are doing the lion's share of hiring, or need to do the majority of -- of hiring.

But how do you -- do you agree with that view, and how do you rationalize QE given that view out there, that, that's who is benefiting primarily from.

BERNANKE: I completely disagree with that. This is very much focused at the average American citizen. Our estimates are that we've helped create many private sector jobs, government jobs of course have been declining quite significantly. People are able to buy houses at very low mortgage rates, refinance at low mortgage rates. People are able to get car loans at low rates. So their house values have gone up, so that they feel, you know, more financially secure. So, in a lot of dimensions, we have, I think, benefited Main Street, and that's certainly our objective.

From the other sectors, we often get complaints. For example, banks have complained about the low interest rates squeezing their interest margin, for example. I think the main benefits are those that are affecting the broader economy and thus the broad group of Americans.

Tue, February 26, 2013
House Financial Services Committee Hearing

BERNANKE: Well, banks are currently being paid on their reserves 25 basis points -- one-fourth of one percent. They're actually receiving less than that on net because they also have to pay FDIC premiums on -- on the deposits that they hold on the other side of the balance sheet. So they're receiving just a few basis points on their -- on their reserves.

If we cut the interest on reserves, say, to zero or slightly negative, which is possible, it would have a very, very small effect in the right direction, but a very, very small effect on the incentives of banks to make loans. Basically, they're not finding as many loans as they like to make when they're earning eight basis points on their reserves. Would it help to get it down to zero?

It's in the right direction, as I said, but one of the reasons that we've hesitated to do that is because it would also lower returns throughout the money markets in our economy and would create some problems in terms of the functioning of money markets, the federal funds market, and other short-term cash markets. So it's not clear that the benefits in terms of more stimulus outweigh the costs in terms of market functioning.

That being said, it's always been something that we have kept on the table and talked about periodically.

MEEKS: So it's something that's still on the table and you're still talking about? Because I like movement in the right direction.

BERNANKE: It's not a powerful tool, though, in any sense.

Wed, March 20, 2013
Press Conference

In terms of term limits, I don't have a strong view on that. Different countries use different approaches. Of course, the president always has the option to reappoint or not reappoint Fed chairmen, and the Senate always has the option of confirming or not confirming. So in that respect, term limits are redundant. And, indeed, if you had term limits on the Fed chairman, that would be, I think, the only office in the federal government -- besides president and vice president -- that would have that restriction.

With that being said, again, I don't view this as a -- as a major issue, nor have I seen it actively discussed in -- in the Hill. Perhaps I've missed it. But I don't have a strong view about that.


Wed, March 20, 2013
Press Conference

I still believe the following, which is that monetary policy is a very blunt instrument. If you are raising interest rates to pop an asset bubble, even if you were sure you can do that, you might, at the same time, be throwing the economy into recession, which kind of defeats the purpose of monetary policy.

And therefore, I think the first line of defense—I mean, I think, we have a sort of a tripartite line of defense. We start off with very extensive and sophisticated monitoring at a much higher level and much more comprehensively than we’ve had in the past. Then we have supervision and regulation, where we work with other agencies to try to cover all the empty or uncovered areas in the financial system. And then, in addition, we try to use communication and similar tools to affect the way that financial markets respond to monetary policy. So we do have some first lines of defense, which I think should be used first.

That being said, you know, I think that given the problems that we’ve had—not just in the United States, but globally in the last 15, 20 years—that we need to at least take into account these issues as we make monetary policy. And I think most of the people on the FOMC would agree with that. What that means exactly depends on the circumstances. I think if the economy is in very weak condition and interest rates are very low for that purpose, it’s very difficult to contemplate raising rates a lot because you’re concerned about some sector in the financial sphere. On the other hand, if you’re in an expansion and there’s a credit boom going on, that—the case in that situation for making policy a little bit tighter might be better.

So, as I’ve said many times, I have an open mind in this question. We’re learning; all central bankers are learning. But I think I still would agree with the point I made in my very first speech in 2002, as a Governor at the Federal Reserve, where I argued that the first line of defense ought to be the more targeted tools that we have, including regulatory tools and, to some extent, macroprudential tools like some emerging markets use.

Wed, March 20, 2013
Press Conference

Labor force participation has been declining on a trend-like basis in the United States for a while. That's the result mostly of demographic factors, partly the aging of the population, partly the fact that female participation is no longer increasing. It's, in fact, decreasing a little bit. It's also the case that the labor force attachment within people of working age has declined for a number of different reasons.

So there's a trend underlying this. And, in addition, there are probably some people who've left the labor force just because they're discouraged and they can't find work. So as the economy strengthens, the labor market strengthens, I would expect to see some of these folks coming back into the labor force. For example, the number of people who are out of the labor force but say they would like a full-time job and are not actually counted as unemployed, that number has actually been going up, which suggests that there are more people thinking about going back into the labor force, going back to work.

But I doubt that in the near term at least that we'll see an increase in labor force participation, because besides the effects of the slow recovery, high unemployment, we've had a downward trend in the U.S., which is not due to the recession. It's due to underlying demographic factors.

Wed, March 20, 2013
Press Conference

The lack of thresholds [for the Fed’s open-ended asset purchases] comes from the complexity of the problem. On the one hand, we have benefits which are associated with improvements in the economy, but there are also costs associated with unconventional policy, such as the potential effects on financial stability, which are hard to quantify and which people have different views about.

So to this point, we've not been able to give quantitative thresholds for the asset purchases in the same way that we have for the federal funds rate target. We're going to continue to try to provide information as we go forward.

In particular, as I mentioned today, as we make progress towards our objective, we may adjust the flow rate of purchases month to month to appropriately calibrate the amount of accommodation we're providing, given the outlook for the labor market.

In terms of further color, again, given the complexity of the issue, we've not given quantitative analysis or quantitative thresholds. I would say that we'll be looking for sustained improvement in a range of key labor market indicators, including, obviously, payrolls, unemployment rate, but also others, like the hiring rate, claims for unemployment insurance, quit rates, wage rates, and so on, be looking for sustained improvement across a range of indicators and in a way that's taking place throughout the economy.

And since we're looking at the outlook, we're looking at the prospects rather than the current state of the labor market, we'll also be looking at things like growth to try to understand whether there's sufficient momentum in the economy to provide demand for labor going forwards. So that will allow to us look through, perhaps, some temporary fluctuations associated with short-term shocks or problems.

Wed, March 20, 2013
Press Conference

We think it makes more sense to have our policy variable, which is the rate of flow of purchases respond in a more continuous or sensitive way to changes in the outlook. So as we make progress towards our ultimate objective of substantial improvement, we may adjust the rate of flow of purchases accordingly.

Now, we won't do that every meeting, won't do that frequently. But when we see that the conditions -- or the situation has changed in a meaningful way, then we may well adjust the pace of purchases in order to keep the level of accommodation consistent with the outlook and, secondly, to help provide the markets with some sense of progress – how much progress is being made so that it can make better judgments.

… Well, again, we've not been able to come to an agreement about what guidance we should give. And part of the concern is, is that we go forward, we -- you know, we'll have to factor in the efficacy, which is another issue. I mean, there's a wide range of views about how effective asset purchases are in terms of moving the economy.

So as we move forward in time, we'll be learning about how effective the policy is and what costs and risks there may be associated with it. And as we do that, perhaps we'll be able to give more explicit guidance. And I -- I agree with you 100 percent that that would be more effective, if we could give a numerical guidance.

Mon, March 25, 2013
London School of Economics

Of course, heavy capital inflows and their volatility pose challenges to emerging market policymakers, whatever their source. Policymakers do have some tools to address these concerns. In recent years, emerging market nations have implemented macroprudential measures aimed at strengthening their financial systems and reducing overheating in specific sectors, such as property markets. Policymakers have also experimented with various forms of capital controls. Such controls raise concerns about effectiveness, cost of implementation, and possible microeconomic distortions. Nevertheless, the International Monetary Fund has suggested that, in carefully circumscribed circumstances, capital controls may be a useful tool.

Mon, March 25, 2013
London School of Economics

Economists still agree that Smoot-Hawley and the ensuing tariff wars were highly counterproductive and contributed to the depth and length of the global Depression. However, modern research on the Depression, beginning with the seminal 1985 paper by Barry Eichengreen and Jeffrey Sachs, has changed our view of the effects of the abandonment of the gold standard. Although it is true that leaving the gold standard and the resulting currency depreciation conferred a temporary competitive advantage in some cases, modern research shows that the primary benefit of leaving gold was that it freed countries to use appropriately expansionary monetary policies. By 1935 or 1936, when essentially all major countries had left the gold standard and exchange rates were market-determined, the net trade effects of the changes in currency values were certainly small. Yet the global economy as a whole was much stronger than it had been in 1931. The reason was that, in shedding the strait jacket of the gold standard, each country became free to use monetary policy in a way that was more commensurate with achieving full employment at home. Moreover, and critically, countries also benefited from stronger growth in trading partners that purchased their exports. In sharp contrast to the tariff wars, monetary reflation in the 1930s was a positive-sum exercise, whose benefits came mainly from higher domestic demand in all countries, not from trade diversion arising from changes in exchange rates.

The lessons for the present are clear. Today most advanced industrial economies remain, to varying extents, in the grip of slow recoveries from the Great Recession. With inflation generally contained, central banks in these countries are providing accommodative monetary policies to support growth. Do these policies constitute competitive devaluations? To the contrary, because monetary policy is accommodative in the great majority of advanced industrial economies, one would not expect large and persistent changes in the configuration of exchange rates among these countries. The benefits of monetary accommodation in the advanced economies are not created in any significant way by changes in exchange rates; they come instead from the support for domestic aggregate demand in each country or region. Moreover, because stronger growth in each economy confers beneficial spillovers to trading partners, these policies are not "beggar-thy-neighbor" but rather are positive-sum, "enrich-thy-neighbor" actions.


Mon, April 08, 2013
Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta

Federal Reserve Chairman Ben S. Bernanke said the Fed will raise the interest rate on excess reserves as its primary tool for tightening monetary policy rather than selling assets from its balance sheet.

“The principal tool that we contemplate is the interest rate paid on excess reserves,” Bernanke said today in response to audience questions at a conference in Stone Mountain, Georgia. During a tightening, money market rates will probably stay close to the interest rate on excess reserves, he said.

“We have said in our existing exit principles we may sell assets in a steady way,” he said. Still, “asset sales are late in the process and not meant to be the principal tool of policy normalization.”

Mon, April 08, 2013
Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta

Over time, we expect banks to better understand the basic elements of the supervisory models, rendering them at least somewhat less opaque.

At the same time, it is reasonable to worry that, with increased disclosure of supervisory models, firms would see a declining benefit to maintaining independent risk-management systems and would just adopt supervisory models instead. Doing so would certainly make it easier to "pass" the stress tests. However, all models have their blind spots, and such an outcome risks a "model monoculture" that would be susceptible to a single, common failure. The differences in stress test results obtained by supervisors' and banks' own models can be informative, and we do not want inadvertently to destroy the healthy diversity or innovation of the models and other risk-management tools used in the banking industry.

Fri, May 10, 2013
Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago's Annual Conference on Bank Structure and Competition

In light of the current low interest rate environment, we are watching particularly closely for instances of "reaching for yield" and other forms of excessive risk-taking, which may affect asset prices and their relationships with fundamentals. It is worth emphasizing that looking for historically unusual patterns or relationships in asset prices can be useful even if you believe that asset markets are generally efficient in setting prices. For the purpose of safeguarding financial stability, we are less concerned about whether a given asset price is justified in some average sense than in the possibility of a sharp move. Asset prices that are far from historically normal levels would seem to be more susceptible to such destabilizing moves.

Fri, May 10, 2013
Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago's Annual Conference on Bank Structure and Competition

Securities broker-dealers play a central role in many aspects of shadow banking as facilitators of market-based intermediation. To finance their own and their clients' securities holdings, broker-dealers tend to rely on short-term collateralized funding, often in the form of repo agreements with highly risk-averse lenders. The crisis revealed that this funding is potentially quite fragile if lenders have limited capacity to analyze the collateral or counterparty risks associated with short-term secured lending, but rather look at these transactions as nearly risk free. As questions emerged about the nature and value of collateral, worried lenders either greatly increased margin requirements or, more commonly, pulled back entirely. Borrowers unable to meet margin calls and finance their asset holdings were forced to sell, driving down asset prices further and setting off a cycle of deleveraging and further asset liquidation.

To monitor intermediation by broker-dealers, the Federal Reserve in 2010 created a quarterly Senior Credit Officer Opinion Survey on Dealer Financing Terms, which asks dealers about the credit they provide.

Fri, May 10, 2013
Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago's Annual Conference on Bank Structure and Competition

[I]t is reasonable to ask whether systemic risks can in fact be reliably identified in advance... To respond to this point, I will distinguish, as I have elsewhere, between triggers and vulnerabilities. The triggers of any crisis are the particular events that touch off the crisis--the proximate causes, if you will. For the 2007-09 crisis, a prominent trigger was the losses suffered by holders of subprime mortgages. In contrast, the vulnerabilities associated with a crisis are preexisting features of the financial system that amplify and propagate the initial shocks. Examples of vulnerabilities include high levels of leverage, maturity transformation, interconnectedness, and complexity, all of which have the potential to magnify shocks to the financial system. Absent vulnerabilities, triggers might produce sizable losses to certain firms, investors, or asset classes but would generally not lead to full-blown financial crises

Fri, May 10, 2013
Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago's Annual Conference on Bank Structure and Competition

Stress-testing techniques can also be used in more-focused assessments of the banking sector's vulnerability to specific risks not captured in the main scenario, such as liquidity risk or interest rate risk. Like comprehensive stress tests, such focused exercises are an important element of our supervision of SIFIs. For example, supervisors are collecting detailed data on liquidity that help them compare firms' susceptibilities to various types of funding stresses and to evaluate firms' strategies for managing their liquidity. 

Wed, May 22, 2013
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

BERNANKE:  If we see continued improvement and we have confidence that that is going to be sustained, then we could in -- in the next few meetings, we could take a step down in our pace of purchases. Again, if we do that, it would not mean that we are automatically aiming toward -- toward a complete winddown. Rather, we would be looking to beyond that to see how the economy evolves, and we could either raise or lower our pace of purchases going forward. 

Again, that is dependent on the data. If the outlook for the labor market improves and we are convinced that that is sustainable, we will respond to that. If the recovery were to falter, if inflation were to fall further and we felt that the current level of monetary accommodation was still appropriate, then we would delay that process. 

BRADY: At the pace we're going, do you think it's likely these actions will begin before Labor Day? 

BERNANKE: I don't know. It's gonna depend on the data. 

Wed, May 22, 2013
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

Recognizing the drawbacks of persistently low rates, the FOMC actively seeks economic conditions consistent with sustainably higher interest rates. Unfortunately, withdrawing policy accommodation at this juncture would be highly unlikely to produce such conditions. A premature tightening of monetary policy could lead interest rates to rise temporarily but would also carry a substantial risk of slowing or ending the economic recovery and causing inflation to fall further. Such outcomes tend to be associated with extended periods of lower, not higher, interest rates, as well as poor returns on other assets. Moreover, renewed economic weakness would pose its own risks to financial stability.

Because only a healthy economy can deliver sustainably high real rates of return to savers and investors, the best way to achieve higher returns in the medium term and beyond is for the Federal Reserve--consistent with its congressional mandate--to provide policy accommodation as needed to foster maximum employment and price stability. Of course, we will do so with due regard for the efficacy and costs of our policy actions and in a way that is responsive to the evolution of the economic outlook

Wed, May 22, 2013
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

 BRADY: Thank you, Mr. Chairman.  If the economy were to accelerate, the Fed would have to start unwinding QE3. So what is the Fed's exit strategy, the steps you'll undertake? And when do you anticipate, again, executing this?

BERNANKE: Mr. Chairman, so first -- the first thing, of course, would be to wind down eventually the quantitative easing program, the asset purchases. As I've said, the program relates the flow of asset purchases to the economic outlook. As the economic outlook and particularly the outlook for the labor market improves in a real and sustainable way, the committee will gradually reduce the -- the flow of purchases.

I want to be very clear that a step to reduce the flow of purchases would not be an automatic mechanistic process of -- of ending the program. Rather, any change in the flow of purchases would depend on the incoming data and our assessment of how the labor market and inflation are evolving.

   So at some point, of course, we will end the asset purchase program. Subsequent to that we will follow the guidance that we've provided about interest rates. Our principal tool for raising interest rates will be the interest rate on excess (ph) reserves that we pay, which will induce higher money market rates and a higher federal funds rate. And we will complement that with other tools, including tools that we have for draining reserves. 

    We may or may not sell assets. At this point it does not appear that it is necessary for us to sell any assets -- or particularly not any mortgage-backed securities -- in order to exit in a way that doesn't endanger price stability. 

    So there are a number of steps. We are currently discussing further our exit strategy, and we hope to provide more information going forward. But we certainly are confident that we can exit over time in a way that will be consistent with our policy objectives. 

    BRADY: You anticipate allowing maturing securities to roll off the balance sheet before you begin selling securities themselves? 

    BERNANKE: As I said, we -- we could normalize policy by simply letting securities roll off, and I think there's some advantages to doing that. For one it wouldn't disrupt markets so much. It would avoid as much irregularity in our fiscal payments to the Treasury. But we will see, ultimately, in the very long run, I think there's a desire to get back to a predominantly Treasury security portfolio. 

    But, again, in the exit process, allowing assets to roll off would be sufficient to bring us to a more normal balance sheet within a reasonable period. 

Wed, May 22, 2013
Testimony to the Joint Economic Committee

I want to be very clear that a step to reduce the flow of purchases would not be an automatic mechanistic process of -- of ending the program. Rather, any change in the flow of purchases would depend on the incoming data and our assessment of how the labor market and inflation are evolving. 

Sun, June 02, 2013
Princeton University

Economics is a highly sophisticated field of thought that is superb at explaining to policymakers precisely why the choices they made in the past were wrong. About the future, not so much.

Sun, June 02, 2013
Princeton University

The concept of success leads me to consider so-called meritocracies and their implications. We have been taught that meritocratic institutions and societies are fair. Putting aside the reality that no system, including our own, is really entirely meritocratic, meritocracies may be fairer and more efficient than some alternatives. But fair in an absolute sense? Think about it. A meritocracy is a system in which the people who are the luckiest in their health and genetic endowment; luckiest in terms of family support, encouragement, and, probably, income; luckiest in their educational and career opportunities; and luckiest in so many other ways difficult to enumerate-these are the folks who reap the largest rewards.

Wed, June 19, 2013
Press Conference

[O]ur target is not 7, it’s not 6½, our target is maximum employment, which, according to our projections, most people on the Committee think is somewhere between 5 and 6 percent unemployment, and that’s where we’re trying to get to. The 7, the 6½—these are guideposts that tell you how we’re going to be shifting the mix of our tools as we try to land this ship on a, you know, on a—in a smooth way onto the aircraft carrier.

Wed, June 19, 2013
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

So, first of all, since it is a threshold and not a trigger, we are entirely free to take all of that into account before we -- before we begin the process of raising rates, and that's what the diagram suggests. People are saying that unemployment will be at 6.5 percent in late 2014 or early 2015, but they're saying that increases in rates may not follow, but several quarters after that.

In terms of adjusting the threshold, I think that's something that might happen. If it did happen, it would be to lower it, I'm sure, not to raise it.

Wed, June 19, 2013
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

Going forward, the economic outcomes that the committee sees as most likely involve continuing gains in labor markets supported by moderate growth that picks up over the next several quarters as the near-term restraint from fiscal policy and other headwinds diminishes. We also see inflation moving back toward our 2 percent objective over time.

If the incoming data are broadly consistent with this forecast, the committee currently anticipates that it would be appropriate to moderate the monthly pace of purchases later this year and that the subsequent data remain broadly aligned with our current expectations for the economy, we will continue to reduce the pace of purchases in measured steps through the first half of next year, ending purchases around mid-year.

In this scenario, when asset purchases ultimately come to an end, the unemployment rate would likely be in the vicinity of 7 percent, with solid economic growth supporting further job gains, a substantial improvement from the 8.1 percent unemployment rate that prevailed when the committee announced this program.

Later, in response to a question about whether this was a formal committee decision:

Well, again, we don't think of this as a change in policy. What I was deputized to do, if you will, was to try to make somewhat clearer the implications of our existing policy and to try to explain better how the policy would evolve in various economic scenarios. And that's a little bit difficult to put into, you know, a very terse FOMC statement.

Now, that being said, going forward, I think that, you know, some of this -- some of these elements -- to the extent that we can make them useful will begin to appear in the FOMC statement. It's entirely possible. But it seemed like the right tactic in this case to -- to explain these fairly subtle contingencies in a context where I could answer questions and -- and respond to any misunderstandings that -- that might occur.

Wed, June 19, 2013
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

[A]s I said, I'm not going to comment on my personal plans, but I will say this. I think there's a  perception that the Jackson Hole conference is a Federal Reserve System-wide conference. It's not. It's a conference sponsored by one of the 12 reserve banks. Every one of the 12 reserve banks has conferences, has meetings, and this is the one I've gone to the most probably of any reserve bank.

So I think it's not inappropriate to go to different conferences, different meetings, and to essentially meet all of the constituents that I have in these different reserve banks. So that's -- that's one reason, certainly.

In response to a question about why he was not attending the Jackson Hole conference this year.

Wed, June 19, 2013
Press Conference

For today, I will note that, in the view of most participants, the broad principles set out in June 2011 remain applicable. One difference is worth mentioning. While participants continue to think that, in the long run, the Federal Reserve’s portfolio should consist predominantly of Treasury securities, a strong majority now expects that the Committee will not sell agency MBS during the process of normalizing monetary policy, although in the longer run, limited sales could be used to reduce or eliminate residual MBS holdings. I emphasize that, given the outlook and the Committee’s policy guidance, these matters are unlikely to be relevant to actual policy for quite a while.

Wed, June 19, 2013
FOMC Chairman Post-Meeting Press Briefing

[L]et me say a few words about the Federal Reserve's strategy for normalizing policy in the long run. In the minutes of its June 2011 meeting, the committee set forth principles that it intended to follow when the time came to normalize policy and the size and the structure of the Federal Reserve's balance sheet. As part of prudent planning, we've been reviewing these principles in recent meetings. We expect those discussions to continue and intend to provide further information at an appropriate time.

     For today, I will note that, in the view of most participants, the broad principles set out in June 2011 remain applicable. One difference is worth mentioning. While participants continue to think that in the long run the Federal Reserve's portfolio should consist predominantly of Treasury securities, a strong majority now expects that the committee will not sell agency mortgage-backed securities during the process of normalizing monetary policy, although in the longer run limited sales could be used to reduce or eliminate residual MBS holdings. I emphasize that given the outlook in the committee's policy guidance, these matters are unlikely to be relevant to actual policy for quite a while.

Wed, July 10, 2013
"The First 100 Years of the Federal Reserve: The Policy Record, Lessons Learned, and Prospects for the Future," a conference sponsored by the National Bureau of Economic Research

“Highly accommodative monetary policy for the foreseeable future is what’s needed in the U.S. economy,” Bernanke said today in response to a question after a speech in Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Wed, July 10, 2013
"The First 100 Years of the Federal Reserve: The Policy Record, Lessons Learned, and Prospects for the Future," a conference sponsored by the National Bureau of Economic Research

The framework for implementing monetary policy has evolved further in recent years, reflecting both advances in economic thinking and a changing policy environment. Notably, following the ideas of Lars Svensson and others, the FOMC has moved toward a framework that ties policy settings more directly to the economic outlook, a so-called forecast-based approach. In particular, the FOMC has released more detailed statements following its meetings that have related the outlook for policy to prospective economic developments and has introduced regular summaries of the individual economic projections of FOMC participants (including for the target federal funds rate). The provision of additional information about policy plans has helped Fed policymakers deal with the constraint posed by the effective lower bound on short-term interest rates; in particular, by offering guidance about how policy will respond to economic developments, the Committee has been able to increase policy accommodation, even when the short-term interest rate is near zero and cannot be meaningfully reduced further.The Committee has also sought to influence interest rates further out on the yield curve, notably through its securities purchases. Other central banks in advanced economies, also confronted with the effective lower bound on short-term interest rates, have taken similar measures.

Wed, July 10, 2013
"The First 100 Years of the Federal Reserve: The Policy Record, Lessons Learned, and Prospects for the Future," a conference sponsored by the National Bureau of Economic Research

In short, the recent crisis has underscored the need both to strengthen our monetary policy and financial stability frameworks and to better integrate the two. We have made progress on both counts, but more needs to be done. In particular, the complementarities among regulatory and supervisory policies (including macroprudential policy), lender-of-last-resort policy, and standard monetary policy are increasingly evident. Both research and experience are needed to help the Fed and other central banks develop comprehensive frameworks that incorporate all of these elements. The broader conclusion is what might be described as the overriding lesson of the Federal Reserve's history: that central banking doctrine and practice are never static.

Wed, July 10, 2013
National Bureau of Economic Research

Let me just say a preliminary thing, which is I don’t think that the central bank should be equally independent in all of its functions. There are good reasons to have independence in monetary policymaking subject to a mandate or subject to objectives set by the democratic parliament or legislature. And we understand those reasons having to do with avoiding short-run political intervention in monetary policy and the like, but in many of its other activities — you know, for example, as a bank regulator, while we believe that bank regulators should be independent to make their own judgments about the quality of banks, I don’t think the Fed can presume to be any more or less independent in that function than is the OCC or some other bank regulator.

It’s just another aspect of our activities.

In our provision of payment services, there probably is no real case for independence, and it’s entirely appropriate for the Congress to ask questions about, you know, what we’re charging for those services and how we’re providing them and so on.

So I think it depends very much on the — on the aspect of the particular activity that the central bank is involved in.

So independence is a subtle concept. I think the — what it means varies according to the particular activity or particular function.

Wed, July 10, 2013
National Bureau of Economic Research

In response to a question about what he expects his legacy to be perceived to be:

Well, of course, that’s going to be for others to determine. I guess what I would hope to be able to say is several things. First, I came into the Federal Reserve as a governor now some 11 years ago; quite a long time — with a lot of interest in communication and transparency. And I think, you know, in the last 11 years or eight years, however you want to count, the Federal Reserve has made some significant strides in that area, including, for example, as I mentioned in the press conference, the stating of a numerical objective for medium-term inflation and other communications innovations as well.

So I think that’s something that I think is quite — has changed over the last decade. For better or worse, of course, I was at the Fed during the crisis and the aftermath. We have — you know, the future, again, will judge the response to that. But what is certainly true is that the Federal Reserve, as an institution, has changed very sharply in terms of its structure and the resources being devoted to financial stability questions.

And I would say that this relates both to the actions we took at the height of the crisis, which I viewed as bringing Bagehot’s wisdom, the lender-of-last-resort wisdom, back into the modern context, but also the work we’re doing now to try to reduce the risk that another financial crisis will hit someday. That includes our monitoring, our oversight of systemically important firms, our stress tests, which I think is an important development in financial regulation, and more generally our macroprudential approach to financial stability, which, again, means that we look not only at individual firms, as important as that is, but we also try to identify risks and vulnerabilities to the financial system more broadly.

In monetary policy, you know, we’ve confronted the zero lower bound. Again, people have to judge whether we confronted it successfully, but we’ve used new policies to do that. And I think we have in fact changed, to some extent, our approach to one that is more tied to the forecast and tries to lay out in more detail how monetary policy will react over time to changing economic conditions. So there are some changes in monetary policy.

But finally, I think the Federal Reserve is a remarkable institution. It has a superb staff, a great deal of expertise. And I hope that during the time that I’ve been there that we have succeeded in preserving those strengths and adding to those strengths, increasing the amount of expertise we have in critical areas like some of the financial stability areas, increasing interdisciplinary cooperation and work and just making the institution stronger as an institution going forward, because I think one of the lessons — I mean, we had a very fascinating day today talking about a hundred years of the Federal Reserve.

It’s a central institution in the United States. It has a very, very important role in the economy and in the lives of ordinary Americans. And it’s critical that it be a strong, well-managed, well- staffed institution. And these internal management issues, which are pretty invisible I think to outsiders, are very important because they’re the factors that determine how strong an institution this will be over the next hundred years.

Wed, July 10, 2013
National Bureau of Economic Research

I gave some remarks on this at a London event for Mervyn King’s retirement. And appropriate of today’s discussion, I used historical examples. I made a distinction of during the 1930s, during the Great Depression, as countries left the gold standard, their currencies temporarily depreciated relative to other countries, and they had a temporary trade advantage because of that; but over time, as all the countries left the gold standard, exchange rates kind of normalized, kind of went back to where they started from, but nevertheless the whole world was nevertheless much better off because there was a global monetary expansion which was desperately needed at that time, in the 1930s.

So that was a positive sum game. It was a situation in which everybody gains because the benefits of — in that particular context, the benefits of growth-enhancing domestic policies spilled over into other economies.

I contrasted that with the Smoot-Hawley tariff, which was more of a zero sum game, where the — or even negative sum, because what was going on there was that each country was trying to divert trade in its own favor at the expense of its trading partners; and as that activity continued and as reprisals and payback continued, actually it destroyed the global trade pattern and was very costly to everybody.

So, what has this got to do with your question? I’m sure you’re wondering. (Laughter.) What it has to do with today is that it’s one thing to use trade or other kinds of interventions to divert — to artificially weaken your currency or otherwise to divert exports to your own producers at the expense of other countries. That’s a very different thing from a situation where countries are using monetary policy appropriately to achieve domestic growth, domestic reflation and that growth spills over and helps the economies of other countries as well. So I think that’s very much the difference, that the exchange rate effects and the currency effects are really secondary. What’s important is that each country provide the necessary monetary accommodation or fiscal accommodation to achieve — to achieve its potential output.

Wed, July 10, 2013
National Bureau of Economic Research

In response to a question about whether the Fed’s communications innovations will be permanent or not.

Well, I think most of the things that we’ve done will likely be permanent, not — of course, a future committee might decide to make changes to our projections or changes to the way we structure our minutes, or other things that certainly could happen. I think that, you know, the definition of price stability and the longer-run policy strategy, I’m hopeful that will be a long-lasting innovation.

The communications that are specifically related to the zero lower bound are particularly the forward guidance, where we’ve tried to provide not targets, not objectives, but rather guideposts to help the markets understand and the public understand, you know, when we expect policy to begin to change.

It may be that when we leave the zero lower bound and when the economy is in a more normal configuration, that that kind of guidance won’t be necessary anymore, because as was the case prior to the crisis, the markets can just look at the behavior of the Fed and essentially extrapolate that behavior to understand what the Fed is likely to do as the economy evolves.

That being said, there may be circumstances where this kind of guidance is helpful, and I just note that we’re seeing — the Fed Reserve, by the way, was not the first to use this kind of guidance. I just want to be clear that, you know, the Bank of Japan, the Bank of Canada have experimented with these types of ideas as well. And I think it’s becoming an international practice that — to various degrees in various places, but I suspect that we’ll see its use in some context at least going forward. But I don’t think it’s necessarily a permanent part of Fed Reserve policy, precisely because we will be moving away from the zero lower bound. And, I hope, we’ll — you know, in a reasonable period of time, we’ll be in a more normal monetary environment.

Wed, July 10, 2013
National Bureau of Economic Research

Currently, we have an unemployment rate of 7.6 percent, which I think, if anything, overstates the health of our labor markets given participation rates and many other indicators of underemployment and long-term unemployment. So we’re not there, obviously, on the maximum employment part of the mandate.



There will not be an automatic increase in interest rates when unemployment hits 6.5 percent. Instead, that will be a time to think about the situation anew. And given, as I said, the weakness of the labor market, the fact that the unemployment rate probably understates the weakness of the labor market, given where inflation is, I would suspect that it may be well sometime after we hit 6.5 percent before rates reach any significant level.

Wed, July 10, 2013
National Bureau of Economic Research

I’m a very big believer, the Fed Reserve is a very big believer in transparency and communication. I think transparency in central banking is kind of like truth-telling in everyday life.

You got to be consistent about it. You can’t be opportunistic about it.

Wed, July 10, 2013
National Bureau of Economic Research

Well, on the saving glut, I would like to mention that there were a number of speakers today who talked about — going back to Carmen Reinhart, who talked about the current accounts and its role in precipitating the crisis.

And I — this is one of the things that I — was a theme of my commentary before the crisis, which was the idea that the capital inflows that we were seeing — related, of course, to our large trade deficit, but also to the international demand for dollar reserves — was in fact a potentially destabilizing factor, and certainly was in any case making financial conditions easier than they otherwise would have been.

Wed, July 10, 2013
National Bureau of Economic Research

[T]here were large growths in gross inflows of financial flows from Europe to the United States, which again were a demand for safe assets, if you will, which at the time, there being an insufficiency of safe assets. In the view of many people, the — Wall Street was in some sense trying to construct safe assets through securitization and tranching. And we know that that didn’t work out so well.

I think that — you know, there are some issues with safe assets in that, besides collateral, you know, we have potentially increased liquidity requirements, increased margin requirements. And that may create some pressure on supply of safe assets, at the same time that, you know, we’re having sovereign debt issues in some parts of the world, which reduces the supply of safe assets. So I think that’s an interesting, important question, and one that we have discussed at the Federal Reserve.

I would say, however, that I do not think that our asset purchase programs are having a significant affect on that supply-demand balance.

And the reason is the very simple point that when we buy assets — and our total purchases, by the way, are a pretty small share of the global amount of safe assets — but anyway, when we buy safe assets, we of course pay for them with bank reserves, which is another safe asset, and one that’s even more liquid.

So I don’t think that our asset purchases are significantly affecting the net supply of safe assets. But it — but it is an issue, and one that we’ve looked as we’ve thought about, for example, margining and liquidity policy.

Wed, July 17, 2013
MPR Testimony to House

HULTGREN: Mr. Chairman, as you know, Dodd-Frank requires the Fed to adopt procedures to implement the new limitations on the 13(3) authority, its 13(3) authority. It's now been three years later and the Fed still has not done so. How do you justify the Fed's three-year delay in implementing these basic restrictions on the Fed's authority to bail out non-bank firms?

BERNANKE: Well, first of all, I think that the law is very clear about what we can and cannot do. And I don't think that the absence of a formal rule would allow us to do something which the law prohibits. And I mentioned earlier that the law prohibits us from bailing out individual firms using 13(3). And there would be no way we could do that.

We have made a lot of progress on that rule and I anticipate that we will have that out relatively soon.

Wed, July 17, 2013
MPR Testimony to House

MULVANEY: But if you've got tremendous losses on your balance sheet because of higher interest rates, you're paying out higher interest to the banks that keep their excess reserves (inaudible). You're (ph) negative cash. Where does the money come from?

BERNANKE: They come from the income -- they come from the income from our -- from our assets. We -- it's just that we have -- from an accounting perspective, we don't have to recognize those losses unless we sell 'em.

MULVANEY: Is there ever a circumstance where you go to your shareholders for a capital call?

BERNANKE: No.

Wed, July 17, 2013
MPR Testimony to House

We're going to continue to communicate our policy intentions and to make clear that notwithstanding how the mix of policy tools changes that we intend to maintain a highly accommodative monetary policy for the foreseeable future.

And I think that message is beginning to get through. And I think that will be helpful.

More generally, we will be watching to see if the movement in mortgage rates has any material affect on housing. I mean, the main thing is to see housing continue to grow, more jobs in construction and the like.

And, as we've said, if we think that mortgage rate increases are threatening that progress, then we would have to take additional action in the monetary sphere to try to address that.

Of course, there's always scope for Congress to look at the problems that remain in the housing market in terms of people underwater, in terms of refinancing of underwater mortgages, other kinds of issues that -- that Congress could -- could look at.

But we are -- we're going to be looking at it from the perspective of whether or not the housing recovery is continuing to a degree sufficient to provide the necessary support for the overall economic recovery.


Wed, July 17, 2013
MPR Testimony to House

BERNANKE: Well, I think it's -- it's quite true that business confidence, home builder confidence, consumer confidence are -- are very important. And good policies promote confidence.

That's -- the Fed policy, congressional policy, we want to try to create a framework where people understand what's happening and -- and they believe they have confidence that -- that the basics of macroeconomic stability will be preserved.

It is a difficult thing, you know, to some extent it's a political talent to create confidence in -- in your constituents. So nobody has a magic formula for that. But, clearly, the more we can demonstrate that we're working together to try to solve these important problems, the more likely we're gonna instill confidence in the public. And that, in turn, will pay off in economic terms.

Wed, July 17, 2013
MPR Testimony to House

ROYCE: Thank you, Mr. Chairman.

Chairman Bernanke, I think the -- the risk -- risk weighting at the end of the day is -- is only as good as the metrics that we develop. I'm thinking back to Basel I. And now we're looking at the final Basel III. The Basel III includes a risk weighting of 20 percent for debt issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. And the rule includes a risk weighting of zero for -- unconditional debt issued by Ireland, by port -- by Portugal, by Spain, by other OECD countries with no country risk classification.

Both of these risk weightings are, in my memory, identical to the risk -- risk weightings under the original Basel I. So my -- my concern is that we should have learned a few things about those metrics given the -- consequences of -- of the clear failure. And yet, here we have the accord of 1988 looking an awful lot like this particular accord. Given what we have experienced, the failure of the GSEs, the propping up of many European economies, do you think these weightings accurately reflect the actual risk posed by these exposures?

BERNANKE: So Basel III and all Basel agreements are international -- you know, international agreements. And each country can take that floor and do whatever it wants, you know, above that floor. We would not allow a U.S. bank to hold Greek debt at zero weight, I assure you.

ROYCE: Yeah.

BERNANKE: In terms of GSEs, the GSE mortgage-backed securities have not created any loss whatsoever. They have to the taxpayer, but not to the holders of those securities. So that, I don't think, has been a problem. It's not just risk weights, though. But Basel III also has significantly increased the amount of high-quality capital that banks have to hold for a given set of risk -- risky assets.

Wed, July 17, 2013
MPR Testimony to House

BACHUS: The FOMC participants have stated, some of them, that their assessment of the longer run normal level of the fed fund rate has been lowered. Do you agree with that?

BERNANKE: Well, a rough rule of thumb is that long-term interest rates are roughly equal to the inflation rate plus the growth rate of the economy. The inflation rate, we're looking to get to 2 percent. To the extent that in the aftermath of the crisis and from other reasons that the economy has a somewhat lower real growth rate going forward, that would imply a lower equilibrium interest rate as well.

Wed, July 17, 2013
MPR Testimony to House

BACHUS: Chairman Bernanke, you mentioned last year in Jackson Hole that you viewed unemployment as cyclical. Do you still believe it's cyclical and not structural?

BERNANKE: Well, just like my answer a moment ago, I think that probably about 2 percentage points or so -- say the difference between 7.6 and 5.6 -- is cyclical and the rest of it is what economists would call frictional or structural.

BACHUS: So you -- OK -- so it's -- have you done -- so your study (ph) you think maybe 5 percent structural and 2 percent cyclical?

BERNANKE: Well, most importantly, I -- so far we don't see much evidence that the structural component of unemployment has increased very much during this period. It's something we've been worried about, because with people unemployed for a year or two years or three years, they lose their skills, they lose their attachment to the labor market, and the concern is they'll become unemployable.

So far it still appears to us that we can attain an unemployment rate -- we, the country can attain an unemployment rate somewhere in the 5s.

BACHUS: The most recent FOMC minutes didn't specifically address the 7 percent unemployment target, but you -- you mentioned it in your press conference after (ph). Was that 7 percent target discussed and agreed on in the meeting?

BERNANKE: Yes, it was. Seven percent is not a target. It was intended to be indicative of the amount of improvement we want to see in the labor market. So I described a series of conditions that would need to be met for us to proceed with our moderation of purchases.

We have -- we have a go-around where everybody in the committee, including those who are not voting, get to express their general views. And there was -- there was good support for both the broad plan, which I described, and for the use of 7 percent as indicative of the kind of improvement we're trying to get.

Wed, July 17, 2013
MPR Testimony to House

BACHUS: Chairman Bernanke, I'm not seeing a lot of discussion concerning the reduction in treasury issuance with the deficit coming down. It seems like that would give you more latitude to reduce your purchases of treasuries. Would you like to comment on that?

BERNANKE: Well, the Fed still owns a relatively small share of all the treasuries outstanding. It's true that as the new issuance comes down that our purchases become a larger share of the new flow of treasuries coming into the market. But we have not seen that our purchases are disrupting the treasury market in any way. And we believe that they have been effective in keeping interest rates low.

That being said, as I've described, depending how the economy evolves, we -- you know, we are considering changing the mix of tools we use to maintain the high level of accommodation.

BACHUS: Yeah, but the fact that they are -- will be probably issuing less is a factor you're considering, I guess.

BERNANKE: We would consider that. But, you know, again, our view of it, which, you know, people disagree -- but our view is that what matters is the share of the total that we own not the share of the new issuance.

Wed, July 17, 2013
MPR Testimony to House

I emphasize that, because our asset purchases depend on economic and financial developments, they are by no means on a preset course. On the one hand, if economic conditions were to improve faster than expected, and inflation appeared to be rising decisively back toward our objective, the pace of asset purchases could be reduced somewhat more quickly. On the other hand, if the outlook for employment were to become relatively less favorable, if inflation did not appear to be moving back toward 2 percent, or if financial conditions--which have tightened recently--were judged to be insufficiently accommodative to allow us to attain our mandated objectives, the current pace of purchases could be maintained for longer. Indeed, if needed, the Committee would be prepared to employ all of its tools, including an increase the pace of purchases for a time, to promote a return to maximum employment in a context of price stability.



As I have observed on several occasions, the phrase "at least as long as" is a key component of the policy rate guidance. These words indicate that the specific numbers for unemployment and inflation in the guidance are thresholds, not triggers.. For example, if a substantial part of the reductions in measured unemployment were judged to reflect cyclical declines in labor force participation rather than gains in employment, the Committee would be unlikely to view a decline in unemployment to 6-1/2 percent as a sufficient reason to raise its target for the federal funds rate. Likewise, the Committee would be unlikely to raise the funds rate if inflation remained persistently below our longer-run objective. Moreover, so long as the economy remains short of maximum employment, inflation remains near our longer-run objective, and inflation expectations remain well anchored, increases in the target for the federal funds rate, once they begin, are likely to be gradual.


Thu, July 18, 2013
MPR Testimony to Senate

In response to a question about the reasons for the back-up in interest rates:

There are essentially three reasons why we've seen some increase in longer-term rates, although, I would emphasize they remain relatively low.

The first is that there's been some better economic news. As investors see brighter prospects ahead, interest rates tend to rise. For example, we saw a relatively good labor-market report, which was accompanied by a pretty sharp increase in interest rates on that day.

Second reason for the increase in rates is probably the unwinding of leveraged, and perhaps successfully risky positions in the market. It's probably a good thing to have that happen, although, the tightening that's associated with that is unwelcome. But at least a benefit of it is, is that some concerns about building financial risks are mitigated in that way, and probably make some FOMC participants more comfortable with using this tool going forward.

The third reason for the increase in rates has to do with Federal Reserve communications and market interpretations of Fed policy. We've tried to be very clear from the beginning. And I've reiterated again today that we've not changed policy.  We are not talking about tightening monetary policy. Merely, we've been trying to lay out the same sequence which I just described to you about how we're going to move going forward, and how that will be tied to the economy. But I want to emphasize that none of that implies that monetary policy will be tighter at any time within the foreseeable future.

Wed, September 18, 2013
FOMC Press Conference

In terms of press conferences, I think it's important to say that there's an understanding in the committee that we've had for a while that there are eight, quote, "real" meetings every year, that every meeting is a meeting in which any policy decision can be taken. And should anything occur at a -- at a meeting without a scheduled press conference that requires additional explanation, we certainly could arrange a public, on-the-record conference call or some other way of answering the media's questions.

Wed, September 18, 2013
FOMC Press Conference

The committee has regularly reviewed the forward guidance. And there are a number of ways in which the forward guidance could be strengthened.

For example, Mr. Ip mentioned an inflation floor. There are other steps that we could take. We could provide more information about what happens after we get to 6.5 percent and those sorts of things. And -- and to the extent that we could provide precise guidance, I think that would be desirable.

Now, it's very important that we not take any of these steps lightly, that we make sure we understand all the implications and that we are comfortable that it will be -- that the -- any modifications to the guidance will be credible to markets and to the public.

So we continue to think about options. There are a number of options that we have talked about. But today, we -- as of today, we didn't -- we didn't choose to make any changes to the -- to the guidance.

Wed, September 18, 2013
FOMC Press Conference

I think we can be very patient in -- in raising the federal funds rate, since we have not seen any inflation pressure.

On having an inflation floor, that would be in addition to the guidance. We are discussing how we might clarify the guidance on the federal funds rate. That is certainly one possibility.

I guess an interesting question there is whether we need additional guidance on that, given that we do have a target. And, of course, implicit in our policy strategy is trying to reach that target for inflation. But that -- an inflation floor is certainly something that, you know, could be a sensible modification or addition to the guidance.

Wed, September 18, 2013
FOMC Press Conference

Let me talk just about the emerging markets, which I think is an important issue.

Let me just first say that we have a lot of economists who spend all of their time looking at international aspects of monetary policy. And we spend a lot of time looking at emerging markets. I spend a lot of time talking to my colleagues in emerging markets, so we're watching that very carefully.

The United States is part of a globally integrated economic and financial system. And problems in emerging markets or in any country, for that matter, can affect the United States, as well. And so, again, we are watching those developments very carefully.

It is true that changes in longer-term interest rates in the United States, but also in other advanced economies, does have some effect on emerging markets, particularly those who are trying to peg their exchange rate, and can lead to some capital inflows or outflows.

But there are also other factors that affect inflows and outflows. Those include changes in risk preference by investors, changes in growth expectations, different perceptions of institutional strength within emerging markets across different countries, so there are a lot of factors that are there playing a role. And that's one reason why different emerging markets have had different experiences. They have different institutional structures and different policies.

But just to come to the bottom line here, we think it's very important that emerging markets grow and are prosperous. We pay close attention to what's happening in those -- in those countries. It affects the United States.

The main point, I guess, I would end with, though, is that what -- what we're trying to do with our monetary policy here -- as I think my colleagues in the emerging markets recognize -- is trying to create a stronger U.S. economy. And a stronger U.S. economy is one of the most important things that could happen to help the economies of emerging markets.

And, again, I think my colleagues in many of the emerging markets appreciate that, notwithstanding some of the effects that they may have felt, that efforts to strengthen the U.S. economy and other advanced economies in Europe and elsewhere ultimately redounds to the benefit of the global economy, including emerging markets, as well.



Wed, September 18, 2013
FOMC Press Conference

A large majority of the participants of the FOMC, including voting and nonvoting members, who are asked to describe their own assessment of optimal policy, the large majority of them estimate that the appropriate targets of the federal funds rate at the end of 2016 will be around 2 percent, even though at that time the economy should be close to full employment, according to our best -- best projections.

The reason for that -- there may be possibly several reasons, but we did discuss this in the committee today. The primary reason for that low value is that we expect that a number of factors, including the slow recovery of the housing sector, continued fiscal drag, perhaps continued effects from the financial crisis, may still prove to be headwinds to -- to the recovery. And even though we can achieve full employment, doing so will be done by using rates lower than sort of the long-run normal.

So, in other words, in economics terms, the equilibrium rate, the rate that achieves full employment, looks like it will be lower for a time because of these headwinds that will be slowing aggregate demand growth. So that's why we expect to see growth at -- I mean, rates at unusually low level.

I imagine it would take a few more years after that to get to the 4 percent level. I couldn't be much more precise than that. I mean, we're already, obviously, stretching the bounds of credibility to talk about specific projections for 2016. But I think you would expect to see the rates would gradually rise for the two or three years after 2016 and ultimately get to 4 percent.

Wed, September 18, 2013
FOMC Press Conference

In light of this cumulative progress, the FOMC concluded at our June meeting that the criterion of substantial improvement in the outlook for the labor market might well be met over the subsequent year or so. Accordingly, the committee sought to provide more guidance on how the pace of purchases might be adjusted over time.

The committee anticipated in June that subject to certain conditions it might be appropriate to begin to moderate the pace of purchases later this year, continuing to reduce the pace of purchases in measured steps through the first half of next year and ending purchases around mid-year 2014. However, we also made clear at that time that adjustments to the pace of purchases would depend importantly on the evolution of the economic outlook; in particular, on the receipt of evidence supporting the committee's expectation that gains in the labor market would be sustained and that inflation is moving back toward its 2 percent objective over time.

At the meeting concluded earlier today, the sense of the committee was that the broad contours of the medium term economic outlook, including economic growth sufficient to support ongoing gains in the labor market and inflation moving toward its objective, were close to the views it held in June. But in evaluating whether a modest reduction in the pace of asset purchases would be appropriate at this meeting, however, the committee concluded that the economic data do not yet provide sufficient confirmation of its baseline outlook to warrant such a reduction.

Wed, September 18, 2013
FOMC Press Conference

Well, I think part of the {financial market} reaction we've seen, I mean, comes from a number of sources. Part of it comes from improved economic news. And that's part of the reason why rates have gone up in other countries, as well as in the United States. And that -- to the extent that tighter financial conditions reflect a better outlook, that's a good thing. That's not a problem at all.

Part of it reflects views about monetary policy, in that -- that we want to make sure we get straight. And that's why -- to answer the earlier question again -- it's why communication is so important. We need to explain as best we can how we're going to move and on what basis we're going to move. It's much more difficult today than it was 20 years ago, because the tools are more complex, they're less familiar. But that's still very important.

I think the other factor which was at play was an unwinding of excessively risky and leveraged positions in the markets, and insufficiencies of liquidity in some cases meant that those unwindings led to larger reactions in prices and rates than might otherwise have occurred.

Now, the tightening associated with that is to some extent unwelcome, but on the other hand, to the extent that some of the riskier, more levered positions have been eliminated, I think that makes the situation more sustainable and reduces, at least, the risk that there will be an over-strong reaction to further announcements.

So we will do our best to communicate clearly. That is our goal and our objective. The more clearly we communicate, the better the chance that markets will understand our intentions and that we can avoid any -- any sharp movements. But, again, we're dealing with tools that are less familiar, harder to quantify, and harder to communicate about then the traditional funds rate.

Wed, September 18, 2013
FOMC Press Conference

Committee participants generally believe that because the headwinds to recovery will abate only gradually, achieving and maintaining maximum employment and price stability will require a patient policy approach that involves keeping the target for the federal funds rate below its longer-run normal value for some time.

Wed, September 18, 2013
FOMC Press Conference

The tightening of financial conditions observed in recent months, if sustained, could slow the pace of improvement in the economy and the labor market. In addition, federal fiscal policy continues to be an important restraint on growth and a source of downside risk.

Wed, September 18, 2013
FOMC Press Conference

So I think that there has been progress, and it's obscured to some extent by the downward trend in participation. But I also would agree with you that the unemployment rate is -- while perhaps the best single indicator of the state of the labor market, is not by itself a fully representative indicator.



The criterion for ending the asset purchases program is a substantial improvement in the outlook for the labor market. Last time, I gave 7 percent as an indicative number -- to give you some sense of, you know, where that might be -- but as my first answer suggested, the unemployment rate is not necessarily a great measure in all circumstances of -- of the state of the labor market overall.

Wed, September 18, 2013
FOMC Press Conference

Committee participants generally believe that because the headwinds to recovery will abate only gradually, achieving and maintaining maximum employment and price stability will require a patient policy approach that involves keeping the target for the federal funds rate below its longer-run normal value for some time.

Wed, September 18, 2013
FOMC Press Conference

The general framework in which we’re operating is still the same. We have a three-part baseline projection, which involves increasing growth that’s picking up over time as fiscal drag is reduced, continuing gains in the labor market, and inflation moving back towards objective. We are looking to see—in the coming meetings, we’ll be looking to see if the data confirm that basic outlook. If it does, we’ll take a first step at some point—possibly later this year—and then continue so long as the data are consistent with that continued progress. And so that basic structure is still in place.

But what I want to emphasize is really two things. First, as I’ve said, asset purchases are not on a preset course, they are conditional on the data. They’ve always been conditional on the data. And, secondly, that even as we move from asset purchases to rate policy as the principal tool of monetary policy, it’s our intent to maintain a highly accommodative policy and to provide the support necessary for our economy to recover and to provide jobs for our citizens.

Sun, October 13, 2013
Central Bank Independence--Progress and Challenges

When the recent financial crisis in the United States and other advanced economies threatened to spill over to Mexico, the inflation credibility enjoyed by the Bank of Mexico allowed it to counter economic weakness by easing monetary conditions, even though headline inflation was running above its target range at the time. The Bank's rate cuts helped stabilize the economy, and Mexican output returned to its pre-crisis level by late 2010. Strong countercyclical policy actions of this type were unlikely to have been feasible in Mexico a few decades ago; with little in the way of inflation-fighting credibility and an immature financial sector, the monetary authority in earlier years was often forced to respond to a crisis by tightening monetary conditions, rather than loosening them, in an effort to limit capital flight, exchange rate depreciation, and increases in inflation.

Tue, November 19, 2013
National Economists Club

Financial market movements are often difficult to account for, even after the fact, but three main reasons seem to explain the rise in interest rates over the summer. First, improvements in the economic outlook warranted somewhat higher yields--a natural and healthy development. Second, some of the rise in rates reportedly reflected an unwinding of levered positions--positions that appear to have been premised on an essentially indefinite continuation of asset purchases--together with some knock-on liquidations of other positions in response to investor losses and the rise in volatility. Although it brought with it some tightening of financial conditions, this unwinding and the associated rise in term premiums may have had the benefit of reducing future risks to financial stability and, in particular, of lowering the probability of an even sharper market correction at some later point. Third, market participants may have taken the communication in June as indicating a general lessening of the Committee's commitment to maintain a highly accommodative stance of policy in pursuit of its objectives. In particular, it appeared that the FOMC's forward guidance for the federal funds rate had become less effective after June, with market participants pulling forward the time at which they expected the Committee to start raising rates, in a manner inconsistent with the guidance.



At its September 2013 meeting, the FOMC applied the framework communicated in June. The Committee's decision at that meeting to maintain the pace of asset purchases was appropriate and fully consistent with the earlier guidance… Although the FOMC's decision came as a surprise to some market participants, it appears to have strengthened the credibility of the Committee's forward rate guidance; in particular, following the decision, longer-term rates fell and expectations of short-term rates derived from financial market prices showed, and continue to show, a pattern more consistent with the guidance.

Tue, November 19, 2013
National Economists Club

In coming meetings, in evaluating the outlook for the labor market, we will continue to consider both the cumulative progress since September 2012 and the prospect for continued gains. We have seen meaningful improvement in the labor market since the latest asset purchase program was announced in September 2012… Looking forward, we will of course continue to monitor the incoming data. As reflected in the latest Summary of Economic Projections and the October FOMC statement, the FOMC still expects that labor market conditions will continue to improve and that inflation will move toward the 2 percent objective over the medium term. If these views are supported by incoming information, the FOMC will likely begin to moderate the pace of purchases. However, asset purchases are not on a preset course, and the Committee's decisions about their pace will remain contingent on the Committee's economic outlook. As before, the Committee will also continue to take into account its assessment of the likely efficacy and costs of the program.

When, ultimately, asset purchases do slow, it will likely be because the economy has progressed sufficiently for the Committee to rely more heavily on its rate policies, the associated forward guidance, and its substantial continued holdings of securities to maintain progress toward maximum employment and to achieve price stability.18 In particular, the target for the federal funds rate is likely to remain near zero for a considerable time after the asset purchases end, perhaps well after the unemployment threshold is crossed and at least until the preponderance of the data supports the beginning of the removal of policy accommodation.

Tue, November 19, 2013
National Economists Club

Between November 2008 and June 2012, the FOMC announced or extended a series of asset purchase programs, in each case specifying the expected quantities of assets to be acquired under the program. Like the use of date-based forward guidance, announcing a program of predetermined size and duration has advantages and disadvantages. On the one hand, a fixed program size is straightforward to communicate; on the other hand, a program of fixed size cannot so easily adapt to changes in the economic outlook and the consequent changes in the need for policy accommodation. In announcing its fixed-size programs, the FOMC did state a general willingness to do more if needed--and, indeed, it has followed through on that promise--but such statements left considerable uncertainty regarding the conditions that might warrant changes in an existing program or the introduction of a new one.

In a step roughly analogous to the shift from date-based guidance to the contingent, thresholds-based guidance now in use for the federal funds rate target, in September 2012 the FOMC announced a program of asset purchases in which the total size of the purchase program would not be fixed in advance but instead would be linked to the Committee's economic objectives.

Tue, November 19, 2013
National Economists Club

Making monetary policy is sometimes compared to driving a car, with policymakers pressing on the accelerator or the brakes, depending on whether the economy needs to be sped up or slowed down at that moment. That analogy is imperfect, however, for at least two reasons. First, the main effects of monetary policy actions on the economy are not felt immediately but instead play out over quarters or even years. Hence, unlike the driver of a car, monetary policymakers cannot simply respond to what lies immediately in front of them but must try to look well ahead--admittedly, a difficult task. Second, the effects of monetary policy on the economy today depend importantly not only on current policy actions, but also on the public's expectations of how policy will evolve. The automotive analogy clearly breaks down here, for it is as if the current speed of the car depended on what the car itself expects the driver to do in the future.

Tue, November 19, 2013
National Economists Club

Although the date-based forward guidance appears to have affected the public's expectations as desired, it did not explain how future policy would be affected by changes in the economic outlook--an important limitation. Indeed, the date in the guidance was pushed out twice in 2012--first to late 2014 and then to mid-2015--leaving the public unsure about whether and under what circumstances further changes to the guidance might occur.8 In December of last year, the FOMC addressed this issue by tying its forward guidance about its policy rate more directly to its economic objectives.9Introducing so-called state-contingent guidance, the Committee announced for the first time that no increase in the federal funds rate target should be anticipated so long as unemployment remained above 6-1/2 percent and inflation and inflation expectations remained stable and near target.10 This formulation provided greater clarity about the factors influencing the Committee's thinking about future policy and how that thinking might change as the outlook changed.

Wed, December 18, 2013
Press Conference

So there are a number of reasons why asset purchases, while effective, while I think they have been important, are less -- less attractive tools than traditional interest rate policy. And that's the reason why we've relied primarily on interest rates, but used asset purchases as a supplement when we've needed it to keep forward progress. I think that, you know, obviously, there are some financial stability issues involved there. We look at the possibility that asset purchases have led to bubbly pricing in certain markets or in excessive leverage or excessive risk-taking. We don't think that that's happened to an extent, which is a danger to the system, except other than that, when those positions unwind, like we saw over the summer, they can create some bumpiness in -- in interest rate markets, in particular. Our general philosophy on financial stability issues is, where we can, that we try to address it first and foremost by making sure that the banking system and the financial system are as strong as possible -- if banks have a lot of capital, they can withstand losses, for example -- and by using whatever other tools we have to try to avoid bubbles or other kinds of financial risks. That being said, I don't think that you can completely ignore financial stability concerns in monetary policy, because we can't control them perfectly and there may be situations when financial instability has implications for our mandate, which is jobs and inflation, which we saw, of course, in the Great Recession. So it's a very complex issue. I think it will be many years before central banks have completely worked out exactly how best to deal with financial instability questions. Certainly, the first line of defense for us is regulatory and other types of measures, but we do have to pay some attention to that.

Wed, December 18, 2013
Press Conference

I think a lot of the declines in the participation rate are, in fact, demographic or structural, reflecting sociological trends. Many of the changes that we're seeing now we were also seeing to some degree even before the crisis. And we have a number of staffers here at the Fed who have studied participation rates and the like. So I think a lot of the unemployment decline that we've seen -- contrary to sometimes what you hear -- I think a lot of it really does come from jobs as opposed to declining participation. That being said, there certainly is a portion of the decline in participation which is related to people dropping out of the labor force because they are discouraged, because their skills have become obsolete, because they've lost attachment to the labor force, and so on. The Fed can address that, to some extent. If -- you know, if we're able to get the economy closer to full employment, then some people who are discouraged or who have been unemployed for a long time might find they have opportunities to rejoin the labor market. But I think fundamentally that training our workforce to fit the needs of 21st century industry in the world that we have today is the job of both the private educational sector and the government educational sector. We have many strengths in our educational sector, including outstanding universities, but we have a lot of weaknesses, as you know. There are many, many factors that affect participation, employment, wages, and so on, but the one I think that we can most directly affect is the skill level of our workforce. And that doesn't mean everybody has to go to get a Ph.D. People have different needs, different interests. But that, I think, is one of the biggest challenges that our society faces. And if we don't address it, then we're going to see a larger and larger number of people who are either unemployed, underemployed, or working at very low wages, which obviously is not something we want to -- we want to see.

Wed, December 18, 2013
Press Conference

With fiscal restraint likely diminishing, with signs that household spending is picking up, we expect economic growth to be strong enough to support further job gains. Further, FOMC participants now see the risks around their forecasts of growth and unemployment as having become more nearly balanced rather than tilted in an unfavorable direction as they were at the inception of the asset purchase program.

Wed, December 18, 2013
Press Conference

YLAN MUI: Today was the first reduction in asset purchases, and you just said that future reductions will likely occur in measured steps, but are not on a predetermined course. Can you tell us any more about the framework that you all plan to use to determine the -- the timing of those reductions? And previously you had said that you expect the program to end altogether by the middle of next year. Is that still a likely scenario? CHAIRMAN BERNANKE: Well, as I said, the steps that we take will be data-dependent. If we're making progress in terms of inflation and continued job gains, then I imagine we'll continue to do probably at each meeting a measured reduction. That would take us to late in the year, not -- necessarily not by the middle of the year. If the economy slows for some reason or we are disappointed in the outcomes, we could -- we could skip a meeting or two. On the other side, if things really pick up, then of course we could go a bit faster. But my expectation is for similar moderate steps going forward throughout most of 2014. STEVE LIESMAN: Mr. Chairman, thank you. When you say similar moderate steps going forward, is $10 billion an increment that people should anticipate? And is equal amounts of mortgage-backed securities and Treasuries also what one should anticipate? Finally, when you say well past the unemployment rate of 6.5 percent, why not pick a number? Why say "well past"? Thank you. CHAIRMAN BERNANKE: Sure. On the first issue of $10 billion, again, we say we're going to take further modest steps subsequently, so that would be the general range. But, again, I want to emphasize that we are going to be data-dependent. We could stop purchases if the economy disappoints; we could pick them up somewhat if the economy is stronger. In terms of MBS versus Treasuries, we discussed that issue. I think that the general sense of the committee was that equal reductions or approximately equal reductions was the simpler way to do this. It obviously doesn't make a great deal of difference in the end to how much we hold, so that was going to be our -- our strategy. On the issue of another number, the unemployment rate, let's talk first about the -- about the labor market condition. The unemployment rate is -- is a good indicator of the labor market. It's probably the best single indicator that we have. And so we were comfortable setting a 6.5 percent unemployment rate as the point at which we would begin to look at a more broad set of labor market indicators. However, precisely because we don't want to look just at the unemployment rate, we want to -- once we get to 6.5 percent, we want to look at hiring, quits, vacancies, participation, long-term unemployment, et cetera, wages, we couldn't put it in terms of another unemployment rate level, specifically.

Wed, December 18, 2013
Press Conference

ROBIN HARDING: Mr. Chairman, your inflation forecasts never get back to 2 percent in the time horizon that you cover here, out to 2016. Given that, why should we believe the Fed has a symmetric inflation target? And in particular, why should we believe you're following an optimal policy, optimal control policy, as you've said in the past, given that that would imply inflation going a bit above target at some point? BERNANKE: Well, again, these are individual estimates, big standard errors implicitly around them, and so on. We do think that inflation will gradually move back to 2 percent, and we allow for the possibility, as you know, in our guidance that it could go as high as 2.5 percent. Even though inflation has been quite low in 2013, let me give you the case for why inflation might rise. First, there are some special factors, such as health care costs and some other things, that have been unusually low and might -- and might be reversed. Secondly, if you look at the fundamentals for inflation, including inflation expectations, whether measured by financial markets or surveys, if you look at growth, which we now anticipate will be picking up both in the U.S. and internationally, if you look at wages, which have been growing at 2 percent and a little bit higher, according to many indicators, all of these things suggest that inflation will gradually pick up. But what I tried to emphasize in my opening remarks -- and which is clear in our statement -- is that we take this very seriously. It's not easy to -- inflation cannot be picked up and moved where you want it. It takes -- it requires, obviously, some luck and some good policy. But we are very committed to making sure that inflation does not stay too low, and we are continuing to monitor that very carefully and to take whatever action is necessary to achieve that. ROBIN HARDING: And on optimal control? BERNANKE: Well, even under optimal control, it would take a while for inflation -- inflation is quite -- can be quite inertial, can take quite a time to move. And the responsiveness of inflation to increasing economic activity is quite low, so -- and particularly given an environment where we have falling oil prices and other factors that are contributing downward forces on inflation, it's -- it's difficult to get inflation to move quickly to target. But we are, again, committed to doing what's necessary to get inflation back to target over the next couple of years.

Wed, December 18, 2013
Press Conference

And so I do want to reiterate that this is not intended to be a tightening. We don't think that there's an inflation problem or anything like that. On the one hand, asset purchases are still going to be continuing. We're still going to be building our balance sheet. The total amount of assets that we acquire are probably more than was -- certainly more than was expected in September 2012 or in June 2013. So we'll have a very substantial balance sheet, which we'll continue to hold.

Wed, December 18, 2013
Press Conference

People don't appreciate how tight fiscal policy has been. At this stage in the last recession, which was a much milder recession, state, local and federal governments had hired 400,000 additional workers from the trough of the -- of the recession. At the same point in this recovery, the change in state, local and federal government workers is minus 600,000. So there's about a million workers difference in how many people have been employed at all levels of government. So fiscal policy has been tight, contractionary, so there have been a lot of headwinds.

Wed, December 18, 2013
Press Conference

Obviously, we were slow to recognize the crisis; I was slow to recognize the crisis. In retrospect, it was a traditional, classic crisis, but in a very, very different guise, different types of financial instruments, different types of institutions which made it for an historian like me more difficult to -- to see. Whether or not we could have prevented it or done more about it, that's another question. You know, by the time I became chairman, it was already 2006, and house prices were already declining. Most of the mortgages had been made. But, obviously, it would have been good to have recognized that earlier and tried to take more preventive action. That being said, we've done everything we can think of, essentially, to strengthen the Fed's ability to monitor the financial markets, to take actions to stabilize the economy and the financial system. So I think, going forward, we're much better prepared for -- to deal with these kinds of events than we were when I became chairman in 2006.

Fri, January 03, 2014
American Economic Association

The evaluation of potential macroprudential tools that might be used to address emerging financial imbalances is another high priority. For example, the new Basel III regulatory capital framework includes a countercyclical capital buffer, which may help build additional resilience within the financial sector during periods of buoyant credit creation. Staff members are investigating the potential of this and other regulatory tools, such as cyclically sensitive loan-to-value requirements for mortgages, to improve financial stability. A number of countries, including both advanced and emerging-market economies, have already deployed such measures, and their experiences should be instructive. Although, in principle, monetary policy can be used to address financial imbalances, the presumption remains that macroprudential tools, together with well-focused traditional regulation and supervision, should serve as the first line of defense against emerging threats to financial stability. However, more remains to be done to better understand how to design and implement more effective macroprudential tools and how these tools interact with monetary policy.

Fri, January 03, 2014
American Economic Association

To this list of reasons for the slow recovery--the effects of the financial crisis, problems in the housing and mortgage markets, weaker-than-expected productivity growth, and events in Europe and elsewhere--I would add one more significant factor--namely, fiscal policy. Federal fiscal policy was expansionary in 2009 and 2010.18 Since that time, however, federal fiscal policy has turned quite restrictive; according to the Congressional Budget Office, tax increases and spending cuts likely lowered output growth in 2013 by as much as 1-1/2 percentage points. In addition, throughout much of the recovery, state and local government budgets have been highly contractionary, reflecting their adjustment to sharply declining tax revenues. To illustrate the extent of fiscal tightness, at the current point in the recovery from the 2001 recession, employment at all levels of government had increased by nearly 600,000 workers; in contrast, in the current recovery, government employment has declined by more than 700,000 jobs, a net difference of more than 1.3 million jobs. There have been corresponding cuts in government investment, in infrastructure for example, as well as increases in taxes and reductions in transfers.

Fri, January 03, 2014
American Economic Association

Although the Federal Reserve, like other forecasters, has tended to be overoptimistic in its forecasts of real GDP during this recovery, we have also, at times, been too pessimistic in our forecasts of the unemployment rate. For example, over the past year unemployment has declined notably more quickly than we or other forecasters expected, even as GDP growth was moderately lower than expected a year ago. This discrepancy reflects a number of factors, including declines in participation, but an important reason is the slow growth of productivity during this recovery; intuitively, when productivity gains are limited, firms need more workers even if demand is growing slowly. Disappointing productivity growth accordingly must be added to the list of reasons that economic growth has been slower than hoped.17 (Incidentally, the slow pace of productivity gains early in the recovery was not evident until well after the fact because of large data revisions--an illustration of the frustrations of real-time policymaking.) The reasons for weak productivity growth are not entirely clear: It may be a result of the severity of the financial crisis, for example, if tight credit conditions have inhibited innovation, productivity-improving investments, and the formation of new firms; or it may simply reflect slow growth in sales, which have led firms to use capital and labor less intensively, or even mismeasurement. Notably, productivity growth has also flagged in a number of foreign economies that were hard-hit by the financial crisis. Yet another possibility is weak productivity growth reflects longer-term trends largely unrelated to the recession. Obviously, the resolution of the productivity puzzle will be important in shaping our expectations for longer-term growth.

Fri, January 03, 2014
American Economic Association

The immediate trigger of the crisis, as you know, was a sharp decline in house prices, which reversed a previous run-up that had been fueled by irresponsible mortgage lending and securitization practices. Policymakers at the time, including myself, certainly appreciated that house prices might decline, although we disagreed about how much decline was likely; indeed, prices were already moving down when I took office in 2006. However, to a significant extent, our expectations about the possible macroeconomic effects of house price declines were shaped by the apparent analogy to the bursting of the dot-com bubble a few years earlier. That earlier bust also involved a large reduction in paper wealth but was followed by only a mild recession. In the event, of course, the bursting of the housing bubble helped trigger the most severe financial crisis since the Great Depression. It did so because, unlike the earlier decline in equity prices, it interacted with critical vulnerabilities in the financial system and in government regulation that allowed what were initially moderate aggregate losses to subprime mortgage holders to cascade through the financial system. In the private sector, key vulnerabilities included high levels of leverage, excessive dependence on unstable short-term funding, deficiencies in risk measurement and management, and the use of exotic financial instruments that redistributed risk in nontransparent ways. In the public sector, vulnerabilities included gaps in the regulatory structure that allowed some systemically important firms and markets to escape comprehensive supervision, failures of supervisors to effectively use their existing powers, and insufficient attention to threats to the stability of the system as a whole.

Fri, January 03, 2014
American Economic Association

When I began my term I expected to build on the monetary policy framework I had inherited from Paul Volcker and Alan Greenspan I believed that a still more transparent approach would make monetary policy even more effective and further strengthen the Fed's institutional credibility. In particular, as an academic I had written favorably about the flexible inflation-targeting approach used by the Bank of England and a number of other central banks. [T]hese central banks provided a clear framework to help the public and market participants understand and anticipate policy actions I was confident that we could adapt this type of framework to the Federal Reserve's dual mandate to promote both maximum employment and price stability. Indeed, central banks using this framework were already, in practice, often pursuing economic objectives in addition to low and stable inflation--hence the term, "flexible" inflation targeting. Because the financial crisis and its aftermath naturally occupied so much of policymakers' attention, progress toward a more explicit policy framework at the Federal Reserve was slower than I had hoped. Nevertheless, progress was made. In the minutes of its October 2007 meeting, the FOMC introduced its quarterly Summary of Economic Projections (SEP), which included FOMC participants' projections of key macroeconomic variables such as inflation, gross domestic product (GDP) growth, and the unemployment rate. Over time, we added long-run projections of inflation, growth, and unemployment, as well as projections of the path of the target federal funds rate consistent with each individual's views of appropriate monetary policy We took another important step in January 2012, when the FOMC issued a statement laying out its longer-run goals and policy strategy.2 The statement established, for the first time, an explicit longer-run goal for inflation of 2 percent, and it pointed to the SEP to provide information about Committee participants' assessments of the longer-run normal unemployment rate, currently between 5.2 and 6 percent.

Thu, January 16, 2014
Brookings Institution

"The metrics of market valuations seem to be broadly within historical ranges," Mr. Bernanke said at an event hosted by the Hutchins Center on Fiscal and Monetary Policy. "The financial system is strong. The key financial institutions are well-capitalized." ... San Francisco Fed President John Williams, also speaking at the Hutchins event Thursday, said while the Fed's bond-buying programs clearly have lowered long-term borrowing rates, a lot of uncertainty remains about how they work, how much they help the economy and what their unintended consequences may be. Mr. Bernanke, however, said financial instability was the only potential risk from the bond-buying program "that I find personally credible, frankly."

Mon, October 13, 2014
Financial Times

The problem with QE is it works in practice, but it doesnt work in theory.

Thu, April 07, 2016

Asked how he would reduce the Fed’s vast bond holdings, Mr. Bernanke, no longer the Fed’s chairman, responded, “Fortunately, I don’t have to.”